波逸提义注显示巴利原文
Pācittiya-aṭṭhakathā
五、波逸提篇显示巴利原文
5. Pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ
一、妄语品显示巴利原文
1. Musāvādavaggo
一、妄语学处解释显示巴利原文
1. Musāvādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
Yesaṃ navahi vaggehi, saṅgaho suppatiṭṭhito; Khuddakānaṃ ayaṃ dāni, tesaṃ bhavati vaṇṇanā.
1 一、其中,在妄语品的第一学处中,“手(Hatthaka)”是那位长老的名字。“释迦族之子”即释迦子。据说在佛陀时代,有八万释迦族男子出家,他是其中之一。“被论所掷者”的意思是:以“我将进行论辩”这样思惟的论而被掷向、投向、遣往、派往对手面前;或者,在论中被自己的心所掷。又因为无论何处有论,他就在那里出现,所以称为“被论所掷者”。“先否定后又承认”是指:在自己的论点中觉察到某种过失,便以“这不是我的论点”而否定,之后反复讲述,觉察到无过失后,又承认“这正是我的论点”。“先承认后又否定”是指:在某种说法中觉察到利益,便承认“这是我的论点”,之后反复讲述,觉察到其中有过失,便以“这不是我的论点”而否定。“以其他掩盖其他”是指:以一种理由来掩盖、遮蔽、覆障另一种理由,例如说了“色应知是无常”之后,又说“随生法”等。但在《库伦迪义注》中说:“为了掩盖它,而说很多其他的话。”这里的意思是:为了掩盖那种承认与否定,而说很多诸如“是谁说的、说了什么、在哪种情境下说的”等话。又,在《大义注》中说:“正是先显示巴利原文
1. Tattha musāvādavaggassa tāva paṭhamasikkhāpade hatthakoti tassa therassa nāmaṃ. Sakyānaṃ puttoti sakyaputto. Buddhakāle kira sakyakulato asīti purisasahassāni pabbajiṃsu, tesaṃ so aññataroti. Vādakkhittoti ‘‘vādaṃ karissāmī’’ti evaṃ parivitakkitena vādena paravādisantikaṃ khitto pakkhitto pahito pesitoti attho. Vādamhi vā sakena cittena khitto. Yatra yatra vādo tatra tatreva sandissatītipi vādakkhitto. Avajānitvā avajānātīti attano vāde kañci dosaṃ sallakkhento ‘‘nāyaṃ mama vādo’’ti avajānitvā puna kathento kathento niddosataṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘mameva ayaṃ vādo’’ti paṭijānāti. Paṭijānitvā avajānātīti kismiñcideva vacane ānisaṃsaṃ sallakkhento ‘‘ayaṃ mama vādo’’ti paṭijānitvā puna kathento kathento tattha dosaṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘nāyaṃ mama vādo’’ti avajānāti. Aññenaññaṃ paṭicaratīti aññena kāraṇena aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭicarati paṭicchādeti ajjhottharati, ‘‘rūpaṃ aniccaṃ jānitabbato’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘jātidhammato’’tiādīni vadati. Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘‘etassa paṭicchādanahetuṃ aññaṃ bahuṃ kathetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ adhippāyo – yaṃ taṃ paṭijānanañca avajānanañca, tassa paṭicchādanatthaṃ ‘‘ko āha , kiṃ āha, kismiṃ āhā’’ti evamādi bahuṃ bhāsatīti. Puna mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘avajānitvā paṭijānanto paṭijānitvā avajānanto eva ca aññenaññaṃ paṭicaratī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sampajānamusā bhāsatīti jānanto musā bhāsati. Saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādetīti purebhattādīsu ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma kāle asukasmiṃ nāma padese vādo hotū’’ti saṅketaṃ katvā saṅketato pure vā pacchā vā gantvā ‘‘passatha bho, titthiyā na āgatā parājitā’’ti pakkamati.
2 二、“故意妄语”是指:明知是妄语,而对能知解者说。显示巴利原文
2.Sampajānamusāvādeti jānitvā jānantassa ca musā bhaṇane.
3 三、“以欺诳为先”是指:将欺诳心置于首要而说者。“语”是指:包含于邪语之中、能发起言辞的思。“声”是指:由彼思所发起的音声。“言辞”是指:言语之道;因为语自身也成为其他随行者所追随的路径,故称为“言辞”。“语破”是指:称为“语”的破分,即以此分段的语如是说出。“语表”是指:语表。如是应知:由第一词说明了纯粹之思,中间三词说明了与彼思所发起的音声俱行之思,最后一句则说明了与表业相应之思,是为此说。“非圣者之语”是指:非圣者、愚痴凡夫之语。显示巴利原文
3.Visaṃvādanapurekkhārassāti visaṃvādanacittaṃ purato katvā vadantassa. Vācāti micchāvācāpariyāpannavacanasamuṭṭhāpikā cetanā. Girāti tāya cetanāya samuṭṭhāpitasaddaṃ dasseti. Byappathoti vacanapatho; vācāyeva hi aññesampi diṭṭhānugatimāpajjantānaṃ pathabhūtato byappathoti vuccati. Vacībhedoti vacīsaññitāya vācāya bhedo; pabhedagatā vācā eva evaṃ vuccati. Vācasikā viññattīti vacīviññatti. Evaṃ paṭhamapadena suddhacetanā, majjhe tīhi taṃsamuṭṭhāpitasaddasahitā cetanā, ante ekena viññattisahitā cetanā ‘‘kathitā’’ti veditabbā. Anariyavohārāti anariyānaṃ bālaputhujjanānaṃ vohārā.
如此开示了故意妄语之后,现在为了阐明最后所说的、称为故意妄语的非圣者之语的特相,而说“未见说为我见”等。其中,“未见说为我见”:如此说者的言语,或能发起彼言语的思,便是一个非圣者之语,应以此理趣理解其义。又,于此应知:依眼根而未执取的对象为“未见”,依耳根而未执取者为“未闻”,依鼻、舌、身三根合为一类而未觉知者为“未觉”,依五门之外的纯粹意识而未了知者为“未识”。然而,在巴利圣典中,以“所谓未见,即非以眼所见”这种较粗显的方式给予了教导。关于“见”等:凡自己所见或他人所见,皆是见;所闻、所觉、所识也是如此,此为一理。又另一理:自己所见者为见,所闻等亦然;而他人所见者,由于须由自己听闻而得,故归入所闻;所觉、所识也同理。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sampajānamusāvādaṃ dassetvā idāni ante vuttānaṃ sampajānamusāvādasaṅkhātānaṃ anariyavohārānaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ dassento ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me’’tiādimāha. Tattha adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ meti evaṃ vadato vacanaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhāpikā vā cetanā eko anariyavohāroti iminā nayena attho veditabbo. Apicettha cakkhuvasena aggahitārammaṇaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ, sotavasena aggahitaṃ asutaṃ, ghānādivasena munitvā tīhi indriyehi ekābaddhaṃ viya katvā patvā aggahitaṃ amutaṃ, aññatra pañcahi indriyehi suddhena viññāṇeneva aggahitaṃ aviññātanti veditabbaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ pana ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ nāma na cakkhunā diṭṭha’’nti evaṃ oḷārikeneva nayena desanā katāti. Diṭṭhādīsu ca attanāpi parenapi diṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhameva. Evaṃ sutamutaviññātānīti ayameko pariyāyo. Aparo nayo yaṃ attanā diṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhameva taṃ. Esa nayo sutādīsu. Yaṃ pana parena diṭṭhaṃ, taṃ attanā sutaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Evaṃ mutādīnipi.
4 四、现在依那些非圣者之语举发其罪,开示“以三种方式”等语。其义应依第四波罗夷罪的巴利注释中所说的方法了解,即“以三种方式宣称证得初禅……故意妄语者,犯波罗夷罪”等。只是在那里,所缘是“证得初禅”,而这里是“未见说为我见”;在那里是“犯波罗夷罪”,而这里是“犯波逸提罪”。如此,仅在所缘与罪上有差别,其余特征全然相同。显示巴利原文
4. Idāni tesaṃ anariyavohārānaṃ vasena āpattiṃ āropetvā dassento ‘‘tīhākārehī’’tiādimāha. Tassattho ‘‘tīhi ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjinti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassā’’ti evamādicatutthapārājikapāḷivaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Kevalañhi tattha ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti idha ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti, tattha ca ‘‘āpatti pārājikassā’’ti ‘‘idha āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti evaṃ vatthumatte āpattimatte ca viseso, sesaṃ ekalakkhaṇamevāti.
9 九、“以三种方式,于所见有疑”等句的义理,也应依《恶作罪巴利注释》中所说的方法了知,即“于所见有疑者,犯波罗夷法……”等。因为这里仅在巴利文句上有差别,而在义理上与上座部的主张并无任何不同。显示巴利原文
9.Tīhākārehi diṭṭhe vematikotiādīnampi attho ‘‘diṭṭhassa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭhe vematiko’’ti evamādiduṭṭhadosapāḷivaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Pāḷimattameva hi ettha viseso, atthe pana satheravāde kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ natthi.
11 十一、“突然而说”者:未经审察、未加思择,便匆促地说出所见,却称“我未见”。“想说此却说彼”者:由于迟钝、愚笨而口误,本应说“衣”,却说成了其他近音词。又,若有沙弥问:“尊者,您见到我的戒师了吗?”他戏弄地回答:“你的戒师大概套上木车走了吧。”或听到豺狼声,被问:“尊者,这是什么声音?”他便答:“这是你母亲乘车出行时,车轮陷在泥里,人们正在抬车轮的声音。”像这样,既非玩笑也非喧闹而说其他话者,即犯此波逸提罪。另有一种“补足语”:有人在村里得到少许油,回到寺院后对沙弥说:“你今天去哪儿了?村里只有一块油。”或得到放在篮里的糕饼块,便说:“今天村里人用篮子分发糕饼了。”这即是妄语。其余文句容易了知。显示巴利原文
11.Sahasā bhaṇatīti avīmaṃsitvā anupadhāretvā vā vegena diṭṭhampi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ me’’ti bhaṇati. Aññaṃ bhaṇissāmīti aññaṃ bhaṇatīti mandattā jaḷattā pakkhalanto ‘‘cīvara’’nti vattabbe ‘‘cīra’’nti ādiṃ bhaṇati. Yo pana sāmaṇerena ‘‘api bhante mayhaṃ upajjhāyaṃ passitthā’’ti vutto keḷiṃ kurumāno ‘‘tava upajjhāyo dārusakaṭaṃ yojetvā gato bhavissatī’’ti vā siṅgālasaddaṃ sutvā ‘‘kassāyaṃ bhante saddo’’ti vutto ‘‘mātuyā te yānena gacchantiyā kaddame laggacakkaṃ uddharantānaṃ ayaṃ saddo’’ti vā evaṃ neva davā na ravā aññaṃ bhaṇati, so āpattiṃ āpajjatiyeva. Aññā pūraṇakathā nāma hoti, eko gāme thokaṃ telaṃ labhitvā vihāraṃ āgato sāmaṇeraṃ bhaṇati – ‘‘tvaṃ ajja kuhiṃ gato, gāmo ekatelo ahosī’’ti vā pacchikāya ṭhapitaṃ pūvakhaṇḍaṃ labhitvā ‘‘ajja gāme pacchikāhi pūve cāresu’’nti vā, ayaṃ musāvādova hoti. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti.
此戒有三种等起:由身与心、由语与心、由身语与心而生起。是作业,有想解脱,有心,属世间罪,为身业与语业,依不善心,具三受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.
2. 轻蔑语学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Omasavādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
12 第十二,第二学处中:“贬损”即刺戳;“轻蔑”即谩骂;“鄙视”即凌辱。显示巴利原文
12. Dutiyasikkhāpade omasantīti ovijjhanti. Khuṃsentīti akkosanti. Vambhentīti padhaṃsenti.
13 第十三,“过去曾有”:世尊为呵责轻蔑语而引述此本生故事。“名为欢喜宽角”:“欢喜”是那头牛的名字,因其角宽广,故称“欢喜宽角”。那时菩萨名为欢喜宽角。婆罗门以粥饭等精心喂养它。后来,牛出于悲悯婆罗门,便说出“你去吧”等语。“即于彼处站立”:即使在无因结生时,它也不喜他人的轻蔑,为显示婆罗门的过失而站立。“令百车相连而转动”:即依次排列,置于树下,将满载绿豆、黑豆、沙等物的百车连成一体而转动。先前停立之处,后来轮子又转动了,菩萨为使后车停于前车所停之处,转动了百车之长的地面,因为菩萨绝无松懈之事。“因此心满意足”:即欢喜宽角因婆罗门获得财富及自己的作为而心满意足。显示巴利原文
13.Bhūtapubbanti idaṃ vatthuṃ bhagavā omasavādagarahaṇatthaṃ āhari. Nandivisālo nāmāti nandīti tassa balībaddassa nāmaṃ, visāṇāni panassa visālāni, tasmā ‘‘nandivisālo’’ti vuccati. Bodhisatto tena samayena nandivisālo nāma hoti. Brāhmaṇo taṃ yāgubhattādīhi ativiya posesi. Atha so brāhmaṇaṃ anukampamāno ‘‘gaccha tva’’ntiādimāha. Tattheva aṭṭhāsīti ahetukapaṭisandhikālepi parakhuṃsanaṃ amanāpatoyeva paccesi, tasmā brāhmaṇassa dosaṃ dassetukāmo aṭṭhāsi. Sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭesīti paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapetvā heṭṭhārukkhe datvā ekābaddhaṃ katvā muggamāsavālukādīhi puṇṇaṃ sakaṭasataṃ pavaṭṭento, kiñcāpi pubbe patiṭṭhitārappadesaṃ puna are patte pavaṭṭitaṃ hoti, bodhisatto pana purimasakaṭena patiṭṭhitaṭṭhāne pacchimasakaṭaṃ patiṭṭhāpetuṃ sakaṭasatappamāṇaṃ padesaṃ pavaṭṭesi. Bodhisattānañhi sithilakaraṇaṃ nāma natthi. Tena cattamano ahūti tena brāhmaṇassa dhanalābhena attano kammena ca so nandivisālo attamano ahosi.
15 第十五,关于「以谩骂」:此处,因后文将分别「二种谩骂——低劣谩骂与殊胜谩骂」,故不像前文说「以低劣谩骂而轻蔑」,只作「以谩骂」。「竹工种姓」指木匠种姓;也有说是竹器工匠种姓。「猎师种姓」指捕鹿猎人等种姓。显示巴利原文
15.Akkosenapīti ettha pana yasmā parato ‘‘dve akkosā – hīno ca akkoso ukkaṭṭho ca akkoso’’ti vibhajitukāmo, tasmā yathā pubbe ‘‘hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsentī’’ti vuttaṃ; evaṃ avatvā ‘‘akkosena’’ iccevamāha. Venajātīti tacchakajāti; veṇukārajātītipi vadanti. Nesādajātīti migaluddakādijāti.
「车匠种姓」指皮革工种姓。「清扫者种姓」指弃花工种姓。「缺耳」等是奴隶的名字,故为低贱。「被轻贱」指被轻视;也有读作「被鄙弃」的。「被鄙视」指被轻蔑而知道。「被厌恶」指被憎嫌。「被轻慢」指被当作「此人何用」那样的轻蔑。「不被尊重」指不被重视。显示巴利原文
Rathakārajātīti cammakārajāti. Pukkusajātīti pupphachaḍḍakajāti. Avakaṇṇakādi dāsānaṃ nāmaṃ hoti; tasmā hīnaṃ. Oññātanti avaññātaṃ; ‘‘uññāta’’ntipi paṭhanti. Avaññātanti vambhetvā ñātaṃ. Hīḷitanti jigucchitaṃ . Paribhūtanti kimetenātiti paribhavakataṃ. Acittīkatanti na garukataṃ.
「榫卯之工」指木匠的工作。「手印」指以手印计数。「计数」指除手印外的其余计数。「书写」指文字书写。糖尿病因没有痛苦感受,故称为「殊胜」。「应期待」指所应希求的。「以『ya』字或以『bha』字」指结合『ya』字与『bha』字所作的谩骂。「以男女根词」:『男根词』指男根之词,『女根词』指女根之词;以这些词所作的谩骂,名为低劣的谩骂。显示巴利原文
Koṭṭhakakammanti tacchakakammaṃ. Muddāti hatthamuddāgaṇanā. Gaṇanāti acchiddakādiavasesagaṇanā. Lekhāti akkharalekhā. Madhumehābādho vedanāya abhāvato ‘‘ukkaṭṭho’’ti vutto. Pāṭikaṅkhāti icchitabbā. Yakārena vā bhakārena vāti yakārabhakāre yojetvā yo akkoso. Kāṭakoṭacikāya vāti ‘‘kāṭa’’nti purisanimittaṃ, ‘‘koṭacikā’’ti itthinimittaṃ; etehi vā yo akkoso, eso hīno nāma akkosoti.
16 第十六:此处为显示依种姓等差别而犯戒,故说“已受具足戒者对已受具足戒者”等语。其中,“欲轻蔑、欲鄙视、欲令羞愧”即欲谩骂、欲凌辱、欲呵责、欲令失势之意。“以低劣之词对低劣者”即用低劣的种姓之词,对低劣种姓者说。依此类推,一切句中当知此义。显示巴利原文
16. Idāni tesaṃ jātiādīnaṃ pabhedavasena āpattiṃ āropetvā dassento ‘‘upasampanno upasampanna’’ntiādimāha. Tattha khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmoti akkositukāmo padhaṃsitukāmo garahitukāmo nittejaṃ kattukāmoti attho. Hīnena hīnanti hīnena jātivacanena hīnajātikaṃ. Etena upāyena sabbapadesu attho veditabbo.
此处,以低劣之词说低劣者,纵是实语,因欲轻蔑,每一言语皆犯波逸提。以殊胜之词说低劣者,纵是妄语,因欲轻蔑,依此学处犯波逸提,而非依前学处。若说“你极卑贱”、“你极婆罗门”、“你恶卑贱”、“你恶婆罗门”等语,亦同此罪。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca hīnena hīnaṃ vadanto kiñcāpi saccaṃ vadati, omasitukāmatāya panassa vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadanto ca kiñcāpi alikaṃ bhaṇati, omasitukāmatāya pana imināva sikkhāpadena pācittiyaṃ āpajjati, na purimena. Yopi ‘‘aticaṇḍālosi, atibrāhmaṇosi, duṭṭhacaṇḍālosi, duṭṭhabrāhmaṇosī’’tiādīni vadati, sopi āpattiyā kāretabbo.
26 第二十六:于“此处有某些”等句中,若避而言他,随所说方式犯恶作。于“若确实……非我”等句中,理亦相同。对未受具足戒者,于四句中皆犯恶作。若以“你是贼”、“你是破锁贼”等语,无论对方已受具足戒或未受具足戒,一切句中皆犯恶作。若以嬉戏心,无论对方已受具足戒或未受具足戒,一切句中皆犯恶语。所谓“嬉戏心”,即玩笑、欢乐之意。于此学处中,除比丘外,比丘尼等一切有情皆处于未受具足戒之位,当如是知。显示巴利原文
26.Santiidhekacceti vāre pana pariharitvā vuttabhāvena dukkaṭaṃ. Eseva nayo ye nūna…pe… na mayanti vāresupi. Anupasampanne pana catūsupi vāresu dukkaṭameva. Corosi gaṇṭhibhedakosītiādivacanehi pana upasampannepi anupampannepi sabbavāresu dukkaṭameva. Davakamyatāya pana upasampannepi anupasampannepi sabbavāresu dubbhāsitaṃ. Davakamyatā nāma keḷihasādhippāyatā. Imasmiñca sikkhāpade ṭhapetvā bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunīādayo sabbasattā anupasampannaṭṭhāne ṭhitāti veditabbā.
35 在“以义为先者”等词语中,解释巴利经文含义者,称为“以义为先者”;教授巴利经文者,称为“以法为先者”;立足于教诫,以“你现在仍是旃陀罗,莫作恶,莫成为黑暗、趣向黑暗者”等方式说法者,应知称为“以教诫为先者”。其余文句显而易见。显示巴利原文
35.Atthapurekkhārassātiādīsu pāḷiyā atthaṃ vaṇṇayanto atthapurekkhāro; pāḷiṃ vācento dhammapurekkhāro; anusiṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhatvā ‘‘idānipi caṇḍālosi, pāpaṃ mā akāsi, mā tamo tamaparāyaṇo ahosī’’tiādinā nayena kathento anusāsanīpurekkhāro nāmāti veditabbo. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
有三源:从身与意生起,从语与意生起,从身语意生起。它是造作的、有想解脱的、有心的、世间罪的、身业、语业、不善心、苦受。然而,此处的恶语罪是从语与意生起,是造作的、有想解脱的、有心的、不善心,有二受,即乐受与舍受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti. Dubbhāsitāpatti panettha vācācittato samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dvivedanaṃ sukhā ca majjhattā cāti.
3. 离间语学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Pesuññasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
36 在第三条学处中,bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ 指已生起争吵者。Bhaṇḍana 是争吵的前阶段,即“此人与那人做了此事;若他这样说,我便那样回应”等各自阵营内的商议。Kalaha 是导致犯戒的身语违犯。Vivāda 是争论性言论。陷入那种争论者,称为 vivādāpannānaṃ。Pesuñña 即离间语,意为使亲厚化为乌有的言语。显示巴利原文
36. Tatiyasikkhāpade – bhaṇḍanajātānanti sañjātabhaṇḍanānaṃ. Bhaṇḍananti kalahassa pubbabhāgo, ‘‘iminā ca iminā ca idaṃ kataṃ; evaṃ vutte evaṃ vakkhāmā’’tiādikaṃ sakasakapakkhe sammantanaṃ. Kalahoti āpattigāmiko kāyavācāvītikkamo. Vivādoti viggāhikakathā. Taṃ vivādaṃ āpannānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ. Pesuññanti pisuṇavācaṃ, piyabhāvassa suññakaraṇavācanti vuttaṃ hoti.
37 “比丘离间语”,指在比丘们之间制造离间的话语;即从一位比丘处听闻后,又由另一位比丘向某位比丘传达的离间之语。显示巴利原文
37.Bhikkhupesuññeti bhikkhūnaṃ pesuññe; bhikkhuto sutvā bhikkhunā bhikkhussa upasaṃhaṭapesuññeti attho.
38 “以两种方式”,指基于两种原因。或出于求爱者:即希望自己成为他人所喜爱的人,心想“我这样做,就能得到他的喜爱”;或出于意图分裂者:即希望他人之间产生分裂,心想“这样做,他就会与那人分裂”。“从出身”等,一切如前一条学处中所说的方法。在此处,同样以比丘尼为首,所有未受具足戒者都称为未受具足戒者。显示巴利原文
38.Dvīhākārehīti dvīhi kāraṇehi. Piyakamyassa vāti ‘‘evaṃ ahaṃ etassa piyo bhavissāmī’’ti attano piyabhāvaṃ patthayamānassa vā. Bhedādhippāyassa vāti ‘‘evamayaṃ etena saddhiṃ bhijjissatī’’ti parassa parena bhedaṃ icchantassa vā. Jātitopītiādi sabbaṃ purimasikkhāpade vuttanayameva. Idhāpi bhikkhuniṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbe anupasampannā nāma.
若见到一人辱骂、另一人忍耐,而仅仅出于对恶行的谴责,心想“啊,真是无耻,竟会认为像这样的人还值得再去指责”,而这样说者,便属于“非出于求爱者,非出于意图分裂者”,无犯。其余文句意义明了。此学处由三源生起——从身与意、从语与意、从身语与意生起,是造作、有想、有心、世间罪、身业、语业、不善心、三受。显示巴利原文
Na piyakamyassa na bhedādhippāyassāti ekaṃ akkosantaṃ ekañca khamantaṃ disvā ‘‘aho nillajjo, īdisampi nāma bhavantaṃ puna vattabbaṃ maññissatī’’ti evaṃ kevalaṃ pāpagarahitāya bhaṇantassa anāpatti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti , kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.
4. 逐句教法学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Padasodhammasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
44 44. 第四条学处中:‘appatissā’即不恭敬者。言‘优婆塞’时,连语也不欲听闻,意为不敬。或说‘appatissayā’,意为行为不谦逊者。‘Asabhāgavuttikā’指行为不相称者,即生活不相应,不如同比丘所应行的那样,行为不正者。显示巴利原文
44. Catutthasikkhāpade – appatissāti appatissavā. Upāsakāti vutte vacanampi na sotukāmā; anādarāti attho. Appatissayā vā anīcavuttinoti attho. Asabhāgavuttikāti visabhāgajīvikā, yathā bhikkhūsu vattitabbaṃ; evaṃ appavattavuttinoti attho.
45 45. ‘逐句教法’乃一句一句地教导法,即一部分一部分地教。然而,此称为部分的‘句’有四种,为显明此义,句分别中说:‘句、随句、随字、随音节’。其中,‘句’指一偈颂的四分之一句。‘随句’指第二句。‘随字’指逐字逐字母。‘随音节’指随前音节而生起的后音节。或者,任一字母为随字,字母合集为随音节,字母与随音节的合集为句。第一句即为句,第二句为随句,当知此处有此差别。显示巴利原文
45.Padaso dhammaṃ vāceyyāti ekato padaṃ padaṃ dhammaṃ vāceyya; koṭṭhāsaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ vāceyyāti attho. Yasmā pana taṃ koṭṭhāsanāmakaṃ padaṃ catubbidhaṃ hoti, tasmā taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘padaṃ anupadaṃ anvakkharaṃ anubyañjana’’nti padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha padanti eko gāthāpādo adhippeto. Anupadanti dutiyapādo. Anvakkharanti ekekamakkharaṃ. Anubyañjananti purimabyañjanena sadisaṃ pacchābyañjanaṃ. Yaṃ kiñci vā ekamakkharaṃ anvakkharaṃ, akkharasamūho anubyañjanaṃ, akkharānubyañjanasamūho padaṃ. Paṭhamapadaṃ padameva, dutiyaṃ anupadanti evamettha nānākaraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ.
今明:所谓‘句’,即一起开始、一起结束。当教导偈颂法时,如诵‘诸法以意为前导’,与沙弥一起开始每一句,并一起结束。如此教者,按句数计算波逸提。所谓‘随句’,乃分别开始、一起结束。当长老诵‘诸法以意为前导’时,沙弥不待该句,便一起诵出第二句‘意为最胜,意所造’,此即分别开始、一起结束。如此教者,亦按随句数计算波逸提。所谓‘随字’,即当诵‘色无常’时,唯发出‘色’字音。如被教令‘沙弥,诵色无常’,仅一起诵出‘色’字音便止。如此教者,亦按随字数计算波逸提。于偈颂中,此法亦然。所谓‘随音节’,即当诵‘色无常’时,发出‘受无常’之音。如教导‘诸比丘,色无常,受无常’经时,长老诵‘色无常’,沙弥因反应敏捷,将此‘受无常’无常句与长老之‘色无常’无常句一起诵出而发声。如此教者,亦按随音节数计算波逸提。此中要义:于这些句等中,凡一起诵出者,即因此结相应之罪。显示巴利原文
Idāni padaṃ nāma ekato paṭṭhapetvā ekato osāpentīti gāthābandhaṃ dhammaṃ vācento ‘‘manopubbaṅgamā dhammā’’ti ekamekaṃ padaṃ sāmaṇerena saddhiṃ ekato ārabhitvā ekatoyeva niṭṭhāpeti. Evaṃ vācentassa padagaṇanāya pācittiyā veditabbā. Anupadaṃ nāma pāṭekkaṃ paṭṭhapetvā ekato osāpentīti therena ‘‘manopubbaṅgamā dhammā’’ti vutte sāmaṇero taṃ padaṃ apāpuṇitvā ‘‘manoseṭṭhā manomayā’’ti dutiyapadaṃ ekato bhaṇati, ime pāṭekkaṃ paṭṭhapetvā ekato osāpenti nāma. Evaṃ vācentassāpi anupadagaṇanāya pācittiyā. Anvakkharaṃ nāma rūpaṃ aniccantivuccamāno ‘‘rū’’ti opātetīti ‘‘rūpaṃ aniccanti bhaṇa sāmaṇerā’’ti vuccamāno rūkāramattameva ekato vatvā tiṭṭhati. Evaṃ vācentassāpi anvakkharagaṇanāya pācittiyā. Gāthābandhepi ca esa nayo labbhatiyeva. Anubyañjanaṃ nāma rūpaṃ aniccanti vuccamāno vedanā aniccāti saddaṃ nicchāretīti ‘‘rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, aniccaṃ, vedanā aniccā’’ti imaṃ suttaṃ vācayamāno therena ‘‘rūpaṃ anicca’’nti vuccamāno sāmaṇero sīghapaññatāya ‘‘vedanā aniccā’’ti imaṃ aniccapadaṃ therassa ‘‘rūpaṃ anicca’’nti etena aniccapadena saddhiṃ ekato bhaṇanto vācaṃ nicchāreti. Evaṃ vācentassāpi anubyañjanagaṇanāya pācittiyā. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepo – imesu padādīsu yaṃ yaṃ ekato bhaṇati tena tena āpattiṃ āpajjatīti.
“佛说”指全部律藏、阿毗达摩藏,以及《法句经》《行藏》《优陀那》《如是语》《本生经》《经集》《天宫事》《饿鬼事》《梵网经》等诸经。“弟子说”指由四众弟子所说的《无秽经》《正见经》《称量经》《小问答经》《大问答经》等。“仙人说”指外道游行者所说的一切《游行者品》,以及婆罗门巴婆利的十六位弟子所问等。“天神说”指诸天所说,即《天相应》《天子相应》《魔相应》《梵天相应》《帝释相应》等。显示巴利原文
Buddhabhāsitoti sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ dhammapadaṃ cariyāpiṭakaṃ udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ suttanipāto vimānavatthu petavatthu brahmajālādīni ca suttāni. Sāvakabhāsitoti catuparisapariyāpannehi sāvakehi bhāsito anaṅgaṇasammādiṭṭhianumānasuttacuḷavedallamahāvedallādiko. Isibhāsitoti bāhiraparibbājakehi bhāsito sakalo paribbājakavaggo, bāvariyassa antevāsikānaṃ soḷasannaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ pucchāti evamādi. Devatābhāsitoti devatāhi bhāsito; so devatāsaṃyuttadevaputtasaṃyuttamārasaṃyuttabrahmasaṃyuttasakkasaṃyuttādivasena veditabbo.
“义相应”指依止于注释书。“法相应”指依止于巴利圣典;两者皆指依止于出离。虽说的是依止于出离,但若令人逐句诵出经三次结集所确立的法,则有犯。纵使依止出离,若以不同语言、偈颂、诗律等形式编撰而成,则无犯。虽未经三次结集,若令人逐句诵出如《家经》《王教经》《利根经》《四转经》《难陀乌巴难达经》等,亦有犯。《降伏阿波罗龙王经》中虽也如此说,然《大护持》中则予禁止。在《弥兰陀问经》中,长老自出心裁而说的内容无犯,但为令国王信解而引用所说内容,则有犯。然而,诸如《色藏》《央掘摩罗藏》《罗吒波罗藏》《阿阇世王经》《阿罗婆迦经》《狮子吼经》《秘密道经》《秘密毗山多罗经》《秘密律藏》《吠陀罗藏》等,相传并非佛语。所谓“戒教授”,据说是法将舍利弗所说,诵此则有犯。其他如道论、所缘论、智慧杖、智事、不净论等,其中开示了三十七菩提分法,在头陀支问中则开示了行道;因此,诵这些亦有犯。然而,在《大护持》等中,则说唯诵未经结集的《王教经》《利根经》《四转经》《难陀乌巴难达经》《家经》有犯,其余凡引自佛语而说的内容显示巴利原文
Atthūpasañhitoti aṭṭhakathānissito. Dhammūpasañhitoti pāḷinissito; ubhayenāpi vivaṭṭūpanissitameva vadati. Kiñcāpi vivaṭṭūpanissitaṃ vadati, tisso saṅgītiyo āruḷhadhammaṃyeva pana padaso vācentassa āpatti . Vivaṭṭūpanissitepi nānābhāsāvasena gāthāsilokabandhādīhi abhisaṅkhate anāpatti. Tisso saṅgītiyo anāruḷhepi kulumbasuttaṃ rājovādasuttaṃ tikkhindriyaṃ catuparivaṭṭaṃ nandopanandanti īdise āpattiyeva. Apalāladamanampi vuttaṃ, mahāpaccariyampana paṭisiddhaṃ. Meṇḍakamilindapañhesu therassa sakapaṭibhāne anāpatti, yaṃ rañño saññāpanatthaṃ āharitvā vuttaṃ, tattha āpatti. Vaṇṇapiṭakaaṅgulimālapiṭakaraṭṭhapālagaajataāḷavakagajjitaguḷhamaggaguḷhavessantaraguḷhavinayavedallapiṭakāni pana abuddhavacanāniyevāti vuttaṃ. Sīlūpadeso nāma dhammasenāpatinā vuttoti vadanti, tasmiṃ āpattiyeva. Aññānipi maggakathāārammaṇakathābuddhikadaṇḍaka ñāṇavatthuasubhakathādīni atthi, tesu sattatiṃsa bodhipakkhiyadhammā vibhattā, dhutaṅgapañhe paṭipadā vibhattā; tasmā tesu āpattīti vuttaṃ. Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana saṅgītiṃ anāruḷhesu rājovādatikkhindriyacatuparivaṭṭanandopanandakulumbasuttesuyeva āpattīti vatvā avasesesu yaṃ buddhavacanato āharitvā vuttaṃ, tadeva āpattivatthu hoti, na itaranti ayamattho pariggahito.
48 “令共诵者”,意为:与未受具足戒者一同学取教诫,或一同诵说,皆无犯。显示巴利原文
48.Ekato uddisāpentoti anupasampannena saddhiṃ ekato uddesaṃ gaṇhantopi ekato vadati anāpattīti attho.
于此作如是抉择:比丘与沙弥同坐,令他诵经。若师对坐着的人说“我为坐着的人诵”,便与他们一起诵说,师有犯。与沙弥一起学取者,无犯。两人皆站立学取,同理。年少比丘坐着,沙弥站立,若说“我为坐着的人诵”而诵,无犯。若年少比丘站立,另一人坐着,若说“我为站立的人诵”而诵,亦无犯。若众多比丘中间坐着一位沙弥,当沙弥坐着时,师逐句教法,则有非心犯。若沙弥离开近行区域,或站或坐,因不在所教者之列,称为“以一方逃避而取经”,故无犯。一起诵习者:比丘与沙弥一起诵习,与他一起诵说,无犯。于沙弥跟前学取教诫,与他一起诵说者,亦无犯。此也称为“一起诵习”。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – upasampanno ca anupasampanno ca nisīditvā uddisāpenti. Ācariyo nisinnānaṃ bhaṇāmīti tehi saddhiṃ ekato vadati, ācariyassa āpatti. Anupasampannena saddhiṃ gaṇhantassa anāpatti. Dvepi ṭhitā gaṇhanti, eseva nayo. Daharabhikkhu nisinno, sāmaṇero ṭhito, nisinnassa bhaṇāmīti bhaṇato anāpatti. Sace daharo tiṭṭhati, itaro nisīdati, ṭhitassa bhaṇāmīti bhaṇatopi anāpatti. Sace bahūnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ antare eko sāmaṇero nisinno hoti, tasmiṃ nisinne padaso dhammaṃ vācentassa ācariyassa acittakāpatti. Sace sāmaṇero upacāraṃ muñcitvā ṭhito vā nisinno vā hoti, yesaṃ vāceti, tesu apariyāpannattā ekena disābhāgena palāyanakaganthaṃ nāma gaṇhātīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati, tasmā anāpatti. Ekato sajjhāyaṃ karontopi anupasampannena saddhiṃ upasampanno ekato sajjhāyaṃ karonto tena saddhiṃyeva bhaṇati, anāpatti. Anupasampannassa santike uddesaṃ gaṇhantassapi tena saddhiṃ ekato bhaṇantassa anāpatti. Ayampi hi ekato sajjhāyaṃ karoticceva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.
“令遗漏大部分已熟练之经典而诵者”:若一偈中有一句不能诵出,而其余诸句皆能诵出,此即名为大部分已熟练之经典。依此理,于经文中亦应知。令其遗漏而说“如此诵”,即使一起诵说,亦无犯。“令遗漏正在诵出者”:于大众中正在诵经者,令其如此诵说,与他一起诵说,亦无犯。然而,在《大护持》等中说“若被告知‘勿与我一起说’而仍说,无犯”,此说于《大注释》中并不存在,而其不存在本身是合理的。何以故?因为是行作生起。否则,将成为行作与非行作。其余文义易于了知。显示巴利原文
Yebhuyyena paguṇaṃ ganthaṃ bhaṇantaṃ opātetīti sace ekagāthāya eko pādo na āgacchati, sesaṃ āgacchati, ayaṃ yebhuyyena paguṇagantho nāma. Etena nayena suttepi veditabbo. Taṃ opātentassa evaṃ bhaṇāhīti ekatopi bhaṇantassa anāpatti. Osārentaṃ opātetīti suttaṃ uccārentaṃ parisamajjhe parisaṅkamānaṃ evaṃ vadehīti tena saddhiṃ ekatopi vadantassa anāpatti. Yaṃ pana mahāpaccariyādīsu ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ mā vadā’’ti vutto yadi vadati, ‘‘anāpattī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ natthi, natthibhāvoyeva cassa yutto. Kasmā? Kiriyasamuṭṭhānattā. Itarathā hi kiriyākiriyaṃ bhaveyya. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
逐句教法戒的犯缘:由语与语意而生起;是行作;非想解脱;非心犯;施设犯;语业;三心;三受。显示巴利原文
Padasodhammasamuṭṭhānaṃ – vācato ca vācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
五、同宿学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Sahaseyyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
49 第五学处中:“失念、不正知”,这是指在前行阶段未作念与正知而说;而在落入有分时,哪里还有念与正知呢!“胡言乱语”即说杂乱之语。“作鸦鸣声”指发出如乌鸦叫声般的无义之声。“优婆塞”指最先起身的优婆塞。显示巴利原文
49. Pañcamasikkhāpade – muṭṭhassatī asampajānāti pubbabhāge satisampajaññassa akaraṇavasenetaṃ vuttaṃ, bhavaṅgotiṇṇakāle pana kuto satisampajaññanti! Vikūjamānāti vippalapamānā . Kākacchamānāti nāsāya kākasaddaṃ viya niratthakasaddaṃ muñcamānā. Upāsakāti paṭhamataraṃ uṭṭhitaupāsakā.
50 五十、对此,比丘们说:“贤友罗睺罗,世尊制定了学处。”比丘们是出于对学处的尊重而说此话。然而,他们原本就对世尊怀有恭敬,也因具寿罗睺罗的乐学戒行,每当那位具寿来到住处时,他们便将他所有的小床或靠枕铺设好,并把衣或上衣给他作枕头用。其中,关于那位具寿的乐学戒行,据说比丘们远远看见他走来,便把拳帚和垃圾簸箕扔到外面。当其他人问:“贤友,这是谁弄倒的?”另一些人便这样说:“尊者,罗睺罗曾在此处走动,莫非是他弄倒的?”然而,那位具寿即使一天也不说“尊者,这不是我做的”,而是将其收拾好,请求比丘们原谅后离去。他甚至在厕所中安卧——正是为了增进那乐学戒行,他不去法将大目犍连、阿难长老等处,而选择在世尊使用的厕所中安卧。据说,那间厕所有门扇,涂有香泥,悬挂着花鬘,如同塔庙一般矗立,他人不得使用。显示巴利原文
50.Etadavocunti ‘‘bhagavatā āvuso rāhula sikkhāpadaṃ paññatta’’nti bhikkhū sikkhāpadagāraveneva etaṃ avocuṃ. Pakatiyā pana te bhagavati ca gāravena āyasmato ca rāhulassa sikkhākāmatāya tassa āyasmato vasanaṭṭhānaṃ āgatassa cūḷamañcakaṃ vā apassenaṃ vā yaṃ atthi taṃ paññapetvā cīvaraṃ vā uttarāsaṅgaṃ vā ussīsakaraṇatthāya denti . Tatridaṃ tassāyasmato sikkhākāmatāya – bhikkhū kira taṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvā muṭṭhisammuñjaniñca kacavarachaḍḍanakañca bahi khipanti. Athaññehi ‘‘āvuso kenidaṃ pātita’’nti vutte aññe evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘bhante, rāhulo imasmiṃ padese sañcari, tena nu kho pātita’’nti. So panāyasmā ‘‘na mayhaṃ bhante idaṃ kamma’’nti ekadivasampi avatvā taṃ paṭisāmetvā bhikkhū khamāpetvā gacchati. Vaccakuṭiyā seyyaṃ kappesīti taṃyeva sikkhākāmataṃ anubrūhanto dhammasenāpatimahāmoggallānaānandattherādīnaṃ santikaṃ agantvā bhagavato vaḷañjanakavaccakuṭiyaṃ seyyaṃ kappesi. Sā kira kuṭi kavāṭabaddhā gandhaparibhaṇḍakatā samosaritapupphadāmā cetiyaṭṭhānamiva tiṭṭhati, aparibhogā aññesaṃ.
51 五十一、“超过两夜三夜”:世尊为了摄受沙弥们,给予了三夜的宽限。因为让良家子弟出家后而不加以照顾是不合适的。“同卧”即一起睡卧。“卧”既指伸展身体意义上的躺卧,也指在其中躺卧的住所。其中,为了说明住所,说“所谓卧处,即全遮蔽的……”等;为了说明身体伸展,说“比丘在未受具足戒者躺卧时躺下……”等。因此,此处的意思是:“进入称为住所的卧处后,作、行、完成称为身体伸展的躺卧。”而“全遮蔽”等是说明那称为住所的卧处的特征。因此,凡住所上方以五种覆盖物或其他任何东西完全遮蔽的,这称为全遮蔽卧处。然而,在注释书中,依通俗用语而说:“所谓全遮蔽,即以五种覆盖物遮蔽。”虽然这样说,但即使住在布帐中,也不能作无犯,因此,此处凡能起遮蔽作用的,都应理解为覆盖物和围障。如果只取五种覆盖物,那么在木板遮蔽处同卧也不构成犯。凡住所从地面直至触及覆盖物,以墙或其他任何东西乃至以布围起来的,这称为全围障卧处。在《库伦达注释》中说:即使未触及覆盖物,以最低限度一肘半高的墙等围起来的,也是全围障卧处。如果上方大部分遮蔽、小部分未遮蔽,或周围大部分围障、小部分未围障,这称为大部分遮蔽、大部分围障卧处。具备此特征的,即使是七层楼阁只有一个入口,或有百间房的四合院,也算作同一卧处。针对此而说:“第四天日落时,比丘在未受具足戒者躺卧时躺下,犯波逸提。”等。显示巴利原文
51.Uttaridirattatirattanti bhagavā sāmaṇerānaṃ saṅgahakaraṇatthāya tirattaṃ parihāraṃ adāsi. Na hi yuttaṃ kuladārake pabbājetvā nānuggahetunti. Sahaseyyanti ekato seyyaṃ. Seyyāti kāyappasāraṇasaṅkhātaṃ sayanampi vuccati, yasmiṃ senāsane sayanti, tampi. Tattha senāsanaṃ tāva dassetuṃ ‘‘seyyā nāma sabbacchannā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Kāyappasāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ anupasampanne nipanne bhikkhu nipajjatī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tasmā ayamettha attho – ‘‘senāsanasaṅkhātaṃ seyyaṃ pavisitvā kāyappasāraṇasaṅkhātaṃ seyyaṃ kappeyya vidaheyya sampādeyyā’’ti. Sabbacchannātiādinā pana tassā senāsanasaṅkhātāya seyyāya lakkhaṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Tasmā yaṃ senāsanaṃ upari pañcahi chadanehi aññena vā kenaci sabbameva paṭicchannaṃ, ayaṃ sabbacchannā nāma seyyā. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana pākaṭavohāraṃ gahetvā vācuggatavasena ‘‘sabbacchannā nāma pañcahi chadanehi channā’’ti vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi vuttaṃ? Atha kho dussakuṭiyaṃ vasantassāpi na sakkā anāpatti kātuṃ, tasmā yaṃ kiñci paṭicchādanasamatthaṃ idha chadanañca paricchannañca veditabbaṃ. Pañcavidhacchadaneyeva hi gayhamāne padaracchannepi sahaseyyā na bhaveyya. Yaṃ pana senāsanaṃ bhūmito paṭṭhāya yāva chadanaṃ āhacca pākārena vā aññena vā kenaci antamaso vatthenāpi parikkhittaṃ, ayaṃ sabbaparicchannā nāma seyyā. Chadanaṃ anāhacca sabbantimena pariyāyena diyaḍḍhahatthubbedhena pākārādinā parikkhittāpi sabbaparicchannāyevāti kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Yassā pana upari bahutaraṃ ṭhānaṃ channaṃ, appaṃ acchannaṃ, samantato vā bahutaraṃ parikkhittaṃ, appaṃ aparikkhittaṃ, ayaṃ yebhuyyena channā yebhuyyena paricchannā nāma. Iminā hi lakkhaṇena samannāgato sacepi sattabhūmako pāsādo ekūpacāro hoti, satagabbhaṃ vā catussālaṃ vā, ekaseyyāicceva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘catutthe divase atthaṅgate sūriye anupasampanne nipanne bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassā’’tiādi.
其中,仅仅躺卧便犯波逸提。若有多位沙弥和一位比丘,则依沙弥人数计波逸提。若他们起身又躺下,比丘于其每一动作即犯。若比丘自己起身又躺下,则由比丘自身的动作而犯。若有多位比丘和一位沙弥,沙弥令所有比丘犯;即使他起身又躺下,比丘们也犯。双方人数众多时,道理相同。显示巴利原文
Tattha ca nipajjanamatteneva pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana sambahulā sāmaṇerā, eko bhikkhu, sāmaṇeragaṇanāya pācittiyā. Te ce uṭṭhāyuṭṭhāya nipajjanti, tesaṃ payoge payoge bhikkhussa āpatti. Bhikkhussa uṭṭhāyuṭṭhāya nipajjane pana bhikkhusseva payogena bhikkhussa āpatti. Sace pana sambahulā bhikkhū eko sāmaṇero sabbesaṃ āpattiṃ karoti, tassa uṭṭhāyuṭṭhāya nipajjanenapi bhikkhūnaṃ āpattiyeva. Ubhayesaṃ sambahulabhāvepi eseva nayo.
此外,对于同一住处等,亦应了知四句分别。若在同一住处,与同一未受具足戒者同卧超过三夜,自第四日起每日犯。若在同一住处,与不同的未受具足戒者同卧超过三夜,亦犯。若在不同住处,与同一未受具足戒者同卧超过三夜,亦犯。若在不同住处,与不同的未受具足戒者同卧,即使行走一由旬,自第四日起每日犯。显示巴利原文
Apicettha ekāvāsādikampi catukkaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yo hi ekasmiṃ āvāse ekeneva anupasampannena saddhiṃ tirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, tassa catutthadivasato paṭṭhāya devasikā āpatti. Yopi ekasmiṃyeva āvāse nānāanupasampannehi saddhiṃ tirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, tassapi. Yopi nānāāvāsesu ekeneva anupasampannena saddhiṃ tirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, tassapi. Yopi nānāāvāsesu nānāanupasampannehi saddhiṃ yojanasatampi gantvā sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, tassapi catutthadivasato paṭṭhāya devasikā āpatti.
又,此同卧罪依“除比丘外,其余皆名未受具足戒者”之说,即便与畜生也构成。其中,畜生的界定应依淫欲法罪中所说之理了知。因此,即使蜥蜴、猫、獴等任何一种进入比丘所住的住处,在同一入口处躺卧,也构成同卧。显示巴利原文
Ayañca sahaseyyāpatti nāma ‘‘bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā avaseso anupasampanno nāmā’’ti vacanato tiracchānagatenapi saddhiṃ hoti, tatra tiracchānagatassa paricchedo methunadhammāpattiyā vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Tasmā sacepi godhābiḷālamaṅgusādīsu koci pavisitvā bhikkhuno vasanasenāsane ekūpacāraṭṭhāne sayati, sahaseyyāva hoti.
然而,如果楼阁建于柱上,上层楼板与下层的墙壁不相连,墙上有带孔的梁头,有人从孔洞进入,躺卧在梁中,随后又从同一孔洞出去离开,那么在下层楼阁躺卧的比丘不犯。如果屋顶有洞,有人由此进入屋顶内侧躺卧,而后又从原处离去,那么在不同入口的上层屋顶内侧躺卧者犯,在下层躺卧者不犯。如果从楼阁内部登上去,所有楼层共用一个入口,则在其中任何一处躺卧都犯。显示巴利原文
Yadi pana thambhānaṃ upari katapāsādassa uparimatalena saddhiṃ asambaddhabhittikassa bhittiyā upari ṭhitasusiratulāsīsassa susirena pavisitvā tulāya abbhantare sayitvā teneva susirena nikkhamitvā gacchati , heṭṭhāpāsāde sayitabhikkhussa anāpatti. Sace chadane chiddaṃ hoti, tena pavisitvā antochadane vasitvā teneva pakkamati, nānūpacāre uparimatale chadanabbhantare sayitassa āpatti, heṭṭhimatale sayitassa anāpatti. Sace antopāsādeneva ārohitvā sabbatalāni paribhuñjanti, ekūpacārāni honti, tesu yattha katthaci sayitassa āpatti.
简言之,在依简略方式建造的半墙高床卧处躺卧时,若有鸽子等进入藤蔓丛杂处躺卧,同样犯戒。若在围墙之外、无覆盖的内部躺卧,不犯。如果卧处为圆形或方形,是具有同一屋顶的内室楼阁,即使有上百个房间,只要经由一扇共用门进入,且各个房间的附属区域未被各自的墙壁隔开,那么只要有一个房间里有未受具足戒者躺卧,所有房间里的躺卧者都犯戒。如果房间带有前廊,即使前廊上方有遮盖且地基较高,躺卧在前廊的人也不会令躺卧在房间里的人犯戒。然而,如果前廊的屋顶与房间的屋顶相连,在那里躺卧的人会使所有房间里的人都犯戒。为什么呢?因为全部被覆盖并且全部被包围,其界限就是房间的围墙。正是依据这一理趣,注释书中说,在铁殿围墙的四座门楼处也犯戒。显示巴利原文
Sabhāsaṅkhepena kate aḍḍhakuṭṭakasenāsane sayitassa vāḷasaṅghāṭādīsu kapotādayo pavisitvā sayanti, āpattiyeva. Parikkhepassa bahigate nibbakosabbhantare sayanti, anāpatti. Parimaṇḍalaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā ekacchadanāya gabbhamālāya satagabbhaṃ cepi senāsanaṃ hoti, tatra ce ekena sādhāraṇadvārena pavisitvā visuṃ pākārena aparicchinnagabbhūpacāre sabbagabbhe pavisanti, ekagabbhepi anupasampanne nipanne sabbagabbhesu nipannānaṃ āpatti. Sace sapamukhā gabbhā honti, pamukhassa upari acchannaṃ uccavatthukaṃ cepi hoti, pamukhe sayito gabbhe sayitānaṃ āpattiṃ na karoti. Sace pana gabbhacchadaneneva saddhiṃ sambaddhacchadanaṃ hoti, tatra sayito sabbesaṃ āpattiṃ karoti. Kasmā? Sabbacchannattā sabbaparicchannattā ca, gabbhaparikkhepoyeva hissa parikkhepoti. Eteneva hi nayena aṭṭhakathāsu lohapāsādaparikkhepassa catūsu dvārakoṭṭhakesu āpatti vuttā.
然而,《暗黑注释书》中所说‘在无围墙的前廊处不犯戒,这是指没有高台的地面而言的前廊,是困难的’,那是针对暗黑国中各自独立、同一屋顶的一排房间而说的。其中所说的‘没有高台的地面’,既不见于诸注释书,也与圣典不符。因为即使高达十肘的高台,也不计为围墙。因此,在那里于第二条学处中说明了高台的尺寸后,又说‘这称为同一附属区域的被包围’,此说不可采纳。至于那些单栋、双栋、三栋、四栋布局的大殿堂,若能在同一处洗脚后进入而遍行各处,在这些地方同样不能免除同宿戒的犯戒。如果那些地方是逐处划分了附属区域而建造的,则仅在属于同一附属区域的地方犯戒。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘aparikkhitte pamukhe anāpattīti bhūmiyaṃ vinā jagatiyā pamukhaṃ sandhāya kathina’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ andhakaraṭṭhe pāṭekkasannivesā ekacchadanā gabbhapāḷiyo sandhāya vuttaṃ. Yañca tattha ‘‘bhūmiyaṃ vinā jagatiyā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ neva aṭṭhakathāsu atthi; na pāḷiyā sameti. Dasahatthubbedhāpi hi jagati parikkhepasaṅkhyaṃ na gacchati. Tasmā yampi tattha dutiyasikkhāpade jagatiyā pamāṇaṃ vatvā ‘‘etaṃ ekūpacāraṃ paricchannaṃ nāma hotī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Yepi ekasāladvisālatisālacatussālasannivesā mahāpāsādā ekasmiṃ okāse pāde dhovitvā paviṭṭhena sakkā honti sabbattha anuparigantuṃ , tesupi sahaseyyāpattiyā na muccati. Sace tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne upacāraṃ paricchinditvā katā honti, ekūpacāraṭṭhāneyeva āpatti.
有一座双门、灰泥覆顶的会堂。若在中间筑起一道墙,从一个门进入后,一个隔间内有未受具足戒者躺卧,另一隔间内有比丘躺卧,不犯。若墙上有足以让蜥蜴等钻入的洞孔,并且在一个隔间中有蜥蜴安卧,也不犯。因为有了洞孔,房屋并不因此成为同一附属区域。若在墙中间凿开门洞并安装门扇,便成了同一附属区域,因此会犯。若将那道门用门扇关好后躺卧,仍然犯。因为房屋不因关门而变为不同附属区域,门也并非不再是门。门扇本是为了通过开合而随宜使用所造,并非为阻断使用而设。然而,若后来用砖块将那道门完全堵死,它就成了非门,先前不同附属区域的状态仍维持不变。若有一座带长前廊的塔庙,内有一扇门,外有一扇门,在这两扇门之间的区域若有未受具足戒者,会使在塔庙内部躺卧的人犯,因为属于同一附属区域。显示巴利原文
Dvīhi dvārehi yuttassa sudhāchadanamaṇḍapassa majjhe pākāraṃ karonti, ekena dvārena pavisitvā ekasmiṃ paricchede anupasampanno sayati, ekasmiṃ bhikkhu, anāpatti. Pākāre godhādīnaṃ pavisanamattampi chiddaṃ hoti, ekasmiñca paricchede godhā sayanti, anāpattiyeva. Na hi chiddena gehaṃ ekūpacāraṃ nāma hoti. Sace pākāramajjhe chinditvā dvāraṃ yojenti, ekūpacāratāya āpatti. Taṃ dvāraṃ kavāṭena pidahitvā sayanti, āpattiyeva. Na hi dvārapidahanena gehaṃ nānūpacāraṃ nāma hoti, dvāraṃ vā advāraṃ. Kavāṭañhi saṃvaraṇavivaraṇehi yathāsukhaṃ vaḷañjanatthāya kataṃ, na vaḷañjanūpacchedanatthāya. Sace pana taṃ dvāraṃ puna iṭṭhakāhi pidahanti, advāraṃ hoti, purime nānūpacārabhāveyeva tiṭṭhati. Dīghapamukhaṃ cetiyagharaṃ hoti. Ekaṃ kavāṭaṃ anto, ekaṃ bahi, dvinnaṃ kavāṭānaṃ antare anupasampanno antocetiyaghare sayantassa āpattiṃ karoti, ekūpacārattā.
如果有人这样想:“同一附属区域及不同附属区域的概念,是在‘库房学处’中说的;而在这里只说了‘卧处是指全部被覆盖、全部被包围,或大部分被覆盖、大部分被包围’,关着门的房间也是全部被包围的。因此,在那里,与在内部躺卧者同宿才犯,与在外部躺卧者同宿则不犯。”应这样告知他:“那么,在门未关闭的情况下,为什么与在外部躺卧者同宿却犯呢?”因为前廊连同房间一起是全部被覆盖的。“难道房间关了门,屋顶就被破坏了吗?”屋顶并未被破坏,但前廊连同房间一起并非全部被包围。“难道围墙被破坏了吗?”他肯定会说:“未被破坏,附属区域是被门扇所包围的。”这样,即使绕了很远,最终还是会回到同一附属区域与不同附属区域这个论题上来。显示巴利原文
Tatra yassa ‘‘siyā ayaṃ ekūpacāranānūpacāratā nāma udositasikkhāpade vuttā, idha pana ‘seyyā nāma sabbacchannā sabbaparicchannā yebhuyyena channā yebhuyyena paricchannā’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ, pihitadvāro ca gabbho sabbaparicchannova hoti. Tasmā tattha anto sayiteneva saddhiṃ āpatti, bahi sayitena anāpattī’’ti. So evaṃ vattabbo – ‘‘apihitadvāre pana kasmā bahi sayitena āpattī’’ti? Pamukhassa gabbhena saddhiṃ sabbacchannattā. ‘‘Kiṃ pana gabbhe pihite chadanaṃ viddhastaṃ hotī’’ti? Na viddhastaṃ, gabbhena saddhiṃ pamukhassa sabbaparicchannatā na hoti. ‘‘Kiṃ parikkhepo viddhasto’’ti? Addhā vakkhati ‘‘na viddhasto, kavāṭena upacāro paricchanno’’ti. Evaṃ dūrampi gantvā puna ekūpacāranānūpacārataṃyeva paccāgamissati.
再者,若仅仅依文句就能轻易了知其义,那么根据“全部被覆盖”这句话,只有被五种覆盖物之一所覆盖的,才算是卧处,而非其他覆盖物。若如此,则在木板等覆盖的情况下就不犯了。这样一来,制定这条学处的目的便会丧失。但不论丧失与否,未说的内容又怎能拿来采用呢?谁会说“未说的内容应当采用”呢?其实在不定法中已经说过:“被覆盖的座位,是指被墙、门扇、席子、布幔、树、柱、谷仓等任何东西所覆盖的。”因此,如同在那里,被任何东西所覆盖就是被覆盖,在这里也应如此理解。所以,无论卧处是小是大,与其他相连或不连,是长形、圆形、方形,是单层还是多层,只要在属于同一附属区域的任何地方,被任何覆盖物全部覆盖且全部包围,或大部分覆盖且大部分包围,就会犯同宿戒。显示巴利原文
Apica yadi byañjanamatteyeva attho suviññeyyo siyā, sabbacchannāti vacanato pañcannaṃ aññatarena chadanena channā eva seyyā siyā, na aññena. Evañca sati padaracchannādīsu anāpatti siyā. Tato yadatthaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, sveva attho parihāyeyya . Parihāyatu vā mā vā, kathaṃ avuttaṃ gahetabbanti; ko vā vadati ‘‘avuttaṃ gahetabba’’nti? Vuttañhetaṃ aniyatesu – ‘‘paṭicchannaṃ nāma āsanaṃ kuṭṭena vā kavāṭena vā kilañjena vā sāṇipākārena vā rukkhena vā thambhena vā koṭṭhalikāya vā yena kenaci paṭicchannaṃ hotī’’ti. Tasmā yathā tattha yena kenaci paṭicchannaṃ paṭicchannameva, evamidhāpi gahetabbaṃ. Tasmā senāsanaṃ khuddakaṃ vā hotu mahantaṃ vā aññena saddhiṃ sambaddhaṃ vā asambaddhaṃ vā dīghaṃ vā vaṭṭaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā ekabhūmakaṃ vā, anekabhūmakaṃ vā, yaṃ yaṃ ekūpacāraṃ sabbattha yena kenaci paṭicchādanena sabbacchanne sabbaparicchanne yebhuyyena vā channe yebhuyyena vā paricchanne sahaseyyāpatti hotīti.
53 在“一半被覆盖、一半被包围而犯恶作”这一句中,对于“全部被覆盖、一半被包围”等情形,《大护持》也说唯是恶作。然而《大注释》中则说:“全部被覆盖、大部分被包围,犯波逸提;全部被覆盖、一半被包围,犯波逸提;大部分被覆盖、一半被包围,犯波逸提;全部被包围、大部分被覆盖,犯波逸提;全部被包围、一半被覆盖,犯波逸提;大部分被包围、一半被覆盖,犯波逸提。加上圣典所说的波逸提,共有七种波逸提。”又说:“全部被覆盖、小部分被包围,犯恶作;大部分被覆盖、小部分被包围,犯恶作;全部被包围、小部分被覆盖,犯恶作;大部分被包围、小部分被覆盖,犯恶作。加上圣典所说的恶作,共有五种恶作。”显示巴利原文
53.Upaḍḍhacchanne upaḍḍhaparicchanne āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha sabbacchanne upaḍḍhaparicchanneti evamādīsupi mahāpaccariyaṃ dukkaṭamevāti vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘sabbacchanne yebhuyyenaparicchanne pācittiyaṃ, sabbacchanne upaḍḍhaparicchanne pācittiyaṃ, yebhuyyenachanne upaḍḍhaparicchanne pācittiyaṃ, sabbaparicchanne yebhuyyenachanne pācittiyaṃ, sabbaparichanne upaḍḍhacchanne pācittiyaṃ, yebhuyyenaparicchanne upaḍḍhacchanne pācittiyaṃ, pāḷiyaṃ vuttapācittiyena saddhiṃ satta pācittiyānī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sabbacchanne cūḷakaparicchanne dukkaṭaṃ, yebhuyyenachanne cūḷakaparicchanne dukkaṭaṃ, sabbaparicchanne cūḷakacchanne dukkaṭaṃ, yebhuyyenaparicchanne cūḷakacchanne dukkaṭaṃ, pāḷiyaṃ dukkaṭena saha pañca dukkaṭānī’’ti vuttaṃ.
“部分覆盖且小部分不覆盖,不犯;部分不覆盖且小部分覆盖,不犯;小部分覆盖且小部分不覆盖,不犯;完全覆盖且完全不覆盖,不犯”,并且这里说的是“如同军营帐篷那样的颜色”。由此也应了知:“正如高耸的平台不算是围墙一样。”其余文义明了。显示巴利原文
‘‘Upaḍḍhacchanne cūḷakaparicchanne anāpatti, upaḍḍhaparicchanne cūḷakacchanne anāpatti, cūḷakacchanne cūḷakaparicchanne anāpatti, sabbacchanne sabbaaparicchanneti ca ettha senambamaṇḍapavaṇṇaṃ hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. Imināpetaṃ veditabbaṃ – ‘‘yathā jagati parikkhepasaṅkhaya na gacchatī’’ti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
羊毛学处的等起:由身与身心而生起;是作业;非于无想中解脱;非无心;是施设罪;是身业;具三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyato ca kāyacittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
六、第二同宿学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
55 在第二条同宿学处中——‘āvasathāgāraṃ’:供客比丘居住的住所。‘被设立’:为希求功德而建造、设置于此。‘那位女人即由此前往’:她听闻某处设有客舍,便前往。‘gandhagandhinī’:她带著沉香、红檀等香气之香,故称‘gandhagandhinī’。‘放下布块’:她心想“或许他见到我这番举动,会生起贪染”,便如此做。‘垂下’:向下抛下。‘过失’:罪过。‘超越了我’:压过我、胜过我而现行。其余应依第一学处所述的方法了知。唯此差别:第一学处在第四日犯,此处即便是第一日亦犯。与能见形体的女夜叉及雌性畜生,若作淫欲法事,实犯恶作。其余不犯。等起等,与第一学处相同。显示巴利原文
55. Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpade – āvasathāgāranti āgantukānaṃ vasanāgāraṃ. Paññattaṃ hotīti puññakāmatāya katvā ṭhapitaṃ hoti. Yena sā itthī tenupasaṅkamīti asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne āvasathāgāraṃ paññattaṃ atthīti manussānaṃ sutvā upasaṅkami. Gandhagandhinīti agarukuṅkumādīnaṃ gandhānaṃ gandho gandhagandho, so assā atthīti gandhagandhinī. Sāṭakaṃ nikkhipitvāti appeva nāmassa imampi vippakāraṃ passantassa rāgo uppajjeyyāti cintetvā evamakāsi. Okkhipitvāti adho khipitvā. Accayoti aparādho. Maṃ accagamāti maṃ atikkamma abhibhavitvā pavatto. Sesaṃ paṭhamasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ayameva hi viseso – paṭhamasikkhāpade catutthadivase āpatti idha paṭhamadivasepi. Yakkhīpetīhi dissamānakarūpāhi tiracchānagatitthiyā ca methunadhammavatthubhūtāya eva dukkaṭaṃ. Sesāhi anāpatti. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamasadisānevāti.
七、说法学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
60 在第七学处中——‘gharaṇī’:女家主。‘在住宅门口’:在住宅的大门处。‘gharasuṇhā’:该家中的儿媳。‘在客舍门口’:在内室门口。‘以放逸之声’:以清晰放出之声。‘以敞开的方式’:以充分显露、不加遮掩的方式。‘应说法’:应讲述此皈依、戒等分类之法。‘为令了知’:为了令其理解。‘有智识的男人形相’:指有智识的男人,即便持男人形相站立,也非夜叉、非饿鬼、非畜生。显示巴利原文
60. Sattamasikkhāpade – gharaṇīti gharasāminī. Nivesanadvāreti nivesanassa mahādvāre. Gharasuṇhāti tasmiṃ ghare suṇhā. Āvasathadvāreti ovarakadvāre. Vissaṭṭhenāti suniggatena saddena. Vivaṭenāti suṭṭhu pakāsena asaṃvutena. Dhammo desetabboti ayaṃ saraṇasīlādibhedo dhammo kathetabbo. Aññātunti ājānituṃ. Viññunā purisaviggahenāti viññunā purisena, purisaviggahaṃ gahetvāpi ṭhitena na yakkhena na petena na tiracchānagatena.
66 ‘与有智识的男人形相在一起则无犯’:若与有智识的男人形相同在一处,比丘即使说法甚多,亦无犯。‘以五六语’:以五句或六句语说法者,亦无犯。其量者:一偈之一句为一语,应知一切处语量皆如此。若欲讲述注释、法句、本生等故事,仅说五六句即可。与巴利文一同讲述时,一句取自巴利,五句取自注释,如此不超过六句而讲说。‘padasodhamma’中所说的分类,此处一切亦皆是法。‘在彼时说法’:于彼时说法,或此是处格表目的格,意为‘为她而说法’。‘对其他女人’:对一位说已,又有另一位来,如此坐在同一座上,纵对百千女人说法,亦无犯。据《大护持注释》说:对坐在一起的女人们说:‘我将为你们每人说一偈,请听’,如此说法无犯。但先应作意‘我将为每人说一偈’,先告知而后说,方为妥当,非事后。‘问问题,被问问题时说法’:若女人问:‘尊者,长部为何义而阐明?’如此被问时,比丘即使讲述全部长部,亦无犯。其余文义易解。显示巴利原文
66.Anāpatti viññunā purisaviggahenāti viññunā purisaviggahena saddhiṃ ṭhitāya bahumpi dhammaṃ desentassa anāpatti. Chappañcavācāhīti chahi pañcahi vācāhi yo deseti, tassapi anāpatti. Tattha eko gāthāpādo ekavācāti evaṃ sabbattha vācāpamāṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sace aṭṭhakathaṃ dhammapadaṃ jātakādivatthuṃ vā kathetukāmo hoti, chappañcapadamattameva kathetuṃ vaṭṭati. Pāḷiyā saddhiṃ kathentena ekapadaṃ pāḷito pañca aṭṭhakathātoti evaṃ cha padāni anatikkāmetvāva kathetabbo. Padasodhamme vuttappabhedo hi idhāpi sabbo dhammoyeva. Tasmiṃ desetīti tasmiṃ khaṇe deseti. Sampadānatthe vā etaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. Tassā desetīti attho. Aññissā mātugāmassāti ekissā desetvā puna āgatāgatāya aññissāpi desetīti evaṃ ekāsane nisinno mātugāmasatasahassannampi desetīti attho. Mahāpaccariyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ samaṃ nisinnānaṃ mātugāmānaṃ ‘‘tumhākaṃ ekekissā ekekaṃ gāthaṃ desessāmi, taṃ suṇāthāti deseti, anāpatti. Paṭhamaṃ ekekissā ekekaṃ gāthaṃ kathessāmīti ābhogaṃ katvā jānāpetvā kathetuṃ vaṭṭati, na pacchāti. Pañhaṃ pucchati pañhaṃ puṭṭho kathetīti mātugāmo ‘‘dīghanikāyo nāma bhante kimatthaṃ dīpetī’’ti pucchati. Evaṃ pañhaṃ puṭṭho bhikkhu sabbaṃ cepi dīghanikāyaṃ katheti, anāpatti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.
‘padasodhamma’的等起:从语与语心而生起,是作业亦非作业,非无想解脱,非无心的,属施设罪,是语业,有三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Padasodhammasamuṭṭhānaṃ – vācato ca vācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyākiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
八、说实得上人法学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
67 第八学处——就事由的解说,凡应说的内容,一切皆与第四波罗夷注释中所说的方法相同。唯有此差别:在那里,他们说了不实语,而此处则是实语。虽是实语,却是凡夫所说,非圣者所说。因为圣者并没有故意的言语运用,但当他人宣说自己的功德时,他们未加阻止,并且就如此生起的因缘而接受了,却不了知它如此生起的状况。显示巴利原文
67. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpade – vatthukathāya tāva yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ sabbaṃ catutthapārājikavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayameva. Ayameva hi viseso – tattha abhūtaṃ ārocesuṃ, idha bhūtaṃ. Bhūtampi puthujjanā ārocesuṃ, na ariyā. Ariyānañhi payuttavācā nāma natthi, attano guṇe ārocayamāne pana aññe na paṭisedhesuṃ, tathāuppanne ca paccaye sādiyiṃsu, tathāuppannabhāvaṃ ajānantā.
在“那时,诸比丘将此事禀告世尊”等文的开端,应知那些称赞上人法的人,就是禀告者。而当世尊这样问:“比丘们,那是真实的吗?”他们全都承认说:“世尊,是真实的。”因为即使在圣者当中,上人法也是真实的。于是,世尊因他们中夹杂圣者的缘故,没有说“愚痴人”,而是说:“比丘们,你们怎么……”之后便说了“为了肚子”等言。其中,当圣者们听到他人以“听说这位尊者、尊者,是须陀洹”等方式,被生起净信的人们询问时,在戒条尚未制定、不见过患的情况下,由于心地清净,便承认了自己与他人的殊胜证得。而由于他们这样承认,其他人便为了肚子、为获取食物而称赞上人法,即使他们是以清净心接受,也如同为了肚子而称赞上人法一样。因此,世尊以总括的方式说:“比丘们,你们怎么为了肚子,在俗人之间互相称赞上人法呢?”其余内容与第四波罗夷事类似。在学处分别中,差别仅在于:那里是波罗夷和偷兰遮,而此处因为是真实的,故为波逸提与恶作。其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesu’’ntiādimhi pana ye uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsiṃsu, te ārocesunti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Kacci pana vo bhikkhave bhūta’’nti pucchite pana sabbepi ‘‘bhūtaṃ bhagavā’’ti paṭijāniṃsu. Ariyānampi hi abbhantare bhūto uttarimanussadhammoti. Atha bhagavā ariyamissakattā ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti avatvā ‘‘kathañhi nāma tumhe bhikkhave’’ti vatvā ‘‘udarassa kāraṇā’’tiādimāha. Tattha yasmā ariyā aññesaṃ sutvā ‘‘ayyo kira, bhante, sotāpanno’’tiādinā nayena pasannehi manussehi pucchiyamānā apaññatte sikkhāpade anādīnavadassino suddhacittatāya attano ca paresañca visesādhigamaṃ paṭijāniṃsu. Evaṃ paṭijānantehi ca tehi yaṃ aññe udarassa kāraṇā uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā piṇḍapātaṃ uppādesuṃ, taṃ suddhacittatāya sādiyantehipi udarassa kāraṇā uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito viya hoti. Tasmā sabbasaṅgāhikeneva nayena ‘‘kathañhi nāma tumhe, bhikkhave, udarassa kāraṇā gihīnaṃ aññamaññaṃ uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissathā’’ti āha. Sesaṃ catutthapārājikavatthusadisameva. Sikkhāpadavibhaṅgepi kevalaṃ tattha pārājikañceva thullaccayañca idha bhūtattā pācittiyañceva dukkaṭañca ayaṃ viseso. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
77 “向已受具足戒者告知真实”是专就上人法而说的。因为在临般涅槃时,或被过度催促时,才可向已受具足戒者告知真实。至于所听闻、所修学的戒德,即使向未受具足戒者告知也是可以的。最初违犯者无罪。“对精神错乱者”这一句在此处并未提及。为何?因为具足正见者不会有精神错乱或心念散乱。在《大护持》中也曾讨论说:“然而,得禅定者在退失禅定时可能会精神错乱,对他而言,不应说因告知真实而无罪,因为真实本身已不存在。”其余内容容易理解。显示巴利原文
77.‘‘Upasampannassa bhūtaṃ ārocetī’’ti uttarimanussadhammameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Parinibbānakāle hi antarā vā atikaḍḍhiyamānena upasampannassa bhūtaṃ ārocetuṃ vaṭṭati. Sutapariyattisīlaguṇaṃ pana anupasampannassāpi ārocetuṃ vaṭṭati. Ādikammikassa anāpatti. ‘‘Ummattakassā’’ti idaṃ pana idha na vuttaṃ. Kasmā? Diṭṭhisampannānaṃ ummādassa vā cittakkhepassa vā abhāvāti. Mahāpaccariyampi hi vicāritaṃ ‘‘jhānalābhī pana parihīne jhāne ummattako bhaveyya, tassapi bhūtārocanapaccayā anāpatti na vattabbā, bhūtasseva abhāvato’’ti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
所谓告知真实,此由前面未提到的三种生起方式而生起:从身、从语、从身语。是造作,非无想解脱,非无心,是施设罪,属于身业、语业,以善心及无记心为二心,以乐受及舍受为二受。显示巴利原文
Bhūtārocanaṃ nāmetaṃ pubbe avuttehi tīhi samuṭṭhānehi samuṭṭhāti – kāyato vācato kāyavācato cāti. Kiriyaṃ , nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, kusalābyākatacittehi dvicittaṃ, sukhamajjhattavedanāhi dvivedananti.
九、粗恶语学处之解释显示巴利原文
9. Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
78 在第九学处中——“粗恶”是指罪过,即四波罗夷和十三桑喀地谢沙。在此经文中说:“波罗夷是为了显示粗恶一词的意义而说,但此处所指的却是桑喀地谢沙。”诸注释书如此说。对此有这样的辨析:如果告知他人波罗夷罪不会犯波逸提,那么,正如在“已受具足戒者”一词中,比丘和比丘尼虽同列,但在不指比丘尼之处,除比丘外其余都称为未受具足戒者;同样地,在此处,波罗夷和桑喀地谢沙虽同有粗恶之名,但若不指波罗夷,就应只说“粗恶是指十三桑喀地谢沙罪”。或许有人会认为:“犯波罗夷者已失去比丘身份,因此告知其罪过只犯恶作。”若如此,即使辱骂也应只犯恶作,但实际却犯波逸提。因为经中说:“若有人不清净,犯了某波罗夷法,他以不清净见,请求允许后,怀着辱骂的意图说话,便犯辱骂语罪。”如此依经文辨析,即使告知波罗夷罪,也只见犯波逸提。虽然如此,但因一切注释书都这样说,故在此以注释书师为准则,而不依其他辨析。我们先前也曾说:“佛陀所说的法与律,其弟子们如实了知”等。因为注释书师们了知佛陀的意趣。显示巴利原文
78. Navamasikkhāpade – duṭṭhullā nāma āpatti cattāri ca pārājikāni terasa ca saṅghādisesāti imissā pāḷiyā ‘‘pārājikāni duṭṭhullasaddatthadassanatthaṃ vuttāni, saṅghādisesaṃ pana idha adhippeta’’nti aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā – sace pārājikaṃ ārocentassa pācittiyaṃ na bhaveyya, yathā samānepi bhikkhu-bhikkhunīnaṃ upasampannasadde yattha bhikkhunī anadhippetā hoti, tattha bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā avaseso anupasampannoti vuccati; evamidha samānepi pārājikasaṅghādisesānaṃ duṭṭhullasadde yadi pārājikaṃ anadhippetaṃ, ‘‘duṭṭhullā nāma āpatti terasa saṅghādisesā’’ti etadeva vattabbaṃ siyā. Tattha bhaveyya ‘‘yo pārājikaṃ āpanno, so bhikkhubhāvato cuto, tasmā tassa āpattiṃ ārocento dukkaṭaṃ āpajjatī’’ti. Evaṃ sati akkosantopi dukkaṭaṃ āpajjeyya, pācittiyameva ca āpajjati. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘asuddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno, tañce asuddhadiṭṭhi samāno okāsaṃ kārāpetvā akkosādhippāyo vadati, āpatti omasavādassā’’ti (pārā. 389). Evaṃ pāḷiyā vicāriyamānāya pārājikaṃ ārocentassāpi pācittiyameva dissati. Kiñcāpi dissati, atha kho sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu vuttattā aṭṭhakathācariyāva ettha pamāṇaṃ, na aññā vicāraṇā. Pubbepi ca āvocumha – ‘‘buddhena dhammo vinayo ca vutto, yo tassa puttehi tatheva ñāto’’tiādi (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā). Aṭṭhakathācariyā hi buddhassa adhippāyaṃ jānanti.
也可通过此理了知。因为经中说“除了比丘认可”。而依比丘认可而告知,是世尊为了未来防护、令其不再犯此类罪过而开许的,不是为了宣扬该比丘的过失,也不是为了阻碍他安住于正法律中。再者,犯波罗夷者即使不再犯此类罪过,也不可能具有比丘身份。因此,注释书中所言“波罗夷是为了显示粗恶一词的含义而说,但此处实际所指的却是桑喀地谢沙”,实为善说。显示巴利原文
Imināpi cetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ. Aññatra bhikkhusammutiyāti hi vuttaṃ. Bhikkhusammutiyā ca ārocanaṃ āyatiṃ saṃvaratthāya puna tathārūpaṃ āpattiṃ anāpajjanatthāya bhagavatā anuññātaṃ, na tassa bhikkhuno avaṇṇamattappakāsanatthāya, sāsane cassa patiṭṭhānisedhanatthāya , na ca pārājikaṃ āpannassa puna tathārūpāya āpattiyā anāpajjanena bhikkhubhāvo nāma atthi. Tasmā ‘‘pārājikāni duṭṭhullasaddatthadassanatthaṃ vuttāni, saṅghādisesaṃ pana idhādhippeta’’nti yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ, taṃ suvuttameva.
80 “有比丘认可,以罪过为限”等句中,此处所说的“比丘认可”,在别处从未出现。仅因在此处说到,故应知:当见到屡犯戒的比丘,出于利益该比丘之心,心想“如此一来,他或许能因在他人面前具足惭愧而于未来生起防护”,僧团应三次征求同意后施行。显示巴利原文
80.Atthibhikkhusammuti āpattipariyantātiādīsu pana yā ayaṃ bhikkhusammuti vuttā, sā na katthaci āgatā, idha vuttattāyeva pana abhiṇhāpattikaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā evamesa paresu hirottappenāpi āyatiṃ saṃvaraṃ āpajjissatīti tassa bhikkhuno hitesitāya tikkhattuṃ apaloketvā saṅghena kātabbāti veditabbāti.
82 若告知非粗恶的罪过,犯恶作。即告知五种罪聚中的任何一种,都犯恶作。然而在《大护持》中说,即使告知波罗夷罪,也犯恶作。向未受具足戒者告知粗恶或非粗恶的恶行:在此,最初五条学处名为粗恶的恶行,其余则为非粗恶;而泄精、身触、粗恶语、自欲等,则称为他的恶行。显示巴利原文
82.Aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ āroceti āpatti dukkaṭassāti pañcapi āpattikkhandhe ārocentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana pārājikaṃ ārocentassāpi dukkaṭameva vuttaṃ. Anupasampannassa duṭṭhullaṃ vā aduṭṭhullaṃ vā ajjhācāranti ettha ādito pañca sikkhāpadāni duṭṭhullo nāma ajjhācāro, sesāni aduṭṭhullo. Sukkavissaṭṭhikāyasaṃsaggaduṭṭhullaattakāmā panassa ajjhācāro nāmāti vuttaṃ.
83 「宣说事」:若说“此人犯了泄精、犯了粗重罪、犯了随欲行、犯了身触”,作如此说者无罪。「宣说罪」:此处若说“此人犯了波罗夷、桑喀地谢沙、偷兰遮、波逸提、波罗提悔过、恶作、恶语”,作如此说者无罪。然而,若以“此人泄不净而犯桑喀地谢沙”等方式,将事与罪合并宣说者,则有罪。其余易解,在此不赘。显示巴利原文
83.Vatthuṃ ārocetīti ‘‘ayaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpanno, duṭṭhullaṃ āpanno, attakāmaṃ āpanno’’ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ āpannoti evaṃ vadantassa anāpatti. Āpattiṃ ārocetīti ettha ‘‘ayaṃ pārājikaṃ āpanno, saṅghādisesaṃ thullaccayaṃ pācittiyaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ dukkaṭaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ āpanno’’ti vadati anāpatti. ‘‘Ayaṃ asuciṃ mocetvā saṅghādisesaṃ āpanno’’tiādinā pana nayena vatthunā saddhiṃ āpattiṃ ghaṭetvā ārocentasseva āpatti. Sesamettha uttānameva.
三缘生起:由身与意、语与意、身语与意而生起;是作业;是有想之解脱;是有意识;是世间罪;是身业、语业;是不善心;是苦受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
十、掘地学处之解释显示巴利原文
10. Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
86 第十学处——“生地与非生地”:以这些词句开示生地与非生地。于“少石”等处,“少石”应理解为“此处有少量石头”。其中,应知“手掌量以上”为石,手掌量者为砂砾。瓦砾即碎陶片。砂砾即粗砂。沙即细沙。多尘者:于三分中,二分是尘,一分是石等中任一种。未烧者:指未以灶、陶锅、陶匠窑等种种方式烧制者。然彼无别类,应知即纯尘等中任一种。多砂砾者:即砂砾较多者。据说,在象腹地,令人取一满筐,于槽中洗净,知地多砂砾后,比丘们便亲自掘池。中间“少尘、少泥”两句,实已摄入“多石”等五者之中,此乃显示彼二者之差别。亲自掘者,犯波逸提罪:此处应知每一下掘即一波逸提。一次命令而掘多处者:纵然掘一整天,命令者唯犯一波逸提。若懈怠,则须再三命令。令彼掘时,每说一语即一波逸提。此为圣典释义。显示巴利原文
86. Dasamasikkhāpade – jātā ca pathavī ajātā ca pathavīti imehi padehi jātapathaviñca ajātapathaviñca dasseti. Appapāsāṇādīsu appā pāsāṇā etthāti appapāsāṇāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Tattha muṭṭhippamāṇato upari pāsāṇāti veditabbā, muṭṭhippamāṇā sakkharā. Kathalāti kapālakhaṇḍāni. Marumbāti kaṭasakkharā. Vālikāti vālukāyeva. Yebhuyyena paṃsukāti tīsu koṭṭhāsesu dve koṭṭhāsā paṃsu, eko pāsāṇādīsu aññataro. Adaḍḍhāpīti uddhanapattapacanakumbhakārāvāpādivasena tathā tathā adaḍḍhā. Sā pana visuṃ natthi, suddhapaṃsuādīsu aññatarāva veditabbā. Yebhuyyenasakkharāti bahutarā sakkharā. Hatthikucchiyaṃ kira ekapacchipūraṃ āharāpetvā doṇiyaṃ dhovitvā pathaviyā yebhuyyena sakkharabhāvaṃ ñatvā sayaṃ bhikkhū pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇiṃsu. Yāni pana majjhe ‘‘appapaṃsu appamattikā’’ti dve padāni, tāni yebhuyyenapāsāṇādipañcakameva pavisanti tesaṃyeva hi dvinnaṃ pabhedadassanametaṃ. Sayaṃ khaṇati āpatti pācittiyassāti ettha pahāre pahāre pācittiyaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi khaṇatīti sacepi sakaladivasaṃ khaṇati, āṇāpakassa ekaṃyeva pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana kusito hoti, punappunaṃ āṇāpetabbo. Taṃ āṇāpetvā khaṇāpentassa vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva pāḷivaṇṇanā.
此为圣典外的抉择:若说“掘池”,则可。因为已掘成者才名为池,故此为如法用语。于“掘大池、湖、坑”等中,亦同此理。然若说“掘此处、于此处置池”,则不可。若不特指而说“掘球茎、掘根”,则可;若说“掘此蔓,于此处置球茎或根”,则不可。清理池塘时,能用筐舀出的薄泥可以除去;厚者不可。日晒后泥土干裂,其中不与下地相连者,方可除去。水面上有浮萍,风吹则动,此可除去。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana pāḷimuttakavinicchayo – ‘‘pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇā’’ti vadati, vaṭṭati. Khatāyeva hi pokkharaṇī nāma hoti, tasmā ayaṃ kappiyavohāro. Esa nayo ‘‘vāpiṃ taḷākaṃ āvāṭaṃ khaṇā’’tiādīsupi. ‘‘Imaṃ okāsaṃ khaṇa, imasmiṃ okāse pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇā’’ti vattuṃ pana na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Kandaṃ khaṇa, mūlaṃ khaṇā’’ti aniyāmetvā vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Imaṃ valliṃ khaṇa, imasmiṃ okāse kandaṃ vā mūlaṃ vā khaṇā’’ti vattuṃ na vaṭṭati. Pokkharaṇiṃ sodhentehi yo kuṭehi ussiñcituṃ sakkā hoti tanukakaddamo, taṃ apanetuṃ vaṭṭati, bahalaṃ na vaṭṭati. Ātapena sukkhakaddamo phalati, tatra yo heṭṭhā pathaviyā asambaddho, tameva apanetuṃ vaṭṭati. Udakena gataṭṭhāne udakapappaṭako nāma hoti, vātappahārena calati, taṃ apanetuṃ vaṭṭati.
池等之岸崩坏,水边泥土坠落,若被雨淋未满四月,可以截断或破碎;超过四月则不可。若只是坠于水中,纵使天雨超过四月,因为只坠于水中故,仍可。于石面上凿水坑,若先有细尘落入彼处,并为天雨所淋,过四月即成为非净地。水干后清理水坑时,不可扰动彼。若先以水充满,其后尘落,则可扰动。因彼处天雨时,水唯落水中故。石面有细尘,被雨水沾湿而黏着,彼亦过四月不可扰动。若非斜坡处有蚁冢隆起,可随意扰动。若于露天处隆起,唯雨淋未满四月者可。于树上等所生的白蚁泥,亦同此理。于蚯蚓粪、鼠丘、牛蹄迹等,亦同此理。显示巴利原文
Pokkharaṇīādīnaṃ taṭaṃ bhijjitvā udakasāmantā patati, sace omakacātumāsaṃ ovaṭṭhaṃ, chindituṃ vā bhindituṃ vā vaṭṭati, cātumāsato uddhaṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace pana udakeyeva patati, deve atirekacātumāsaṃ ovaṭṭhepi udakeyeva udakassa patitattā vaṭṭati. Pāsāṇapiṭṭhiyaṃ soṇḍiṃ khaṇanti, sace tattha paṭhamameva sukhumarajaṃ patati, tañce devena ovaṭṭhaṃ hoti, cātumāsaccayena akappiyapathavīsaṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Udake pariyādiṇṇe soṇḍiṃ sodhentehi taṃ vikopetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace paṭhamameva udakena pūrati, pacchā rajaṃ patati, taṃ vikopetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha hi deve vassantepi udakeyeva udakaṃ patatīti. Piṭṭhipāsāṇe sukhumarajaṃ hoti, deve phusāyante allīyati, tampi cātumāsaccayena vikopetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace pana akatapabbhāre vammiko uṭṭhito hoti, yathāsukhaṃ vikopetuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace abbhokāse uṭṭhahati, omakacātumāsaṃ ovaṭṭhoyeva vaṭṭati. Rukkhādīsu āruḷhaupacikāmattikāyapi eseva nayo. Gaṇḍuppādagūthamūsikukkaragokaṇṭakādīsupi eseva nayo.
所谓“牛蹄迹”,是指牛蹄所切断的泥。若与下地相连,纵仅一日亦不可。于耕地处,取犁所断之泥块者,亦同此理。若为旧住处,或有覆盖或已无覆盖,被雨淋超四月者,即计为生地。其余如瓦、椽等资具,心里想“我取瓦、我取椽、壁柱、板铺、石柱”而取者,则可。泥土随之落,则无罪。然若取壁泥,则有罪。若取那些未湿的,则无罪。显示巴利原文
Gokaṇṭako nāma gāvīnaṃ khuracchinnakaddamo vuccati. Sace pana heṭṭhimatalena bhūmisambandho hoti, ekadivasampi na vaṭṭati. Kasitaṭṭhānepi naṅgalacchinnamattikāpiṇḍaṃ gaṇhantassa eseva nayo. Purāṇasenāsanaṃ hoti acchadanaṃ vā vinaṭṭhacchadanaṃ vā, atirekacātumāsaṃ ovaṭṭhaṃ jātapathavīsaṅkhyameva gacchati. Tato avasesaṃ chadaniṭṭhakaṃ vā gopānasīādikaṃ upakaraṇaṃ vā ‘‘iṭṭhakaṃ gaṇhāmi gopanasiṃ bhittipādaṃ padarattharaṇaṃ pāsāṇatthambhaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti saññāya gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati. Tena saddhiṃ mattikā patati, anāpatti. Bhittimattikaṃ gaṇhantassa pana āpatti. Sace yā yā atintā taṃ taṃ gaṇhāti, anāpatti.
屋内有一堆泥土。若某日下雨时遮盖房屋,这堆泥土若全部湿透,过了四个月便成为“生地”。如果只是上部湿润而内部未湿,则可将已湿的部分由净人以如法用语除去,剩余部分可随意使用。因为以水润湿而结成一体者方为生地,否则不是。显示巴利原文
Antogehe mattikāpuñjo hoti, tasmiṃ ekadivasaṃ ovaṭṭhe gehaṃ chādenti, sace sabbo tinto cātumāsaccayena jātapathavīyeva. Athassa uparibhāgoyeva tinto, anto atinto, yattakaṃ tintaṃ taṃ kappiyakārakehi kappiyavohārena apanāmetvā sesaṃ yathāsukhaṃ vaḷañjetuṃ vaṭṭati. Udakena temetvā ekābaddhāyeva hi jātapathavī hoti, na itarāti.
在露天处有泥墙,若被雨淋超过四个月,便属于“生地”。对于墙上附着的尘土,可以用湿手触碰后取走。若是砖墙,大多立于碎石之处,可以随意拆除。对于立在露天的棚柱,若将其左右摇晃而破坏土地来取走,是不允许的;只可径直拔起。对于取用其他枯树或枯木桩,也是同样的道理。为了进行新工程,人们以木杠将石头或树木抬起并滚动前行,在此过程中土地破裂,若以清净心滚动,则无犯。但若借此机会意图破坏土地,则有犯。对于拖拽树枝等物,以及在土地上劈开木材,也是如此。显示巴利原文
Abbhokāse mattikāpākāro hoti, atirekacātumāsaṃ ce ovaṭṭho jātapathavīsaṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tattha laggapaṃsuṃ pana allahatthena chupitvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace iṭṭhakapākāro hoti, yebhuyyenakathalaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati, yathāsukhaṃ vikopetuṃ vaṭṭati. Abbhokāse ṭhitamaṇḍapatthambhaṃ ito cito ca sañcāletvā pathaviṃ vikopentena gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati, ujukameva uddharituṃ vaṭṭati. Aññampi sukkharukkhaṃ vā sukkhakhāṇukaṃ vā gaṇhantassa eseva nayo. Navakammatthaṃ pāsāṇaṃ vā rukkhaṃ vā daṇḍakehi uccāletvā pavaṭṭentā gacchanti, tattha pathavī bhijjati, sace suddhacittā pavaṭṭenti, anāpatti. Atha pana tena apadesena pathaviṃ bhinditukāmāyeva honti, āpatti. Sākhādīni kaḍḍhantānampi pathaviyaṃ dārūni phālentānampi eseva nayo.
对于地面上的骨头、针、荆棘等物,任何将其敲入或插入的行为都不允许。即使是想“我要用尿流的冲力破开土地”而如此小便,也是不允许的;若在这样做的过程中土地破裂,则有犯。即使是想“我要平整不平的地面”而用扫帚摩擦地面,也是不允许的;只应以扫帚的梢端来清扫。有些人以杖棒敲击地面,用脚趾刮划地面,一边说“我要标示经行处”,一边反复破坏土地而经行,这一切都不允许。然而,为了策励精进而修习沙门法者,以清净心经行是允许的。若说“我要洗手”而在地面上摩擦,是不允许的。若不摩擦,而将湿手放在地上沾取尘土,则是允许的。有些患有疥癣等病的人,在断崖等处摩擦身体的关节,这是不允许的。显示巴利原文
Pathaviyaṃ aṭṭhisūcikaṇṭakādīsupi yaṃkiñci ākoṭetuṃ vā pavesetuṃ vā na vaṭṭati. Passāvadhārāya vegena pathaviṃ bhindissāmīti evaṃ passāvampi kātuṃ na vaṭṭati, karontassa bhijjati, āpatti. Visamabhūmiṃ samaṃ karissāmīti sammuñjaniyā ghaṃsitumpi na vaṭṭati, vattasīseneva hi sammajjitabbaṃ. Keci kattarayaṭṭhiyā bhūmiṃ koṭṭenti, pādaṅguṭṭhakena vilikhanti, ‘‘caṅkamitaṭṭhānaṃ dassessāmā’’ti punappunaṃ bhūmiṃ bhindantā caṅkamanti, sabbaṃ na vaṭṭati. Vīriyasampaggahatthaṃ pana samaṇadhammaṃ karontena suddhacittena caṅkamituṃ vaṭṭati, ‘‘hatthaṃ dhovissāmā’’ti pathaviyaṃ ghaṃsanti, na vaṭṭati. Aghaṃsantena pana allahatthaṃ pathaviyaṃ ṭhapetvā rajaṃ gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Keci kaṇḍukacchuādīhi ābādhikā chinnataṭādīsu aṅgapaccaṅgāni ghaṃsanti na vaṭṭati.
87 “掘”或“令掘”:乃至仅以脚趾或扫帚条,自己掘地或令他人掘地,皆属此类。“破”或“令破”:乃至倾倒水时,自己破地或令他人破地。“烧”或“令烧”:乃至烧钵时,自己烧地或令他人烧地。在多少处点火或令点火,即得多少波逸提罪。即使为烧钵,也必须在先前已被烧过的地面上生火。不得在未被烧过的土地上置火。若将火置于陶片之上,则允许。若将火置于木头上方,火焰烧毁木头后蔓延烧及土地,则不允许。对于砖块、陶片等物,同理。显示巴利原文
87.Khaṇati vā khaṇāpeti vāti antamaso pādaṅguṭṭhakenapi sammajjanīsalākāyapi sayaṃ vā khaṇati, aññena vā khaṇāpeti. Bhindati vā bhedāpeti vāti antamaso udakampi chaḍḍento sayaṃ vā bhindati, aññena vā bhindāpeti. Dahati vā dahāpeti vāti antamaso pattampi pacanto sayaṃ vā dahati, aññena vā dahāpeti. Yattakesu ṭhānesu aggiṃ deti vā dāpeti vā tattakāni pācittiyāni. Pattaṃ pacantenapi hi pubbe pakkaṭṭhāneyeva hi pacitabbo. Adaḍḍhāya pathaviyā aggiṃ ṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Pattapacanakapālassa pana upari aggiṃ ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. Dārūnaṃ upari ṭhapeti , so aggi tāni dahanto gantvā pathaviṃ dahati, na vaṭṭati. Iṭṭhakakapālādīsupi eseva nayo.
在那种情况下,也仅允许将火置于砖块等物的上方。是何缘故?因为它们并非燃料,这些物不属于火的燃料之列。不允许在干木桩、干枯树木等物上点火。然而,若心中作意‘我将在火未触及土地前将其熄灭’而点火,则允许。若后来无法熄灭,因超出能力所及,故无犯。手持草炬行走时,手被灼伤而将火把掉落地上,无犯。据《大筏疏》说,在掉落之处添置燃料而生火,是允许的。又据该处所说,已被烧过的土地,凡是热气所及之处,皆可翻动。若有不知晓的比丘,用火燧生火后,用手拿起火种问道:‘我该怎么办?’,应告诉他:‘点燃吧。’若他说:‘手被烧着了。’应告诉他:‘那就做到不被烧着。’但不应说:‘丢在地上。’若手被烧着时他自行丢下火种,因为并非出于‘我要焚烧土地’的心而丢下,故无犯。据《库伦达疏》说,在掉落之处生火,是允许的。显示巴利原文
Tatrāpi hi iṭṭhakādīnaṃyeva upari ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. Kasmā? Tesaṃ anupādānattā. Na hi tāni aggissa upādānasaṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Sukkhakhāṇusukkharukkhādīsupi aggiṃ dātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace pana pathaviṃ appattameva nibbāpetvā gamissāmīti deti, vaṭṭati. Pacchā nibbāpetuṃ na sakkoti, avisayattā anāpatti. Tiṇukkaṃ gahetvā gacchanto hatthe ḍayhamāne bhūmiyaṃ pāteti, anāpatti. Patitaṭṭhāneyeva upādānaṃ datvā aggiṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Daḍḍhapathaviyā ca yattakaṃ ṭhānaṃ usumāya anugataṃ, sabbaṃ vikopetuṃ vaṭṭatīti tattheva vuttaṃ. Yo pana ajānanako bhikkhu araṇīsahitena aggiṃ nibbattetvā hatthena ukkhipitvā ‘‘kiṃ karomī’’ti vadati, ‘‘jālehī’’ti vattabbo, ‘‘hattho ḍayhatī’’ti vadati, ‘‘yathā na ḍayhati tathā karohī’’ti vattabbo. ‘‘Bhūmiyaṃ pātehī’’ti pana na vattabbo. Sace hatthe ḍayhamāne pāteti ‘‘pathaviṃ dahissāmī’’ti apātitattā anāpatti. Patitaṭṭhāne pana aggiṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ.
88 在“无犯:他知道……”等句中,应如此理解其含义:“你知道此柱的坑穴,知道大泥团,知道谷壳泥;给我大泥团,给我谷壳泥;取泥土来,取尘土来;需要泥土,需要尘土;将此柱的坑穴作净,将此泥土作净,将此尘土作净。”显示巴利原文
88.Anāpatti imaṃ jānātiādīsu ‘‘imassa thambhassa āvāṭaṃ jāna, mahāmattikaṃ jāna, thusamattikaṃ jāna, mahāmattikaṃ dehi, thusamattikaṃ dehi, mattikaṃ āhara, paṃsuṃ āhara, mattikāya attho, paṃsunā attho, imassa thambhassa āvāṭaṃ kappiyaṃ karohi, imaṃ mattikaṃ kappiyaṃ karohi, imaṃ paṃsuṃ kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti evamattho veditabbo.
“非故意”者:滚动石头、树木等物时,或以木杖棒等触地而行时,土地因而破裂,此非出于‘我要以此破坏它’的故意而致,故称为非故意破裂。如此,非故意破坏者无犯。“失念”者:心不在焉,与他人交谈着什么,同时以脚趾或木棒等刮划土地而站立,如此失念刮划或破坏者无犯。“不知”者:于屋内为雨水淋湿所遮蔽的土地,不知其为‘非净地’,以为是‘净地’而翻动;或不知‘我在掘、破、烧’,仅为守护而放置锄头等物;或手被火烧而丢下火种。如此不知者无犯。其余文句浅易明了。显示巴利原文
Asañciccāti pāsāṇarukkhādīni vā pavaṭṭentassa kattaradaṇḍena vā āhacca āhacca gacchantassa pathavī bhijjati, sā ‘‘tena bhindissāmī’’ti evaṃ sañcicca abhinnattā asañcicca bhinnā nāma hoti. Iti asañcicca bhindantassa anāpatti. Asatiyāti aññavihito kenaci saddhiṃ kiñci kathento pādaṅguṭṭhakena vā kattarayaṭṭhiyā vā pathaviṃ vilikhanto tiṭṭhati, evaṃ asatiyā vilikhantassa vā bhindantassa vā anāpatti. Ajānantassāti antogehe ovaṭṭhaṃ channaṃ pathaviṃ ‘‘akappiyapathavī’’ti na jānāti, ‘‘kappiyapathavī’’ti saññāya vikopeti, ‘‘khaṇāmi bhindāmi dahāmī’’ti vā na jānāti , kevalaṃ saṅgopanatthāya khaṇittādīni vā ṭhapeti, ḍayhamānahattho vā aggiṃ pāteti, evaṃ ajānantassa anāpatti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
此戒有三重起源:从身与心、从语与心、从身语与心生起。属作业,属知觉解脱,属有心,属制立罪,是身业,是语业,有三心,有三受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
2. 植物品显示巴利原文
2. Bhūtagāmavaggo
一、有生命植物学处释显示巴利原文
1. Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
89 《房舍品》第一学处中——“不听取”:指不接受她的话。“击打童子的手臂”:他无力控制已举起的斧头,砍断了那位童子乳房根部的手臂。那童子正躺在人们视线之外、从大王处获得的树桩天宫中。接着,“这对我确实不合适”等处是简要的注释:据说在喜马拉雅山,每逢半月布萨日便有天神集会。在集会上,他们问树神:“你是安住于树法,还是未安住?”所谓树法,即当树被砍伐时,树神不生起嗔心。若有天神未安住于树法,便不能进入天神集会。那位天神由此看到了不安住于树法的因缘所引生的过患,并依循往昔从世尊面前听闻的法语,随念起如来在六牙等时期的往昔行迹。于是她这样想:“这对我来说确实不合适……(中略)……夺取(他的命)吧。”而“我为何不将此事禀告世尊呢”这一想法,则是她进一步思惟后产生的:“这位比丘是有父亲的儿子,世尊听到他的这种行为后,必定会制定界限、颁立学处。”接着,“Sacajja tvaṃ devate”:意为“若今日你,天神啊”。“Pasaveyyāsi”:意为“你应产生、应生起”。世尊如此说后,教导那位天神:显示巴利原文
89. Senāsanavaggassa paṭhamasikkhāpade – anādiyantoti tassā vacanaṃ agaṇhanto. Dārakassa bāhuṃ ākoṭesīti ukkhittaṃ pharasuṃ niggahetuṃ asakkonto manussānaṃ cakkhuvisayātīte mahārājasantikā laddhe rukkhaṭṭhakadibbavimāne nipannassa dārakassa bāhuṃ thanamūleyeva chindi. Na kho metaṃ patirūpantiādimhi ayaṃ saṅkhepavaṇṇanā – himavante kira pakkhadivasesu devatāsannipāto hoti, tattha rukkhadhammaṃ pucchanti – ‘‘tvaṃ rukkhadhamme ṭhitā na ṭhitā’’ti? Rukkhadhammo nāma rukkhe chijjamāne rukkhadevatāya manopadosassa akaraṇaṃ. Tattha yā devatā rukkhadhamme aṭṭhitā hoti, sā devatāsannipātaṃ pavisituṃ na labhati. Iti sā devatā imañca rukkhadhamme aṭṭhānapaccayaṃ ādīnavaṃ addasa, bhagavato ca sammukhā sutapubbadhammadesanānusārena tathāgatassa chaddantādikāle pubbacaritaṃ anussari. Tenassā etadahosi – ‘‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ…pe… voropeyya’’nti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ āroceyyanti idaṃ panassā ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhu sapitiko putto, addhā bhagavā imaṃ imassa ajjhācāraṃ sutvā mariyādaṃ bandhissati, sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessatī’’ti paṭisañcikkhantiyā ahosi. Sacajja tvaṃ devateti sace ajja tvaṃ devate. Pasaveyyāsīti janeyyāsi uppādeyyāsi. Evañca pana vatvā bhagavā taṃ devataṃ saññāpento –
“若能制止已生起的忿怒,犹如调伏狂奔的马车;
我说他才是真正的御者,他人不过是执持缰绳而已。”(《法句经》222)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo ve uppatitaṃ kodhaṃ, rathaṃ bhantaṃva vāraye; Tamahaṃ sārathiṃ brūmi, rasmiggāho itaro jano’’ti. (dha. pa. 222);
世尊宣说了此偈。偈颂结束时,那位天女安立于须陀洹果。接着,世尊对现前的大众说法:显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gāthamabhāsi. Gāthāpariyosāne sā devatā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Puna bhagavā sampattaparisāya dhammaṃ desento –
“能调伏已生起的忿怒,如以草药化解蔓延的蛇毒;
这位比丘舍离此岸与彼岸,犹如蛇蜕去旧皮。”(《经集》1)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo uppatitaṃ vineti kodhaṃ, visaṭaṃ sappavisaṃva osadhehi; So bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇamivattacaṃ purāṇa’’nti. (su. ni. 1);
世尊说了此偈。其中,第一偈被收入《法句经》,第二偈在《经集》中,而事缘则在《律藏》中。那时,世尊一边说法,一边观察那位天神的住处,见到合适的处所后便说:‘去吧,天神!某处有一棵空闲的树,你到那里去吧。’据说那棵树不在阿罗毗国,而在祇园精舍的内围墙内,原本拥有它的天子已死,因此称为‘空闲’。从此以后,那位天神得到正等觉者的护念,成为佛陀的侍者。每逢天神集会,大威德天神们来临时,其他小威德天神会一直退避到大海、轮围山那么远的地方,而这位天神就坐在自己的住处听法。初夜时比丘们提问,中夜时天神们提问,她全都坐在那里听闻。四大天王前来侍奉世尊后离去时,也会见到那位天神方才离去。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gāthamabhāsi. Tatra paṭhamagāthā dhammapade saṅgahaṃ āruḷhā, dutiyā suttanipāte, vatthu pana vinayeti. Atha bhagavā dhammaṃ desentoyeva tassā devatāya vasanaṭṭhānaṃ āvajjanto patirūpaṃ ṭhānaṃ disvā ‘‘gaccha, devate, asukasmiṃ okāse rukkho vivitto, tasmiṃ upagacchā’’ti āha. So kira rukkho na āḷaviraṭṭhe, jetavanassa antoparikkhepe, yassa devaputtassa pariggaho ahosi, so cuto; tasmā ‘‘vivitto’’ti vutto. Tato paṭṭhāya ca pana sā devatā sammāsambuddhato laddhaparihārā buddhupaṭṭhāyikā ahosi. Yadā devatāsamāgamo hoti, tadā mahesakkhadevatāsu āgacchantīsu aññā appesakkhā devatā yāva mahāsamuddacakkavāḷapabbatā tāva paṭikkamanti. Ayaṃ pana attano vasanaṭṭhāne nisīditvāva dhammaṃ suṇāti. Yampi paṭhamayāme bhikkhū pañhaṃ pucchanti, majjhimayāme devatā, taṃ sabbaṃ tattheva nisīditvā suṇāti. Cattāro ca mahārājānopi bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā gacchantā taṃ devataṃ disvāva gacchanti.
90 于‘坏灭草木’中,‘bhūtā’指存在、已生起者;意为‘出生、增长、已生、已增长’。‘gāmo’指聚集;‘bhūtānaṃ gāmo’即草木的聚集,称为草木;或‘bhūtā’本身就是‘gāmo’,指草木;这是对已扎根的绿色草木等的称呼。‘pātabyassa bhāvo’即‘pātabyatā’,意为以砍伐、破坏等方式随意受用。‘tassā bhūtagāmapātabyatāya’为依处格,意为‘以坏灭草木为因,以砍伐草木等为缘,犯波逸提’。显示巴利原文
90.Bhūtagāmapātabyatāyāti ettha bhavanti ahuvuñcāti bhūtā; jāyanti vaḍḍhanti jātā vaḍḍhitā cāti attho. Gāmoti rāsi; bhūtānaṃ gāmoti bhūtagāmo; bhūtā eva vā gāmo bhūtagāmo; patiṭṭhitaharitatiṇarukkhādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Pātabyassa bhāvo pātabyatā; chedanabhedanādīhi yathāruci paribhuñjitabbatāti attho. Tassā bhūtagāmapātabyatāya; nimittatthe bhummavacanaṃ, bhūtagāmapātabyatāhetu, bhūtagāmassa chedanādipaccayā pācittiyanti attho.
91 现在,为了分别显示草木,而说‘草木者,即五种种子所生’等。其中,‘草木者’:为了说明在何种情况下称为草木,注疏中说‘即五种种子所生’。即便如此,‘或其他任何从根生起的’等说法并不矛盾。因为根种子等并非从根等生起,而是那些从根等生起的才成为种子,所以此处应如此理解注释:‘草木者’是需要分别的词。‘五种’是对其分类的界定。‘种子所生’是所界定法的显示。其意为:由种子所生的,为‘种子所生’;这是对树木等的称呼。另一种解释:‘种子’且是‘已生、已产出、已长出叶和根的’,为‘种子所生’。以此,包含了放置在湿沙等处、已长出叶和根的姜等。显示巴利原文
91. Idāni taṃ bhūtagāmaṃ vibhajitvā dassento bhūtagāmo nāma pañca bījajātānītiādimāha. Tattha bhūtagāmo nāmāti bhūtagāmaṃ uddharitvā yasmiṃ sati bhūtagāmo hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘pañca bījajātānī’’ti āhāti aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ. Evaṃ santepi ‘‘yāni vā panaññānipi atthi mūle jāyantī’’tiādīni na samenti. Na hi mūlabījādīni mūlādīsu jāyanti, mūlādīsu jāyamānāni pana tāni bījākatāni, tasmā evamettha vaṇṇanā veditabbā – bhūtagāmo nāmāti vibhajitabbapadaṃ. Pañcāti tassa vibhāgaparicchedo. Bījajātānīti paricchinnadhammanidassanaṃ. Tassattho – bījehi jātāni bījajātāni; rukkhādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aparo nayo – bījāni ca tāni vijātāni ca pasūtāni nibbattapaṇṇamūlānīti bījajātāni. Etena allavālikādīsu ṭhapitānaṃ nibbattapaṇṇamūlānaṃ siṅgiverādīnaṃ saṅgaho kato hoti.
现在,为了说明那些因由种子生起而被称为“种子所生”的树木等,便说“根种子”等。它们的列举是明确的。在解释中,“或其他任何从根生起、从根产生的”:此处显示了由种子产生的种子,因此应如此理解其义:或其他任何存在于根类的——如芋、莲茎、莲花、白莲、睡莲、球根、喇叭花根等——树木、灌木、藤蔓等,凡从根生起、从根产生者,那些它们所从生起与产生的根,以及巴利文中提到的姜等,这一切都称为“根种子”。对茎种子等也应同理了知。而在“乃至茎种子”中,应知如余甘子、印楝、沙罗、夹竹桃、紫矿、无忧树等为茎种子;无根藤、四棱豆、卡纳维拉等为枝种子;马卡奇、苏曼那、贾亚苏曼那等为梢种子;芒果、蒲桃、面包果、枣等为种子种子。显示巴利原文
Idāni yehi bījehi jātattā rukkhādīni bījajātānīti vuttāni, tāni dassento ‘‘mūlabīja’’ntiādimāha. Tesaṃ uddeso pākaṭo eva. Niddese yāni vā panaññānipi atthi mūle jāyanti mūle sañjāyantīti ettha bījato nibbattena bījaṃ dassitaṃ , tasmā evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi āluvakaserukamaluppalapuṇḍarīkakuvalayakandapāṭalimūlādibhede mūle gacchavallirukkhādīni jāyanti sañjāyanti, tāni yamhi mūle jāyanti ceva sañjāyanti ca tañca, pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ haliddādi ca sabbampi etaṃ mūlabījaṃ nāma. Eseva nayo khandhabījādīsu. Yevāpanakakhandhabījesu panettha ambāṭakaindasālanuhīpāḷibhaddakaṇikārādīni khandhabījāni, amūlavalli caturassavallikaṇavīrādīni phaḷubījāni makacisumanajayasumanādīni aggabījāni, ambajambūpanasaṭṭhiādīni bījabījānīti daṭṭhabbāni.
92 现在,关于已说“因破坏植物而犯波逸提”,在此为了显示依想而分的犯与不犯的差别,以及破坏对象的差别,而说“于种子有种子想”等。其中,正如“若食稻米饭”等处,稻米之饭被称为“稻饭”,同样地,应知由种子所生的植物被称为“种子”。然而,在“离断坏种子聚落与植物聚落”等处所说的、除去植物后单独安立的种子,那是恶作的对象。或者,将“所谓植物者”这一学处分别的起始句与此结合,应知此处的含义为:对于名为植物的种子,若于该种子有种子想,拿起刀等自己砍断或令他人砍断,拿起石头等自己破坏或令他人破坏,取火来自己烧煮或令他人烧煮,则犯波逸提。若依文取义,对于已脱离植物的种子,不应说因砍断等破坏而犯波逸提。显示巴利原文
92. Idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiya’’nti tattha saññāvasena āpattānāpattibhedaṃ pātabyatābhedañca dassento bīje bījasaññītiādimāha. Tattha yathā ‘‘sālīnaṃ cepi odanaṃ bhuñjatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.76) sālitaṇḍulānaṃ odano ‘‘sālīnaṃ odano’’ti vuccati, evaṃ bījato sambhūto bhūtagāmo ‘‘bīja’’nti vuttoti veditabbo. Yaṃ pana ‘‘bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā paṭivirato’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.10) vuttaṃ bhūtagāmaparimocanaṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ bījaṃ, taṃ dukkaṭavatthu. Atha vā yadetaṃ ‘‘bhūtagāmo nāmā’’ti sikkhāpadavibhaṅgassa ādipadaṃ, tena saddhiṃ yojetvā yaṃ bījaṃ bhūtagāmo nāma hoti, tasmiṃ bīje bījasaññī satthakādīni gahetvā sayaṃ vā chindati aññena vā chedāpeti, pāsāṇādīni gahetvā sayaṃ vā bhindati aññena vā bhedāpeti, aggiṃ upasaṃharitvā sayaṃ vā pacati aññena vā pacāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassāti evamettha attho veditabbo. Yathārutaṃ pana gahetvā bhūtagāmavinimuttassa bījassa chindanādibhedāya pātabyatāya pācittiyaṃ na vattabbaṃ.
于此,应知此中的决断论说:破坏植物者犯波逸提,破坏已脱离植物的五种种子聚落者犯恶作。所谓种子聚落与植物聚落,有住于水中的,有住于陆地的。其中,住于水中的,包括芥子大小的芝麻种子等种类,有叶的与无叶的一切藻类,乃至包括水面浮萍在内,应知为“植物”。所谓水面浮萍,其表面坚硬粗糙,其下柔软而呈青绿色。其中,凡藻类之根向下伸展而住立于地者,其依处为地;凡于水中移动者,其依处为水。对于住立于地者,若在任何地方破坏,或拔出而移至他处,犯波逸提。对于于水中移动者,仅破坏即犯波逸提。然而,用手将其拨来拨去而洗浴是许可的,因为整个水域皆是其依处,如此并未将其移至他处。但若故意从水中不带水地将其取出,则不许可;若带水取出后再放入水中,则许可。若经由滤水器而出,应作净后方可使用其水。若将青莲花、红莲花等水生蔓草从水中拔出,或于其处破坏,犯波逸提。若破坏被他人拔出的,犯恶作,因为它们归入种子聚落。芝麻种子、芥子大小的藻类,若从水中取出而未枯萎,则归入种子聚落。在《大护持》等中说:“无边的芝麻种子、水面浮萍等是恶作的。”显示巴利原文
Ayañhettha vinicchayakathā – bhūtagāmaṃ vikopentassa pācittiyaṃ bhūtagāmaparimocitaṃ pañcavidhampi bījagāmaṃ vikopentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Bījagāmabhūtagāmo nāmesa atthi udakaṭṭho, atthi thalaṭṭho . Tattha udakaṭṭho sāsapamattikā tilabījakādibhedā sapaṇṇikā apaṇṇikā ca sabbā sevālajāti antamaso udakapappaṭakaṃ upādāya ‘‘bhūtagāmo’’ti veditabbo. Udakapappaṭako nāma upari thaddho pharusavaṇṇo, heṭṭhā mudu nīlavaṇṇo hoti. Tattha yassa sevālassa mūlaṃ orūhitvā pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ, tassa pathavī ṭhānaṃ. Yo udake sañcarati, tassa udakaṃ. Pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ yattha katthaci vikopentassa uddharitvā vā ṭhānantaraṃ saṅkāmentassa pācittiyaṃ. Udake sañcarantaṃ vikopentasseva pācittiyaṃ. Hatthehi pana ito cito ca viyūhitvā nhāyituṃ vaṭṭati, sakalañhi udakaṃ tassa ṭhānaṃ. Tasmā na so ettāvatā ṭhānantaraṃ saṅkāmito hoti. Udakato pana udakena vinā sañcicca ukkhipituṃ na vaṭṭati, udakena saddhiṃ ukkhipitvā puna udake pakkhipituṃ vaṭṭati. Parissāvanantarena nikkhamati, kappiyaṃ kārāpetvāva udakaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Uppalinīpaduminīādīni jalajavallitiṇāni udakato uddharantassa vā tattheva vikopentassa vā pācittiyaṃ. Parehi uppāṭitāni vikopentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Tāni hi bījagāme saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Tilabījakasāsapamattakasevālopi udakato uddhato amilāto aggabījasaṅgahaṃ gacchati. Mahāpaccariyādīsu ‘‘anantakatilabījakaudakapappaṭakādīni dukkaṭavatthukānī’’ti vuttaṃ, tattha kāraṇaṃ na dissati. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘sampuṇṇabhūtagāmo na hoti, tasmā dukkaṭa’’nti vuttaṃ, tampi na sameti, bhūtagāme hi pācittiyaṃ, bījagāme dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Asampuṇṇabhūtagāmo nāma tatiyo koṭṭhāso neva pāḷiyaṃ na aṭṭhakathāsu āgato. Atha etaṃ bījagāmasaṅgahaṃ gacchissatīti , tampi na yuttaṃ, abhūtagāmamūlattā tādisassa bījagāmassāti. Apica ‘‘garukalahukesu garuke ṭhātabba’’nti etaṃ vinayalakkhaṇaṃ.
在陆地的情况:被砍伐的树木所残留的部分,名为青残桩。其中,迦古达树、迦兰贾树、毗央古树、面包树等的残桩会向上生长,这些归入植物。棕榈、椰子等的残桩不向上生长,这些归入种子聚落。芭蕉若未结果,其残桩归入植物;若已结果,则归入种子聚落。不过,已结果的芭蕉只要叶片尚青绿,仍归入植物;已结果的竹也是如此。当它们从顶端开始干枯时,便归入种子聚落。归入何种种子聚落?归入果种聚落。由此能生出什么吗?什么也不能。若能生出,则应归入植物。将因陀沙罗树等砍伐后堆成堆,即使堆中枝干上长出如宝石量度的枝条,仍归入种子聚落。若为搭建帐篷、作围篱或供蔓藤攀缘而将其栽入地中,当根与叶都长出时,它们便再次归入植物之列。若仅长出根或仅长出叶,则仍归入种子聚落。显示巴利原文
Thalaṭṭhe – chinnarukkhānaṃ avasiṭṭho haritakhāṇu nāma hoti. Tattha kakudhakarañjapiyaṅgupanasādīnaṃ khāṇu uddhaṃ vaḍḍhati, so bhūtagāmena saṅgahito. Tālanāḷikerādīnaṃ khāṇu uddhaṃ na vaḍḍhati, so bījagāmena saṅgahito. Kadaliyā pana aphalitāya khāṇu bhūtagāmena saṅgahito, phalitāya bījagāmena. Kadalī pana phalitā yāva nīlapaṇṇā, tāva bhūtagāmeneva saṅgahitā, tathā phalito veḷu. Yadā pana aggato paṭṭhāya sussati, tadā bījagāmena saṅgahaṃ gacchati. Katarabījagāmena? Phaḷubījagāmena. Kiṃ tato nibbattati? Na kiñci. Yadi hi nibbatteyya, bhūtagāmeneva saṅgahaṃ gaccheyya. Indasālādirukkhe chinditvā rāsiṃ karonti, kiñcāpi rāsikatadaṇḍakehi ratanappamāṇāpi sākhā nikkhamanti, bījagāmeneva saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Tattha maṇḍapatthāya vā vatiatthāya vā valliāropanatthāya vā bhūmiyaṃ nikhaṇanti, mūlesu ceva paṇṇesu ca niggatesu puna bhūtagāmasaṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Mūlamattesu pana paṇṇamattesu vā niggatesu bījagāmena saṅgahitā eva.
任何种子,若置于土中,或用水浇灌后放置,或置于陶片等容器中并放入湿泥而存放,即使仅长出根或仅长出叶,都仍属于种子。即使根与上端的芽都已长出,只要芽尚未变绿,仍属于种子。然而,当绿豆等的叶片展开,或稻谷等的芽转为青绿色、显露青叶之色时,便归入植物。棕榈核最初长出如猪牙般的根,即使根已长出,只要上方的叶簇尚未生出,仍属于种子聚落。椰子破壳后长出如牙签般的芽,只要尚未成为如鹿角般的青绿叶簇,仍属于种子聚落。即使根未长出,若已生起那样的叶簇,则归入无根的植物。显示巴利原文
Yāni kānici bījāni pathaviyaṃ vā udakena siñcitvā ṭhapitāni, kapālādīsu vā allapaṃsuṃ pakkhipitvā nikkhittāni honti, sabbāni mūlamatte paṇṇamatte vā niggatepi bījāniyeva. Sacepi mūlāni ca upari aṅkuro ca niggacchati, yāva aṅkuro harito na hoti, tāva bījāniyeva. Muggādīnaṃ pana paṇṇesu uṭṭhitesu vīhiādīnaṃ vā aṅkure harite nīlapaṇṇavaṇṇe jāte bhūtagāmasaṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Tālaṭṭhīnaṃ paṭhamaṃ sūkaradāṭhā viya mūlaṃ niggacchati. Niggatepi yāva upari pattavaṭṭi na niggacchati, tāva bījagāmoyeva. Nāḷikerassa tacaṃ bhinditvā dantasūci viya aṅkuro niggacchati , yāva migasiṅgasadisā nīlapattavaṭṭi na hoti, tāva bījagāmoyeva. Mūle aniggatepi tādisāya pattavaṭṭiyā jātāya amūlakabhūtagāme saṅgahaṃ gacchati.
芒果等果实应参照稻谷等的判别方式。无论是槲寄生,还是其他任何在树上生长并覆盖树木的植物,树本身即是其依处;若有人破坏该依处或将其从那里拔出,即犯波逸提。有一种无根的藤蔓,像指套一样缠绕在灌木丛的茎干上,对此也适用同样的判别。在房屋门口、围墙、栏杆、塔庙等处,若有绿色的苔藓,只要仍未长出两三片叶子,就仍属于种子聚落的范畴。一旦长出叶子,便成为波逸提的对象。因此,在这些地方,连涂抹灰泥也是不允许的。若由未受具足戒者涂抹后,可再于其上涂一层油性涂料。如果在暑热时节有干苔藓存在,可用扫帚等摩擦去除。饮水罐等的外部若有苔藓,是恶作的对象,内部则不计。牙签、糕饼等上的霉斑也不计。正如律藏所说:‘如果一面用赭石粉饰的墙壁有了霉斑,应把布浸湿拧干后擦拭。’显示巴利原文
Ambaṭṭhiādīni vīhiādīhi vinicchinitabbāni. Vandākā vā aññā vā yā kāci rukkhe jāyitvā rukkhaṃ ottharati, rukkhova tassā ṭhānaṃ, taṃ vikopentassa vā tato uddharantassa vā pācittiyaṃ. Ekā amūlikā latā hoti, aṅguliveṭhako viya vanappagumbadaṇḍake veṭheti, tassāpi ayameva vinicchayo. Gehamukhapākāravedikācetiyādīsu nīlavaṇṇo sevālo hoti, yāva dve tīṇi pattāni na sañjāyanti tāva aggabījasaṅgahaṃ gacchati . Pattesu jātesu pācittiyavatthu. Tasmā tādisesu ṭhānesu sudhālepampi dātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Anupasampannena littassa uparisnehalepo dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace nidāghasamaye sukkhasevālo tiṭṭhati, taṃ sammuñjanīādīhi ghaṃsitvā apanetuṃ vaṭṭati. Pānīyaghaṭādīnaṃ bahi sevālo dukkaṭavatthu, anto abbohāriko. Dantakaṭṭhapūvādīsu kaṇṇakampi abbohārikameva. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā’’ti (mahāva. 66).
石头、石片、苔藓、滑石等非绿色、无叶之物,犯恶作。伞菌在还是花苞状时,犯恶作;从开花时起,则不犯。然而,从活树上摘取伞菌会损坏树皮,因此在此情况下犯波逸提。对树皮上的菌类,也适用同样的道理。至于从娑罗树、枸橼树等上脱落而仍留在树上的树皮屑,摘取者无犯。树脂若已从树上脱落而存在,或附着在枯树上,可以摘取;从活树上摘取则不可。对虫漆也适用同样的道理。摇动树木使黄叶或已成熟的迦尼迦罗花等掉落者,即犯波逸提。若以手嬉戏,在柔软的娑罗树、无花果嫩枝等上,或在生于其处的扇叶棕榈叶等上刻划文字,也适用同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Pāsāṇajātipāsāṇadaddusevālaseleyyakādīni aharitavaṇṇāni apattakāni ca dukkaṭavatthukāni. Ahicchattakaṃ yāva makuḷaṃ hoti, tāva dukkaṭavatthu. Pupphitakālato paṭṭhāya abbohārikaṃ. Allarukkhato pana ahicchattakaṃ gaṇhanto rukkhattacaṃ vikopeti, tasmā tattha pācittiyaṃ. Rukkhapappaṭikāyapi eseva nayo. Yā pana indasālakakudhādīnaṃ pappaṭikā rukkhato muccitvā tiṭṭhati, taṃ gaṇhantassa anāpatti. Niyyāsampi rukkhato muccitvā ṭhitaṃ sukkharukkhe vā laggaṃ gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati. Allarukkhato na vaṭṭati. Lākhāyapi eseva nayo. Rukkhaṃ cāletvā paṇḍupalāsaṃ vā pariṇatakaṇikārādipupphaṃ vā pātentassa pācittiyameva. Hatthakukkuccena mudukesu indasālanuhīkhandhādīsu vā tatthajātakatālapaṇṇādīsu vā akkharaṃ chindantassāpi eseva nayo.
沙弥们摘花时,可以为他们把树枝弯下来给予。但不可用那些花来熏香饮用水。需要熏香饮用水的人,应将沙弥举起来让他摘取。自己想吃的果枝,也不可自己弯下;应把沙弥举起来让他摘取果实。当沙弥们在拔除任何灌木或藤蔓时,不可与他们一起抓住拉扯。但为了激发他们的热情,自己不拉,而只是做出拉的样子,可以抓住末端。对于那些枝条能再生的树木,若未先作净,为了驱蝇、取种等目的而折取其枝条,乃至用指甲在树皮或叶子上刮划,即犯恶作。对鲜姜等也适用同样的道理。然而,如果作了净之后,将其放在凉爽处而生出了根,则可以在上部切断;如果生出了芽,则可以在下部切断。若根与绿芽都已生出,则不允许切断。显示巴利原文
Sāmaṇerānaṃ pupphaṃ ocinantānaṃ sākhaṃ onāmetvā dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tehi pana pupphehi pānīyaṃ na vāsetabbaṃ. Pānīyavāsatthikena sāmaṇeraṃ ukkhipitvā ocināpetabbāni. Phalasākhāpi attanā khāditukāmena na onāmetabbā. Sāmaṇeraṃ ukkhipitvā phalaṃ gāhāpetabbaṃ. Yaṃkiñci gacchaṃ vā lataṃ vā uppāṭentehi sāmaṇerehi saddhiṃ gahetvā ākaḍḍhituṃ na vaṭṭati. Tesaṃ pana ussāhajananatthaṃ anākaḍḍhantena kaḍḍhanākāraṃ dassentena viya agge gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Yesaṃ rukkhānaṃ sākhā ruhati, tesaṃ sākhaṃ makkhikābījanādīnaṃ atthāya kappiyaṃ akārāpetvā gahitaṃ tace vā patte vā antamaso nakhenapi vilikhantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Allasiṅgiverādīsupi eseva nayo. Sace pana kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā sītale padese ṭhapitassa mūlaṃ sañjāyati, uparibhāge chindituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace aṅkuro jāyati, heṭṭhābhāge chindituṃ vaṭṭati. Mūle ca nīlaṅkure ca jāte na vaṭṭati.
‘自己切断或令人切断’:乃至持扫帚棍,心想‘我要切断草’而扫地时,自己切断或令他人切断。‘自己破坏或令人破坏’:乃至在经行时,心想‘让该断的断,让该坏的坏,我要显出经行处’,故意用脚踩踏,自己破坏或令他人破坏草、藤等。即使是在把草或藤打结时弄断了,也不应打结。然而,在棕榈树等上,为了防止盗贼攀爬而钉入木楔、绑上荆棘,比丘不可这样做。如果木楔只是松散地附着在树上,不压迫树,则可以。说‘砍树、砍藤、拔球茎或根’也是可以的,因为未指定。但如果指定了说‘砍这棵树’等,则不可。即使说出名称,如‘砍芒果树、四方藤、芋头球茎、芒节草、某树皮’,也仍然是未指定。只有说‘这棵芒果树’等,才称为指定,那是不允许的。显示巴利原文
Chindati vā chedāpeti vāti antamaso sammuñjanosalākāyapi tiṇāni chindissāmīti bhūmiṃ sammajjanto sayaṃ vā chindati, aññena vā chedāpeti. Bhindati vā bhedāpeti vāti antamaso caṅkamantopi chijjanakaṃ chijjatu, bhijjanakaṃ bhijjatu, caṅkamitaṭṭhānaṃ dassessāmīti sañcicca pādehi akkamanto tiṇavalliādīni sayaṃ vā bhindati aññena vā bhedāpeti. Sacepi hi tiṇaṃ vā lataṃ vā gaṇṭhiṃ karontassa bhijjati, gaṇṭhipi na kātabbo. Tālarukkhādīsu pana corānaṃ anāruhanatthāya dārumakkaṭakaṃ ākoṭenti, kaṇṭake bandhanti, bhikkhussa evaṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace dārumakkaṭako rukkhe allīnamattova hoti, rukkhaṃ na pīḷeti, vaṭṭati. ‘‘Rukkhaṃ chinda, lataṃ chinda, kandaṃ vā mūlaṃ vā uppāṭehī’’ti vattumpi vaṭṭati, aniyāmitattā. Niyāmetvā pana ‘‘imaṃ rukkhaṃ chindā’’tiādi vattuṃ na vaṭṭati. Nāmaṃ gahetvāpi ‘‘ambarukkhaṃ caturassavalliṃ āluvakandaṃ muñjatiṇaṃ asukarukkhacchalliṃ chinda bhinda uppāṭehī’’tiādivacanampi aniyāmitameva hoti. ‘‘Imaṃ ambarukkha’’ntiādivacanameva hi niyāmitaṃ nāma, taṃ na vaṭṭati.
‘自己烧煮或令人烧煮’:哪怕只是为了烧煮钵,若有人故意在草等物上生火,自己烧煮或令他人烧煮,均属犯戒。一切应依《掘地戒》中所说的方法了知。然而,若不加指定地说‘煮绿豆、煮黑豆’等,是允许的;若说‘煮这些绿豆、煮这些黑豆’,则不可。显示巴利原文
Pacati vā pacāpeti vāti antamaso pattampi pacitukāmo tiṇādīnaṃ upari sañcicca aggiṃ karonto sayaṃ vā pacati, aññena vā pacāpetīti sabbaṃ pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpade vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. Aniyāmetvā pana ‘‘mugge paca, māse pacā’’tiādi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Ime mugge paca, ime māse pacā’’ti evaṃ vattuṃ na vaṭṭati.
‘无犯’方面,于‘你认识这个’等语,应如此理解其义:‘你认识这种根药’、‘你给这种根或叶’、‘你去取这种树或藤’、‘需要这种花、果或叶’、‘你为此树、此藤或此果作净’。如此,即成办了放舍草木。然而,受用者在食用时,为放舍种子之类,应再次作净。显示巴利原文
Anāpatti imaṃ jānātiādīsu ‘‘imaṃ mūlabhesajjaṃ jāna, imaṃ mūlaṃ vā paṇṇaṃ vā dehi, imaṃ rukkhaṃ vā lataṃ vā āhara, iminā pupphena vā phalena vā paṇṇena vā attho, imaṃ rukkhaṃ vā lataṃ vā phalaṃ vā kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Ettāvatā bhūtagāmaparimocanaṃ kataṃ hoti. Paribhuñjantena pana bījagāmaparimocanatthaṃ puna kappiyaṃ kāretabbaṃ.
此处,作净之法应依下述经文了知:‘诸比丘,我允许以五种沙门净法受用果实:以火净、以刀净、以爪净、无种子者,以及已去种子者为第五。’其中,‘以火净’者,意为以火所净、所制、所烧、所触。‘以刀净’者,意为以刀所净、所制、所切或所刺。以爪净者,方法亦同此。无种子者与已去种子者,本身即净。以火作净时,应取木火、牛粪火等任何火,乃至以烧红的铁片触一处,说‘净’而作净。以刀作净时,应以任何铁制刀具,乃至以针或指甲剪的尖端或刀刃,示现切割或刺戳,说‘净’而作净。以爪作净时,不得以腐烂的爪来行持。人、狮子、虎、豹、猴等及鸟类的爪锋利,可以运用。马、水牛、猪、鹿、牛等的蹄过于锐利,不得使用;即使用了,也等同于未作。然而象的爪并非蹄,故可以使用。凡可用来作净者,无论是就地而生者,或摘取而来者,皆应示现切割或刺戳,说‘净’而作净。显示巴利原文
Kappiyakaraṇañcettha iminā suttānusārena veditabbaṃ – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahi samaṇakappehi phalaṃ paribhuñjituṃ aggiparijitaṃ satthaparijitaṃ nakhaparijitaṃ abījaṃ nibbaṭṭabījameva pañcama’’nti. Tattha ‘‘aggiparijita’’nti agginā parijitaṃ adhibhūtaṃ daḍḍhaṃ phuṭṭhanti attho. ‘‘Satthaparijita’’nti satthena parijitaṃ adhibhūtaṃ chinnaṃ viddhaṃ vāti attho. Esa nayo nakhaparijite. Abījanibbaṭṭabījāni sayameva kappiyāni. Agginā kappiyaṃ karontena kaṭṭhaggigomayaggiādīsu yena kenaci antamaso lohakhaṇḍenapi ādittena kappiyaṃ kātabbaṃ. Tañca kho ekadese phusantena ‘‘kappiya’’nti vatvāva kātabbaṃ. Satthena karontena yassa kassaci lohamayasatthassa antamaso sūcinakhacchedanānampi tuṇḍena vā dhārāya vā chedaṃ vā vedhaṃ vā dassentena ‘‘kappiya’’nti vatvāva kātabbaṃ. Nakhena kappiyaṃ karontena pūtinakhena na kātabbaṃ. Manussānaṃ pana sīhabyagghadīpimakkaṭādīnaṃ sakuntānañca nakhā tikhiṇā honti, tehi kātabbaṃ. Assamahiṃsasūkaramigagorūpādīnaṃ khurā atikhiṇā, tehi na kātabbaṃ, katampi akataṃ hoti. Hatthinakhā pana khurā na honti, tehi vaṭṭati. Yehi pana kātuṃ vaṭṭati, tehi tatthajātakehipi uddharitvā gahitakehipi chedaṃ vā vedhaṃ vā dassentena ‘‘kappiya’’nti vatvāva kātabbaṃ.
在此,纵使堆聚如山的种子,或砍倒千棵树木捆成一束,或扎成一大捆甘蔗放置,只要对其中一粒种子、一根树枝或一节甘蔗作了净,则一切都已作净。甘蔗与木材捆在一起时,若为作净甘蔗而刺穿木材,是允许的;但若刺穿捆绑所用的绳或藤,则不可。将甘蔗节满盛篓中运来,只需对其中一节作净,便一切都已作净。将食物与辣椒等混合运来,被告知“请作净”时,即使刺穿饭粒,也是允许的。芝麻、米等也是如此。然而,投入粥中者无法合为一体,应逐一刺穿而作净。木苹果等果实,其内部果肉在壳中流动,应先令人破开再令人作净。若已捆束成束,亦可在壳上作净。显示巴利原文
Tattha sacepi bījānaṃ pabbatamatto rāsi rukkhasahassaṃ vā chinditvā ekābaddhaṃ katvā ucchūnaṃ vā mahābhāro bandhitvā ṭhapito hoti, ekasmiṃ bīje vā rukkhasākhāya vā ucchumhi vā kappiye kate sabbaṃ kataṃ hoti. Ucchū ca dārūni ca ekato baddhāni honti, ucchuṃ kappiyaṃ karissāmīti dāruṃ vijjhati, vaṭṭatiyeva. Sace pana yāya rajjuyā vā valliyā vā baddhāni, taṃ vijjhati, na vaṭṭati. Ucchukhaṇḍānaṃ pacchiṃ pūretvā āharanti, ekasmiṃ khaṇḍe kappiye kate sabbaṃ katameva hoti. Maricapakkādīhi missetvā bhattaṃ āharanti, ‘‘kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti vutte sacepi bhattasitthe vijjhati, vaṭṭatiyeva. Tilataṇḍulādīsupi eseva nayo. Yāguyā pakkhittāni pana ekābaddhāni hutvā na santiṭṭhanti, tattha ekamekaṃ vijjhitvā kappiyaṃ kātabbameva. Kapitthaphalādīnaṃ anto miñjaṃ kaṭāhaṃ muñcitvā sañcarati, bhindāpetvā kappiyaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ. Ekābaddhaṃ hoti, kaṭāhepi kātuṃ vaṭṭati.
“非故意”:当人滚动石块、树木等物,或拖拉树枝,或以棍杖击地行走时,草木因而被割断——此人并非存心“我要割断这些”而故意割断,因为不是故意而被割断,故称非故意割断。如此,非故意割断者,无犯。显示巴利原文
Asañciccāti pāsāṇarukkhādīni vā pavaṭṭentassa sākhaṃ vā kaḍḍhantassa kattaradaṇḍena vā bhūmiṃ paharitvā gacchantassa tiṇāni chijjanti, tāni tena chindissāmīti evaṃ sañcicca acchinnattā asañcicca chinnāni nāma honti. Iti asañcicca chindantassa anāpatti.
“无念”:当心念驰散于他处,正与他人交谈某事时,以脚趾或以手割断草或藤蔓而站立——如此,在无念中割断者,无犯。显示巴利原文
Asatiyāti aññavihito kenaci saddhiṃ kiñci kathento pādaṅguṭṭhakena vā hatthena vā tiṇaṃ vā lataṃ vā chindanto tiṭṭhati, evaṃ asatiyā chindantassa anāpatti.
‘不知者’:在此情形中,不知那是种子类或生命类,也不知自己正在割断;只是将木桩、锄头或铁铲放在篱笆旁或草堆中以作收藏,或手被火烧而将火丢落,若草木因此被割断或烧毁,则无犯。然而,在人身波罗夷的注释中,一切注疏皆言:‘若比丘被树木压住,或跌入坑中,虽可通过砍树或挖地而脱身,即便为护命亦不应自行为之。但由另一比丘挖地、砍树,或从活树上截取树枝,推倒该树使其脱身,则合宜,无犯。’此处不见其理由所在——仅见有一经说:‘诸比丘,我允许在林火燃烧时放火对烧,以作防护。’若为符合此经而说‘自己不合宜,他人合宜’,这一区别实难成立。若说:自己为己利而行,是出于自爱的染污心;他人则是以悲悯心而行,故无犯——此亦不成理由,因以善心做同样犯此罪。然而,此说既已见于一切注疏,便不能遮止。于此应当探求其合理依据,或应信顺随从注疏师之说。其余诸义,文义自明。显示巴利原文
Ajānantassāti etthabbhantare bījagāmoti vā bhūtagāmoti vā na jānāti, chindāmītipi na jānāti, kevalaṃ vatiyā vā palālapuñje vā nikhādanaṃ vā khaṇittiṃ vā kudālaṃ vā saṅgopanatthāya ṭhapeti, ḍayhamānahattho vā aggiṃ pāteti, tatra ce tiṇāni chijjanti vā ḍayhanti vā anāpatti. Manussaviggahapārājikavaṇṇanāyaṃ pana sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu ‘‘sace bhikkhu rukkhena vā ajjhotthaṭo hoti, opāte vā patito sakkā ca hoti rukkhaṃ chinditvā bhūmiṃ vā khaṇitvā nikkhamituṃ, jīvitahetupi attanā na kātabbaṃ. Aññena pana bhikkhunā bhūmiṃ vā khaṇitvā rukkhaṃ vā chinditvā allarukkhato vā daṇḍakaṃ chinditvā taṃ rukkhaṃ pavaṭṭetvā nikkhāmetuṃ vaṭṭati, anāpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha kāraṇaṃ na dissati – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, davaḍāhe ḍayhamāne paṭaggiṃ dātuṃ, parittaṃ kātu’’nti (cūḷava. 283) idaṃ pana ekameva suttaṃ dissati. Sace etassa anulomaṃ ‘‘attano na vaṭṭati, aññassa vaṭṭatī’’ti idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ na sakkā laddhuṃ. Attano atthāya karonto attasinehena akusalacitteneva karoti, paro pana kāruññena, tasmā anāpattīti ce. Etampi akāraṇaṃ. Kusalacittenāpi hi imaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati. Sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu pana vuttattā na sakkā paṭisedhetuṃ. Gavesitabbā ettha yutti. Aṭṭhakathācariyānaṃ vā saddhāya gantabbanti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
三起处:由身与心、由语与心、由身语与心而生起。此是作业,有想解脱,有心,属制戒罪,为身业,为语业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
二、异语学处释显示巴利原文
2. Aññavādakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
94 第九十四 第二学处:‘行非行已’意为做了不应做之事,即在身门、语门中犯戒。‘以他事掩盖他事’,即用别的话语来回避、掩盖、覆藏另一话语。今为说明此回避方式,故说‘谁犯戒了?’等。其语句关联如下:据说,他见到某种违犯后,在僧团中被就犯戒追问:‘贤友,你犯戒了。’他却说:‘谁犯戒了?’被告知‘是你’时,他说:‘我犯了什么?’当被告知‘你犯波逸提或恶作’时,他询问事由:‘我因何犯戒?’接着被告知‘在某某事上’,他便问:‘我如何犯戒?我做了什么而犯戒?’随后被告知‘你做了此事而犯戒’时,他说:‘你们在说谁?’再次被告知‘我们在说你’时,他说:‘你们在说什么?’显示巴利原文
94. Dutiyasikkhāpade – anācāraṃ ācaritvāti akātabbaṃ katvā; kāyavacīdvāresu āpattiṃ āpajjitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Aññenaññaṃ paṭicaratīti aññena vacanena aññaṃ vacanaṃ paṭicarati paṭicchādeti ajjhottharati; idāni taṃ paṭicaraṇavidhiṃ dassento ‘‘ko āpanno’’tiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ vacanasambandho – so kira kiñci vītikkamaṃ disvā ‘‘āvuso, āpattiṃ āpannosī’’ti saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjiyamāno ‘‘ko āpanno’’ti vadati. ‘‘Tato tva’’nti vutte ‘‘ahaṃ kiṃ āpanno’’ti vadati. Atha ‘‘pācittiyaṃ vā dukkaṭaṃ vā’’ti vutte vatthuṃ pucchanto ‘‘ahaṃ kismiṃ āpanno’’ti vadati. Tato ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma vatthusmi’’nti vutte ‘‘ahaṃ kathaṃ āpanno, kiṃ karonto āpannomhī’’ti pucchati. Atha ‘‘idaṃ nāma karonto āpanno’’ti vutte ‘‘kaṃ bhaṇathā’’ti vadati. Tato ‘‘taṃ bhaṇāmā’’ti vutte ‘‘kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti vadati.
此外,此处还有一段未载于巴利经文的“以他事掩盖他事”的方式:有比丘被问道:“在你袋中见到了钱币,你为何行此不适当之事?”他回答说:“尊者,您看得很清楚,但那并非钱币,而是锡环片。”或者被问:“你被人见到在饮酒,你为何行此事?”他回答说:“尊者,您看得很清楚,但那并非酒,是为了药用而准备的阿利吒。”或者被问:“你被人见到与女人在隐蔽处共坐,你为何行此不适当之事?”他回答说:“看见我的人确实看得很清楚,可是此处还有另一位智者,他为何没看见?”或者在被询问“你见过这样的东西吗?”时,他便把耳朵凑过去说:“我听不见。”又或者在耳门被询问时,却把眼睛凑过去——应知这便是“以他事掩盖他事”。“令举异语者”,即举起异语、发起异语之人,意思是将其确立。“令举恼害者”于此理同。显示巴利原文
Apicettha ayaṃ pāḷimuttakopi aññenaññaṃ paṭicaraṇavidhi – bhikkhūhi ‘‘tava sipāṭikāya kahāpaṇo diṭṭho, kissevamasāruppaṃ karosī’’ti vutto ‘‘sudiṭṭhaṃ, bhante, na paneso kahāpaṇo; tipumaṇḍalaṃ eta’’nti bhaṇanto vā ‘‘tvaṃ suraṃ pivanto diṭṭho, kissevaṃ karosī’’ti vutto ‘‘sudiṭṭho , bhante, na panesā surā, bhesajjatthāya sampāditaṃ ariṭṭha’’nti bhaṇanto vā ‘‘tvaṃ paṭicchanne āsane mātugāmena saddhiṃ nisinno diṭṭho, kissevamasāruppaṃ karosī’’ti vutto ‘‘yena diṭṭhaṃ sudiṭṭhaṃ, viññū panettha dutiyo atthi, so kissa na diṭṭho’’ti bhaṇanto vā, ‘‘īdisaṃ tayā kiñci diṭṭha’’nti puṭṭho ‘‘na suṇāmī’’ti sotamupanento vā, sotadvāre pucchantānaṃ cakkhuṃ upanento vā, aññenaññaṃ paṭicaratīti veditabbo. Aññavādakaṃ ropetūti aññavādakaṃ āropetu; patiṭṭhāpetūti attho. Vihesakaṃ ropetūti etasmimpi eseva nayo.
98 第九十八“于异语者、恼害者,波逸提”中:说其他话,名为异语者,这是指以他事掩盖他事的名称。恼害,名为恼害者,这是指对沉默者的称呼;在此,即于如此异语者、恼害者。“波逸提”意为:针对这两种事由,宣说了两种波逸提。显示巴利原文
98.Aññavādake vihesake pācittiyanti ettha aññaṃ vadatīti aññavādakaṃ; aññenaññaṃ paṭicaraṇassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Vihesetīti vihesakaṃ; tuṇhībhūtassetaṃ nāmaṃ, tasmiṃ aññavādake vihesake. Pācittiyanti vatthudvaye pācittiyadvayaṃ vuttaṃ.
100 第一百“未被举的异语者”,指在甘马语中未被举罪的异语者。“未被举的恼害者”,于此句义理亦同。显示巴利原文
100.Aropite aññavādaketi kammavācāya anāropite aññavādake. Aropite vihesaketi etasmimpi eseva nayo.
101 第一百零一条。“于如法羯磨有如法羯磨想”等句中,若为那位比丘所作的“举异语与恼害”羯磨是如法的,该比丘对此作如法羯磨想,却仍作异语与恼害,则他在这异语与恼害中犯波逸提。应以此理趣了知含义。显示巴利原文
101.Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññītiādīsu yaṃ taṃ aññavādakavihesakaropanakammaṃ kataṃ, tañce dhammakammaṃ hoti, so ca bhikkhu tasmiṃ dhammakammasaññī aññavādakañca vihesakañca karoti, athassa tasmiṃ aññavādake ca vihesake ca āpatti pācittiyassāti iminā nayena attho veditabbo.
102 第一百零二条。“不知而问”:确实不知犯戒或已犯某罪而问:“你们在说什么?我不知道。”“因病不说”:口中患有这样的疾病,以致不能说话。“僧团将有纷争”等:指若在僧团中叙说后,由此因缘僧团将生起纷争、争吵或争论,心想“愿此不发生”而不说。应以此理趣了知含义。其余易明。显示巴利原文
102.Ajānanto pucchatīti āpattiṃ vā āpannabhāvaṃ ajānantoyeva ‘‘kiṃ tumhe bhaṇatha, ahaṃ na jānāmī’’ti pucchati. Gilāno vā na kathetīti mukhe tādiso byādhi hoti, yena kathetuṃ na sakkoti. Saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ vātiādīsu saṅghamajjhe kathite tappaccayā saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ vā kalaho vā vivādo vā bhavissati, so mā ahosīti maññamāno na kathetīti iminā nayena attho veditabbo. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti.
三因所生:从身与心、从语与心、从身语与心生起。或是作,或是非作——以其他事遮掩事情者,是作;以沉默作恼害者,是非作。无想解脱,有思心,是世间罪,身业、语业,不善心,苦受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, siyā kiriyaṃ , siyā akiriyaṃ, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarantassa hi kiriyaṃ hoti, tuṇhībhāvena vihesantassa akiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
三、诽谤学处释显示巴利原文
3. Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
103 第一百零三条 第三学处中,“诸比丘令诽谤达跋末罗子”:这是指说“达跋末罗子因欲……”等语,使得那些比丘轻视、蔑视这位尊者,或以低劣的心看待他——这是其含义。然而,此处的语法特征应依声明论典来理解。也有读作“ojjhāpentī”的,含义相同。“因欲”即因贪欲、偏袒,意为为了各自亲信、同伴而分配胜妙之物。“嫌责”则是指说“达跋末罗子因欲……”等而公开指责。显示巴利原文
103. Tatiyasikkhāpade – dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpentīti ‘‘chandāya dabbo mallaputto’’tiādīni vadantā taṃ āyasmantaṃ tehi bhikkhūhi avajānāpenti, avaññāya olokāpenti, lāmakato vā cintāpentī’’ti attho. Lakkhaṇaṃ panettha saddasatthānusārena veditabbaṃ. Ojjhāpentītipi pāṭho. Ayamevattho . Chandāyāti chandena pakkhapātena; attano attano sandiṭṭhasambhattānaṃ paṇītāni paññapetīti adhippāyo. Khiyyantīti ‘‘chandāya dabbo mallaputto’’tiādīni vadantā pakāsenti.
105 第一百零五条 “于令诽谤者、嫌责者,波逸提”中:用以令诽谤的话语,即是令诽谤者;用以嫌责的话语,即是嫌责者。在此令诽谤者、嫌责者之中。“波逸提”指就两种事由,而有二波逸提。显示巴利原文
105.Ujjhāpanake khiyyanake pācittiyanti ettha yena vacanena ujjhāpenti, taṃ ujjhāpanakaṃ. Yena ca khiyyanti taṃ khiyyanakaṃ. Tasmiṃ ujjhāpanake khiyyanake. Pācittiyanti vatthudvaye pācittiyadvayaṃ vuttaṃ.
106 第一百零六条 “所谓令诽谤者,指对已受具足戒、被僧团认可为分配坐卧具者……乃至……分配微少物品者”——这些词句与“欲令其羞愧”相关联。“欲说其恶、欲令其失名誉”则依此而对“已受具足戒者”等作如是格位变化。“若令诽谤或嫌责,犯波逸提”中,因为即使将“所谓嫌责者”这一论母句单独提出,也应当说与“所谓令诽谤者”这一词句相同的分别,如同异语学处中没有其他差别,所以应知此处未将其单独提出分别,而是一起作结语。“于如法羯磨有如法羯磨想”等中,若为那位已受具足戒者所作的认可羯磨是如法羯磨,而该比丘于此有如法羯磨想,却作令诽谤和嫌责,则他于该令诽谤和嫌责中犯波逸提——应以此理趣了知含义。显示巴利原文
106.Ujjhāpanakaṃ nāma upasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ senāsanapaññāpakaṃ vā…pe… appamattakavissajjanakaṃ vāti etesaṃ padānaṃ ‘‘maṅkukattukāmo’’ti iminā sambandho. Avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo ayasaṃ kattukāmoti imesaṃ pana vasena upasampannantiādīsu ‘‘upasampannassā’’ti evaṃ vibhattivipariṇāmo kātabbo. Ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā āpatti pācittiyassāti ettha pana yasmā ‘‘khiyyanakaṃ nāmā’’ti evaṃ mātikāpadaṃ uddharitvāpi ‘‘ujjhāpanakaṃ nāmā’’ti imassa padassa vuttavibhaṅgoyeva vattabbo hoti, aññavādakasikkhāpade viya añño viseso natthi, tasmā taṃ visuṃ anuddharitvā avibhajitvā nigamanameva ekato katanti veditabbaṃ. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññītiādīsu yaṃ tassa upasampannassa sammutikammaṃ kataṃ tañce dhammakammaṃ hoti, so ca bhikkhu tasmiṃ dhammakammasaññī ujjhāpanakañca khiyyanakañca karoti, athassa tasmiṃ ujjhāpanake ca khiyyanake ca āpatti pācittiyassāti iminā nayena attho veditabbo.
“令未受具戒者讥嫌或抱怨”一句中,此处是指使已被僧团认可的未受具戒者,去讥嫌、轻视另一未被认可的未受具戒者,或在那人面前抱怨。“未被僧团认可的受具戒者”,是指未通过羯磨而认可,仅由僧团委以“这是你的责任”之事务者;或为比丘们的安稳住而自行承担此事者;或在二、三位比丘共住之处做类似事务者。这是其含义。至于“僧团认可或未认可的未受具戒者”:虽然未受具戒者不可授予十三种认可,但若在受具戒时获得认可,之后处于未受具戒状态者,对此说为“僧团认可”。若是有能力的沙弥,仅由僧团或受认可的比丘对他说“你来做这件事”而委以责任者,对此说为“未认可”。其余文义在此处明显。显示巴利原文
Anupasampannaṃujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vāti ettha upasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ aññaṃ anupasampannaṃ ujjhāpeti avajānāpeti, tassa vā taṃ santike khiyyatīti attho. Upasampannaṃ saṅghena asammatanti kammavācāya asammataṃ kevalaṃ ‘‘taveso bhāro’’ti saṅghena āropitabhāraṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vā phāsuvihāratthāya sayameva taṃ bhāraṃ vahantaṃ, yatra vā dve tayo bhikkhū viharanti, tatra vā tādisaṃ kammaṃ karontanti adhippāyo. Anupasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vā asammataṃ vāti ettha pana kiñcāpi anupasampannassa terasa sammutiyo dātuṃ na vaṭṭanti. Atha kho upasampannakāle laddhasammutiko pacchā anupasampannabhāve ṭhito, taṃ sandhāya ‘‘saṅghena sammataṃ vā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yassa pana byattassa sāmaṇerassa kevalaṃ saṅghena vā sammatena vā bhikkhunā ‘‘tvaṃ idaṃ kammaṃ karohī’’ti bhāro kato, tādisaṃ sandhāya ‘‘asammataṃ vā’’ti vuttaṃ. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.
有三种生起:从身与意生起、从语与意生起、从身语与意生起;是作业;有想解脱;有心;属世间罪;是身业;是语业;是不善心;是苦受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
4. 第一住处学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
108 第四学处—— “于寒冬时”指冬季降雪之时。“晒热身体”指坐于床、椅等处,以暖阳晒热身体。“于适时告知”指在粥、饭等任何适宜之时被通知。“被淋湿”指被雪雨淋湿、浸透。显示巴利原文
108. Catutthasikkhāpade – hemantike kāleti hemantakāle himapātasamaye. Kāyaṃ otāpentāti mañcapīṭhādīsu nisinnā bālātapena kāyaṃ otāpentā. Kāle ārociteti yāgubhattādīsu yassa kassaci kāle ārocite. Ovaṭṭhaṃ hotīti himavassena ovaṭṭhaṃ tintaṃ hoti.
110 “非雨季的约定”是指未如此规定雨季月份的情况,即寒季四个月和热季四个月,总共八个月的意思。“于棚舍”是指枝叶棚或木板棚。“于树下”是指任何树下。“乌鸦或鹰等不排泄之处”是指那些以常住处筑巢而居的乌鸦、鹰等不在该处排泄的树下,允许放置。因此,凡是觅食的鸟类歇息后便飞离的树下,可以放置。若鸟类以常住处筑巢而居的树下,则不应放置。由“八个月”一语可知,即使在雨季不下雨的地区,四个月也不可放置。由“非雨季的约定”一语可知,如果某地冬季下雨,冬季也不可露天放置。但热季时,各处天空晴朗无云,此时若有任何事务,可露天放置床椅。显示巴利原文
110.Avassikasaṅketeti vassikavassānamāsāti evaṃ apaññatte cattāro hemantike cattāro ca gimhike aṭṭha māseti attho. Maṇḍape vāti sākhāmaṇḍape vā padaramaṇḍape vā. Rukkhamūle vāti yassa kassaci rukkhassa heṭṭhā. Yattha kākā vā kulalā vā na ūhadantīti yattha dhuvanivāsena kulāvake katvā vasamānā ete kākakulalā vā aññe vā sakuntā taṃ senāsanaṃ na ūhadanti, tādise rukkhamūle nikkhipituṃ anujānāmīti. Tasmā yattha gocarappasutā sakuntā vissamitvā gacchanti, tassa rukkhassa mūle nikkhipituṃ vaṭṭati. Yasmiṃ pana dhuvanivāsena kulāvake katvā vasanti, tassa rukkhassa mūle na nikkhipitabbaṃ. ‘‘Aṭṭha māse’’ti vacanato yesu janapadesu vassakāle na vassati, tesupi cattāro māse nikkhipituṃ na vaṭṭatiyeva. ‘‘Avassikasaṅkete’’ti vacanato yattha hemante devo vassati, tattha hemantepi ajjhokāse nikkhipituṃ na vaṭṭati. Gimhe pana sabbattha vigatavalāhakaṃ visuddhaṃ nabhaṃ hoti, evarūpe kāle kenacideva karaṇīyena ajjhokāse mañcapīṭhaṃ nikkhipituṃ vaṭṭati.
露天住者亦应知所行持。若他有个人床,即应睡在那张床上。取用僧物时,应以藤条或纤维取用藤编床。若无,应取旧床。若无,应取新编或未覆面的床。取用后,若自称“我是严格树下住者、严格露天住者”,即使不搭建衣小屋,也不可在非时露天或树下铺设而卧。但若以四重衣搭建小屋仍不能防雨,或遇七日连绵雨等,为照顾比丘身体的随顺,则允许。显示巴利原文
Abbhokāsikenāpi vattaṃ jānitabbaṃ, tassa hi sace puggalikamañcako atthi, tattheva sayitabbaṃ. Saṅghikaṃ gaṇhantena vettena vā vākena vā vītamañcako gahetabbo. Tasmiṃ asati purāṇamañcako gahetabbo. Tasmimpi asati navavāyimo vā onaddhako vā gahetabbo. Gahetvā ca pana ‘‘ahaṃ ukkaṭṭharukkhamūliko ukkaṭṭhaabbhokāsiko’’ti cīvarakuṭimpi akatvā asamaye ajjhokāse rukkhamūle vā paññapetvā nipajjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace pana catugguṇenapi cīvarena katakuṭi atementaṃ rakkhituṃ na sakkoti, sattāhavaddalikādīni bhavanti, bhikkhuno kāyānugatikattā vaṭṭati.
对于在林中树叶屋居住、因戒具足而生净信的人们,供养新床椅说:“请作为僧物受用。”住过后离去时,应送往附近寺院的同分比丘处,然后离去;若无同分比丘,应放在不淋雨处,然后离去;若无不淋雨处,应挂在树上,然后离去。在塔院中,取扫帚清扫食堂院、布萨堂院、周廊、昼间住处、火堂等任何一处后,洗净扫帚,仍放回扫帚架。在布萨堂等处取一把扫帚清扫其余各处,其理亦同。显示巴利原文
Araññe paṇṇakuṭīsu vasantānaṃ sīlasampadāya pasannacittā manussā navaṃ mañcapīṭhaṃ denti ‘‘saṅghikaparibhogena paribhuñjathā’’ti vasitvā gacchantehi sāmantavihāre sabhāgabhikkhūnaṃ pesetvā gantabbaṃ, sabhāgānaṃ abhāve anovassake nikkhipitvā gantabbaṃ, anovassake asati rukkhe laggetvā gantabbaṃ. Cetiyaṅgaṇe sammajjaniṃ gahetvā bhojanasālaṅgaṇaṃ vā uposathāgāraṅgaṇaṃ vā pariveṇadivāṭṭhānaaggisālādīsu vā aññataraṃ sammajjitvā dhovitvā puna sammajjanīmāḷakeyeva ṭhapetabbā. Uposathāgārādīsu aññatarasmiṃ gahetvā avasesāni sammajjantassāpi eseva nayo.
若有比丘想一边清扫乞食之道,一边前往,清扫之后,若途中路旁有堂屋,应将扫帚放在那里。若无,则观察云层未起,了知“我出村前不会下雨”,可置于某处,返回时再放回原处。若明知将雨而置于露天,则为恶作,据《大筏》所说。若为各处清扫而将扫帚置于各处,清扫各处后便留在各处,这是允许的。清扫座堂者,应知职责。其职责如下:从中间开始,将沙粒扫向踏脚处。垃圾应以手取出,弃于外面。显示巴利原文
Yo pana bhikkhācāramaggaṃ sammajjantova gantukāmo hoti, tena sammajjitvā sace antarāmagge sālā atthi, tattha ṭhapetabbā. Sace natthi, valāhakānaṃ anuṭṭhitabhāvaṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘yāvāhaṃ gāmato nikkhamāmi, tāva na vassissatī’’ti jānantena yattha katthaci nikkhipitvā puna paccāgacchantena pākatikaṭṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Sace vassissatīti jānanto ajjhokāse ṭhapeti, dukkaṭanti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sace pana tatra tatreva sammajjanatthāya sammajjanī nikkhittā hoti, taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ sammajjitvā tatra tatreva nikkhipituṃ vaṭṭati. Āsanasālaṃ sammajjantena vattaṃ jānitabbaṃ. Tatridaṃ vattaṃ – majjhato paṭṭhāya pādaṭṭhānābhimukhā vālikā haritabbā. Kacavaraṃ hatthehi gahetvā bahi chaḍḍetabbaṃ.
111 “Masāraka”是指:在床脚上钻孔后,将横档插入其中而制成的床。“Bundikābaddha”是指:用横档夹住床脚,以跏趺坐的样式制成的床。“Kuḷīrapādaka”是指:用类似羊、鹿等动物的蹄形床脚制成的床;或任何有弯曲床脚的床,也称为“Kuḷīrapādaka”。至于“Āhaccapādaka”,后文巴利经中已说明:“所谓‘Āhaccapādaka’床,是在部件上钻孔后制成的”,因此应理解为:在横档上钻孔,将床脚的顶端插入其中,并在上方打入楔子而制成的床,称为“Āhaccapādaka”。对于凳子,也是同样的道理。“内部缠绕后绑缚而成”是指:将下部和上部展开、中部收束,做成琵琶形状后绑缚而成,据说其中部甚至会用狮子皮、虎皮包裹。这里并不涉及“不许可的皮革”,因为坐卧具甚至可用黄金制成,故变得昂贵。“让未受具足戒者铺设”是指:由谁铺设,便成为谁的障碍。若越过土块投掷距离,便犯波逸提,即越过中等体力男子投掷土块的距离,犯波逸提。显示巴利原文
111.Masārakoti mañcapāde vijjhitvā tattha aṭaniyo pavesetvā kato. Bundikābaddhoti aṭanīhi mañcapāde ḍaṃsāpetvā pallaṅkasaṅkhepena kato. Kuḷīrapādakoti assameṇḍakādīnaṃ pādasadisehi pādehi kato. Yo vā pana koci vaṅkapādako, ayaṃ vuccati kuḷīrapādako. Āhaccapādakoti ayaṃ pana ‘‘āhaccapādako nāma mañco aṅge vijjhitvā kato hotī’’ti evaṃ parato pāḷiyaṃyeva vutto, tasmā aṭaniyo vijjhitvā tattha pādasikhaṃ pavesetvā upari āṇiṃ datvā katamañco ‘‘āhaccapādako’’ti veditabbo. Pīṭhepi eseva nayo. Anto saṃveṭhetvā baddhaṃ hotīti heṭṭhā ca upari ca vitthataṃ majjhe saṅkhittaṃ paṇavasaṇṭhānaṃ katvā baddhaṃ hoti, taṃ kira majjhe sīhabyagghacammaparikkhittampi karonti. Akappiyacammaṃ nāmettha natthi. Senāsanañhi sovaṇṇamayampi vaṭṭati, tasmā taṃ mahagghaṃ hoti. Anupasampannaṃ santharāpeti tassa palibodhoti yena santharāpitaṃ, tassa palibodho. Leḍḍupātaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassāti thāmamajjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupātaṃ atikkamantassa pācittiyaṃ.
然而,此处的抉择如下:一位长老在食堂用完餐后,命令一位年轻比丘:“去,在日间休息处铺设床和凳。”年轻比丘照做后坐下。长老随意游走之后,来到那里,放下袋子或上衣,从那时起,便成为长老的障碍。如果长老坐下后,自己离开时既不收起,也不让人收起,越过土块投掷距离时,犯波逸提。如果长老没有在那里放下袋子或上衣,而是一边经行一边对年轻比丘说:“你去吧”,那么年轻比丘应当告知:“尊者,这是床和凳。”如果长老懂得规矩,应说:“你去吧,我会收拾。”如果长老是愚痴者,不持守规矩,便会呵斥年轻比丘:“去,别站在这里,我不让你坐,也不让你躺。”年轻比丘应得到许可,说:“尊者,请安乐休息。”然后礼敬离开。在他离开之后,障碍便只归属长老。其犯戒的情形,应依前述方法了知。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo – thero bhojanasālāyaṃ bhattakiccaṃ katvā daharaṃ āṇāpeti ‘‘gaccha divāṭṭhāne mañcapīṭhaṃ paññapehī’’ti. So tathā katvā nisinno. Thero yathāruciṃ vicaritvā tattha gantvā thavikaṃ vā uttarāsaṅgaṃ vā ṭhapeti, tato paṭṭhāya therassa palibodho. Nisīditvā sayaṃ gacchanto neva uddharati, na uddharāpeti, leḍḍupātātikkame pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana thero tattha thavikaṃ vā uttarāsaṅgaṃ vā aṭṭhapetvā caṅkamantova daharaṃ ‘‘gaccha tva’’nti bhaṇati, tena ‘‘idaṃ bhante mañcapīṭha’’nti ācikkhitabbaṃ. Sace thero vattaṃ jānāti ‘‘tvaṃ gaccha, ahaṃ pākatikaṃ karissāmī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Sace bālo hoti anuggahitavatto ‘‘gaccha, mā idha tiṭṭha, neva nisīdituṃ na nipajjituṃ demī’’ti daharaṃ tajjetiyeva. Daharena ‘‘bhante sukhaṃ sayathā’’ti kappaṃ labhitvā vanditvā gantabbaṃ. Tasmiṃ gate therasseva palibodho. Purimanayeneva cassa āpatti veditabbā.
在命令的那一刻,如果年轻比丘说:“尊者,我有洗钵等事要做。”长老却对他说:“你铺设好再去吧。”然后长老离开食堂前往别处——长老一旦抬脚,即应犯戒。如果长老到那里坐下,则如前所说,在越过土块投掷距离时犯戒。如果长老命令沙弥,沙弥铺设床凳后坐在那里,长老离开食堂去往别处,同样以抬脚犯戒。如果长老到那里坐下后,又再次离开,在越过土块投掷距离时犯戒。然而,若长老在命令时,令其铺设床凳后便在那里坐下,则长老无论欲去何处皆可再回来。但如果长老自己不收拾好就离开,越过土块投掷距离时犯波逸提。在中间集会处铺设床凳后就坐的人,离开时应对净人说:“请你们把这些收好。”若不如此说便离去,越过土块投掷距离时犯戒。显示巴利原文
Atha pana āṇattikkhaṇeyeva daharo ‘‘mayhaṃ bhante bhaṇḍakadhovanādi kiñci karaṇīyaṃ atthī’’ti vadati, thero ca naṃ ‘‘tvaṃ paññapetvā gacchāhī’’ti vatvā bhojanasālato nikkhamitvā aññattha gacchati, pāduddhārena kāretabbo. Sace tattheva gantvā nisīdati purimanayeneva cassa leḍḍupātātikkame āpatti. Sace pana thero sāmaṇeraṃ āṇāpeti , sāmaṇere tattha mañcapīṭhaṃ paññapetvā nisinnepi bhojanasālato aññattha gacchanto pāduddhārena kāretabbo. Gantvā nisinno puna gamanakāle leḍḍupātātikkame āpattiyā kāretabbo. Sace pana āṇāpento mañcapīṭhaṃ paññapetvā tattheva nisīdāti āṇāpeti, yatricchati tatra gantvā āgantuṃ labhati. Sayaṃ pana pākatikaṃ akatvā gacchantassa leḍḍupātātikkame pācittiyaṃ. Antarasannipāte mañcapīṭhāni paññapetvā nisinnehi gamanakāle ārāmikānaṃ imaṃ paṭisāmethāti vattabbaṃ, avatvā gacchantānaṃ leḍḍupātātikkame āpatti.
有一种称为“大法会”的场合,人们从布萨堂和食堂搬来床凳铺设。此时,责任只在于常住比丘。如果客比丘们拿起床凳说:“这是我们戒师的,这是我们老师的。”那么从那时起,责任便只在于他们。离开时,若不收拾好而越过土块投掷距离,即犯戒。在《大品》中又说:“只要其他人尚未坐下,责任便属于铺设者。当其他人来坐下后,责任则属于就坐者。如果就坐者不收起,也不请人收起便离去,犯恶作。为什么?因为床凳是在未被命令的情况下铺设的。”对铺设好的法座而言,只要迎请者或说法者还没来,责任属于铺设者;当他来坐下后,责任便属于他。如果法会持续一整天,一位迎请者或说法者起身,另一位坐下,那么谁来到并坐下,责任就属于谁。起身者应当说:“这个座位由你们负责。”然后再离开。即使后一位还没到,先坐者就起身离开,而后一位恰好在界内来到并坐下,那么起身离开者不应被治罪。但如果后一位未到,先坐者便起身离座并越过土块投掷距离,则应被治罪。在一切情况下,“越过土块投掷距离时,第一脚犯恶作,第二脚犯波逸提”,这一原则已在《大品》中说明。显示巴利原文
Mahādhammasavanaṃ nāma hoti tattha uposathāgāratopi bhojanasālatopi āharitvā mañcapīṭhāni paññapenti. Āvāsikānaṃyeva palibodho. Sace āgantukā ‘‘idaṃ amhākaṃ upajjhāyassa idaṃ ācariyassā’’ti gaṇhanti, tato paṭṭhāya tesaṃyeva palibodho. Gamanakāle pākatikaṃ akatvā leḍḍupātaṃ atikkamantānaṃ āpatti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ puna vuttaṃ – ‘‘yāva aññe na nisīdanti, tāva yehi paññattaṃ, tesaṃ bhāro. Aññesu āgantvā nisinnesu nisinnakānaṃ bhāro. Sace te anuddharitvā vā anuddharāpetvā vā gacchanti, dukkaṭaṃ. Kasmā? Anāṇattiyā paññapitattā’’ti. Dhammāsane paññatte yāva ussārako vā dhammakathiko vā nāgacchati, tāva paññāpakānaṃ palibodho, tasmiṃ āgantvā nisinne tassa palibodho. Sakalaṃ ahorattaṃ dhammasavanaṃ hoti, añño ussārako vā dhammakathiko vā uṭṭhahati, añño nisīdati, yo yo āgantvā nisīdati, tassa tassa bhāro. Uṭṭhahantena pana ‘‘idamāsanaṃ tumhākaṃ bhāro’’ti vatvā gantabbaṃ. Sacepi itarasmiṃ anāgateyeva paṭhamaṃ nisinno uṭṭhāya gacchati, tasmiñca antoupacāraṭṭheyeva itaro āgantvā nisīdati, uṭṭhāya gato āpattiyā na kāretabbo. Sace pana itarasmiṃ anāgateyeva paṭhamaṃ nisinno uṭṭhāyāsanā leḍḍupātaṃ atikkamati, āpattiyā kāretabbo. Sabbattha ca ‘‘leḍḍupātātikkame paṭhamapāde dukkaṭaṃ, dutiye pācittiya’’nti ayaṃ nayo mahāpaccariyaṃ vutto.
112 所谓床垫,是为保护以石灰等处理过的地面的色泽而铺设的,先铺在下方,再在上面铺上草席。上敷物,是指铺在床或椅子上的垫褥。地敷物,是指铺在地上的草席等制品。床板,是指以棕榈叶或树皮纤维制成的床板。皮革片,是指狮皮、虎皮、豹皮、鬣狗皮等任何皮革。由于注释书中未见到在受用坐卧具方面有对皮革的禁止规定,因此应知仅是禁止持有狮皮等。擦脚布,是指用绳索或布片制成的擦脚之物。木板凳,是指木板制成的凳子,或者说是指木板和木凳,以此涵盖了一切木制器具等。然而,在《大护持》中详述道:“将支架、钵盖、脚踏板、棕榈扇、扇叶、任何木制器具,乃至饮水勺、饮水螺,放在露天而离去者,犯恶作。”在《大注释》中,这一法则在第二条学处中已经显示。在露天煮染料后,染料容器、染料勺、染料槽,这一切都应收回火房。如果没有火房,应放在不被雨淋的岩洞下。若也没有那样的地方,可放在比丘们抬眼能看见的地方,然后离去,如此是可行的。显示巴利原文
112.Cimilikaṃ vātiādīsu cimilikā nāma sudhādiparikammakatāya bhūmiyā vaṇṇānurakkhaṇatthaṃ katā hoti , taṃ heṭṭhā pattharitvā upari kaṭasārakaṃ pattharanti. Uttarattharaṇaṃ nāma mañcapīṭhānaṃ upari attharitabbakaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ. Bhūmattharaṇaṃ nāma bhūmiyaṃ attharitabbā kaṭasārakādivikati. Taṭṭikaṃ nāma tālapaṇṇehi vā vākehi vā katataṭṭikā. Cammakhaṇḍo nāma sīhabyagghadīpitaracchacammādīsupi yaṃkiñci cammaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāsu hi senāsanaparibhoge paṭikkhittacammaṃ nāma na dissati, tasmā sīhacammādīnaṃ pariharaṇeyeva paṭikkhepo veditabbo. Pādapuñchanī nāma rajjukehi vā pilotikāhi vā pādapuñchanatthaṃ katā. Phalakapīṭhaṃ nāma phalakamayaṃ pīṭhaṃ. Atha vā phalakañceva dārumayapīṭhañca; etena sabbampi dārubhaṇḍādi saṅgahitaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana vitthāreneva vuttaṃ – ‘‘ādhārakaṃ pattapidhānaṃ pādakathalikaṃ tālavaṇṭaṃ bījanīpattakaṃ yaṃkiñci dārubhaṇḍaṃ antamaso pānīyauḷuṅkaṃ pānīyasaṅkhaṃ ajjhokāse nikkhipitvā gacchantassa dukkaṭa’’nti. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana esa nayo dutiyasikkhāpade dassito. Ajjhokāse rajanaṃ pacitvā rajanabhājanaṃ rajanauḷuṅko rajanadoṇikāti sabbaṃ aggisālāya paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace aggisālā natthi, anovassake pabbhāre nikkhipitabbaṃ. Tasmimpi asati yattha olokentā bhikkhū passanti, tādise ṭhāne ṭhapetvāpi gantuṃ vaṭṭati.
“他人之个人所有物”:对于不能生起信任取用者,若使用彼之所有物,犯恶作。然而,对于能生起信任取用者,彼之所有物即如自己之个人所有物一般。此为《大护持》等中所说。显示巴利原文
Aññassapuggaliketi yasmiṃ vissāsaggāho na ruhati, tassa santake dukkaṭaṃ. Yasmiṃ pana vissāso ruhati, tassa santakaṃ attano puggalikamiva hotīti mahāpaccariyādīsu vuttaṃ.
113 “告知后离去”:若有具惭耻的比丘、沙弥或寺工,视己身为障碍,向如是之人告知后离去者,无犯。“晒晾中离去”:指在日头下晒晾,心想“我回来后再收起”而离去;如此离去者无犯。“被某物所障碍”:指坐卧具被某物所侵扰。纵有较年长的比丘起身取用,或有夜叉、饿鬼前来坐下,或有权势者前来取用,该坐卧具即被障碍;或狮子、老虎等来到该处停留时,坐卧具亦同样被障碍。如此被某物所障碍时,即使不收起而离去,亦无犯。“在灾患时”:指生命或梵行遭遇障碍之时。其余文句意义明了。显示巴利原文
113.Āpucchaṃ gacchatīti yo bhikkhu vā sāmaṇero vā ārāmiko vā lajjī hoti, attano palibodhaṃ viya maññati, yo tathārūpaṃ āpucchitvā gacchati, tassa anāpatti. Otāpento gacchatīti ātape otāpento āgantvā uddharissāmīti gacchati; evaṃ gacchato anāpatti. Kenaci palibuddhaṃ hotīti senāsanaṃ kenaci upaddutaṃ hotīti attho. Sacepi hi vuḍḍhataro bhikkhu uṭṭhāpetvā gaṇhāti, sacepi yakkho vā peto vā āgantvā nisīdati, koci vā issaro āgantvā gaṇhāti, senāsanaṃ palibuddhaṃ hoti, sīhabyagghādīsu vā pana taṃ padesaṃ āgantvā ṭhitesupi senāsanaṃ palibuddhaṃ hotiyeva. Evaṃ kenaci palibuddhe anuddharitvāpi gacchato anāpatti. Āpadāsūti jīvitabrahmacariyantarāyesu. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti.
咖提那衣的起源:从身与语、从身与语及意生起;是行作,亦非行作;非想解脱;非有心;属施设犯;属身业、语业;具三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyākiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
5. 第二住处学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
116 第二坐卧具学处中,“床垫”指床褥或椅褥。床垫等物,亦如前一个学处所说种类。“坐具”应知为有边之垫。“敷具”仅指披肩、毛毯之类。“草敷”指任何草类的铺设,此理亦适用于叶敷。“越过界限者”:在此,当第一只脚越过时犯恶作,第二只脚越过时犯波逸提。未围区域的附近范围,是指从坐卧具算起两个土块投掷的距离。显示巴利原文
116. Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpade – bhisīti mañcakabhisi vā pīṭhakabhisi vā. Cimilikādīnipi purimasikkhāpade vuttappakārāniyeva. Nisīdananti sadasaṃ veditabbaṃ. Paccattharaṇanti pāvāro kojavoti ettakameva vuttaṃ. Tiṇasanthāroti yesaṃ kesañci tiṇānaṃ santhāro . Esa nayo paṇṇasanthāre. Parikkhepaṃ atikkamantassāti ettha paṭhamapādaṃ atikkāmentassa dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyātikkame pācittiyaṃ. Aparikkhittassa upacāro nāma senāsanato dve leḍḍupātā.
“不告而离去”:此处,若有比丘在,应告知比丘;若无,则告知沙弥;若无沙弥,应告知寺工;若寺工亦无,应告知建造此寺者,即寺院主,或彼家中之任何人。若仍无人可告,应将床置于四块石上,其余床椅叠于其上,将床垫等十种卧具摞成一堆,收好木器与陶器,关好门窗,尽应尽之义务,然后离去。然而,若坐卧处漏雨,且为遮盖已运来草或砖,有力者应加以遮盖;若不能,应将床椅等移置不淋雨处,然后离去。若尽皆淋雨,有力者应放至村中居士家。若居士说:“尊者,僧团之物沉重,我等畏火灾等”而不接受,即便在露天,亦可置床于石上,其余如前法放置,以草叶遮盖后离去。因为哪怕片物遗留,亦能资助后至彼处之比丘。显示巴利原文
Anāpucchaṃvā gaccheyyāti ettha bhikkhumhi sati bhikkhu āpucchitabbo. Tasmiṃ asati sāmaṇero, tasmiṃ asati ārāmiko, tasmimpi asati yena vihāro kārito so vihārasāmiko, tassa vā kule yo koci āpucchitabbo. Tasmimpi asati catūsu pāsāṇesu mañcaṃ ṭhapetvā mañce avasesamañcapīṭhāni āropetvā upari bhisiādikaṃ dasavidhampi seyyaṃ rāsiṃ karitvā dārubhaṇḍaṃ mattikābhaṇḍaṃ paṭisāmetvā dvāravātapānāni pidahitvā gamiyavattaṃ pūretvā gantabbaṃ. Sace pana senāsanaṃ ovassati, chadanatthañca tiṇaṃ vā iṭṭhakā vā ānītā honti, sace ussahati, chādetabbaṃ. No ce sakkoti, yo okāso anovassako, tattha mañcapīṭhādīni nikkhipitvā gantabbaṃ. Sace sabbampi ovassati, ussahantena antogāme upāsakānaṃ ghare ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace tepi ‘‘saṅghikaṃ nāma bhante bhāriyaṃ, aggidāhādīnaṃ bhāyāmā’’ti na sampaṭicchanti, ajjhokāsepi pāsāṇānaṃ upari mañcaṃ ṭhapetvā sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayeneva nikkhipitvā tiṇehi ca paṇṇehi ca paṭicchādetvā gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Yañhi tattha aṅgamattampi avasissati, taṃ aññesaṃ tattha āgatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ upakāraṃ bhavissatīti .
117 关于“精舍附近”等——“精舍附近”指围院。“服务堂”指围院中的食堂。“殿堂”指围院中的殿堂。“树下”指围院中的树下。此是《库伦达注》所释。虽作此说,然“精舍”应理解为内室或其他一切完全封闭、有所防护的坐卧之处。精舍附近,指其外部邻近的区域。在服务堂中,即在食堂中。在殿堂中,即在有遮蔽或无遮蔽的众人集会殿堂中。树下自不待言。犯恶作者,因将上述十种卧具铺设于内室等有防护之处后离去,卧具与坐卧处皆将被白蚁所毁,化为蚁冢,故结犯忏悔罪。若铺设在外面的服务堂等处后离去,则唯损失卧具自身,因该处无防护,不构成坐卧处,故此处结犯恶作。床或椅子——在此,因床与椅子不可能被白蚁迅速啃食,故即使铺设于精舍内后离去,亦仅结犯恶作。若在精舍附近,即便有人在精舍范围内往来行走看见,也会将其收好。显示巴利原文
117.Vihārassa upacāretiādīsu vihārassūpacāro nāma pariveṇaṃ. Upaṭṭhānasālāti pariveṇabhojanasālā. Maṇḍapoti pariveṇamaṇḍapo. Rukkhamūlanti pariveṇarukkhamūlaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva nayo kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vutto. Kiñcāpi vutto, atha kho vihāroti antogabbho vā aññaṃ vā sabbaparicchannaṃ guttasenāsanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Vihārassa upacāreti tassa bahi āsanne okāse. Upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vāti bhojanasālāyaṃ vā. Maṇḍape vāti aparicchanne paricchanne vāpi bahūnaṃ sannipātamaṇḍape. Rukkhamūle vattabbaṃ natthi. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti vuttappakārañhi dasavidhaṃ seyyaṃ antogabbhādimhi guttaṭṭhāne paññapetvā gacchantassa yasmā seyyāpi senāsanampi upacikāhi palujjati, vammikarāsiyeva hoti, tasmā pācittiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Bahi pana upaṭṭhānasālādīsu paññapetvā gacchantassa seyyāmattameva nasseyya, ṭhānassa aguttatāya na senāsanaṃ, tasmā ettha dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vāti ettha yasmā na sakkā mañcapīṭhaṃ sahasā upacikāhi khāyituṃ, tasmā taṃ vihārepi santharitvā gacchantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Vihārūpacāre pana taṃ vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantāpi disvā paṭisāmessanti.
118 收摄后离去——在此,收摄后离去者,应将床、椅、门板等全部移除、收好,悬挂于衣竿上,然后离去。后来居住的比丘,如果重新铺设床或椅,睡卧后离去,也应同样处理。将卧具从内墙取出、铺设于外墙居住者,离去时应将其放回原处。从上层楼阁取下卧具、铺设于下层楼阁居住者,也以同样方法处理。在夜间住处或日间住处铺设床椅后,离去时也应放回原处。显示巴利原文
118.Uddharitvāgacchatīti ettha uddharitvā gacchantena mañcapīṭhakavāṭaṃ sabbaṃ apanetvā saṃharitvā cīvaravaṃse laggetvā gantabbaṃ. Pacchā āgantvā vasanakabhikkhunāpi puna mañcapīṭhaṃ vā paññapetvā sayitvā gacchantena tatheva kātabbaṃ. Antokuṭṭato seyyaṃ bahikuṭṭe paññapetvā vasantena gamanakāle gahitaṭṭhāneyeva paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Uparipāsādato oropetvā heṭṭhāpāsāde vasantassapi eseva nayo. Rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānesu mañcapīṭhaṃ paññapetvāpi gamanakāle puna gahitaṭṭhāneyeva ṭhapetabbaṃ.
告知后离去——在此,应告知与不应告知的判定如下:凡地面上建有长屋、叶屋,或建于木柱上的房屋,皆是白蚁易滋生之处,从那里离去时,必须先告知再离去。因为若该处数日不加以照看,便会变成蚁冢。若坐卧处建于石板地或石柱之上,或是石窟、石灰涂抹的坐卧处,没有白蚁之虞,从那里离去时,告知或不告知皆可离去,但告知乃是义务。即便在这样的坐卧处,如果有一侧有白蚁爬上,也必须告知后方可离去。若有客比丘伴同一位已取用僧团坐卧处而居住的比丘,自身未取坐卧处而住,只要他尚未取用,该坐卧处的责任仍属前一位比丘。一旦他取了坐卧处,以自主权居住,从那时起责任便归于客比丘。若两人分取,则两人共同负有责任。《大护持》中说:‘如果两三人一起铺设,离去时所有人都应告知。其中若先离去者心想“后离去的人会照看”而离去,是可以的。后离去者不能仅凭心念而免责。若多人指派一人铺设,离去时所有人应告知,或派那一人去告知。’从别处取来床椅等物,在别处居住后,离去时应带回原处。如果从其他住处取来床椅等物而居住时,有更年长的比丘到来,不应阻拦,而应说:‘尊者,这是我从其他住处……’显示巴利原文
Āpucchaṃ gacchatīti etthāyaṃ āpucchitabbānāpucchitabbavinicchayo – yā tāva bhūmiyaṃ dīghasālā vā paṇṇasālā vā hoti, yaṃ vā rukkhatthambhesu, katagehaṃ upacikānaṃ uṭṭhānaṭṭhānaṃ hoti, tato pakkamantena tāva āpucchitvāva pakkamitabbaṃ. Tasmiñhi katipayāni divasāni ajaggiyamāne vammikāva santiṭṭhanti. Yaṃ pana pāsāṇapiṭṭhiyaṃ vā pāsāṇatthambhesu vā katasenāsanaṃ siluccayaleṇaṃ vā sudhālittasenāsanaṃ vā yattha upacikāsaṅkā natthi, tato pakkamantassa āpucchitvāpi anāpucchitvāpi gantuṃ vaṭṭati, āpucchanaṃ pana vattaṃ. Sace tādisepi senāsane ekena passena upacikā ārohanti, āpucchitvāva gantabbaṃ. Yo pana āgantuko bhikkhu saṅghikaṃ senāsanaṃ gahetvā vasantaṃ bhikkhuṃ anuvattanto attano senāsanaṃ aggahetvā vasati, yāva so na gaṇhāti, tāva taṃ senāsanaṃ purimabhikkhusseva palibodho. Yadā pana so senāsanaṃ gahetvā attano issariyena vasati, tato paṭṭhāya āgantukasseva palibodho. Sace ubhopi vibhajitvā gaṇhanti, ubhinnampi palibodho. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana vuttaṃ – ‘‘sace dve tayo ekato hutvā paññapenti, gamanakāle sabbehipi āpucchitabbaṃ. Tesu ce paṭhamaṃ gacchanto ‘pacchimo jaggissatī’ti ābhogaṃ katvā gacchati vaṭṭati. Pacchimassa ābhogena mutti natthi. Bahū ekaṃ pesetvā santharāpenti, gamanakāle sabbehi vā āpucchitabbaṃ , ekaṃ vā pesetvā āpucchitabbaṃ. Aññato mañcapīṭhādīni ānetvā aññatra vasitvāpi gamanakāle tattheva netabbāni. Sace aññāvāsato ānetvā vasamānassa añño vuḍḍhataro āgacchati, na paṭibāhitabbo, ‘mayā bhante aññāvāsato ānītaṃ, pākatikaṃ kareyyāthā’ti vattabbaṃ. Tena ‘evaṃ karissāmī’ti sampaṭicchite itarassa gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Evamaññattha haritvāpi saṅghikaparibhogena paribhuñjantassa naṭṭhaṃ vā jiṇṇaṃ vā corehi vā haṭaṃ gīvā na hoti, puggalikaparibhogena paribhuñjantassa pana gīvā hoti. Aññassa mañcapīṭhaṃ pana saṅghikaparibhogena vā puggalikaparibhogena vā paribhuñjantassa naṭṭhaṃ gīvāyeva’’.
被某物障碍——指被更年长的比丘、有权势者、夜叉、狮子、猛兽、黑蛇等任何一种所障碍,无法接近坐卧处。若心存牵挂而离去,应站在该处告知;若被某物障碍,心想“今天我就回来照看”,如此心存牵挂,前往河对岸或邻村,在生起离去心的地方,应站在那里派人去告知。或者,被洪水、国王、盗贼等障碍、逼迫,无法返回,这些情况也无犯。其余与第一学处所说相同,连同起源等。显示巴利原文
Kenaci palibuddhaṃ hotīti vuḍḍhatarabhikkhūissariyayakkhasīhavāḷamigakaṇhasappādīsu yena kenaci senāsanaṃ palibuddhaṃ hoti. Sāpekkho gantvā tattha ṭhito āpucchati, kenaci palibuddho hotīti ajjeva āgantvā paṭijaggissāmīti evaṃ sāpekkho nadīpāraṃ vā gāmantaraṃ vā gantvā yatthassa gamanacittaṃ uppannaṃ, tattheva ṭhito kañci pesetvā āpucchati, nadīpūrarājacorādīsu vā kenaci palibuddho hoti upadduto, na sakkoti paccāgantuṃ, evaṃbhūtassapi anāpatti. Sesaṃ paṭhamasikkhāpade vuttanayameva saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.
6. 侵夺学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Anupakhajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
119 第119条。第六戒中所说的“扰乱他人”,是指先到之后,将衣钵移开,遮挡住(卧处)而站立。年长比丘们说:“朋友,轮到我们了。”依戒腊高低令他们起身。又说:“不必扰乱他人卧具。”“尊者,您的床处正合适,这里并非整个住处。现在这个位置归我们了。”他并不坐入,而是整理好卧垫席褥,或坐或卧,也静心打坐。显示巴利原文
119. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpade – palibundhentīti paṭhamataraṃ gantvā pattacīvaraṃ atiharitvā rumbhitvā tiṭṭhanti. Therā bhikkhū vuṭṭhāpentīti ‘‘amhākaṃ āvuso pāpuṇātī’’ti vassaggena gahetvā vuṭṭhāpenti. Anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappentīti ‘‘tumhākaṃ bhante mañcaṭṭhānaṃyeva pāpuṇāti, na sabbo vihāro. Amhākaṃ dāni idaṃ ṭhānaṃ pāpuṇātī’’ti anupavisitvā mañcapīṭhaṃ paññapetvā nisīdantipi nipajjantipi sajjhāyampi karonti.
120 知道“此人不适宜被招呼”而知道;因此,在分别论中为他说了“他知道是年长者”等。因为年长者由于自己的年长而不适宜被招呼,病人由于病而不适宜被招呼,而僧团则考虑到库房管理者、说法者、持律者等或教团导师的多方恩惠与功德殊胜,为了常住所而选定并给予精舍,因此,由僧团给予者,他也不适宜被招呼。虽然在此,对于病人,也是僧团给予合适的卧坐具,但为了显示“即使未得到僧团许可的卧坐具,病人也不应被骚扰,应被怜悯”,所以将病人单独列出。显示巴利原文
120.Jānanti ‘‘anuṭṭhāpanīyo aya’’nti jānanto; tenevassa vibhaṅge ‘‘vuḍḍhoti jānātī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Vuḍḍho hi attano vuḍḍhatāya anuṭṭhāpanīyo , gilāno gilānatāya, saṅgho pana bhaṇḍāgārikassa vā dhammakathikavinayadharādīnaṃ vā gaṇavācakaācariyassa vā bahūpakārataṃ guṇavisiṭṭhatañca sallakkhento dhuvavāsatthāya vihāraṃ sammannitvā deti, tasmā yassa saṅghena dinno, sopi anuṭṭhāpanīyo. Kāmañcettha gilānassāpi saṅghoyeva anucchavikaṃ senāsanaṃ deti, gilāno pana ‘‘apaloketvā saṅghena adinnasenāsanopi na pīḷetabbo anukampitabbo’’ti dassetuṃ visuṃ vutto.
121 在“近处”中:对于床和椅,首先在大精舍中,周围一肘半为近处;在小精舍中,从能容纳之处起一肘半为近处。对于洗脚后进入者和为了小便出去者,从门口放置的洗脚石和小便处到床椅之间,一肘半宽的道路称为近处。在此床或椅的近处,若有比丘站立,或进入、出去的比丘,在近处有人未经许可而想铺设卧具,自己铺或令他人铺卧具,犯恶作罪。显示巴利原文
121.Upacāreti ettha mañcapīṭhānaṃ tāva mahallake vihāre samantā diyaḍḍho hattho upacāro, khuddake yato pahoti tato diyaḍḍho hattho, pāde dhovitvā pavisantassa passāvatthāya nikkhamantassa ca yāva dvāre nikkhittapādadhovanapāsāṇato passāvaṭṭhānato ca mañcapīṭhaṃ, tāva diyaḍḍhahatthavitthāro maggo upacāro nāma. Tasmiṃ mañcassa vā pīṭhassa vā upacāre ṭhitassa vā bhikkhuno pavisantassa vā nikkhamantassa vā upacāre yo anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappetukāmo seyyaṃ santharati vā santharāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
“强行坐下或强行卧下”:在此,仅仅强行坐下,或仅仅强行卧下,便犯波逸提罪。若两者都做,则犯两个波逸提罪。若屡屡站起再坐下或卧下,则于每个动作皆犯波逸提罪。显示巴利原文
Abhinisīdativā abhinipajjati vāti ettha abhinisīdanamattena abhinipajjanamatteneva vā pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana dvepi karoti, dve pācittiyāni. Uṭṭhāyuṭṭhāya nisīdato vā nipajjato vā payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ.
122 “除了近处之外,自己铺或令他人铺卧具”:于此,以及此后“在精舍的近处”等恶作罪条款中,正如针对仅仅强行坐下、仅仅强行卧下、两者都做,以及动作差别,说明了波逸提罪的分别那样,同样地,对于恶作罪的分别也应当了知。因为与这样的异类之人同住一精舍或同一院落,实无必要,所以在一切处所,禁止他居住。“他人的个人所有物”:在此,可信赖者的个人所有物,与自己的个人所有物同等,于此不犯。显示巴利原文
122.Upacāraṃ ṭhapetvā seyyaṃ santharati vā santharāpeti vāti imasmiṃ ito pare ca ‘‘vihārassa upacāre’’tiādike dukkaṭavārepi yathā idha abhinisīdanamatte abhinipajjanamatte ubhayakaraṇe payogabhede ca pācittiyappabhedo vutto, evaṃ dukkaṭappabhedo veditabbo. Evarūpena hi visabhāgapuggalena ekavihāre vā ekapariveṇe vā vasantena attho natthi, tasmā sabbatthevassa nivāso vārito. Aññassa puggaliketi idhāpi vissāsikassa puggalikaṃ attano puggalikasadisameva, tattha anāpatti.
123 “在危难中”:若在外居住者的生命或梵行受到障碍,于如此危难中进入者,亦不犯。其余文义明显。此为第一波罗夷罪的等起,是作业,是知觉解脱,是有心,是世间罪,是身业,是不善心,是苦受。显示巴利原文
123.Āpadāsūti sace bahi vasantassa jīvitabrahmacariyantarāyo hoti, evarūpāsu āpadāsu yo pavisati, tassāpi anāpatti. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti. Paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
7. 拖出学处之解释显示巴利原文
7. Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
126 在第七条学处中——“以一次动作令其越过许多门”:对于四层、五层的殿堂,有六七个房间或四个厅堂的建筑物,在类似的卧坐具中,抓住对方的手或脖子,中间不作停留,以一次动作令其越过,只犯一个波逸提罪。如果停下又停下,以不同的动作令其越过,则每越过一道门,犯一个波逸提罪。若不动手触碰,仅说“出去”,以言语驱出者,亦同此法。显示巴利原文
126. Sattamasikkhāpade – ekena payogena bahukepi dvāre atikkāmetīti ye catubhūmakapañcabhūmakā pāsādā chasattakoṭṭhakāni vā catussālāni, tādisesu senāsanesu hatthesu vā gīvāya vā gahetvā antarā aṭṭhapento ekena payogena atikkāmeti, ekameva pācittiyaṃ. Ṭhapetvā ṭhapetvā nānāpayogehi atikkāmentassa dvāragaṇanāya pācittiyāni. Hatthena anāmasitvā ‘‘nikkhamā’’ti vatvā vācāya nikkaḍḍhantassāpi eseva nayo.
“命令他人”:在此,仅仅发出“赶出此人”的命令,便犯恶作罪。如果他一次受命便越过许多门,只犯一个波逸提罪。然而,如果被如此明确指示:“赶出这么多道门”或“一直赶到大门口”,则按门的数目犯波逸提罪。显示巴利原文
Aññaṃ āṇāpetīti ettha ‘‘imaṃ nikkaḍḍhā’’ti āṇattimatte dukkaṭaṃ. Sace so sakiṃ āṇatto bahukepi dvāre atikkāmeti, ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana ‘‘ettakāni dvārāni nikkaḍḍhāhī’’ti vā ‘‘yāva mahādvāraṃ tāva nikkaḍḍhāhī’’ti vā evaṃ niyāmetvā āṇatto hoti, dvāragaṇanāya pācittiyāni.
“他的资具”:指任何属于他的物品,包括钵、衣、滤水器、针筒、床、椅、床垫、枕头等,乃至染布的树皮屑;若自己驱出或令他人驱出这些资具,按物品的数目犯恶作罪。但对于牢固捆绑后放置的物品,则只犯一个罪,此据《大护持》所说。显示巴利原文
Tassaparikkhāranti yaṃkiñci tassa santakaṃ pattacīvaraparissāvanadhamakaraṇamañcapīṭhabhisibimbohanādibhedaṃ, antamaso rajanachallimpi; yo nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā; tassa vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭāni . Gāḷhaṃ bandhitvā ṭhapitesu pana ekāva āpattīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ.
127 “他人的个人所有物”:此处,可信赖者的个人所有物,等同于自己的个人所有物。如同此处一样,于一切处所皆如此。若有差别之处,则将在那里说明。显示巴利原文
127.Aññassa puggaliketi idhāpi vissāsikapuggalikaṃ attano puggalikasadisameva. Yathā ca idha; evaṃ sabbattha. Yatra pana viseso bhavissati, tatra vakkhāma.
128 在“驱出无惭者”等事中:唯独那些制造诤论、挑起纷争者,方可从整个僧园驱出,因为他一旦获得党援,便可能分裂僧团。然而,无惭者等仅应从其自己所住之处驱出,不可从整个僧园驱出。“对精神错乱者”:自身精神错乱者无犯。余下的文义已很明白。显示巴利原文
128.Alajjiṃ nikkaḍḍhati vātiādīsu bhaṇḍanakārakakalahakārakameva sakalasaṅghārāmato nikkaḍḍhituṃ labhati, so hi pakkhaṃ labhitvā saṅghampi bhindeyya. Alajjīādayo pana attano vasanaṭṭhānatoyeva nikkaḍḍhitabbā, sakalasaṅghārāmato nikkaḍḍhituṃ na vaṭṭati. Ummattakassāti sayaṃ ummattakassa anāpatti. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti.
三种等起——从身与心、从语与心、从身语与心生起。是作业,是知觉解脱,属有心,是世间罪,是身业,是语业,是不善心,是苦受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
8. 重阁屋学处之解释显示巴利原文
8. Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
129 第八条学处——“于空中屋”:指上层有遮盖的楼屋,即两层或三层等的小屋。“猛然坐于床上”:指猛地压覆而坐于床上。此处是以业格表示所处,意为“在床上坐”。而“abhi”仅为音韵悦耳而加的前缀。“跌落”:指掉落或塌下。由于他的上方未钉钉子,因而跌落。“发出怪声”:指发出难听、痛苦的声音。显示巴利原文
129. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpade – uparivehāsakuṭiyāti upari acchannatalāya dvibhūmikakuṭiyā vā tibhūmikādikuṭiyā vā. Mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdīti mañcaṃ sahasā abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā nisīdi. Bhummatthe vā etaṃ upayogavacanaṃ; mañce nisīdīti attho. Abhīti idaṃ pana padasobhanatthaṃ upasaggamattameva. Nippatitvāti nipatitvā nikkhamitvā vā. Tassa hi upari āṇīpi na dinnā, tasmā nikkhanto. Vissaramakāsīti virūpaṃ āturassaramakāsi.
131 131. 所谓“空中屋”,是指中等身材者头部不会碰到的屋子,即用最下方的所有横梁量度,中等身材者头部不会触碰到。此处以此表示所指的空中屋,而非空中屋的定义。因为凡是上层未隔断楼板的两层、三层等屋子,皆称为“空中屋”。然而这里特指头部不会碰到的屋子。关于坐下等行为,应如前文所说,根据动作来分辨犯戒的差异。显示巴利原文
131.Vehāsakuṭi nāma majjhimassa purisassa asīsaghaṭṭāti yā pamāṇamajjhimassa purisassa sabbaheṭṭhimāhi tulāhi sīsaṃ na ghaṭṭeti, etena idha adhippetā vehāsakuṭi dassitā hoti, na vehāsakuṭilakkhaṇaṃ. Yā hi kāci upari acchinnatalā dvibhūmikā kuṭi tibhūmikādikuṭi vā ‘‘vehāsakuṭī’’ti vuccati. Idha pana asīsaghaṭṭā adhippetā. Abhinisīdanādīsu pubbe vuttanayeneva payogavasena āpattibhedo veditabbo.
133 133. 关于“非空中屋”:在平地上建造的树叶棚等,无犯,因为在那里不可能给他人造成压迫。关于“碰头的”:凡是会碰头的屋子,也无犯。因为在那里无法不弯腰而行于低层阁楼,既非经行之处,故不会给他人造成压迫。关于“下方不可使用”:若某屋下方因堆放木材等物而不可使用,无犯。关于“密铺木板”:若上层楼面用木板等密铺,或以灰泥等处理过,无犯。关于“装有楔子”:床脚或凳脚装有楔子,即使坐上去也不会塌落,坐在那样的床凳上无犯。关于“站在其上”:站在有脚床或有脚凳上,取挂在上方象牙钉等处的衣物或任何物品,或挂上他物,无犯。其余之义易知。羊毛(戒)的起源:由身与身心俱生,是行,非无想解脱,非无心,是施设罪,为身业,具三心,具三受。显示巴利原文
133.Avehāsakuṭiyāti bhūmiyaṃ katapaṇṇasālādīsu anāpatti. Na hi sakkā tattha parassa pīḷā kātuṃ. Sīsaghaṭṭāyāti yāyaṃ sīsaghaṭṭā hoti, tatthāpi anāpatti. Na hi sakkā tattha heṭṭhāpāsāde anoṇatena vicarituṃ, tasmā asañcaraṇaṭṭhānattā parapīḷā na bhavissati . Heṭṭhā aparibhogaṃ hotīti yassā heṭṭhā dabbasambhārādīnaṃ nikkhittattā aparibhogaṃ hoti, tatthāpi anāpatti. Padarasañcitaṃ hotīti yassā uparimatalaṃ dāruphalakehi vā ghanasanthataṃ hoti, sudhādiparikammakataṃ vā tatthāpi anāpatti. Paṭāṇi dinnā hotīti mañcapīṭhānaṃ pādasikhāsu āṇī dinnā hoti, yattha nisīdantepi na nippatanti, tādise mañcapīṭhe nisīdatopi anāpatti. Tasmiṃ ṭhitoti āhaccapādake mañce vā pīṭhe vā ṭhito upari nāgadantakādīsu laggitakaṃ cīvaraṃ vā kiñci vā gaṇhāti vā, aññaṃ vā laggeti, tassāpi anāpatti. Sesaṃ uttānameva. Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyato ca kāyacittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
9. 大屋学处之解释显示巴利原文
9. Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
135 第135条戒——关于“直至门框范围”:此处的“门框”是指门背框周围与门扇宽度相等的区域。《大护持》中则说:“从门柱起一肘半。”《库伦迪》中说:“门两侧门扇大小的区域。”《大注疏》中说:“门扇有一肘半、两肘、两肘半的”,此说善妙。正是基于这点,世尊也作了最上乘的说明:“门背框周围一手之距。”“为固定门闩”:即为了固定装有门扇的门框,意思是使装有门扇的门框稳固不动。“为固定门”:该句的分解也是针对这个意义而说。这里的意趣是:门扇轻巧易转,打开时撞击墙壁,关上时撞击门框。因为这种撞击,墙壁震动,导致泥土松动,松动之后或脱裂或掉落。因此世尊说:“直至门框范围,为固定门闩。”在这里,虽然“应作此事”在总纲和分解中都未明说,但从缘起中“一再令人覆盖、一再令人涂抹”的上下文可知,其义为:直至门框范围,为固定门闩,应反复涂抹或令人涂抹。显示巴利原文
135. Navamasikkhāpade – yāva dvārakosāti ettha dvārakoso nāma piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa samantā kavāṭavitthārappamāṇo okāso. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘dvārabāhato paṭṭhāya diyaḍḍho hattho’’ti vuttaṃ. Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘‘dvārassa ubhosu passesu kavāṭappamāṇa’’nti. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘kavāṭaṃ nāma diyaḍḍhahatthampi hoti dvihatthampi aḍḍhateyyahatthampī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ suvuttaṃ. Tadeva hi sandhāya bhagavatāpi ‘‘piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa samantā hatthapāsā’’ti ayaṃ ukkaṭṭhaniddeso kato. Aggaḷaṭṭhapanāyāti sakavāṭakadvārabandhaṭṭhapanāya; sakavāṭakassa dvārabandhassa niccalabhāvatthāyāti attho. Dvāraṭṭhapanāyāti idampi hi padabhājanaṃ imamevatthaṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – kavāṭañhi lahuparivaṭṭakaṃ vivaraṇakāle bhittiṃ āhanati, pidahanakāle dvārabandhaṃ. Tena āhananena bhitti kampati, tato mattikā calati, calitvā sithilā vā hoti patati vā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yāva dvārakosā aggaḷaṭṭhapanāyā’’ti. Tattha kiñcāpi ‘‘idaṃ nāma kattabba’’nti neva mātikāyaṃ na padabhājane vuttaṃ, aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ pana ‘‘punappunaṃ chādāpesi punappunaṃ lepāpesī’’ti adhikārato yāva dvārakosā aggaḷaṭṭhapanāya punappunaṃ limpitabbo vā lepāpetabbo vāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
关于分解中所说“门背框周围一手之距”:其中,若门位于正中央,上方墙壁较高,则三面周围一手之距为可行区域;小精舍则两面有可行区域。其中,开门时门扇撞击的那面墙,即使不全在可行区域内,也可以涂抹。但按照最上乘的界定,为令门稳固不动,允许涂抹三面周围一手之距的区域。如果门的下方也有可涂抹之处,涂抹那里也是允许的。关于“为处理采光缝隙”:这里的“采光缝隙”是指窗扇,它们开启时也会撞击约一拃或更多的墙面区域。但这里的可行区域在所有方向上都可得到,因此意趣是:在所有方向上,与门扇宽度相等的区域,为处理采光缝隙,应涂抹或令人涂抹。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana padabhājane ‘‘piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa samantā hatthapāsā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha yassa vemajjhe dvāraṃ hoti, uparibhāge uccā bhitti, tassa tīsu disāsu samantā hatthapāsā upacāro hoti, khuddakassa vihārassa dvīsu disāsu upacāro hoti. Tatrāpi yaṃ bhittiṃ vivariyamānaṃ kavāṭaṃ āhanati, sā aparipūraupacārāpi hoti. Ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena pana tīsu disāsu samantā hatthapāsā dvārassa niccalabhāvatthāya lepo anuññāto. Sace panassa dvārassa adhobhāgepi lepokāso atthi, tampi limpituṃ vaṭṭati. Ālokasandhiparikammāyāti ettha ālokasandhīti vātapānakavāṭakā vuccanti, tepi vivaraṇakāle vidatthimattampi atirekampi bhittippadesaṃ paharanti. Upacāro panettha sabbadisāsu labbhati, tasmā sabbadisāsu kavāṭavitthārappamāṇo okāso ālokasandhiparikammatthāya limpitabbo vā lepāpetabbo vāti ayamettha adhippāyo.
“白色”等并非总纲的分解。因为以此说明精舍并无沉重性,仅在分解中便已开许,所以这一切都可随宜而作。显示巴利原文
Setavaṇṇantiādikaṃ na mātikāya padabhājanaṃ. Iminā hi vihārassa bhārikattaṃ nāma natthīti padabhājaneyeva anuññātaṃ, tasmā sabbametaṃ yathāsukhaṃ kattabbaṃ.
如是说明了涂抹的应作之后,为再说明覆盖的应作,而说“二三层覆盖”等。其中,“二三层覆盖的层数”即覆盖的二层、三层;层数是指围圈,也就是应决定作两重围圈或三重围圈。“站在无青草处”:即站在并非青草的地方。这里的“青草”是指七种谷物的早熟作物,以及绿豆、黑豆、芝麻、扁豆、葫芦、南瓜等晚熟作物。因此说:“青草者,即早熟作物、晚熟作物”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ lepakamme yaṃ kattabbaṃ, taṃ dassetvā puna chadane kattabbaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘dvatticchadanassā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha dvatticchadanassa pariyāyanti chadanassa dvattipariyāyaṃ; pariyāyo vuccati parikkhepo, parikkhepadvayaṃ vā parikkhepattayaṃ vā adhiṭṭhātabbanti attho. Appaharite ṭhitenāti aharite ṭhitena. Haritanti cettha sattadhaññabhedaṃ pubbaṇṇaṃ muggamāsatilakulatthaalābukumbhaṇḍādibhedañca aparaṇṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tenevāha – ‘‘haritaṃ nāma pubbaṇṇaṃ aparaṇṇa’’nti.
若站在青草处作决定,则犯恶作。然而在此,纵使田中所播的种子尚未生长,或待降雨之后才得生长,该处也应算作青草。因此,即便在这样的田中,也不应站在上面作决定,唯应站在无青草处作决定。此处也有这样的界定:坐在屋脊或重阁顶尖的上方或旁边,以屋檐边缘为界进行观察,若看见站立的地面,以及站在某处地面能看见上方坐着的人,则应在该处作决定。在这个范围之内,即使站在无青草处,也不得作决定。为什么呢?因为这是精舍倒塌时的坠落范围。显示巴利原文
Sace harite ṭhitoadhiṭṭhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha pana yasmimpi khette vuttaṃ bījaṃ na tāva sampajjati, vasse vā pana patite sampajjissati, tampi haritasaṅkhyameva gacchati. Tasmā evarūpe khettepi ṭhitena na adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, ahariteyeva ṭhitena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Tatrāpi ayaṃ paricchedo, piṭṭhivaṃsassa vā kūṭāgārakaṇṇikāya vā upari thupikāya vā passe nisinno chadanamukhavaṭṭiantena olokento yasmiṃ bhūmibhāge ṭhitaṃ passati, yasmiñca bhūmibhāge ṭhito, taṃ upari nisinnakaṃ passati, tasmiṃ ṭhāne adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Tassa anto aharitepi ṭhatvā adhiṭṭhātuṃ na labbhati. Kasmā? Vihārassa hi patantassa ayaṃ patanokāsoti.
136 136. 所谓“以道遮盖”,此处“以道遮盖”是指不作围绕而径直遮盖;这可由砖、石、灰泥做成。“确立两道”是指:如果两道遮盖得不好,除去之后也可反复遮盖,因此可以随其所欲;如此确立两道之后,对于第三道,应吩咐“现在就这样遮盖”然后离去。所谓“以周匝”,是指以环绕的方式。这样的遮盖则可由草和树叶做成。因此,在这里也可以随其所欲,确立两种周匝方式之后,对于第三种周匝方式,应吩咐“现在就这样遮盖”然后离去。如果不离去,则应默然站立。而且,这一切遮盖都应理解为在原有的遮盖之上。因为人们认为层层覆盖的寺院能长久不漏雨,所以这样遮盖。“若更由此以上”,是指在三道或三周匝之上,于第四道或第四周匝。显示巴利原文
136.Maggena chādentassāti ettha maggena chādanaṃ nāma aparikkhipitvā ujukameva chādanaṃ; taṃ iṭṭhakasilāsudhāhi labbhati. Dve magge adhiṭṭhahitvāti dve maggā sace ducchannā honti, apanetvāpi punappunaṃ chādetuṃ labbhati, tasmā yathā icchati; tathā dve magge adhiṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃmaggaṃ ‘‘idāni evaṃ chādehī’’ti āṇāpetvā pakkamitabbaṃ. Pariyāyenāti parikkhepena. Evaṃchadanaṃ pana tiṇapaṇṇehi labbhati. Tasmā idhāpi yathā icchati tathā dve pariyāye adhiṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ pariyāyaṃ ‘‘idāni evaṃ chādehī’’ti āṇāpetvā pakkamitabbaṃ. Sace na pakkamati, tuṇhībhūtena ṭhātabbaṃ. Sabbampi cetaṃ chadanaṃ chadanūpari veditabbaṃ. Uparūparicchanno hi vihāro ciraṃ anovassako hotīti maññamānā evaṃ chādenti. Tato ce uttarinti tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ vā pariyāyānaṃ vā upari catutthe magge vā pariyāye vā.
137 “一把一把地”即一握草、一握草地。其余在此显而易见。六种起源:业、非想解脱、非有心、唯除施设、身业、语业、三心、三受。显示巴利原文
137.Karaḷe karaḷeti tiṇamuṭṭhiyaṃ tiṇamuṭṭhiyaṃ. Sesamettha uttānamevāti. Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
10. 有虫水学处之解释显示巴利原文
10. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
140 在第十条学处中——“知道有虫”是指以任何方式了知“这有虫”。“浇或令浇”是指亲自用那水浇,或命令他人浇。而巴利文中“‘siñceyyāti’意为‘自己浇’”等语句的含义,应依前文所述之方法了知。显示巴利原文
140. Dasamasikkhāpade – jānaṃ sappāṇakanti sappāṇakaṃ etanti yathā tathā vā jānanto. Siñceyya vā siñcāpeyya vāti tena udakena sayaṃ vā siñceyya, aññaṃ vā āṇāpetvā siñcāpeyya. Pāḷiyaṃ pana ‘‘siñceyyāti sayaṃ siñcatī’’ti īdisānaṃ vacanānaṃ attho pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
在此,对于不中断水流而浇者,在一罐水中唯有一罪。此原则适用于所有容器。然而,对于中断水流者,则每作一次努力即犯一罪。若令水流持续不断,即使流一整天,也唯有一罪。若在此处、彼处处堵住水流,将其引向别处,则每作一次努力即犯一罪。即使将如车货量之草,以一次努力投入水中,也唯有一罪。若一根根草、一片片叶地投入,则每作一次努力即犯一罪。对于泥土以及木柴、牛粪等其他物品,也是同样的原则。然而,应知这并非针对大水,而是针对这样的水:当草或泥土被投入后,水会被耗尽或变浑浊,且其中有虫因此死亡。其余在此显而易见。显示巴利原文
Tattha dhāraṃ avicchinditvā siñcantassa ekasmiṃ udakaghaṭe ekāva āpatti. Esa nayo sabbabhājanesu. Dhāraṃ vicchindantassa pana payoge payoge āpatti . Mātikaṃ sammukhaṃ karoti, divasampi sandatu, ekāva āpatti. Sace tattha tattha bandhitvā aññato aññato neti, payoge payoge āpatti. Sakaṭabhāramattañcepi tiṇaṃ ekapayogena udake pakkhipati, ekāva āpatti. Ekekaṃ tiṇaṃ vā paṇṇaṃ vā pakkhipantassa payoge payoge āpatti. Mattikāyapi aññesupi kaṭṭhagomayādīsu eseva nayo. Idaṃ pana mahāudakaṃ sandhāya na vuttaṃ, yaṃ tiṇe vā mattikāya vā pakkhittāya pariyādānaṃ gacchati, āvilaṃ vā hoti, yattha pāṇakā maranti, tādisaṃ udakaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.
三种起源:从身与心、从语与心、从身语与心而生起;是业,想解脱,有心,除施设外,为身业、语业,有三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ tivedananti.
第三 教诫品显示巴利原文
3. Ovādavaggo
1. 教诫学处之解释显示巴利原文
1. Ovādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
141-144 141-144. 在比丘尼品的第一条学处中——“成为利得者”:此处,并非那些比丘尼布施,也非令他人布施。而是那些从大家族出家的良家女子,当亲戚们前来问道:“圣尊们,你们从何处得到教诫、诵经与问法?”时,她们便举出八十位大弟子,说:“某位长老和某位长老给予教诫”,并随顺谈话讲述他们所具足的戒、闻、行、族姓等种种功德。因为这些现存的功德是适宜讲述的。由此,生起净信的人们便向长老们供奉了大量的衣物等利养与恭敬。因此说“成为衣服……资具的利得者”。显示巴利原文
141-144. Bhikkhunivaggassa paṭhamasikkhāpade – lābhino hontīti ettha na tesaṃ bhikkhuniyo denti, na dāpenti, mahākulehi pabbajitā pana kuladhītaro attano santikaṃ āgatānaṃ ñātimanussānaṃ ‘‘kuto ayye ovādaṃ uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ labhathā’’ti pucchantānaṃ ‘‘asuko ca asuko ca thero ovadatī’’ti asītimahāsāvake uddisitvā kathānusārena tesaṃ sīlasutācārajātigottādibhedaṃ vijjamānaguṇaṃ kathayanti. Evarūpā hi vijjamānaguṇā kathetuṃ vaṭṭanti. Tato pasannacittā manussā therānaṃ cīvarādibhedaṃ mahantaṃ lābhasakkāraṃ abhihariṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘lābhino honti cīvara…pe… parikkhārāna’’nti.
“前往比丘尼处”:据说,在她们当中,连一位比丘尼也不来他们跟前,但他们因被利养之渴爱所牵引而心中向往,便去了她们的住处。据此而说“前往比丘尼处”。那些比丘尼也因心念不定而听从了他们的话。所以记载:“那时,那些比丘尼……坐下”。“畜生论”指的是那虽能导向天界与道果,却属于畜生般的、以王论等为首的种种无益言论。“炽盛”意指圆满、具足义理、深邃、多味,与相之通达相连,这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhuniyoupasaṅkamitvāti tesaṃ kira santike tāsu ekā bhikkhunīpi na āgacchati, lābhataṇhāya pana ākaḍḍhiyamānahadayā tāsaṃ upassayaṃ agamaṃsu. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘bhikkhuniyo upasaṅkamitvā’’ti. Tāpi bhikkhuniyo calacittatāya tesaṃ vacanaṃ akaṃsuyeva . Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo…pe… nisīdiṃsū’’ti. Tiracchānakathanti saggamaggagamanepi tiracchānabhūtaṃ rājakathādimanekavidhaṃ niratthakakathaṃ. Iddhoti samiddho, sahitattho gambhīro bahuraso lakkhaṇapaṭivedhasaṃyuttoti adhippāyo.
145-147 “诸比丘,我允许”:此处,当那些比丘被告知“诸比丘,不要教诫比丘尼”时,由于未证谛理,恐对如来心生嗔恨而堕入恶趣,因此世尊为护念他们免堕恶趣,欲以另一方式将其排除于教诫比丘尼之外,而开许了此比丘尼教诫者的选任,应如此理解。如此,在因欲排除而开许之后,接着说“诸比丘,我允许具足八支者”等,以实际进行排除。因为这八支,即便是六群比丘在梦中也不曾具足。显示巴利原文
145-147.Anujānāmi bhikkhaveti ettha yasmā te bhikkhū ‘‘mā tumhe bhikkhave bhikkhuniyo ovaditthā’’ti vuccamānā adiṭṭhasaccattā tathāgate āghātaṃ bandhitvā apāyupagā bhaveyyuṃ, tasmā nesaṃ taṃ apāyupagataṃ pariharanto bhagavā aññeneva upāyena te bhikkhunovādato paribāhire kattukāmo imaṃ bhikkhunovādakasammutiṃ anujānīti veditabbo. Evaṃ idha paribāhire kattukāmatāya anujānitvā parato karontova ‘‘anujānāmi bhikkhave aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgata’’ntiādimāha. Imāni hi aṭṭhaṅgāni chabbaggiyānaṃ supinantenapi na bhūtapubbānīti.
此处,“他有戒”故名为具戒者。为说明此戒为何,以及如何为他所有,便说“以别解脱律仪防护……”等。其中,别解脱即是律仪,故称别解脱律仪。以别解脱律仪防护而具足者,即称为“以别解脱律仪防护者”。显示巴利原文
Tattha sīlamassa atthīti sīlavā. Idāni yañca taṃ sīlaṃ, yathā ca taṃ tassa atthi nāma hoti, taṃ dassento ‘‘pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto’’tiādimāha. Tattha pātimokkhova saṃvaro pātimokkhasaṃvaro. Pātimokkhasaṃvarena saṃvuto samannāgatoti pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvutāe.
“住”意为进行、实行。此义已在《分别》中说:显示巴利原文
Viharatīti vattati. Vuttañhetaṃ vibhaṅge –
“巴帝摩卡”即戒,是基础、开端、行持、自制、防护,是解脱、是众善法成就的解脱之道;“防护”即身不违犯、语不违犯、身语不违犯。“防护者”即以此巴帝摩卡防护而具备、完全具备、达到、完全达到、成就、完全成就、圆满、具足,因此称为“巴帝摩卡防护防护者”。“住”即行动、进行、维持、生活、度日、过活、居住,因此称为“住”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Pātimokkhanti sīlaṃ patiṭṭhā ādi caraṇaṃ saṃyamo saṃvaro mokkhaṃ pamokkhaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā; saṃvaroti kāyiko avītikkamo vācasiko avītikkamo kāyikavācasiko avītikkamo. Saṃvutoti iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samupapanno sampanno samannāgato, tena vuccati ‘pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto’ti. Viharatīti iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti carati viharati, tena vuccati ‘viharatī’’’ti (vibha. 511-512).
“具足行处与所行境”意为:以遮止邪命、非如竹施等的行持而具足行处;以舍弃妓女等非行境,而以具信家庭等为行境而具足所行境。“于微细罪见怖畏”意为:于极微细的罪过亦见怖畏,即具有视彼罪过为怖畏的习性。“于学处受持而学”意为:在依增上戒学等安立的三类学处之中,对每一学处皆受持、正持、善持而不舍离地修学。此是此处略说,若欲详知,当从《清净道论》中取。显示巴利原文
Ācāragocarasampannoti micchājīvapaṭisedhakena na veḷudānādinā ācārena, vesiyādiagocaraṃ pahāya saddhāsampannakulādinā ca gocarena sampanno. Aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvīti appamattakesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, tāni vajjāni bhayato dassanasīloti vuttaṃ hoti. Samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesūti adhisīlasikkhādibhāvena tidhā ṭhitesu sikkhāpadesu taṃ taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ samādāya sammā ādāya sādhukaṃ gahetvā avijahanto sikkhatīti attho. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana yo icchati, tena visuddhimaggato gahetabbo.
“多闻”即他广有听闻。“持闻者”即他持守所闻;意思是,他所有的那许多所闻,并非仅是听闻而已,而是他正持守著它。“闻之积聚”即所闻如宝藏被积聚在藏库中。以此显示他所持守的所闻,犹如收藏在藏库中的珍宝,纵经长久时间亦不毁坏。今为显示他所闻的具体内容,而说“那些法”等语,这与《韦兰若篇》中所说的方法相同。此处结语:因此,他对于这些法多所听闻,故为“多闻”;已持守,故为“持闻者”;以语熟习、以意随观、以见善通达,故为“闻之积聚”。其中,“以语熟习”即令语熟练。“以意随观”即以意随观,当其转向时,犹如被千灯照亮一般。“以见善通达”即从义理与理由上,以慧善巧通达、善现观。显示巴利原文
Bahu sutamassāti bahussuto. Sutaṃ dhāretīti sutadharo; yadassa taṃ bahu sutaṃ nāma, taṃ na sutamattameva; atha kho naṃ dhāretīti attho. Mañjūsāyaṃ viya ratanaṃ sutaṃ sannicitamasminti sutasannicayo. Etena yaṃ so sutaṃ dhāreti, tassa mañjūsāya gopetvā sannicitaratanasseva cirakālenāpi avināsanaṃ dasseti. Idāni taṃ sutaṃ sarūpato dassento ‘‘ye te dhammā’’tiādimāha, taṃ verañjakaṇḍe vuttanayameva. Idaṃ panettha nigamanaṃ – tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti, tasmā bahussuto. Dhātā, tasmā sutadharo. Vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; tasmā sutasannicayo. Tattha vacasā paricitāti vācāya paguṇā katā. Manasānupekkhitāti manasā anupekkhitā, āvajjantassa dīpasahassena obhāsitā viya honti. Diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti atthato ca kāraṇato ca paññāya suṭṭhu paṭividdhā supaccakkhakatā honti.
此多闻者有三种:依止解脱者、摄众者、比丘尼教诫者。其中,依止解脱者于受具足戒后,以五年为最低年限,必须令两部本母熟练背诵;为于半月布萨日说法,须从经中掌握四诵分;为对来访者作开示,须掌握一条如《暗黑天经》《大罗睺罗教诫经》《阿摩昼经》那样的说法路径;为于僧食、庆典、非庆典时作随喜,须掌握三种随喜;为知布萨、自恣等,须掌握如法非法之决断;为修沙门法,须掌握一种以定或毘婆舍那为门、以阿拉汉果为究竟的业处。这些皆应修学。如此,此多闻者即成为于四方皆可安住者,无论何处,皆能以己之自在而住。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana bahussuto nāma tividho hoti – nissayamuccanako, parisupaṭṭhāpako, bhikkhunovādakoti. Tattha nissayamuccanakena upasampadāya pañcavassena sabbantimena paricchedena dve mātikā paguṇā vācuggatā kātabbā pakkhadivasesu dhammasāvanatthāya suttantato cattāro bhāṇavārā, sampattānaṃ parikathanatthāya andhakavindamahārāhulovādaambaṭṭhasadiso eko kathāmaggo, saṅghabhattamaṅgalāmaṅgalesu anumodanatthāya tisso anumodanā, uposathapavāraṇādijānanatthaṃ kammākammavinicchayo , samaṇadhammakaraṇatthaṃ samādhivasena vā vipassanāvasena vā arahattapariyosānamekaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ, ettakaṃ uggahetabbaṃ. Ettāvatā hi ayaṃ bahussuto hoti cātuddiso, yattha katthaci attano issariyena vasituṃ labhati.
摄众者于受具足戒后,以十年为最低年限,为以律摄众,须令两部分别熟练背诵;若不能,则须能与三人共诵;并须学习如法非法及犍度仪轨。若以阿毗达摩调伏众会,持诵《中部》者须掌握《根本五十篇》,持诵《长部》者须掌握《大品》,持诵《相应部》者须掌握下三分或《大品》,持诵《增支部》者须掌握下半部或上半部;若不能,从《三集》以下学习亦可。《大护经》中说:“若能学一者,可取《四集》或《五集》。”持诵本生者,须掌握带注释的本生经,少于此则不可。《法句》亦应配合故事学习,此乃《大护经》所说。从这些处综合来看,约《根本五十篇》之量即可,是否允许?《古伦达注释》中遮止说“不可”,其余注释中则无讨论。阿毗达摩藏中未明说应学何种分量。若有人虽精通带注释的律藏与阿毗达摩藏,但于经藏中并无上述品类的典籍,则不得摄众。若有人从经与律中学得上述分量的典籍,此摄众者即为多闻者、一方导师、随意所往者,得摄受大众。显示巴利原文
Parisupaṭṭhāpakena upasampadāya dasavassena sabbantimena paricchedena parisaṃ abhivinaye vinetuṃ dve vibhaṅgā paguṇā vācuggatā kātabbā, asakkontena tīhi janehi saddhiṃ parivattanakkhamā kātabbā, kammākammañca khandhakavattañca uggahetabbaṃ. Parisāya pana abhidhamme vinayanatthaṃ sace majjhimabhāṇako hoti mūlapaṇṇāsako uggahetabbo, dīghabhāṇakena mahāvaggo, saṃyuttabhāṇakena heṭṭhimā vā tayo vaggā mahāvaggo vā, aṅguttarabhāṇakena heṭṭhā vā upari vā upaḍḍhanikāyo uggahetabbo, asakkontena tikanipātato paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā uggahetumpi vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘ekaṃ uggaṇhantena catukkanipātaṃ vā pañcakanipātaṃ vā gahetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Jātakabhāṇakena sāṭṭhakathaṃ jātakaṃ uggahetabbaṃ, tato oraṃ na vaṭṭati. Dhammapadampi saha vatthunā uggahetuṃ vaṭṭatīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tato tato samuccayaṃ katvā mūlapaṇṇāsakamattaṃ vaṭṭati, na vaṭṭatīti? ‘‘Na vaṭṭatī’’ti kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ, itarāsu vicāraṇāyeva natthi. Abhidhamme kiñci uggahetabbanti na vuttaṃ. Yassa pana sāṭṭhakathampi vinayapiṭakaṃ abhidhammapiṭakañca paguṇaṃ, suttante ca vuttappakāro gantho natthi, parisaṃ upaṭṭhāpetuṃ na labhati. Yena pana suttantato vinayato ca vuttappamāṇo gantho uggahito, ayaṃ parisupaṭṭhāpako bahussuto hoti disāpāmokkho yenakāmaṅgamo, parisaṃ upaṭṭhāpetuṃ labhati.
比丘尼教诫者应当学习附有义注的三藏;若不能,则应于四部中精通一部的义注,以一部经便能解答其余诸经的问题。于七论中,应精通四论的义注,依其中所得之理趣,即可解答其余诸论的问题。然而律藏义理各别、因缘各异,故必须连同义注一并精通。如此,比丘尼教诫者方可称为多闻者。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhunovādakena pana sāṭṭhakathāni tīṇi piṭakāni uggahetabbāni, asakkontena catūsu nikāyesu ekassa aṭṭhakathā paguṇā kātabbā, ekanikāyena hi sesanikāyesupi pañhaṃ kathetuṃ sakkhissati. Sattasu pakaraṇesu catuppakaraṇassa aṭṭhakathā paguṇā kātabbā, tattha laddhanayena hi sesapakaraṇesu pañhaṃ kathetuṃ sakkhissati. Vinayapiṭakaṃ pana nānatthaṃ nānākāraṇaṃ, tasmā taṃ saddhiṃ aṭṭhakathāya paguṇaṃ kātabbameva. Ettāvatā hi bhikkhunovādako bahussuto nāma hotīti.
然而,“具足二者”等语,是因为在其他九分教的多闻完全具备时,若无附有义注的律藏,仍不能成立,因此才单独宣说。其中,“详细地”是指连同两部分别(经分别、比丘尼分别)。“善来”即妥善地到来。为说明如何才算是善来,故说“善分别”等语。其中,“善分别”即妥善地分别,远离了词句颠倒、混淆的过失。“善转起”即熟练、诵持。“依经而善决断”即依犍度、附随中应引用的经典而妥善决断。“随字句”即因字母、词句的圆满而善决断,无缺漏、无颠倒字母。以此显明了义注,因为这种决断正是来自义注。显示巴利原文
Ubhayānikho panassātiādi pana yasmā aññasmiṃ sakale navaṅgepi bāhussacce sati sāṭṭhakathaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ vinā na vaṭṭatiyeva, tasmā visuṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha vitthārenāti ubhatovibhaṅgena saddhiṃ. Svāgatānīti suṭṭhu āgatāni. Yathā āgatāni pana svāgatāni honti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘suvibhattānī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha suvibhattānīti suṭṭhu vibhattāni padapaccābhaṭṭhasaṅkaradosavirahitāni. Suppavattīnīti paguṇāni vācuggatāni. Suvinicchitāni suttasoti khandhakaparivārato āharitabbasuttavasena suṭṭhu vinicchitāni. Anubyañjanasoti akkharapadapāripūriyā ca suvinicchitāni akhaṇḍāni aviparītakkharāni. Etena aṭṭhakathā dīpitā, aṭṭhakathāto hi esa vinicchayo hotīti.
“善语”是指以舒缓、紧密等方式如法宣说,具足圆满的词句、优雅的语言,流畅、无结巴、能令理解义理。“善音声”即音声甜美,因为女性喜爱音声之美,所以即使词句圆满的语言,若缺乏音声之美,也会被轻视。“多为比丘尼所喜爱、可意”是指为一切比丘尼所喜爱者难得,但多为有智慧的比丘尼因戒行成就而喜爱,能令心增长。“有能力教诫比丘尼”是指能通过显示经教与理由,以轮回的怖畏警策之后,教诫比丘尼,有能力开示那样的法。“穿着袈裟衣者”即穿着袈裟衣的比丘尼。“重法”是指在俗家时,未曾与比丘尼有身体接触,或与在学尼、沙弥尼行淫法。因为女性若忆念过去所作,即使安住于防护,也不会对说法生起恭敬,或者会对那非法产生心念。“二十夏者”即受具足戒满二十夏,或超过二十夏。因为这样的人即使屡屡遇到不相应的所缘,也不会像年轻者那样轻易毁坏戒行,能审察自己的年龄,有能力在不应处断除欲贪,因此说“二十夏或超过二十夏”。显示巴利原文
Kalyāṇavācoti sithiladhanitādīnaṃ yathāvidhānavacanena parimaṇḍalapadabyañjanāya poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā. Kalyāṇavākkaraṇoti madhurassaro, mātugāmo hi sarasampattirato, tasmā parimaṇḍalapadabyañjanampi vacanaṃ sarasampattirahitaṃ hīḷeti. Yebhuyyena bhikkhunīnaṃ piyo hoti manāpoti sabbāsaṃ piyo nāma dullabho, bahutarānaṃ pana paṇḍitānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ sīlācārasampattiyā piyo hoti manavaḍḍhanako. Paṭibalo hoti bhikkhuniyo ovaditunti suttañca kāraṇañca dassento vaṭṭabhayena tajjetvā bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ tādisaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ samattho hoti. Kāsāyavatthavasanāyāti kāsāyavatthanivatthāya. Garudhammanti gihikāle bhikkhuniyā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ vā sikkhamānāsāmaṇerīsu methunadhammaṃ vā anajjhāpannapubbo hoti. Mātugāmo hi pubbe katamanussaranto saṃvare ṭhitassāpi dhammadesanāya gāravaṃ na karoti. Atha vā tasmiyeva asaddhamme cittaṃ uppādeti. Vīsativasso vāti upasampadāya vīsativasso tato atirekavasso vā. Evarūpo hi visabhāgehi vatthūhi punappunaṃ samāgacchantopi daharo viya sahasā sīlavināsaṃ na pāpuṇāti, attano vayaṃ paccavekkhitvā ayuttaṭṭhāne chandarāgaṃ vinetuṃ paṭibalo hoti, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘vīsativasso vā hoti atirekavīsativasso vā’’ti.
此中,“具戒德者”为第一项,“广博学识者”为第二项,“兼二法者”为第三项,“言辞优美、表达善巧者”为第四项,“为多数比丘尼所喜爱者”为第五项,“有能力教诫比丘尼者”为第六项,“非彼类者”为第七项,“受戒满二十年者”为第八项。应当了知。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ‘‘sīlavā’’tiādi ekamaṅgaṃ, ‘‘bahussuto hotī’’tiādi dutiyaṃ, ‘‘ubhayāni kho panassā’’tiādi tatiyaṃ, ‘‘kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo’’ti catutthaṃ, ‘‘yebhuyyena bhikkhunīnaṃ piyo hoti manāpo’’ti pañcamaṃ, ‘‘paṭibalo hoti bhikkhuniyo ovaditu’’nti chaṭṭhaṃ, ‘‘na kho paneta’’ntiādi sattamaṃ, ‘‘vīsativasso’’tiādi aṭṭhamanti veditabbaṃ.
148 “以白四甘马”者,如前事中已说。“以重法”者,即依诸重法;因他们法为比丘尼所恭敬受持,故称重法。“于一部受具足戒者”:此处指于比丘尼众中从一部受具足戒者,若以重法教诫彼,则犯恶作。若于比丘众中受具足戒者,则随其事而定。显示巴利原文
148.Ñatticatutthenāti pubbe vatthusmiṃ vutteneva. Garudhammehīti garukehi dhammehi, te hi gāravaṃ katvā bhikkhunīhi sampaṭicchitabbattā garudhammāti vuccanti. Ekatoupasampannāyāti ettha bhikkhunīnaṃ santike ekatoupasampannāya, yo garudhammena ovadati, tassa dukkaṭaṃ. Bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannāya pana yathāvatthukameva.
149 “清扫庭院后”是指:若早晨未清扫,或虽已清扫却又因草叶等物脏污,或因踩踏而沙土散乱,则应再清扫。因为比丘尼若见庭院未清扫,便会心想:“这位尊者连自己摄受的年轻比丘都不安排履行义务,只知说法”,由此可能不乐闻法。故说“清扫庭院后”。又从村落前来的比丘尼多感饥渴疲惫,她们期待有饮用水及洗手、足、令面清凉之物。若无这些,便会如前所说心生不恭,亦可能不愿闻法。故说“备好饮用水与洗用水后”。显示巴利原文
149.Pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvāti sace pāto asammaṭṭhaṃ sammaṭṭhampi vā puna tiṇapaṇṇādīhi uklāpaṃ pādappahārehi ca vikiṇṇavālikaṃ jātaṃ, sammajjitabbaṃ. Asammaṭṭhañhi taṃ disvā ‘‘ayyo attano nissitake daharabhikkhūpi vattapaṭipattiyaṃ na yojeti, dhammaṃyeva kathetī’’ti tā bhikkhuniyo asotukāmā viya bhaveyyuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvā’’ti. Antogāmato pana bhikkhuniyo āgacchantiyo pipāsitā ca kilantā ca honti, tā pānīyañca hatthapādamukhasītalakaraṇañca paccāsīsanti, tasmiñca asati purimanayeneva agāravaṃ janetvā asotukāmāpi honti . Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā’’ti.
“座位”指低凳、木板、草席、草垫等,乃至树枝,心想“这将成为她们的座位”而铺设座位。为行说法与出罪,则需要另一位比丘。因此说“应携同第二比丘而坐”。“应坐”并非坐于寺院边缘,而应坐于寺院中央、布萨堂或斋堂门口等众人会聚之处。“为和合”即一切比丘尼皆已到齐。“转起”指到来,或指熟练、诵持。“应交付”即应托付。“应引入”即应诵出巴利文。“即使对百腊受具足戒者”等,是应诵巴利文的示例。显示巴利原文
Āsananti nīcapīṭhakaphalakataṭṭikakaṭasārakādibhedaṃ antamaso sākhābhaṅgampi ‘‘idaṃ tāsaṃ āsanaṃ bhavissatī’’ti evaṃ āsanaṃ paññapetvā. Dhammadesanāpattimocanatthaṃ pana dutiyo icchitabbo. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘dutiyaṃ gahetvā nisīditabba’’nti. Nisīditabbanti na vihārapaccante, atha kho vihāramajjhe uposathāgārassa vā bhojanasālāya vā dvāre sabbesaṃ osaraṇaṭṭhāne nisīditabbaṃ. Samaggātthāti sabbā āgatatthāti attho. Vattantīti āgacchanti; paguṇā vācuggatāti attho. Niyyādetabboti appetabbo. Osāretabboti pāḷi vattabbā. Vassasatūpasampannāyātiādi vattabbapāḷidassanaṃ.
其中,“应行”指如问路、递扇、询问饮水等随宜的义务。在此,比丘尼向比丘行礼,无论村内村外、寺内寺外、室内路上,乃至被国王驱逐时,天雨泥泞手持伞杖时,或被象马等追逐时,皆应行礼。若见比丘们列队入村乞食,可于一处说“我礼敬尊者”而行礼。若他们彼此间隔十二肘而行,则应一一分别礼拜。在大集会中坐定时,可于一处礼拜。合掌礼亦同此理。若比丘尼坐于某处,比丘应起立迎接,并应于相应的时间、地点行各所应行。显示巴利原文
Tattha sāmīcikammanti maggasampadānabījanapānīyāpucchanādikaṃ anucchavikavattaṃ. Ettha ca bhikkhuniyā bhikkhussa abhivādanaṃ nāma antogāme vā bahigāme vā antovihāre vā bahivihāre vā antaraghare vā rathikāya vā antamaso rājussāraṇāyapi vattamānāya deve vassamāne sakaddamāya bhūmiyā chattapattahatthāyapi hatthiassādīhi anubaddhāyapi kātabbameva. Ekābaddhāya pāḷiyā bhikkhācāraṃ pavisante disvā ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ‘‘vandāmi ayyā’’ti vandituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace antarantarā dvādasahatthe muñcitvā gacchanti, visuṃ visuṃ vanditabbā. Mahāsannipāte nisinne ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne vandituṃ vaṭṭati. Esa nayo añjalikammepi. Yattha katthaci nisinnāya pana paccuṭṭhānaṃ kātabbaṃ, tassa tassa sāmīcikammassa anurūpe padese ca kāle ca taṃ taṃ kātabbaṃ.
“恭敬”:即如同已做且善做那样去做。“尊重”:即对此生起恭敬心。“敬重”:即令心喜爱。“供养”:即通过完成此三种义务而作供养。“不可逾越”即不可违越。显示巴利原文
Sakkatvāti yathā kato sukato hoti, evaṃ katvā. Garuṃkatvāti tattha gāravaṃ janetvā. Mānetvāti manena piyaṃ katvā. Pūjetvāti imesaṃyeva tiṇṇaṃ kiccānaṃ karaṇena pūjetvā. Anatikkamanīyoti na atikkamitabbo.
在“无比丘的住处”中:若比丘尼住所的半由旬范围内,没有能提供教诫的比丘居住,这便名为“无比丘的住处”。不应在此处住雨安居。正如所说:“名为‘无比丘的住处’者,不可能为了教诫或共住前往。”也不可能在那之后,于食后前去听法再返回。若不想在那里住雨安居的比丘尼,其亲属或护持者这样说:“圣尼们,请住下,我们会带比丘来”,这是可以的。然而,若在所述范围内,有意前来住雨安居的比丘已来,哪怕仅在树枝搭成的棚屋中住了一夜,且并非受邀请而想离开者,仅此便成为“有比丘的住处”,在此处可以入雨安居。而入雨安居的比丘尼们,应在半月的十三日就请求比丘:“圣者们,我们将依您的教诫而住。”然而,若从直路算起半由旬处有比丘的住处,但走那条路有生命危险或梵行危险,而走其他路则超过半由旬,此处仍属“无比丘住处”的范围。但若从那里约一牛呼的距离处,有另一个比丘尼住所在安全之地,那些比丘尼应在请求那些比丘尼之后,再去请求比丘:“圣者们,我们的直路有险难,走其他路则超过半由旬。但在中途,离我们住所约一牛呼处有另一个比丘尼住所,我们将依从圣者处传来的教诫而住。”显示巴利原文
Abhikkhuke āvāseti ettha sace bhikkhunupassayato aḍḍhayojanabbhantare ovādadāyakā bhikkhū na vasanti, ayaṃ abhikkhuko āvāso nāma. Ettha vassaṃ na vasitabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘abhikkhuko nāma āvāso na sakkā hoti ovādāya vā saṃvāsāya vā gantu’’nti (pāci. 1048). Na ca sakkā tato paraṃ pacchābhattaṃ gantvā dhammaṃ sutvā āgantuṃ. Sace tattha vassaṃ vasituṃ anicchamānā bhikkhuniyo ñātakā vā upaṭṭhākā vā evaṃvadanti – ‘‘vasatha, ayye, mayaṃ bhikkhū ānessāmā’’ti vaṭṭati. Sace pana vuttappamāṇe padese vassaṃ upagantukāmā bhikkhū āgantvā sākhāmaṇḍapepi ekarattaṃ vutthā honti; na nimantitā hutvā gantukāmā. Ettāvatāpi sabhikkhuko āvāso hoti, ettha vassaṃ upagantuṃ vaṭṭati. Upagacchantīhi ca pakkhassa terasiyaṃyeva bhikkhū yācitabbā – ‘‘mayaṃ ayyā tumhākaṃ ovādena vasissāmā’’ti. Yato pana ujunā maggena aḍḍhayojane bhikkhūnaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ, tena pana maggena gacchantīnaṃ jīvitantarāyo vā brahmacariyantarāyo vā hoti, aññena maggena gacchantīnaṃ atirekaḍḍhayojanaṃ hoti, ayaṃ abhikkhukāvāsaṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati. Sace pana tato gāvutamatte añño bhikkhunupassayo khemaṭṭhāne hoti, tāhi bhikkhunīhi tā bhikkhuniyo yācitvā puna gantvā bhikkhū yācitabbā ‘‘ayyā amhākaṃ ujumagge antarāyo atthi, aññena maggena atirekaḍḍhayojanaṃ hoti. Antarāmagge pana amhākaṃ upassayato gāvutamatte añño bhikkhunupassayo atthi, ayyānaṃ santikā tattha āgataovādena vasissāmā’’ti. Tehi bhikkhūhi sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. Tato tāhi bhikkhunīhi taṃ bhikkhunupassayaṃ āgantvā uposatho kātabbo, tā vā bhikkhuniyo disvā attano upassayameva gantvā kātumpi vaṭṭati.
然而,若有意入雨安居的比丘在十四日来到寺院,比丘尼们问:“圣者们,您将在此住雨安居吗?”他们回答“是”后,比丘尼们又说:“那么,圣者们,我们也依您的教诫而住。”次日,比丘们在村里不见乞食的顺遂,说“不能在此住”而离去。于是,那些比丘尼在布萨日前往寺院不见比丘,此时应怎么做?应前往比丘所住之处,于后雨安居入雨安居。或者作意“他们将为了入后雨安居而来”,依前来者的教诫而住。然而,若后雨安居时也无人前来,且中途有王难、贼难或饥馑,住在无比丘住处者有罪,断雨安居而去者也有罪,她应被保护。因为在灾祸中,住在无比丘住处者被判为无罪。若前来入雨安居的比丘后来因某种原因离去,仍应住下。正如所说:“无罪:入雨安居的比丘离去、或还俗、或命终、或转投他部、或遇灾祸、或为疯女、或为初犯者。”而作邀请时,应前往有比丘之处作邀请。显示巴利原文
Sace pana vassaṃ upagantukāmā bhikkhū cātuddase vihāraṃ āgacchanti, bhikkhunīhi ca ‘‘idha ayyā vassaṃ vasissathā’’ti pucchitā ‘‘āmā’’ti vatvā puna tāhi ‘‘tenahi ayyā mayampi tumhākaṃ ovādaṃ anujīvantiyo vasissāmā’’ti vuttā dutiyadivase gāme bhikkhācārasampadaṃ apassantā ‘‘na sakkā idha vasitu’’nti pakkamanti. Atha tā bhikkhuniyo uposathadivase vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhū na passanti, ettha kiṃ kātabbanti? Yattha bhikkhū vasanti, tattha gantvā pacchimikāya vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. ‘‘Pacchimikāya vassaṃ upagantuṃ āgamissantī’’ti vā ābhogaṃ katvā āgatānaṃ santike ovādena vasitabbaṃ. Sace pana pacchimikāyapi na keci āgacchanti, antarāmagge ca rājabhayaṃ vā corabhayaṃ vā dubbhikkhaṃ vā hoti, abhikkhukāvāse vasantiyā āpatti, vassacchedaṃ katvā gacchantiyāpi āpatti, sā rakkhitabbā. Āpadāsu hi abhikkhuke āvāse vasantiyā anāpatti vuttā. Sace āgantvā vassaṃ upagatā bhikkhū puna kenaci kāraṇena pakkamanti, vasitabbameva. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘anāpatti vassūpagatā bhikkhū pakkantā vā honti vibbhantā vā kālaṅkatā vā pakkhasaṅkantā vā āpadāsu ummattikāya ādikammikāyā’’ti. Pavārentiyā pana yattha bhikkhū atthi, tattha gantvā pavāretabbaṃ.
“每半月”即半月又半月。“应期望二法”即应希求二法。“布萨询问”即询问布萨,在此,于十五日布萨时,应于半月的十四日前往询问;于十四日布萨时,应于十三日前往询问布萨。然而在《大筏》中说:“应于半月的十三日前往询问:‘此布萨是十四日还是十五日?’”在布萨日,应为教诫而前往。从月黑分初日起,应为听法而前往。如此,世尊不给其他事务留有余地,令比丘尼们不间断地前往比丘近处。何以故?因女性慧弱。女性慧弱,故常听法有大利益。如是,她们将不生起“我们所知的,圣者们也知”的慢心,而敬奉比丘僧团,作有利益的出家,故世尊如此施设。比丘尼们也依教奉行,全体不间断地前往寺院。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Anvaddhamāsanti addhamāse addhamāse. Dve dhammā paccāsīsitabbāti dve dhammā icchitabbā. Uposathapucchakanti uposathapucchanaṃ, tattha pannarasike uposathe pakkhassa cātuddasiyaṃ cātuddasike terasiyaṃ gantvā uposatho pucchitabbo. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘pakkhassa terasiyaṃyeva gantvā ‘ayaṃ uposatho cātuddasiko pannarasiko’ti pucchitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Uposathadivase ovādatthāya upasaṅkamitabbaṃ. Pāṭipadadivasato pana paṭṭhāya dhammasavanatthāya gantabbaṃ. Iti bhagavā aññassa kammassa okāsaṃ adatvā nirantaraṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike gamanameva paññapesi. Kasmā? Mandapaññattā mātugāmassa. Mandapañño hi mātugāmo, tasmā niccaṃ dhammasavanaṃ bahūpakāraṃ. Evañca sati ‘‘yaṃ mayaṃ jānāma, tameva ayyā jānantī’’ti mānaṃ akatvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ payirūpāsamānā sātthikaṃ pabbajjaṃ karissanti, tasmā bhagavā evamakāsi. Bhikkhuniyopi ‘‘yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjissāmā’’ti sabbāyeva nirantaraṃ vihāraṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. Vuttañhetaṃ –
那时,全体比丘尼僧团都前去接受教诫。众人因此讥嫌、非难、指责:“这些是他们的妻子,这些是他们的情人,现在他们就要和她们一起寻欢作乐了。”众人将此事告知世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,全体比丘尼僧团不应都去接受教诫,若去了,则犯恶作。诸比丘,我允许派遣四五位比丘尼前去接受教诫。”后来,众人又同样地讥嫌。世尊便又说:“诸比丘,我允许派遣二三位比丘尼前去接受教诫。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Tena kho pana samayena sabbo bhikkhunisaṅgho ovādaṃ gacchati. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti ‘jāyāyo imā imesaṃ, jāriyo imā imesaṃ, idānime imāhi saddhiṃ abhiramissantī’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – ‘na, bhikkhave, sabbena bhikkhunisaṅghena ovādo gantabbo, gaccheyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi bhikkhave catūhi pañcahi bhikkhunīhi ovādaṃ gantu’nti. Punapi tatheva ujjhāyiṃsu. Puna bhagavā ‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve tisso bhikkhuniyo ovādaṃ gantu’’’nti āha.
因此,比丘尼僧团应请求并派遣二三位比丘尼,并嘱咐:“诸位圣尼,去吧,去为比丘尼僧团向比丘僧团请求教诫亲近。圣尼们,比丘尼僧团……教诫亲近。”那些比丘尼应前往寺院。随后,她们应前去亲近一位接受教诫的比丘,向他顶礼。然后,由一位比丘尼对该比丘说:“圣者,比丘尼僧团顶礼比丘僧团之足,并请求教诫亲近。愿比丘尼僧团能获得教诫亲近。”那位比丘应前去诵戒比丘处,对他这样说:“尊者,比丘尼僧团顶礼比丘僧团之足,并请求教诫亲近。愿比丘尼僧团能获得教诫亲近。”诵戒比丘应问:“是否有比丘被认可为比丘尼教诫者?”如果有一位比丘被认可,诵戒比丘便应宣布:“某甲比丘已被认可为比丘尼教诫者,请比丘尼僧团前往他那里。”显示巴利原文
Tasmā bhikkhunisaṅghena dve tisso bhikkhuniyo yācitvā pesetabbā – ‘‘ethayye, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ovādūpasaṅkamanaṃ yācatha, bhikkhunisaṅgho ayyā…pe… ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti (cūḷava. 413). Tāhi bhikkhunīhi ārāmaṃ gantabbaṃ. Tato ovādapaṭiggāhakaṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā so bhikkhu ekāya bhikkhuniyā evamassa vacanīyo ‘‘bhikkhunisaṅgho, ayya, bhikkhusaṅghassa pāde vandati, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācati, labhatu kira ayya bhikkhunisaṅgho ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti. Tena bhikkhunā pātimokkhuddesako bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo ‘‘bhikkhunisaṅgho bhante bhikkhusaṅghassa pāde vandati, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācati, labhatu kira bhante bhikkhunisaṅgho ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti. Pātimokkhuddesakena vattabbo ‘‘atthi koci bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammato’’ti. Sace hoti koci bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammato, pātimokkhuddesakena vattabbo ‘‘itthannāmo bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammato, taṃ bhikkhunisaṅgho upasaṅkamatū’’ti.
如果没有任何比丘被认可为比丘尼教诫者,诵戒比丘则应问:“哪位尊者能发心教诫比丘尼?”如果有比丘发心且具足八支,在对其认可之后,诵戒比丘便应宣布:“某甲比丘已被认可为比丘尼教诫者,请比丘尼僧团前往他那里。”显示巴利原文
Sace na hoti koci bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammato, pātimokkhuddesakena vattabbo – ‘‘ko āyasmā ussahati bhikkhuniyo ovaditu’’nti. Sace koci bhikkhu ussahati bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ, so ca hoti aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato, sammannitvā vattabbo – ‘‘itthannāmo bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammato, taṃ bhikkhunisaṅgho upasaṅkamatū’’ti.
若无人愿意教诫比丘尼,诵戒比丘应说:‘无任何比丘被认可为比丘尼教诫者,请比丘尼僧团以清净威仪自处。’至此,涵盖整个三学的教法便已告知。该比丘应回答‘善哉’并接受,于布萨次日告知比丘尼们。比丘尼僧团也应派遣比丘尼,说:‘诸位圣尼,请去询问:圣者,比丘尼僧团是否已获得教诫亲近?’她们应回答‘善哉,圣尼’并接受,随即前往寺院,靠近那位比丘后应说:‘圣者,比丘尼僧团是否已获得教诫亲近?’他应回答:‘无任何比丘被认可为比丘尼教诫者,请比丘尼僧团以清净威仪自处。’她们应回答‘善哉,圣者’并接受。以上是一同前来时的做法;但实际只需其中一位比丘尼发言并接受,其余比丘尼为其同伴。显示巴利原文
Sace pana koci na ussahati bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ, pātimokkhuddesakena vattabbo – ‘‘natthi koci bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammato, pāsādikena bhikkhunisaṅgho sampādetū’’ti. Ettāvatā hi sakalaṃ sikkhattayasaṅgahaṃ sāsanamārocitaṃ hoti. Tena bhikkhunā ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā pāṭipade bhikkhunīnaṃ ārocetabbaṃ. Bhikkhunisaṅghenapi tā bhikkhuniyo pesetabbā ‘‘gacchathayye, pucchatha ‘kiṃ ayya labhati bhikkhunisaṅgho ovādūpasaṅkamana’’’nti. Tāhi ‘‘sādhu ayye’’ti sampaṭicchitvā ārāmaṃ gantvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vattabbaṃ – ‘‘kiṃ ayya labhati bhikkhunisaṅgho ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti. Tena vattabbaṃ – ‘‘natthi koci bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammato, pāsādikena bhikkhunisaṅgho sampādetū’’ti. Tāhi ‘‘sādhu ayyā’’ti sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. Ekato āgatānaṃ vasena cetaṃ vuttaṃ, tāsu pana ekāya bhikkhuniyā vattabbañca sampaṭicchitabbañca, itarā tassā sahāyikā.
若比丘尼僧团或比丘僧团人数不足,或双方仅仅达到众的数量,或仅有一人,抑或是一位比丘尼从众多比丘尼住处被派遣来请教诫,此时应依如下方式说:‘圣者,比丘尼众顶礼比丘僧团之足,并乞请教诫亲近,愿比丘尼众获得教诫亲近。’或‘圣者,我顶礼比丘僧团之足,并乞请教诫亲近,愿我获得教诫亲近。’显示巴利原文
Sace pana bhikkhunisaṅgho vā bhikkhusaṅgho vā na pūrati, ubhayatopi vā gaṇamattameva puggalamattaṃ vā hoti, ekā bhikkhunī vā bahūhi bhikkhunupassayehi ovādatthāya pesitā hoti, tatrāyaṃ vacanakkamo – ‘‘bhikkhuniyo ayya bhikkhusaṅghassa pāde vandanti, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācanti, labhantu kira ayya bhikkhuniyo ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti. ‘‘Ahaṃ ayya bhikkhusaṅghassa pāde vandāmi; ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācāmi, labhāmahaṃ ayya ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti.
‘圣者,比丘尼僧团顶礼诸位圣者之足,并乞请教诫亲近,愿比丘尼僧团获得教诫亲近。’‘圣者,比丘尼众顶礼诸位圣者之足,并乞请教诫亲近,愿比丘尼众获得教诫亲近。’‘圣者,我顶礼诸位圣者之足,并乞请教诫亲近,愿我获得教诫亲近。’显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhikkhunisaṅgho ayya ayyānaṃ pāde vandati, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācati, labhatu kira ayya bhikkhunīsaṅgho ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti. ‘‘Bhikkhuniyo ayya ayyānaṃ pāde vandanti, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācanti, labhantu kira ayya bhikkhuniyo ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti. ‘‘Ahaṃ ayya ayyānaṃ pāde vandāmi, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācāmi, labhāmahaṃ ayya ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti.
‘圣者,比丘尼僧团顶礼圣者之足,请求教诫亲近,愿比丘尼僧团得获教诫亲近。’‘圣者,比丘尼众顶礼圣者之足,请求教诫亲近,愿比丘尼众得获教诫亲近。’‘圣者,我顶礼圣者之足,请求教诫亲近,愿我得获教诫亲近。’显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhikkhunisaṅgho ayya ayyassa pāde vandati, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācati, labhatu kira ayya bhikkhunisaṅgho ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti. ‘‘Bhikkhuniyo ayya ayyassa pāde vandanti ; ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācanti, labhantu kira ayya bhikkhuniyo ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti. ‘‘Ahaṃ ayya ayyassa pāde vandāmi, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācāmi, labhāmahaṃ ayya ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti.
‘圣者,比丘尼僧团、比丘尼众及比丘尼,顶礼比丘僧团、诸圣者及圣者之足,请求教诫亲近,愿比丘尼僧团、比丘尼众及比丘尼得获教诫亲近。’显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhikkhunisaṅgho ca ayya bhikkhuniyo ca bhikkhunī ca bhikkhusaṅghassa ayyānaṃ ayyassa pāde vandati vandanti vandati, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācati yācanti yācati, labhatu kira labhantu kira labhatu kira ayya bhikkhunisaṅgho ca bhikkhuniyo ca bhikkhunī ca ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti.
那位比丘也应在布萨时这样说:‘尊者,比丘尼众顶礼比丘僧团之足,请求教诫亲近,愿比丘尼众得获教诫亲近。’‘尊者,比丘尼顶礼比丘僧团之足,请求教诫亲近,愿比丘尼得获教诫亲近。’显示巴利原文
Tenapi bhikkhunā uposathakāle evaṃ vattabbaṃ – ‘‘bhikkhuniyo bhante bhikkhusaṅghassa pāde vandanti, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācanti, labhantu kira bhante bhikkhuniyo ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti. ‘‘Bhikkhunī bhante bhikkhusaṅghassa pāde vandati, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācati, labhatu kira bhante bhikkhunī ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti.
尊者,比丘尼僧团顶礼诸具寿之足,并请求教诫亲近,愿比丘尼僧团获得教诫亲近。尊者,比丘尼众顶礼诸具寿之足,并请求教诫亲近,愿比丘尼众获得教诫亲近。尊者,比丘尼顶礼诸具寿之足,并请求教诫亲近,愿比丘尼获得教诫亲近。显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhikkhunisaṅgho bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhante, bhikkhunī bhante āyasmantānaṃ pāde vandati, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācati, labhatu kira bhante bhikkhunī ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti.
尊者,比丘尼僧团、比丘尼众及比丘尼,顶礼比丘僧团诸具寿之足,并请求教诫亲近;愿比丘尼僧团、比丘尼众及比丘尼获得教诫亲近。显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhikkhunisaṅgho ca bhante, bhikkhuniyo ca bhikkhunī ca bhikkhusaṅghassa āyasmantānaṃ pāde vandati vandanti vandati, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca yācati yācanti yācati, labhatu kira labhantu kira labhatu kira bhante bhikkhunisaṅgho ca bhikkhuniyo ca bhikkhunī ca ovādūpasaṅkamana’’nti.
诵戒比丘也应如是说:若有被认可的比丘,便依前述方式说:“请比丘尼众前往彼处,请比丘尼前往彼处,请比丘尼僧团、比丘尼众及比丘尼前往彼处。”若无,则应说:“请比丘尼僧团、比丘尼众及比丘尼以清净威仪安住。”显示巴利原文
Pātimokkhuddesakenāpi sace sammato bhikkhu atthi, purimanayeneva taṃ bhikkhuniyo, taṃ bhikkhunī, taṃ bhikkhunisaṅgho ca bhikkhuniyo ca bhikkhunī ca upasaṅkamantu upasaṅkamatu upasaṅkamatūti vattabbaṃ. Sace natthi, pāsādikena bhikkhunisaṅgho ca bhikkhuniyo ca bhikkhunī ca sampādetu sampādentu sampādetūti vattabbaṃ.
接受教诫者应于布萨次日转达,并如法宣说。至于教诫,除愚者、病者、将远行者之外,即使其他比丘是林居者,亦不得不受。对此,世尊曾开示:显示巴利原文
Ovādapaṭiggāhakena pāṭipade paccāharitvā tatheva vattabbaṃ. Ovādaṃ pana bālagilānagamike ṭhapetvā añño sacepi āraññako hoti, appaṭiggahetuṃ na labhati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“诸比丘,我允许除愚者、除病者、除将远行者外,其余比丘皆应受持教诫。”(《小品》414)显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi , bhikkhave, ṭhapetvā bālaṃ ṭhapetvā gilānaṃ ṭhapetvā gamikaṃ avasesehi ovādaṃ gahetu’’nti (cūḷava. 414).
其中,若有人准备在十四日或十五日的布萨日出行,或于次日出行,这位将远行者即使在第二半月之日出发,亦不得不受教诫。因世尊曾说:“诸比丘,不应不受教诫,若不受者,犯恶作。”(《小品》414)他必犯上述之罪。接受教诫后,既不可不在布萨堂宣告,亦不可不在次日转告比丘尼。对此,世尊这样开示——显示巴利原文
Tattha yo cātuddasikapannarasikesu vā uposathesu pāṭipade vā gantukāmo, so gamiko dutiyapakkhadivase gacchantopi aggahetuṃ na labhati, ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ovādo na gahetabbo, yo na gaṇheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 414) vuttaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjatiyeva. Ovādaṃ gahetvā ca uposathagge anārocetuṃ vā pāṭipade bhikkhunīnaṃ apaccāharituṃ vā na vaṭṭati. Vuttañhetaṃ –
诸比丘,教诫应当告知。若有不告知者,犯恶作罪。显示巴利原文
‘‘Na, bhikkhave, ovādo na ārocetabbo. Yo na āroceyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 415).
又有教示说:显示巴利原文
Aparampi vuttaṃ –
诸比丘,教诫应当转达。若有不转达者,犯恶作罪。显示巴利原文
‘‘Na, bhikkhave, ovādo na paccāharitabbo. Yo na paccāhareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 415).
在此,林居比丘应为转达教诫而作约定。对此,世尊曾这样开许:“诸比丘,我允许林居比丘领受教诫,并作约定:‘我将在此处转达。’”因此,林居比丘若能在比丘尼所住的村落获得食物,便应在该处行乞,见到比丘尼后告知此事,方才离去。若他在该处不易获得食物,则应在邻近村落行乞后,再来到比丘尼的村落,依同样方式办理。若将前往远处,则应作约定:“我将到你们村门附近的集会堂、凉亭或树下,请你们前来该处。”比丘尼们必须前往约定之处,不得不去。对此,世尊这样说:“诸比丘,比丘尼不可不前往约定之处。若不前往者,犯恶作罪。”(《小品》415)显示巴利原文
Tattha āraññakena paccāharaṇatthaṃ saṅketo kātabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āraññakena bhikkhunā ovādaṃ gahetuṃ, saṅketañca kātuṃ, atra paṭiharissāmī’’ti. Tasmā āraññako bhikkhu sace bhikkhunīnaṃ vasanagāme bhikkhaṃ labhati, tattheva caritvā bhikkhuniyo disvā ārocetvā gantabbaṃ. No cassa tattha bhikkhā sulabhā hoti, sāmantagāme caritvā bhikkhunīnaṃ gāmaṃ āgamma tatheva kātabbaṃ. Sace dūraṃ gantabbaṃ hoti, saṅketo kātabbo – ‘‘ahaṃ amukaṃ nāma tumhākaṃ gāmadvāre sabhaṃ vā maṇḍapaṃ vā rukkhamūlaṃ vā upasaṅkamissāmi, tattha āgaccheyyāthā’’ti . Bhikkhunīhi tattha gantabbaṃ, agantuṃ na labbhati. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā saṅketaṃ na gantabbaṃ. Yā na gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 415).
在“于二部僧团中,应以三事自恣”一句中,这是指比丘尼应于十四日自行自恣后,于布萨日再向比丘僧团自恣。对此,世尊曾这样说——显示巴利原文
Ubhatosaṅghe tīhi ṭhānehi pavāretabbanti ettha bhikkhunīhi cātuddase attanā pavāretvā uposathe bhikkhusaṅghe pavāretabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“诸比丘,我允许今日自恣后,于翌日再向比丘僧团自恣。”(《小品》427)显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi , bhikkhave, ajjatanāya pavāretvā aparajju bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pavāretu’’nti (cūḷava. 427).
依照比丘尼犍度中所说的方法,即可了知此处的抉择。对此有言:显示巴利原文
Bhikkhunikhandhake vuttanayeneva cettha vinicchayo veditabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ –
那时,全体比丘尼僧团在自恣时发出喧哗。比丘们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许为比丘尼僧团的利益,选派一位贤能、有能力的比丘尼,向比丘僧团自恣。诸比丘,应这样选派:先应请求一位比丘尼,请求之后,僧团应告知那位贤能、有能力的比丘尼——”显示巴利原文
‘‘Tena kho pana samayena sabbo bhikkhunisaṅgho pavārento kolāhalamakāsi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ekaṃ bhikkhuniṃ byattaṃ paṭibalaṃ sammannituṃ bhikkhunisaṅghassa atthāya bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pavāretuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbā. Paṭhamaṃ bhikkhunī yācitabbā, yācitvā byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
“大姊僧团,请听我说:若僧团认为适时,僧团应选某甲比丘尼,为比丘尼僧团的利益,向比丘僧团自恣。这是动议。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuniṃ sammanneyya bhikkhunisaṅghassa atthāya bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pavāretuṃ. Esā ñatti.
“尊者们,请听我说:为比丘尼僧团的利益,僧团应选派某甲比丘尼向比丘僧团自恣。哪位尊者同意选派某甲比丘尼为比丘尼僧团的利益向比丘僧团自恣,请默然;哪位不同意,请发言。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye saṅgho, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuniṃ sammanneyya bhikkhunisaṅghassa atthāya bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pavāretuṃ. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya bhikkhuniyā sammuti bhikkhunisaṅghassa atthāya bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pavāretuṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.
“僧团已选派某甲比丘尼,为比丘尼僧团的利益,向比丘僧团自恣。僧团同意,故而默然。我如是受持。”(《小品》427)显示巴利原文
‘‘Sammatā saṅghena itthannāmā bhikkhunī bhikkhunisaṅghassa atthāya bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pavāretuṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti (cūḷava. 427).
那位被选派的比丘尼应带领比丘尼僧团,前往比丘僧团处,偏袒上衣,合掌,这样说道:“尊者,比丘尼僧团向比丘僧团自恣:或因所见、或因所闻、或因所疑。愿比丘僧团出于悲悯,教诫比丘尼僧团;若见有罪,将如法忏悔。”第二次,尊者……;第三次,尊者,比丘尼僧团……(中略)……将如法忏悔。显示巴利原文
Tāya sammatāya bhikkhuniyā bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ ādāya bhikkhusaṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘bhikkhunisaṅgho ayya, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pavāreti – diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadatayya bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ anukampaṃ upādāya, passanto paṭikarissati. Dutiyampi ayya, tatiyampi ayya, bhikkhunisaṅgho…pe… paṭikarissatī’’ti.
若比丘尼僧团人数不足,则应如此说三次:“诸位尊者,比丘尼众向比丘僧团自恣——依所见、所闻或所疑。愿比丘僧团出于悲悯而教诫比丘尼众,若有见罪,她们将如法忏悔。”以及:“诸位尊者,我向比丘僧团自恣——依所见、所闻或所疑。愿比丘僧团出于悲悯而教诫我,若有见罪,我将如法忏悔。”显示巴利原文
Sace bhikkhunisaṅgho na pūrati, ‘‘bhikkhuniyo ayya bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pavārenti – diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadatayya bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhuniyo anukampaṃ upādāya, passantiyo paṭikarissantī’’ti ca, ‘‘ahaṃ ayya bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pavāremi – diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadatu maṃ ayya bhikkhusaṅgho anukampaṃ upādāya, passantī paṭikarissāmī’’ti ca evaṃ tikkhattuṃ vattabbaṃ.
若比丘僧团人数不足,则应如此说三次:“诸位尊者尼,比丘尼僧团向尊者们自恣——依所见、所闻或所疑。愿尊者们出于悲悯而教诫比丘尼僧团,若有见罪,他将如法忏悔。”以及:“诸位尊者尼,比丘尼僧团向某位尊者自恣——依所见、所闻或所疑。愿此位尊者出于悲悯而教诫比丘尼僧团,若有见罪,他将如法忏悔。”显示巴利原文
Sace bhikkhusaṅgho na pūrati, ‘‘bhikkhunisaṅgho ayyā ayye pavāreti – diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadantayyā bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ anukampaṃ upādāya, passanto paṭikarissatī’’ti ca, ‘‘bhikkhunisaṅgho ayya ayyaṃ pavāreti – diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadatayyo bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ anukampaṃ upādāya, passanto paṭikarissatī’’ti ca evaṃ tikkhattuṃ vattabbaṃ.
若双方皆不具足,则应如此说三遍:“诸位尊尼,诸尊者向诸位尊尼自恣——依所见、所闻或所疑。愿诸位尊尼出于悲悯而指教,若有见罪,我们将如法忏悔。”以及:“诸位尊尼,某位尊者向诸位尊尼自恣——依所见、所闻或所疑。愿诸位尊尼出于悲悯而指教,若有见罪,她将如法忏悔。”以及:“诸位尊尼,我向诸位尊尼自恣——依所见、所闻或所疑。愿诸位尊尼出于悲悯而指教于我,若有见罪,我将如法忏悔。”以及:“尊者尼,我向尊者尼自恣——依所见、所闻或所疑。愿尊者尼出于悲悯而指教于我,若有见罪,我将如法忏悔。”显示巴利原文
Ubhinnaṃ apāripūriyā ‘‘bhikkhuniyo ayyā ayye pavārenti – diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadantayyā bhikkhuniyo anukampaṃ upādāya, passantiyo paṭikarissantī’’ti ca, ‘‘bhikkhuniyo ayya ayyaṃ pavārenti – diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadatayyo bhikkhuniyo anukampaṃ upādāya, passantiyo paṭikarissantī’’ti ca, ‘‘ahaṃ ayyā ayye pavāremi – diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadantu maṃ ayyā anukampaṃ upādāya, passantī paṭikarissāmī’’ti ca, ‘‘ahaṃ ayya ayyaṃ pavāremi – diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadatu maṃ ayyo anukampaṃ upādāya, passantī paṭikarissāmī’’ti ca evaṃ tikkhattuṃ vattabbaṃ.
行敬悦与求受具足戒,将各于其所应之处而显现。显示巴利原文
Mānattacaraṇañca upasampadāpariyesanā ca yathāṭhāneyeva āvi bhavissati.
“比丘尼不得以任何方式”的意思是,比丘尼不得以十种骂詈之事,或以任何其他方式,辱骂比丘、毁谤比丘,或以恐吓威胁比丘。“遮止”即被关闭、阻挡、拒绝。言语本身即是言说之道。“不遮止”即不被关闭、阻挡、拒绝。因此,若比丘尼处于主导地位、上座地位,不得以任何方式这样教诫、教导比丘:“应当这样前行,应当这样后退,应当这样穿着下衣,应当这样披覆上衣。”然而,若见到过失,则可以指出:“从前的诸尊者并不这样前行,不这样后退,不这样穿着下衣,不这样披覆上衣,也不穿著这样的袈裟,不这样涂抹眼膏。”像这样指出存在的过失,是允许的。而比丘则可以根据情况教诫、教导比丘尼:“这位上座尼这样穿着下衣,这样披覆上衣;不应这样穿着下衣,不应这样披覆上衣,也不应做纹身、叶纹等事。”显示巴利原文
Nabhikkhuniyā kenaci pariyāyenāti dasahi vā akkosavatthūhi aññena vā kenaci pariyāyena bhikkhu neva akkositabbo, na paribhāsitabbo, na bhayena tajjetabbo. Ovaṭoti pihito vārito paṭikkhitto. Vacanayeva vacanapatho. Anovaṭoti apihito avārito appaṭikkhitto. Tasmā bhikkhuniyā ādhipaccaṭṭhāne jeṭṭhakaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā ‘‘evaṃ abhikkama, evaṃ paṭikkama, evaṃ nivāsehi, evaṃ pārupāhī’’ti kenaci pariyāyena neva bhikkhu ovaditabbo, na anusāsitabbo. Dosaṃ pana disvā ‘‘pubbe mahātherā na evaṃ abhikkamanti, na paṭikkamanti, na nivāsenti, na pārupanti, īdisaṃ kāsāvampi na dhārenti, na evaṃ akkhīni añjentī’’tiādinā nayena vijjamānadosaṃ dassetuṃ vaṭṭati. Bhikkhūhi pana ‘‘ayaṃ vuḍḍhasamaṇī evaṃ nivāseti, evaṃ pārupati, mā evaṃ nivāsehi, mā evaṃ pārupāhi, mā tilakammapaṇṇakammādīni karohī’’ti yathāsukhaṃ bhikkhuniṃ ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ vaṭṭati.
说“尊者!我们是和合者”者,指说“尊者!我们是和合的”之比丘尼僧团。说其他法者,指说其他经典或阿毗达摩。因为说“尊者!我们是和合者”这句话,是期望得到教诫,所以除教诫之外说其他法者,得恶作。未交付教诫者,指未说“诸姊妹!此是教诫”者。显示巴利原文
Samaggamhayyāti bhaṇantanti ‘‘samaggā amha ayya’’ iti bhaṇantaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ. Aññaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇatīti aññaṃ suttantaṃ vā abhidhammaṃ vā. Samaggamhayyāti vacanena hi ovādaṃ paccāsīsanti, tasmā ṭhapetvā ovādaṃ aññaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Ovādaṃ aniyyādetvāti eso bhaginiyo ovādoti avatvā.
150 于“非法羯磨”等中,应知比丘尼教诫者选定羯磨即是羯磨。其中,非法羯磨依两类九种,共十八波逸提。如法羯磨中,第二类九种的最末一句无犯,其余十七种为恶作。显示巴利原文
150.Adhammakammetiādīsu bhikkhunovādakasammutikammaṃ kammanti veditabbaṃ. Tattha adhammakamme dvinnaṃ navakānaṃ vasena aṭṭhārasa pācittiyāni. Dhammakamme dutiyassa navakassa avasānapade anāpatti, sesesu sattarasa dukkaṭāni.
152 “授诵者”指诵持八敬法之文句者。“授问者”指解说其所熟练之八敬法文的注释者。被劝请“尊者尼!请复诵”而作复诵者,即是被如此劝请时,复诵八敬法文句之人。如此授诵者、授问者,以及被劝请复诵而宣说八敬法者,以波逸提而论无犯。宣说其他法者,以恶作而论无犯。因提问、被问而说法者,指比丘尼问及敬法或蕴等法义,若有比丘为之解说,彼亦无犯。为他人而说法者,指比丘尼前往为四众说法的比丘处听受,此比丘亦无犯。对在学尼、沙弥尼说法者,亦无犯。其余文句易明。显示巴利原文
152.Uddesaṃ dentoti aṭṭhannaṃ garudhammānaṃ pāḷiṃ uddisanto. Paripucchaṃ dentoti tassāyeva paguṇāya garudhammapāḷiyā aṭṭhakathaṃ kathentoti attho. Osārehi ayyāti vuccamāno osāretīti evaṃ vuccamāno aṭṭhagarudhammapāḷiṃ osāretīti attho. Evaṃ uddesaṃ dento, paripucchaṃ dento, yo ca osārehīti vuccamāno aṭṭha garudhamme bhaṇati, tassa pācittiyena anāpatti. Aññaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇantassa dukkaṭena anāpatti. Pañhaṃ pucchati, pañhaṃ puṭṭho kathetīti bhikkhunī garudhammanissitaṃ vā khandhādinissitaṃ vā pañhaṃ pucchati, taṃ yo bhikkhu katheti, tassāpi anāpatti. Aññassatthāya bhaṇantanti catuparisatiṃ dhammaṃ desentaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo suṇanti, tatrāpi bhikkhussa anāpatti. Sikkhamānāya sāmaṇeriyāti etāsaṃ desentassāpi anāpatti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
句净戒的犯缘——由语及语心生起,是作业,非想解脱,非有心,制戒犯,语业,通三心三受。显示巴利原文
Padasodhammasamuṭṭhānaṃ – vācato ca vācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ tivedananti.
二、日没学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Atthaṅgatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
153 在第二学处中,“pariyāyena”意为以方式、以次第,即按顺序。“adhicetaso”意为具有增上心者,即具足一切心中最殊胜的阿罗汉果心者。“appamajjato”意为不放逸者,即由不放逸而持续修习诸善法者。“munino”:因为“了知两界者,由此称为牟尼”(法句269),故以了知两界而称为牟尼;或者,“mona”名为智,因具足彼智而漏尽者称为牟尼,此即牟尼的。“monapathesu sikkhato”:在名为阿罗汉智的“mona”之道上,亦即在三十七菩提分法或三学中修学者。这是就前行阶段的修行而说,因此应如是理解:在前行阶段如此修学,由此学处而证得牟尼性者,即是牟尼。“sokā na bhavanti tādino”:如此漏尽的牟尼,其内心不会因与喜爱者分离等而生起忧愁;或者,“tādino”意为具足“如是”特相者,如是牟尼则无有忧愁。“upasantassa”:因贪等烦恼止息而寂静者。“sadā satīmato”:因显示巴利原文
153. Dutiyasikkhāpade – pariyāyenāti vārena, paṭipāṭiyāti attho. Adhicetasoti adhicittavato , sabbacittānaṃ adhikena arahattaphalacittena samannāgatassāti attho. Appamajjatoti nappamajjato, appamādena kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ sātaccakiriyāya samannāgatassāti vuttaṃ hoti. Muninoti ‘‘yo munāti ubho loke, muni tena pavuccatī’’ti (dha. pa. 269) evaṃ ubhayalokamunanena vā, monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ, tena ñāṇena samannāgatattā vā khīṇāsavo muni nāma vuccati, tassa munino. Monapathesu sikkhatoti arahattañāṇasaṅkhātassa monassa pathesu sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammesu tīsu vā sikkhāsu sikkhato. Idañca pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ, tasmā evaṃ pubbabhāge sikkhato imāya sikkhāya munibhāvaṃ pattassa muninoti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Sokā na bhavanti tādinoti tādisassa khīṇāsavamunino abbhantare iṭṭhaviyogādivatthukā sokā na santi. Atha vā tādinoti tādilakkhaṇasamannāgatassa evarūpassa munino sokā na bhavantīti ayamettha attho. Upasantassāti rāgādīnaṃ upasamena upasantassa. Sadā satīmatoti sativepullappattattā niccakālaṃ satiyā avirahitassa . Ākāse antalikkheti antalikkhasaṅkhāte ākāse, na kasiṇugghāṭime, na pana rūpaparicchede. Caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipīti tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ kathaṃ sutvā ‘‘imā bhikkhuniyo maṃ ‘ettakameva ayaṃ jānātī’ti avamaññanti, handa dāni etāsaṃ attano ānubhāvaṃ dassemī’’ti dhammabahumānaṃ uppādetvā abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya evarūpaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassesi – ‘‘ākāse antalikkhe caṅkamatipi…pe… antaradhāyatipī’’ti. Tattha antaradhāyatipīti antaradhāyatipi adassanampi gacchatīti attho. Tañceva udānaṃ bhaṇati aññañca bahuṃ buddhavacananti thero kira attano bhātutherassa santike –
犹如芬芳的红睡莲,
清晨绽放,芳香不散;
请看那光辉的盎吉罗萨,
犹如虚空中照耀的烈日。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Padumaṃ yathā kokanudaṃ sugandhaṃ, Pāto siyā phullamavītagandhaṃ; Aṅgīrasaṃ passa virocamānaṃ, Tapantamādiccamivantalikkhe’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.123);
他请人教了此偈后,自己诵习了四个月,却未能纯熟。于是,长老对他说:‘你在这教法中无法成就。’便将他逐出寺院。他哭泣着站在门楼旁。那时,世尊以佛眼观察可度的众生,看见了他,便如同在寺院中经行一般,来到他身边,问道:‘周利槃陀伽,你为何哭泣?’他禀告了原委。于是,世尊给他一块干净的白布,说道:‘你用手摩擦这块布,并念“去除尘垢、去除尘垢”。’他答言:‘善哉!’接过布后,坐在自己的住处,摩擦布的一角。被摩擦之处变成了黑色。他心想:‘这样一块原本极为洁净的布,却因为此身而变成了黑色。’由此生起悚惧感,开始修习毗婆舍那。那时,世尊知道他已发起精进,便诵出那首发光偈:‘adhicetaso’等。长老在偈颂结束时证得了阿罗汉果。因此,长老原本就珍爱此偈;为了让人知道他的珍爱,他便诵出此偈,并且还从各处集取了许多其他的佛语。因此,有说:‘他诵出那首优陀那,以及许多其他的佛语。’显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gāthaṃ uddisāpetvā cattāro māse sajjhāyi. Na ca paguṇaṃ kattumasakkhi. Tato naṃ thero ‘‘abhabbo tvaṃ imasmiṃ sāsane’’ti vihārā nikkaḍḍhāpesi, so rodamāno dvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhāsi. Atha bhagavā buddhacakkhunā veneyyasatte olokento taṃ disvā vihāracārikaṃ caramāno viya tassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘cūḷapanthaka, kasmā rodasī’’ti āha. So tamatthaṃ ārocesi. Athassa bhagavā suddhaṃ pilotikakhaṇḍaṃ datvā ‘‘idaṃ ‘rajoharaṇaṃ rajoharaṇa’nti parimajjāhī’’ti āha. So ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā attano nivāsaṭṭhāne nisīditvā tassa ekamantaṃ parimajji, parimajjitaṭṭhānaṃ kāḷakamahosi. So ‘‘evaṃ parisuddhampi nāma vatthaṃ imaṃ attabhāvaṃ nissāya kāḷakaṃ jāta’’nti saṃvegaṃ paṭilabhitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhi. Athassa bhagavā āraddhavīriyabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘adhicetaso’’ti imaṃ obhāsagāthaṃ abhāsi. Thero gāthāpariyosāne arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Tasmā thero pakatiyāva imaṃ gāthaṃ mamāyati, so taṃ imissā gāthāya mamāyanabhāvaṃ jānāpetuṃ taṃyeva bhaṇati. Aññañca antarantarā āharitvā bahuṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tañceva udānaṃ bhaṇati, aññañca bahuṃ buddhavacana’’nti.
156 156. “ekato upasampannāya”:即在比丘尼僧团中受具足戒者,若教诫在比丘僧团中受具足戒者,即犯波逸提。此处其余内容易于理解。此学处亦唯以“句义清净”为生起因。显示巴利原文
156.Ekato upasampannāyāti bhikkhunisaṅghe upasampannāya, bhikkhusaṅghe pana upasampannaṃ ovadantassa pācittiyaṃ. Sesamettha uttānameva. Idampi ca padasodhammasamuṭṭhānameva.
三、比丘尼住处学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
162 162. 第三学处中——“除非因缘适宜,教诫则犯波逸提”等句中,应知:唯以八敬法教诫者犯波逸提,以其他法教诫者犯恶作。“ekatoupasampannāya”:即在比丘尼僧团中受具足戒者,若教诫在比丘僧团中受具足戒者,亦犯波逸提。此后,凡有说“ekatoupasampannā”之处,皆应如此解其义。其余内容易于理解。显示巴利原文
162. Tatiyasikkhāpade – aññatra samayā ovadati āpatti pācittiyassātiādīsu aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadantasseva pācittiyaṃ, aññena dhammena dukkaṭanti veditabbaṃ. Ekatoupasampannāyāti bhikkhunisaṅghe upasampannāya, bhikkhusaṅghe upasampannāya pana ovadato pācittiyameva. Ito parampi yattha yattha ‘‘ekatoupasampannā’’ti vuccati, sabbattha ayameva attho daṭṭhabbo. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
咖提那衣(学处)的生起因:由身与语生起,或由身、语与非心生起;属造作;非想解脱;无心;犯制罪;为身业、语业;具三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācato, kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
再者,于此《大筏》中有一杂论说:若未被选任的比丘,在日没后前往比丘尼住处,以八敬法教诫,则犯三个波逸提。若以其他法教诫,则犯两个恶作、一个波逸提。是何缘故?以未被选任为因,犯一恶作;以前往住处后以其他法教诫为因,犯一恶作;以日没后教诫为因,犯一波逸提。若已被选任的比丘,在日没后前往该处,以八敬法教诫,则一处无犯、两处犯波逸提。是何缘故?因已被选任故无犯;以日没后教诫为因,犯一波逸提;以前往后以八敬法教诫为因,犯一波逸提,如此则为两个波逸提。若他以其他法教诫,则一处无犯、一处恶作、一处波逸提。是何缘故?因已被选任故无犯;以前往后以其他法教诫为因,犯一恶作;以日没后教诫为因,犯一波逸提。若在日间前往教诫,不论已被选任或未被选任者,除去因夜间教诫所犯的一个波逸提,其余犯与不犯的情形应当了知。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ panettha mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ – asammato ce bhikkhu atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadati, tīṇi pācittiyāni. Aññena dhammena ovadato dve dukkaṭāni, ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Kathaṃ? Asammatamūlakaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, upassayaṃ gantvā aññena dhammena ovadanamūlakaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, atthaṅgate sūriye ovadanamūlakaṃ pācittiyanti. Sammatassa atthaṅgate sūriye tattha gantvā aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadantassa ekā anāpatti, dve pācittiyāni. Kathaṃ? Sammatattā anāpatti, atthaṅgate sūriye ovadanamūlakaṃ ekaṃ, gantvā garudhammehi ovadanamūlakaṃ ekanti dve pācittiyāni. Tasseva aññena dhammena ovadato ekā anāpatti, ekaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Kathaṃ? Sammatattā anāpatti, gantvā aññena dhammena ovadanamūlakaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, atthaṅgate sūriye ovadanamūlakaṃ pācittiyanti. Divā pana gantvā ovadato sammatassa ca asammatassa ca rattiṃ ovadanamūlakaṃ ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ apanetvā avasesā āpattānāpattiyo veditabbāti.
四、利养学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Āmisasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
164 第四学处中,“na bahukatā”意为“不作尊重”,即并非对法生起尊重后而行教诫,此乃其意。至于“欲毁谤比丘教诫者”等语句,其义应如“引发抱怨”中所说之理而解。显示巴利原文
164. Catutthasikkhāpade – na bahukatāti na katabahumānā, na dhamme bahumānaṃ katvā ovadantīti adhippāyo. ‘‘Bhikkhunovādakaṃ avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo’’tiādīnaṃ ujjhāpanake vuttanayenevattho veditabbo.
“由僧团未予认可的具足戒者”中,所谓未认可,应知是指由已被认可者或由僧团赋予责任后所安置的人。“未具足戒者,无论已认可或未认可”中,则指:于比丘时获得认可而现处于沙弥地者,为已认可;由已认可者或僧团所安置的多闻沙弥,为未认可。其余如前已说,容易明了。显示巴利原文
Upasampannaṃ saṅghena asammatanti ettha asammato nāma sammatena vā saṅghena vā bhāraṃ katvā ṭhapito veditabbo. Anupasampannaṃ sammataṃ vā asammataṃ vāti ettha pana bhikkhukāle sammutiṃ labhitvā sāmaṇerabhūmiyaṃ ṭhito sammato, sammatena vā saṅghena vā ṭhapito bahussuto sāmaṇero asammatoti veditabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā uttānameva.
属于三源起——从身与心、从语与心、从身语与心生起;是造作,是有想解脱,是有心,是世间罪,是身业,是语业,是不善心,是苦受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
五、施衣学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Cīvaradānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
169 第五学处——“visikhāya”意为“巷道”。“行乞食”指依常行乞食而频频行走。“sandiṭṭhā”意为曾是相知密友。此处其余字句义理浅显,其判释应与“受衣学处”中所说之理,连同生起等一并了知。因为彼处比丘是受者,此处是比丘尼,这是差别所在,余者皆同。显示巴利原文
169. Pañcamasikkhāpade – visikhāyāti rathikāya. Piṇḍāya caratīti nibaddhacāravasena abhiṇhaṃ carati. Sandiṭṭhāti sandiṭṭhamittā ahesuṃ. Sesamettha padato uttānatthaṃ, vinicchayato cīvarapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhi. Tatra hi bhikkhu paṭiggāhako, idha bhikkhunī, ayaṃ viseso. Sesaṃ tādisamevāti.
六、缝衣学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
175 第六学处——“Udāyī”指拉卢陀夷。“Paṭṭho”意为有能力,即既善巧又能干。“某比丘尼”即是他的前妻。“Paṭibhānacitta”指凭自己巧思所作之画。据说,他将衣染好后,在衣的中央以种种色彩画了未完成交合的男女形象。因此说“令巧思画在中间显现”。“Yathāsaṃhaṭa”即如所折叠。显示巴利原文
175. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpade – udāyīti lāḷudāyī. Paṭṭhoti paṭibalo, nipuṇo ceva samattho cāti vuttaṃ hoti. Aññatarā bhikkhunīti tasseva purāṇadutiyikā. Paṭibhānacittanti attano paṭibhānena katacittaṃ, so kira cīvaraṃ rajitvā tassa majjhe nānāvaṇṇehi vippakatamethunaṃ itthipurisarūpamakāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘majjhe paṭibhānacittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā’’ti. Yathāsaṃhaṭanti yathāsaṃharitameva.
176 “衣”指任何可以穿着或披覆之物,正如《大笺》等中所说。“自缝”中,若起念“我将缝”或进行裁剪,犯恶作;正式开始缝制时,则犯波逸提。于针入针出时,即每将针穿入、穿出之际。然而,若未将整根针完全拔出,仅为穿入长线而刺百次之后方才拔出,则唯犯一次波逸提。“一次吩咐”指仅说一次“缝衣”。纵使所缝甚多,若完成一切针工令衣成就,亦唯犯一次波逸提。但若被如是说“此衣所需之工,汝负全责”而作,则受吩咐者于每一针入针出,各犯一次波逸提;吩咐者以一言令多人共作,亦犯多罪。若再三反复吩咐,则更不待言。显示巴利原文
176.Cīvaranti yaṃ nivāsituṃ vā pārupituṃ vā sakkā hoti, evañhi mahāpaccariyādīsu vuttaṃ. Sayaṃ sibbatīti ettha sibbissāmīti vicārentassāpi chindantassāpi dukkaṭaṃ, sibbantassa pana pācittiyaṃ. Ārāpathe ārāpatheti sūciṃ pavesetvā pavesetvā nīharaṇe. Sace pana sakalasūciṃ anīharanto dīghasuttappavesanatthaṃ satakkhattumpi vijjhitvā nīharati, ekameva pācittiyaṃ. Sakiṃ āṇattoti sakiṃ ‘‘cīvaraṃ sibbā’’ti vutto. Bahukampi sibbatīti sacepi sabbaṃ sūcikammaṃ pariyosāpetvā cīvaraṃ niṭṭhāpeti, ekameva pācittiyaṃ. Atha pana ‘‘imasmiṃ cīvare kattabbakammaṃ tava bhāro’’ti vutto karoti, āṇattassa ārāpathe ārāpathe ekamekaṃ pācittiyaṃ, āṇāpakassa ekavācāya sambahulānipi. Punappunaṃ āṇattiyaṃ pana vattabbameva natthi.
若师与戒师为各自的亲属缝衣时,他们依止者心想“我等为履行师与戒师的义务而行,或为咖提那衣的义务而行”并为之缝制,他们同样要按针数计罪。若师与戒师令弟子为自己的亲属缝衣,师与戒师犯恶作,弟子犯波逸提。若弟子令师与戒师为自己的亲属缝衣,此中亦同此理。若所缝之衣,同时为弟子与师、戒师双方亲属之衣,而师、戒师欺诳弟子令其缝制,则双方皆犯恶作。何以故?因弟子作非亲属想而缝,其余人等则因令作不如法事之故。因此,应当明确告知“此是你母亲之衣,此是你姊妹之衣”之后,再令其缝制。显示巴利原文
Yepi sace ācariyupajjhāyesu attano ñātikānaṃ cīvaraṃ sibbantesu tesaṃ nissitakā ‘‘ācariyupajjhāyavattaṃ vā kathinavattaṃ vā karomā’’ti sibbanti, tesampi ārāpathagaṇanāya āpattiyo. Ācariyupajjhāyā attano ñātikānaṃ cīvaraṃ antevāsikehi sibbāpenti, ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, antevāsikānaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Antevāsikā attano ñātikānaṃ ācariyupajjhāyehi sibbāpenti, tatrāpi eseva nayo. Antevāsikānampi ācariyupajjhāyānampi ñātikāya cīvaraṃ hoti, ācariyupajjhāyā pana antevāsike vañcetvā sibbāpenti, ubhinnampi dukkaṭaṃ. Kasmā? Antevāsikānaṃ aññātikasaññāya sibbitattā , itaresaṃ akappiye niyojitattā. Tasmā ‘‘idaṃ te mātu cīvaraṃ, idaṃ bhaginiyā’’ti ācikkhitvā sibbāpetabbaṃ.
179 “其他资具”指诸如鞋袋等任何一类物品。其余文句含义浅显易解。六种源起为:是造作,非无想解脱,无心,制戒罪,身业,语业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
179.Aññaṃparikkhāranti yaṃkiñci upāhanatthavikādiṃ. Sesaṃ uttānameva. Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
七、约定同行学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
181 第七学处:‘于后行者,贼夺’是指,贼夺走了在后行者的钵与衣。‘污’是指,贼污辱了那些比丘尼,即毁坏她们的戒律。显示巴利原文
181. Sattamasikkhāpade – pacchā gacchantīnaṃ corā acchindiṃsūti pacchā gacchantīnaṃ pattacīvaraṃ corā hariṃsu. Dūsesunti tā bhikkhuniyo corā dūsayiṃsu, sīlavināsaṃ pāpayiṃsūti attho .
182-3 ‘约定’意为安排,即出行时作好约定。‘鸡程’是指,出村后鸡步行前往另一村所经的路程,因此称为‘鸡程’。其词义为:能到达之处称为‘程’。谁能到达?鸡。鸡之程即为鸡程。或者,‘程’指行走,因有鸡之行程在此,故也称鸡程。又有‘鸡跃’的读法,此处指鸡从某村屋顶飞起,落在另一村屋顶上,即称为‘鸡跃’。此处词义应依前说之理了知。此二种所说之村彼此极为邻近,不得另立界域。然而,若某村破晓时鸡鸣声于邻村可闻,在这样的村落密集的国家中,于村与村间犯波逸提,这是注释书所说。虽如此说,根据‘于村与村间犯波逸提’的语句,纵令二村仅隔一宝石之遥,若进入那地方人所施设的界域,即得罪。显示巴利原文
182-3.Saṃvidhāyāti saṃvidahitvā, gamanakāle saṅketaṃ katvāti attho. Kukkuṭasampādeti ettha yasmā gāmā nikkhamitvā kukkuṭo padasāva aññaṃ gāmaṃ gacchati, ayaṃ kukkuṭasampādoti vuccati. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – sampadanti etthāti sampādo. Ke sampadanti? Kukkuṭā. Kukkuṭānaṃ sampādo kukkuṭasampādo. Atha vā sampādoti gamanaṃ, kukkuṭānaṃ sampādo ettha atthītipi kukkuṭasampādo. Kukkuṭasampāte itipi pāṭho, tattha yassa gāmassa gehacchadanapiṭṭhito kukkuṭo uppatitvā aññassa gehacchadanapiṭṭhiyaṃ patati, ayaṃ kukkuṭasampātoti vuccati. Vacanattho panettha vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Dvidhā vuttappakāropi cesa gāmo accāsanno hoti, upacāro na labbhati. Yasmiṃ pana gāme paccūse vassantassa kukkuṭassa saddo anantare gāme suyyati, tādisehi gāmehi sampuṇṇaraṭṭhe gāmantare gāmantare pācittiyanti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi vuttaṃ, ‘‘gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti vacanato pana sacepi ratanamattantaro gāmo hoti, yo tassa manussehi ṭhapitaupacāro, taṃ okkamantassa āpattiyeva.
关于此处的犯戒判定如下:作安排时,若双方都站在比丘尼住处、内院、集会堂或外道卧处进行安排,则无犯戒,因为这是如法的场所。因此,这里并不因安排之缘而判犯恶作罪,而只依行进时的实际情况而定。然而,若在村内的比丘尼住处门口、车行道,或在四衢道、十字路口、象棚等处作安排,比丘犯恶作罪。如此安排之后,从村中出时,在出村之际不犯戒;但当踏入邻村的界域时,比丘便犯波逸提罪。对此,《大筏》中说:‘第一脚犯恶作,第二脚犯波逸提。’从村中出来后,直至踏入邻村界域之前,在此期间即便作安排,比丘也犯恶作;踏入邻村界域时,则依前述方式犯戒。若欲远行,以村界计数,每踏入一村界即犯戒,但越过该村时即不犯戒。然而,若比丘尼心想‘我将去某村’而从住处出发,比丘也心想‘我将去某村’而针对同一村庄从寺院出发,后两人在村口相遇,说:‘你们去哪里?是去某村吗?我们也去那里。’随后说:‘来吧,现在我们一起走。’如此安排而行,则无犯戒。为什么呢?因为之前就已怀着‘我们要去’的心出发了。这是《大筏》中所说。但这与巴利圣典及其他注释书并不相符……显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ āpattivinicchayo – saṃvidhānakāle hi sace ubhopi bhikkhunupassaye vā antarārāme vā āsanasālāya vā titthiyaseyyāya vā ṭhatvā saṃvidahanti, anāpatti kappiyabhūmi kirāyaṃ. Tasmā ettha saṃvidahanapaccayā dukkaṭāpattiṃ na vadanti, gacchantassa yathāvatthukameva. Sace pana antogāme bhikkhunupassayadvāre rathikāya aññesu vā catukkasiṅghāṭakahatthisālādīsu saṃvidahanti, bhikkhuno āpatti dukkaṭassa. Evaṃ saṃvidahitvā gāmato nikkhamanti, nikkhamane anāpatti, anantaragāmassa upacārokkamane pana bhikkhuno pācittiyaṃ. Tatrāpi ‘‘paṭhamapāde dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyapāde pācittiya’’nti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Gāmato nikkhamitvā pana yāva anantaragāmassa upacāraṃ na okkamanti , etthantare saṃvidahitepi bhikkhuno dukkaṭaṃ, anantaragāmassa upacārokkamane purimanayeneva āpatti. Sace dūraṃ gantukāmā honti, gāmūpacāragaṇanāya okkamane okkamane āpatti, tassa tassa pana gāmassa atikkamane anāpatti. Sace pana bhikkhunī ‘‘asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ gamissāmī’’ti upassayato nikkhamati, bhikkhupi tameva gāmaṃ sandhāya ‘‘asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ gamissāmī’’ti vihārato nikkhamati. Atha dvepi gāmadvāre samāgantvā ‘‘tumhe kuhiṃ gacchatha, asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ tumhe kuhinti, mayampi tatthevā’’ti vatvā ‘‘ehi dāni, gacchāmā’’ti saṃvidhāya gacchanti, anāpatti. Kasmā? Pubbameva gamissāmāti nikkhantattāti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Taṃ neva pāḷiyā na sesaaṭṭhakathāya sameti.
“半由旬、半由旬”:每超过一个半由旬,在将要越过时,第一脚犯恶作,第二脚犯波逸提。依此方法,越过时有罪,进入时无罪。显示巴利原文
Addhayojane addhayojaneti ekamekaṃ addhayojanaṃ atikkamantassa idāni atikkamissatīti paṭhamapāde dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyapāde pācittiyaṃ. Imasmiñhi naye atikkamane āpatti, okkamane anāpatti.
184 第184条。比丘安排:在城门或车道上见到比丘尼,说:“我曾到过某村。”比丘尼说:“尊者,我未曾到过。”比丘便说:“来吧,我们一起去。”或者说:“明天我将去,你也来吧。”比丘尼安排:在村间见到为礼敬塔庙而从村中出来的比丘,问:“尊者去哪里?”答:“去某村礼敬塔庙。”比丘尼说:“尊者,我也来。”如此仅是比丘尼在安排,而非比丘。显示巴利原文
184.Bhikkhu saṃvidahatīti nagaradvāre vā rathikāya vā bhikkhuniṃ disvā ‘‘asukaṃ gāmaṃ nāma gatapubbatthā’’ti vadati, ‘‘nāmhi ayya gatapubbā’’ti ‘‘ehi gacchāmā’’ti vā ‘‘sve ahaṃ gamissāmi, tvampi āgaccheyyāsī’’ti vā vadati. Bhikkhunī saṃvidahatīti gāmantare cetiyavandanatthaṃ gāmato nikkhamantaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā ‘‘ayya kuhiṃ gacchathā’’ti vadati. ‘‘Asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ cetiyavandanattha’’nti. ‘‘Ahampi ayya āgacchāmī’’ti evaṃ bhikkhunīyeva saṃvidahati, na bhikkhu.
185 关于时间上的变更:若说“我们午前去”却午后去,说“今天去”却明天去,仅在此时间上的变更无罪;但若在城门或道路上的约定有变更,则仍犯戒。关于灾厄:在国土分裂、民众如车轮般辗转流离等灾厄中无罪。其余文义明了。显示巴利原文
185.Visaṅketenāti ettha ‘‘purebhattaṃ gacchissāmā’’ti vatvā pacchābhattaṃ gacchanti, ‘‘ajja vā gamissāmā’’ti vatvā sve gacchanti. Evaṃ kālavisaṅketeyeva anāpatti, dvāravisaṅkete pana maggavisaṅkete vā satipi āpattiyeva. Āpadāsūti raṭṭhabhede cakkasamāruḷhā janapadā pariyāyanti evarūpāsu āpadāsu anāpatti. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti.
四源生起——由身生起、由身语生起、由身心生起、由身语心生起;是作业;非想解脱;非无心;制戒罪;身业、语业;三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Catusamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyato kāyavācato kāyacittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
8. 登船学处解释显示巴利原文
8. Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
188 第八戒——‘安排’:指为了世俗的享乐、结交朋友,而以游戏为先作安排。‘上行船’:指逆流而上的船。然而,由于乘顺流疾行之船游戏者被称为‘乘上行船’,故在分别句中为显示此义而说‘顺流疾行船’。‘下行船’:指顺流而下的船。然而,由于乘逆流疾行之船游戏者被称为‘乘下行船’,故在分别句中为显示此义而说‘逆流疾行船’。其中,若为了到达渡口而向上或向下行驶,则无犯戒。‘为横渡’:此处以从格表示目的。显示巴利原文
188. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpade – saṃvidhāyāti lokassādamittasanthavavasena kīḷāpurekkhārā saṃvidahitvā. Uddhaṃgāmininti uddhaṃ nadiyā paṭisotaṃ gacchantiṃ. Yasmā pana yo uddhaṃ javanato ujjavanikāya nāvāya kīḷati, so ‘‘uddhaṃgāminiṃ abhiruhatī’’ti vuccati. Tenassa padabhājane atthameva dassetuṃ ‘‘ujjavanikāyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Adhogāmininti adho anusotaṃ gacchantiṃ. Yasmā pana yo adho javanato ojavanikāya nāvāya kīḷati, so ‘‘adhogāminiṃ abhiruhatī’’ti vuccati. Tenassāpi padabhājane atthameva dassetuṃ ‘‘ojavanikāyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha yaṃ titthasampaṭipādanatthaṃ uddhaṃ vā adho vā haranti, ettha anāpatti. Tiriyaṃ taraṇāyāti upayogatthe nissakkavacanaṃ.
189 ‘村与村之间’:此处,若某河一岸有鸡足村等村落连绵不绝,另一岸为无村之荒野,则沿有村岸而行时,依村间计数而犯波逸提;沿无村岸而行时,依半由旬计数。若河宽一由旬,从河中行时,亦应依半由旬计数而了知犯波逸提。‘为横渡而无犯戒’:此处,不仅指河流,即使是从大渡口港出发,前往多摩梨帝或金地者,亦无犯戒。因为于一切注释书中,唯就河流而分别犯戒,未就海洋而分别。显示巴利原文
189.Gāmantare gāmantareti ettha yassā nadiyā ekaṃ tīraṃ kukkuṭasampādagāmehi nirantaraṃ, ekaṃ agāmakaṃ araññaṃ, tassā sagāmakatīrapassena gamanakāle gāmantaragaṇanāya pācittiyāni, agāmakatīrapassena gamanakāle addhayojanagaṇanāya. Yā pana yojanavitthatā hoti, tassā majjhena gamanepi addhayojanagaṇanāya pācittiyāni veditabbāni. Anāpatti tiriyaṃ taraṇāyāti ettha na kevalaṃ nadiyā, yopi mahātitthapaṭṭanato tāmalittiṃ vā suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ vā gacchati, tassāpi anāpatti. Sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu hi nadiyaṃyeva āpatti vicāritā, na samudde.
191 关于“变更”:此处亦仅时间上的变更不犯;若以渡口变更或船只变更而行,则犯。其余与第一学处相同,连同生起等也是如此。显示巴利原文
191.Visaṅketenāti idhāpi kālavisaṅketeneva anāpatti, titthavisaṅketena pana nāvāvisaṅketena vā gacchantassa āpattiyeva. Sesaṃ paṭhamasikkhāpadasadisameva saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.
9. 煮熟学处解释显示巴利原文
9. Paripācitasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
192 第九学处——“在大龙们站立时”:此处为表处所而用宾格,意为“在大龙们站立时”。或者,应视“大龙们站立时”之后省略了“未看见”这一句。否则,文义便不通。“中间话题”:指未达结束、处在开始与结束之间的中间阶段的话题。“未完成”:指正在进行中。“居士,大龙们确实被你……”:她以半眼观察,看见长老们进入,知道他们已听到,故如此说。显示巴利原文
192. Navamasikkhāpade – mahānāge tiṭṭhamāneti bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ, mahānāgesu tiṭṭhamānesūti attho. Atha vā mahānāge tiṭṭhamāne ‘‘adisvā’’ti ayamettha pāṭhaseso daṭṭhabbo. Itarathā hi attho na yujjati. Antarākathāti avasānaṃ appatvā ārambhassa ca avasānassa ca vemajjhaṭṭhānaṃ pattakathā. Vippakatāti kayiramānā hoti. Saccaṃ mahānāgā kho tayā gahapatīti addhacchikena olokayamānā there pavisante disvā tehi sutabhāvaṃ ñatvā evamāha.
194 “比丘尼所教令”:指由比丘尼教令、通过宣扬功德而促成;意为应被获得。在分别句中,为说明比丘尼及其教令的方式,而说“比丘尼者,于二部僧中受具足戒者;教令者,即对先前不欲施与者”等。其中“先前”指最初。“所营办”指已营办,是对已准备之事的称呼。在家人所营办的,称为在家人所营办。这是说:在比丘尼教令之前,若有人舍弃在家人最初所准备的食物,而食用其他食物,则有罪;若食用那食物,则无罪。然而在分别句中,即使并非为比丘而营办的钵食,若由亲属或受邀请者提供,从意义上也如同已营办,因为可以随意取用,所以不取字面义,仅显其义,说“在家人所营办者,名为亲属或受邀请者”。显示巴利原文
194.Bhikkhuniparipācitanti bhikkhuniyā paripācitaṃ, guṇappakāsanena nipphāditaṃ; laddhabbaṃ katanti attho. Padabhājane panassa bhikkhuniñca tassā paripācanākārañca dassetuṃ ‘‘bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā, paripāceti nāma pubbe adātukāmāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Pubbe gihisamārambhāti ettha pubbeti paṭhamaṃ. Samārambhoti samāraddhaṃ vuccati, paṭiyāditassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Gihīnaṃ samārambho gihisamārambho. Bhikkhuniyā paripācanato paṭhamameva yaṃ gihīnaṃ paṭiyāditaṃ bhattaṃ, tato aññatra taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ bhuñjantassa āpatti, taṃ pana bhuñjantassa anāpattīti vuttaṃ hoti. Padabhājane pana yasmā ñātakapavāritehi bhikkhussatthāya asamāraddhopi piṇḍapāto atthato samāraddhova hoti, yathāsukhaṃ āharāpetabbato, tasmā byañjanaṃ anādiyitvā atthameva dassetuṃ ‘‘gihisamārambho nāma ñātakā vā honti pavāritā vā’’ti vuttaṃ.
195 「自然已准备」者,指原本即为彼比丘而准备,如言「我们将给长老」。然《大护持》中未说「为其他那位」,而通说「是为比丘们而准备的」。显示巴利原文
195.Pakatipaṭiyattanti pakatiyā tasseva bhikkhuno atthāya paṭiyāditaṃ hoti ‘‘therassa dassāmā’’ti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘tassa aññassā’’ti avatvā ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ dassāmāti paṭiyattaṃ hotī’’ti avisesena vuttaṃ.
197 「除五种正食外,一切处无罪」者,即粥、硬食、果、非果等一切处,纵由比丘尼令煮,亦无罪。余义易了。第一波罗夷之等起——由身与心等起,是作业,有想解脱,有心,是制罪,身业,具三心,有三受。显示巴利原文
197.Pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpattīti yāgukhajjakaphalāphale sabbattha bhikkhuniparipācitepi anāpatti. Sesaṃ uttānameva. Paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
10. 独坐学处解释显示巴利原文
10. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
198 第十学处——所有巴利文义及判释,应依第二不定法中所说之法而了知。因该学处与第二不定法,以及后文乌巴难达之第四学处,同属一类,唯由事缘不同而别别制定。显示巴利原文
198. Dasamasikkhāpade – sabbo pāḷiattho ca vinicchayo ca dutiyaaniyate vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Idañhi sikkhāpadaṃ dutiyāniyatena ca upari upanandhassa catutthasikkhāpadena ca saddhiṃ ekaparicchedaṃ, aṭṭhuppattivasena pana visuṃ paññattanti.
4. 食物品显示巴利原文
4. Bhojanavaggo
一、住处施食学处解释显示巴利原文
1. Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
203 203. 食物品第一学处——“住处食”:指在住处施设的食物。即,四周有围墙,为旅人、病人、孕妇、出家人等随宜设置床座,以多个房间、门厅等划分区域,建成住处后,有人出于求功德之心而于此处施设食物,粥、饭、药等一切物品,皆放置以供养那些人。此是“住处食”的含义。“昨天”乃至“明天”……“离去”指离开。“人们讥嫌”:指因看不到外道,听说“外道去哪里了?”“见到这些人就离开了”等语而讥嫌。“生悔”:指心生悔恨,生起不清净想。显示巴利原文
203. Bhojanavaggassa paṭhamasikkhāpade – āvasathapiṇḍoti āvasathe piṇḍo. Samantā parikkhittaṃ addhikagilānagabbhinipabbajitānaṃ yathānurūpaṃ paññattamañcapīṭhaṃ anekagabbhapamukhaparicchedaṃ āvasathaṃ katvā tattha puññakāmatāya piṇḍo paññatto hoti, yāgubhattabhesajjādi sabbaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ dānatthāya ṭhapitaṃ hotīti attho. Hiyyopīti svepi. Apasakkantīti apagacchanti. Manussā ujjhāyantīti titthiye apassantā ‘‘titthiyā kuhiṃ gatā’’‘‘ime passitvā pakkantā’’ti sutvā ujjhāyanti. Kukkuccāyantoti kukkuccaṃ karonto, akappiyasaññaṃ uppādentoti attho.
206 206.“能从那个住处离开”:指能行走半由旬或一由旬。“不能”:指连这样的距离也不能行走。“不指定”:指不指定“只给这些人”或“只给这么多人”,即不针对某一派别,为所有人施设。“随量”:指不限定“食物仅此定量”,而是随量施设。“应食一次”:指应在一日内食用;从第二天起,若接受则犯恶作,每吞咽一口则犯波逸提。显示巴利原文
206.Sakkoti tamhā āvasathā pakkamitunti addhayojanaṃ vā yojanaṃ vā gantuṃ sakkoti. Na sakkotīti ettakameva na sakkoti. Anodissāti imesaṃyeva vā ettakānaṃyeva vāti ekaṃ pāsaṇḍaṃ anuddisitvā sabbesaṃ paññatto hoti. Yāvadatthoti bhojanampi ettakanti aparicchinditvā yāvadattho paññatto hoti. Sakiṃ bhuñjitabbanti ekadivasaṃ bhuñjitabbaṃ, dutiyadivasato paṭṭhāya paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ.
然而,此处的判释如下:由一个家庭或多个家庭共同,在一处或多处,以“今日此处,明日彼处”这样不固定的方式所施设的食物,若在一处食用一日后,次日便不得于该处或其他处食用。但由多个家庭在多处施设的,在一处食用一日后,次日可于他处食用。然而,依顺序轮完一遍后,则不得再从头开始,此据《大护持》所说。同一团体、不同团体,同一村庄、不同村庄,其理亦同。即使是由一个家庭或多个家庭共同施设,因米等匮乏而时有中断,此种食物亦不应食用。但若他们以“我们无力再施”而中断后,又生起善心继续施与,则仍可再食用一日,此亦《大护持》所说。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo – ekakulena vā nānākulehi vā ekato hutvā ekasmiṃ ṭhāne vā nānāṭhānesu vā ‘‘ajja ekasmiṃ; sve ekasmi’’nti evaṃ aniyamitaṭṭhāne vā paññattaṃ ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ekadivasaṃ bhuñjitvā dutiyadivase tasmiṃ ṭhāne aññasmiṃ vā bhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Nānākulehi pana nānāṭhānesu paññattaṃ ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ekadivasaṃ bhuñjitvā dutiyadivase aññattha bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Paṭipāṭiṃ pana khepetvā puna ādito paṭṭhāya bhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭatīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Ekapūganānāpūgaekagāmanānāgāmesupi eseva nayo. Yopi ekakulassa vā nānākulānaṃ vā ekato paññatto taṇḍulādīnaṃ abhāvena antarantarā chijjati, sopi na bhuñjitabbo. Sace pana ‘‘na sakkoma dātu’’nti upacchinditvā puna kalyāṇacitte uppanne dātuṃ ārabhanti, etaṃ puna ekadivasaṃ bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ.
208 208.“病人无罪”者:指病者留宿而食用,无罪。“去者”者:指于旅途中,在所到之处住一日、食一日者,此亦无罪。来者之理相同。去而复返者,于旅途中,在所来之処住一日、食一日,是为开许。若有人念“我将启程”而食用后出发,遇河流涨水或盗贼等怖畏而返回,待觉知路途安稳再行离去,可再食用一日,此一切于《大护持》等中有说。“已指定施设”者:指专为比丘们而指定施设的。“非随量”者:指非随量施设,而是零星少许所得,如是虽常时食用亦无妨。“除五种正食外,一切处”者:指于粥、硬食、果、非果等品类中,一切处皆无罪;因粥等纵常时食用亦为开许。余文易解。(等起)如羊毛戒——从身与身、心等起,是作业,非无想解脱,无心,是制罪,身业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
208.Anāpatti gilānassāti gilānassa anuvasitvā bhuñjantassa anāpatti. Gacchanto vāti yo gacchanto antarāmagge ekadivasaṃ gataṭṭhāne ca ekadivasaṃ bhuñjati, tassāpi anāpatti. Āgacchantepi eseva nayo. Gantvā paccāgacchantopi antarāmagge ekadivasaṃ āgataṭṭhāne ca ekadivasaṃ bhuñjituṃ labhati. Gacchissāmīti bhuñjitvā nikkhantassa nadī vā pūrati corādibhayaṃ vā hoti, so nivattitvā khemabhāvaṃ ñatvā gacchanto puna ekadivasaṃ bhuñjituṃ labhatīti sabbamidaṃ mahāpaccariyādīsu vuttaṃ . Odissa paññatto hotīti bhikkhūnaṃyeva atthāya uddisitvā paññatto hoti. Na yāvadatthoti yāvadatthaṃ paññatto na hoti, thokaṃ thokaṃ labbhati, tādisaṃ niccampi bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbatthāti yāgukhajjakaphalāphalādibhede sabbattha anāpatti. Yāguādīni hi niccampi bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sesaṃ uttānameva. Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyato ca kāyacittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
二、众食学处解释显示巴利原文
2. Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
209 209. 第二学处——“利养恭敬减损”者:据说,提婆达多曾令阿阇世王弑父、派遣刺客、制造流血事件,却一直隐匿不露。然而,当其于白昼放出护财象时,事情便败露了。当城中议论“提婆达多为何放出大象”时,他那些公开的恶行便显现了:“他不仅放出大象,还曾令人弑王、派遣刺客、投掷石块,真是个恶人提婆达多。”当被问及“他与谁共为此事”时,人们回答:“与阿阇世王。”于是,市民们激愤地说:“国王怎可与这样的盗贼、教法之刺同行?”国王得知都城骚动后,便将提婆达多驱逐出去。此后,国王断绝了供养他的五百锅食,也不再前往侍奉,其他人也都认为不应再给他任何物品或为他做任何事。是故说“利养恭敬减损”。所谓“于俗家一再乞求而食”者:彼为维系徒众,心想“莫使徒众涣散”,便如此乞求:“你供一人份的比丘食,你供两人份的”,然后带领徒众在俗家进食。显示巴利原文
209. Dutiyasikkhāpade – parihīnalābhasakkāroti so kira ajātasattunā rājānaṃ mārāpetvāpi abhimāre yojetvāpi ruhiruppādaṃ katvāpi guḷhapaṭicchanno ahosi. Yadā pana divāyeva dhanapālakaṃ payojesi, tadā pākaṭo jāto. ‘‘Kathaṃ devadatto hatthiṃ payojesī’’ti parikathāya uppannāya ‘‘na kevalaṃ hatthiṃ payojesi, rājānampi mārāpesi, abhimārepi pesesi, silampi pavijjhi, pāpo devadatto’’ti pākaṭo ahosi. ‘‘Kena saddhiṃ idaṃ kammamakāsī’’ti ca vutte ‘‘raññā ajātasattunā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tato nāgarā ‘‘kathañhi nāma rājā evarūpaṃ coraṃ sāsanakaṇṭakaṃ gahetvā vicarissatī’’ti uṭṭhahiṃsu. Rājā nagarasaṅkhobhaṃ ñatvā devadattaṃ nīhari. Tato paṭṭhāya cassa pañcathālipākasatāni upacchindi, upaṭṭhānampissa na agamāsi, aññepissa manussā na kiñci dātabbaṃ vā kātabbaṃ vā maññiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘parihīnalābhasakkāro’’ti. Kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjatīti ‘‘mā me gaṇo bhijjī’’ti parisaṃ posento ‘‘tvaṃ ekassa bhikkhuno bhattaṃ dehi, tvaṃ dvinna’’nti evaṃ viññāpetvā sapariso kulesu bhuñjati.
211 “衣变得稀少”:由于人们不给那些不接受食物的人衣服,所以衣变得稀少。显示巴利原文
211.Cīvaraṃ parittaṃ uppajjatīti bhattaṃ agaṇhantānaṃ cīvaraṃ na denti, tasmā parittaṃ uppajjati.
212 “以食物邀请做衣的比丘”:在村中托钵后,见到比丘们久久未能完成制衣,心想“若能尽快完成,他们便能受用衣了”,出于求功德之心,便以食物邀请他们。显示巴利原文
212.Cīvarakārakebhikkhū bhattena nimantentīti gāme piṇḍāya caritvā cirena cīvaraṃ niṭṭhāpente disvā ‘‘evaṃ lahuṃ niṭṭhāpetvā cīvaraṃ paribhuñjissantī’’ti puññakāmatāya nimantenti.
215 “从各处异国来者”:指从种种不同外国而来的人。另有读作“nānāvirajjake”,意义相同。显示巴利原文
215.Nānāverajjaketi nānāvidhehi aññarajjehi āgate. ‘‘Nānāvirajjake’’tipi pāṭho, ayamevattho.
217-8 别众食,是指团体的受食。此处的“团体”,是指四位及四位以上的比丘。因此,在说明最低标准时指出:“凡是四位比丘……这便称为别众食。”这种别众食的产生有两种方式:依邀请而生,或依乞求而生。如何是依邀请而生呢?若有四位比丘前来,邀请者用米饭之名等五种食物的任何一种,以“尊者,我以米饭邀请诸位,请接受我的米饭,期待、留意、应允、等候”等任何同义或不同的话邀请。如此一道受邀的比丘,如果在规定的今日或明日一起前往、一起接受、一起食用,便构成别众食,所有人皆犯。如果一道受邀,无论一起或分别前往,只要一起接受、分别食用,也犯。因为此处是以接受作为判定标准。若一道受邀,无论一起或分别前往,只要分别接受,无论一起或分别食用,不犯。若分别前往四个院落或寺院,分散受到邀请,却又站在同一处;或一人由儿子邀请,一人由父亲邀请,如此分别受邀后,无论是一起或分别前往,一起或分别食用,只要一起接受了,便构成别众食,所有人皆犯。以上是依邀请而生的情况。显示巴利原文
217-8.Gaṇabhojaneti gaṇassa bhojane. Idha ca gaṇo nāma cattāro bhikkhū ādiṃ katvā tatuttariṃ bhikkhū adhippetā, teneva sabbantimaṃ paricchedaṃ dassento āha ‘‘yattha cattāro bhikkhū…pe… etaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ nāmā’’ti. Taṃ panetaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ dvīhākārehi pasavati nimantanato vā viññattito vā. Kathaṃ nimantanato pasavati? Cattāro bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘tumhe, bhante, odanena nimantemi, odanaṃ me gaṇhatha ākaṅkhatha oloketha adhivāsetha paṭimānethā’’ti evaṃ yena kenaci vevacanena vā bhāsantarena vā pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ nāmaṃ gahetvā nimanteti. Evaṃ ekato nimantitā paricchinnakālavasena ajjatanāya vā svātanāya vā ekato gacchanti, ekato gaṇhanti, ekato bhuñjanti, gaṇabhojanaṃ hoti, sabbesaṃ āpatti. Ekato nimantitā ekato vā nānato vā gacchanti, ekato gaṇhanti, nānato bhuñjanti , āpattiyeva. Paṭiggahaṇameva hi ettha pamāṇaṃ. Ekato nimantitā ekato vā nānato vā gacchanti, nānato gaṇhanti, ekato vā nānato vā bhuñjanti, anāpatti. Cattāri pariveṇāni vā vihāre vā gantvā nānato nimantitā ekaṭṭhāne ṭhitesuyeva vā eko puttena eko pitarāti evampi nānato nimantitā ekato vā nānato vā gacchantu, ekato vā nānato vā bhuñjantu, sace ekato gaṇhanti, gaṇabhojanaṃ hoti, sabbesaṃ āpatti. Evaṃ tāva nimantanato pasavati.
如何是依乞求而生呢?四位比丘一起站立或坐着,看见优婆塞后,便乞求说:“请给我们四人食物”;或者各自看见后,说“给我,给我”。如此一起或分别乞求之后,不论是一起或分别前往,取得食物后不论一起或分别食用,只要一起接受了,便构成别众食,所有人皆犯。以上是依乞求而生的情况。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ viññattito? Cattāro bhikkhū ekato ṭhitā vā nisinnā vā upāsakaṃ disvā ‘‘amhākaṃ catunnampi bhattaṃ dehī’’ti vā viññāpeyyuṃ, pāṭekkaṃ vā passitvā ‘‘mayhaṃ dehi, mayhaṃ dehī’’ti evaṃ ekato vā nānato vā viññāpetvā ekato vā gacchantu nānato vā, bhattaṃ gahetvāpi ekato vā bhuñjantu nānato vā, sace ekato gaṇhanti, gaṇabhojanaṃ hoti, sabbesaṃ āpatti. Evaṃ viññattito pasavati.
“足破裂者”:犹如厚皮革的反面那样,皮肉裂开,露出底层血肉,即便只是被沙粒或碎石轻轻碰触也会产生剧痛,无法前往村中托钵。在这样病况下,当属“病时”,可依此开许而进食,不应为此另作取巧方便。显示巴利原文
Pādāpiphalitāti yathā mahācammassa parato maṃsaṃ dissati; evaṃ phālitā, vālikāya vā sakkharāya vā pahaṭamatte dukkhaṃ uppādenti, na sakkā hoti antogāme piṇḍāya carituṃ. Īdise gelaññe gilānasamayoti bhuñjitabbaṃ, na lesakappiyaṃ kātabbaṃ.
“正在做衣时”:指得到布料和线后,正在做衣的时候;并没有另外所谓的“做衣时”。因此,凡在那儿做任何与做衣有关的工作,依《大筏疏》所说——乃至穿针也算——即可在“做衣时”受食。而《库伦达疏》中则有详细说明:凡分配衣料、裁剪、安放假缝线、安放来者布片、缝合回针、系缚来者布片、裁剪顺风布、拍打、上架、缝合回针、制线、搓线、放置胡椒粒、翻转衣——这一切都称为“做衣”。然而,若有人坐在附近讲说本生或法句,此人便不算在做衣。除这种情况外,对其余人等,于别众食中无犯。显示巴利原文
Cīvare kayiramāneti yadā sāṭakañca suttañca labhitvā cīvaraṃ karonti tadā; visuñhi cīvarakārasamayo nāma natthi. Tasmā yo tattha cīvare kattabbaṃ yaṃkiñci kammaṃ karoti, mahāpaccariyañhi ‘‘antamaso sūcivedhanako’’tipi vuttaṃ, tena cīvarakārasamayoti bhuñjitabbaṃ. Kurundiyaṃ pana vitthāreneva vuttaṃ. Yo cīvaraṃ vicāreti, chindati, moghasuttaṃ ṭhapeti, āgantukapaṭṭaṃ ṭhapeti, paccāgataṃ sibbati, āgantukapaṭṭaṃ bandhati, anuvātaṃ chindati ghaṭṭeti āropeti, tattha paccāgataṃ sibbati, suttaṃ karoti valeti, pipphalikaṃ niseti, parivattanaṃ karoti, sabbopi cīvaraṃ karotiyevāti vuccati. Yo pana samīpe nisinno jātakaṃ vā dhammapadaṃ vā katheti, ayaṃ na cīvarakārako. Etaṃ ṭhapetvā sesānaṃ gaṇabhojane anāpattīti.
“半由旬”:指即使只打算走这么远的路程,若有人打算走更远的路,那自然更不必说。“正在行走者”:指正在行路者,在半由旬内的牛呼声距离内亦可受食。“已行后应食”:指已行路后,可于一日内受食。乘船时亦同此理,但有一差异:据《大筏疏》说,已上船者,即使已到达所去之处,只要尚未下船,仍可受食。“第四位到来时”:这是最下限,若第四位到来时仍不足维持,便属大集会时。而凡有百人、千人聚集之处,自然更不必说。因此,在那样的时刻,应作意“大集会时”而受食。“任何与出家者同类者”:指同法者或外道中的任何一种,对于由这些人中任何一位所办的食事,应作意“沙门食事时”而受食。显示巴利原文
Addhayojananti ettakampi addhānaṃ gantukāmena. Yo pana dūraṃ gantukāmo, tattha vattabbameva natthi. Gacchantenāti addhānaṃ gacchantena, addhayojanabbhantare gāvutepi bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Gatena bhuñjitabbanti gatena ekadivasaṃ bhuñjitabbaṃ. Nāvābhiruhanepi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – abhiruḷhena icchitaṭṭhānaṃ gantvāpi yāva na orohati tāva bhuñjitabbanti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Catutthe āgateti ayaṃ antimaparicchedo, catutthepi āgate yattha na yāpenti; so mahāsamayo. Yattha pana sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā sannipatanti, tattha vattabbameva natthi. Tasmā tādise kāle ‘‘mahāsamayo’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā bhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo koci paribbājakasamāpannoti sahadhammikesu vā titthiyesu vā aññataro, etesañhi yena kenaci kate bhatte ‘‘samaṇabhattasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.
220 220.“于适时无犯”:指在七种适时中的任何一种情况下均无犯。“二、三、一”者:即使接受了不如法的邀请之后,或两人、或三人、或一人一同取食,他们亦无犯。显示巴利原文
220.Anāpatti samayeti sattasu samayesu aññatarasmiṃ anāpatti. Dve tayo ekatoti yepi akappiyanimantanaṃ sādiyitvā dve vā tayo vā ekato gahetvā bhuñjanti, tesampi anāpatti.
其中,应知有五种四众的情况:未被邀请的第四人、常行乞食的第四人、未受具足戒的第四人、以钵代往的第四人、生病的第四人。如何理解?在此,有人邀请四位比丘:“请接受食物。”其中三位去了,一位没去。居士问:“尊者,那位长老在哪里?”(答:)“他没来,居士。”于是,他临时找来另一位刚好在场的人,说:“来吧,尊者。”并给四人都提供了食物。所有人皆无犯。为什么?因为凑数者未被邀请。实际上,只有那三位是受邀请而接受食物的,他们的人数未满四众,而凑数者未被邀请,因此四众被破坏了。这就是未被邀请的第四人。显示巴利原文
Tattha animantitacatutthaṃ, piṇḍapātikacatutthaṃ, anupasampannacatutthaṃ, pattacatutthaṃ, gilānacatutthanti pañcannaṃ catukkānaṃ vasena vinicchayo veditabbo . Kathaṃ? Idhekacco cattāro bhikkhū ‘‘bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti nimanteti. Tesu tayo gatā, eko na gato. Upāsako ‘‘eko bhante thero kuhi’’nti pucchati. Nāgato upāsakāti. So aññaṃ taṅkhaṇappattaṃ kañci ‘‘ehi bhante’’ti pavesetvā catunnampi bhattaṃ deti, sabbesaṃ anāpatti. Kasmā? Gaṇapūrakassa animantitattā. Tayo eva hi tattha nimantitā gaṇhiṃsu, tehi gaṇo na pūrati, gaṇapūrako ca animantito, tena gaṇo bhijjatīti idaṃ animantitacatutthaṃ.
在常行乞食的第四人中:在邀请时,有一位是常行乞食者,他没有答应。到了出发的时候,虽然对他说:“来吧,尊者。”但由于他先前没有答应,即使他不来,其他人也带着他(说):“来吧,你们会得到食物的。”然后一起去了。他破坏了那个四众。因此,所有人皆无犯。显示巴利原文
Piṇḍapātikacatutthe – nimantanakāle eko piṇḍapātiko hoti, so nādhivāseti. Gamanavelāya pana ‘‘ehi bhante’’ti vutte anadhivāsitattā anāgacchantampi ‘‘etha bhikkhaṃ lacchathā’’ti gahetvā gacchanti, so taṃ gaṇaṃ bhindati. Tasmā sabbesaṃ anāpatti.
在“未受具足戒的第四人”的情形中:他们和沙弥一同被邀请,这位沙弥也破坏了四人之众。显示巴利原文
Anupasampannacatutthe – sāmaṇerena saddhiṃ nimantitā honti, sopi gaṇaṃ bhindati.
关于以钵代往的第四人:一人自己不去,只派遣钵前往;这样也破坏了四众。因此,所有人皆无犯。显示巴利原文
Pattacatutthe – eko sayaṃ agantvā pattaṃ peseti; evampi gaṇo bhijjati. Tasmā sabbesaṃ anāpatti.
关于病者作第四人:他们与病者一同受请。此时,仅病者无犯,其余人则成为凑数者。因为病者并不会令四众破坏。因此,其余人实有犯。然而,《大护持》中则不作简别地说(皆无犯)。显示巴利原文
Gilānacatutthe – gilānena saddhiṃ nimantitā honti, tattha gilānasseva anāpatti, itaresaṃ pana gaṇapūrako hoti. Na hi gilānena gaṇo bhijjati. Tasmā tesaṃ āpattiyeva. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana avisesena vuttaṃ.
适时得许者自身无犯;其余人因成为凑数者而致犯。因此,也当依施衣等适时得许之理而了知四众的情况。然而,若在受邀后四位比丘皆去了,其中一位聪慧比丘说:‘我将破坏你等的四众,你们接受邀请吧。’于粥和嚼食结束时,当其他比丘为正餐而取钵时,他不交出钵,而是坐着说:‘你们先让这些比丘用餐,并送他们离去,我稍后随喜祝福后再走。’待他们用完餐被送走后,居士说:‘尊者,请给钵。’他接过钵,在给予食物后,完成食事,作随喜祝福而去——则所有人皆无犯。因为,唯有对于五种正餐,在别众食中才无开许。即使是受米饭邀请而接受酸粥者,也犯戒。而且那些食物并非他们共同接受。然而,若有粥等副食,则有开许,那些食物是他们共同接受的。如此,一位聪慧者也能使其余人无犯。显示巴利原文
Samayaladdhako sayameva muccati, sesānaṃ gaṇapūrakattā āpattikaro hoti. Tasmā cīvaradānasamayaladdhakādīnampi vasena catukkāni veditabbāni. Sace pana adhivāsetvā gatesupi catūsu janesu eko paṇḍito bhikkhu ‘‘ahaṃ tumhākaṃ gaṇaṃ bhindissāmi, nimantanaṃ sādiyathā’’ti vatvā yāgukhajjakāvasāne bhattatthāya pattaṃ gaṇhantānaṃ adatvā ‘‘ime tāva bhikkhū bhojetvā vissajjetha, ahaṃ pacchā anumodanaṃ katvā gamissāmī’’ti nisinno. Tesu bhutvā gatesu ‘‘detha bhante patta’’nti upāsakena pattaṃ gahetvā bhatte dinne bhuñjitvā anumodanaṃ katvā gacchati, sabbesaṃ anāpatti. Pañcannañhi bhojanānaṃyeva vasena gaṇabhojane visaṅketaṃ natthi. Odanena nimantitā kummāsaṃ gaṇhantāpi āpattiṃ āpajjanti. Tāni ca tehi ekato na gahitāni. Yāguādīsu pana visaṅketaṃ hoti, tāni tehi ekato gahitānīti. Evaṃ eko paṇḍito aññesampi anāpattiṃ karoti.
因此,若有人为举办僧团食而被派往寺院邀请,到后不说:“尊者,明日请来我家受乞食。”却说:“请接受食物”、“请接受僧团食”或“愿僧团接受食物”,那么,分食者应当是一位有智慧者,他应使受邀请者从群食中开脱,并使常行乞食者免于破坏头陀支。如何做呢?首先应这样说:“居士,明日不行。”“那么,后天,尊者。”“后天也不行。”如此一直推辞到半个月,然后再问他:“你说了什么?”如果他仍然说:“请接受僧团食。”那么,就应这样转移话题:“居士,你先将此花作净,将此草作净。”然后再问他:“你刚才说什么?”如果他仍然那样说,就应告诉他:“贤友,你将得不到常行乞食者或大长老,你只能得到沙弥。”如果他说:“尊者,难道在某某村和某某村,他们不是供养了诸位尊者吗?为什么我得不到?”则应说:“他们懂得邀请,而你不懂。”“尊者,他们是怎样邀请的?”“他们这样说:‘尊者,请到我们家受乞食。’”如果他也这样说,那就可以。如果他仍然说:“请接受食物。”则应说:“贤友,现在你将得不到很多比丘了,你将只得到三位。”显示巴利原文
Tasmā sace koci saṅghabhattaṃ kattukāmena nimantanatthāya pesito vihāraṃ āgamma ‘‘bhante, sve amhākaṃ ghare bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti avatvā ‘‘bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vā ‘‘saṅghabhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vā ‘‘saṅgho bhattaṃ gaṇhātū’’ti vā vadati, bhattuddesakena paṇḍitena bhavitabbaṃ, nemantanikā gaṇabhojanato piṇḍapātikā ca dhutaṅgabhedato mocetabbā. Kathaṃ? Evaṃ tāva vattabbaṃ – ‘‘sve na sakkā upāsakā’’ti. ‘‘Punadivase, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Punadivasepi na sakkā’’ti. Evaṃ yāva addhamāsampi haritvā puna vattabbo – ‘‘tvaṃ kiṃ avacā’’ti? Sace punapi ‘‘saṅghabhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, tato ‘‘imaṃ tāva upāsaka pupphaṃ kappiyaṃ karohi, imaṃ tiṇa’’nti evaṃ vikkhepaṃ katvā puna ‘‘kiṃ kathayitthā’’ti pucchitabbo. Sace punapi tatheva vadati, ‘‘āvuso, tvaṃ piṇḍapātike vā mahāthere vā na lacchasi, sāmaṇere lacchasī’’ti vattabbo. ‘‘Nanu, bhante asukasmiñca asukasmiñca gāme bhadante bhojesuṃ, ahaṃ kasmā na labhāmī’’ti ca vutte ‘‘te nimantetuṃ jānanti, tvaṃ na jānāsī’’ti. Te kathaṃ nimantesuṃ bhanteti? Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘amhākaṃ, bhante, bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti. Sace sopi tatheva vadati, vaṭṭati. Atha punapi ‘‘bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, ‘‘na dāni tvaṃ, āvuso, bahū bhikkhū lacchasi, tayo eva lacchasī’’ti vattabbo. ‘‘Nanu, bhante, asukasmiñca asukasmiñca gāme sakalaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ bhojesuṃ, ahaṃ kasmā na labhāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tvaṃ nimantetuṃ na jānāsī’’ti. ‘‘Te kathaṃ nimantesu’’nti? Te ‘‘bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti āhaṃsūti. Sace sopi ‘‘bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, vaṭṭati. Atha punapi ‘‘bhattamevā’’ti vadati, tato vattabbo – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, natthamhākaṃ tava bhattenattho, nibaddhagocaro esa amhākaṃ, mayamettha piṇḍāya carissāmā’’ti. Taṃ ‘‘caratha, bhante’’ti vatvā āgataṃ pucchanti – ‘‘kiṃ bho laddhā bhikkhū’’ti . ‘‘Kiṃ etena bahu ettha vattabbaṃ, ‘therā sve piṇḍāya carissāmā’ti āhaṃsu. Mā dāni tumhe pamajjitthā’’ti. Dutiyadivase cetiyavattaṃ katvā ṭhitā bhikkhū saṅghattherena vattabbā – ‘‘āvuso, dhuragāme saṅghabhattaṃ apaṇḍitamanusso pana agamāsi , gacchāma dhuragāme piṇḍāya carissāmā’’ti. Bhikkhūhi therassa vacanaṃ kātabbaṃ, na dubbacehi bhavitabbaṃ, gāmadvāre aṭṭhatvāva piṇḍāya caritabbaṃ. Tesu pattāni gahetvā nisīdāpetvā bhojentesu bhuñjitabbaṃ. Sace āsanasālāya bhattaṃ ṭhapetvā rathikāsu āhiṇḍantā ārocenti – ‘‘āsanasālāya, bhante, bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti na vaṭṭati.
然而,若有人取了食物后到各处说“请接受食物”,或者提前将食物带到寺院,放在合适之处,施与来往之人,这称为“已持来食”,是如法的。但若在食堂备好布施后,派人到各僧房说“请在食堂接受食物”,则不如法。若有人见到托钵的比丘后,打扫集会堂,请他们坐下并供养食物,不应拒绝他们。若有人在村中未获得食物,见到比丘正要出村,便说“尊者,请接受食物”,应拒绝他们,但不应折返。若说“尊者,请折返接受食物”,当他说出“请折返”时,可以折返。若说“尊者,请折返,家中已备食物,村中已备食物”,因为无论哪家或村中都有食物,可以折返。若将“请折返接受食物”合起来说,则不可折返。见到比丘从集会堂外出托钵时,说“尊者,请坐接受食物”,也适用同样的原则。“常食”是指固定供应的食物。若说“请接受常食”,即使多人共同接受,也是允许的。在筹食等情况,也适用同样的原则。其余在此是显而易见的。显示巴利原文
Atha pana bhattaṃ ādāya tattha tattha gantvā ‘‘bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadanti, paṭikacceva vā vihāraṃ abhiharitvā patirūpe ṭhāne ṭhapetvā āgatāgatānaṃ denti, ayaṃ abhihaṭabhikkhā nāma vaṭṭati. Sace pana bhattasālāya dānaṃ sajjetvā taṃ taṃ pariveṇaṃ pahiṇanti ‘‘bhattasālāya bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti, na vaṭṭati. Ye pana manussā piṇḍacārike bhikkhū disvā āsanasālaṃ sammajjitvā tattha nisīdāpetvā bhojenti, na te paṭikkhipitabbā. Ye pana gāme bhikkhaṃ alabhitvā gāmato nikkhamante bhikkhū disvā ‘‘bhante bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadanti, te paṭikkhipitabbā, na vā nivattitabbaṃ. Sace ‘‘nivattatha, bhante, bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadanti, ‘‘nivattathā’’ti vuttapade nivattituṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Nivattatha bhante, ghare bhattaṃ kataṃ, gāme bhattaṃ kata’’nti vadanti, gehe ca gāme ca bhattaṃ nāma yassa kassaci hotīti nivattituṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Nivattatha, bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti sambandhaṃ katvā vadanti, nivattituṃ na vaṭṭati. Āsanasālato piṇḍāya carituṃ nikkhamante disvā ‘‘nisīdatha bhante bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vuttepi eseva nayo. Niccabhattanti dhuvabhattaṃ vuccati. ‘‘Niccabhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadanti, bahūnampi ekato gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Salākabhattādīsupi eseva nayo. Sesamettha uttānameva.
羊毛学处的起源:是造作,非想解脱,非无心,属施设罪,是身业,有三心,有三受。显示巴利原文
Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
三、相续受食学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Paramparabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
221 就第三条学处而言:“这必定不会是低劣的,正如这些人恭敬地准备食物”——通过这些人恭敬准备食物的方式,可以知道:“这教法,或这以佛陀为首的僧团的布施,必定不会是低劣的,不会是微少、粗劣的。”“Kirapatiko”在此处,“Kira”是那位良家子的名字;但由主宰的含义,称为“Kirapatiko”。据说他是主人、统治者,按月、按季、按年支付工钱,令雇工们劳作。“枣子已备好”是依近处而说。“与枣子混合”即与枣子汁混合。显示巴利原文
221. Tatiyasikkhāpade – na kho idaṃ orakaṃ bhavissati, yathayime manussā sakkaccaṃ bhattaṃ karontīti, yena niyāmena ime manussā sakkaccaṃ bhattaṃ karonti, tena ñāyati – ‘‘idaṃ sāsanaṃ idaṃ vā buddhappamukhe saṅghe dānaṃ na kho orakaṃ bhavissati, parittaṃ lāmakaṃ neva bhavissatī’’ti. Kirapatikoti ettha ‘‘kiro’’ti tassa kulaputtassa nāmaṃ; adhipaccaṭṭhena pana ‘‘kirapatiko’’ti vuccati. So kira issaro adhipati māsautusaṃvaccharaniyāmena vetanaṃ datvā kammakārake kammaṃ kāreti. Badarā paṭiyattāti upacāravasena vadati. Badaramissenāti badarasāḷavena.
222 “于日已过高时方被取来”,意为极晚才被取来。显示巴利原文
222.Ussūre āhariyitthāti atidivā āhariyittha.
226 “我将自己期待的食物布施给某某”——这称为“食物指定”,无论当面还是背面都是允许的。当面时,见到对方后说“我指定给你”,然后食用;背面时,未见到对方,而对五位同法者中的某位说“我指定给某某”,然后食用。然而在《大护持》等注疏中,只提到了背面指定。由于这一指定已被涵盖在戒律行为中,因此不可对世尊作指定。因为即使世尊坐在香室中,或坐在僧众中,当由僧团带领足够数量的比丘进行种种羯磨时,所作的行为都是善作的。世尊既不破坏行为,也不完成行为。不破坏,因为他是法主;不完成,因为他不构成满众。显示巴利原文
226.Mayhaṃ bhattapaccāsaṃ itthannāmassa dammīti ayaṃ bhattavikappanā nāma sammukhāpi parammukhāpi vaṭṭati. Sammukhā disvā ‘‘tuyhaṃ vikappemī’’ti vatvā bhuñjitabbaṃ, adisvā pañcasu sahadhammikesu ‘‘itthannāmassa vikappemī’’ti vatvā bhuñjitabbaṃ. Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana parammukhāvikappanāva vuttā. Sā cāyaṃ yasmā vinayakammena saṅgahitā, tasmā bhagavato vikappetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Bhagavati hi gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinnepi saṅghamajjhe nisinnepi saṅghena gaṇappahonake bhikkhū gahetvā taṃ taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sukatameva hoti, bhagavā neva kammaṃ kopeti; na sampādeti. Na kopeti dhammissarattā, na sampādeti agaṇapūrakattā.
229 “将两三个邀请合在一起吃”的意思是:将两三个邀请所得的饭食并入一钵,混合为一后食用。若向两三家发出邀请,让他们同坐一处,从各处拿来饭菜、汤菜倒在一起,混合成一份食物,这种情况不犯,这是《大护持》中所说。但是,如果最先邀请的食物在下面,后来邀请的食物在上面,而从上面开始吃,则有犯。然而,若伸手进去,从最先邀请的食物中取出一口吃下,自进食之时起,之后无论怎么吃都不犯。即使之后倒入牛奶或汤汁,使得覆盖的食物变成同一味道,从上面吃起也不犯,这也是《大护持》中所说。而《大注释》中说:“若得到奶饭或汤饭后坐下,其他人又在那里倒入别的奶饭或汤饭,仅喝其中的牛奶或汤汁者无犯。但若要进食,则应先将先前得到的肉块或饭团放入口中,之后从上面吃是允许的。对于酥蜜粥,也适用同样的原则。”显示巴利原文
229.Dve tayo nimantane ekato bhuñjatīti dve tīṇi nimantanāni ekapatte pakkhipitvā missetvā ekaṃ katvā bhuñjatīti attho. Dve tīṇi kulāni nimantetvā ekasmiṃ ṭhāne nisīdāpetvā ito cito ca āharitvā bhattaṃ ākiranti, sūpabyañjanaṃ ākiranti, ekamissakaṃ hoti, ettha anāpattīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sace pana mūlanimantanaṃ heṭṭhā hoti, pacchimaṃ pacchimaṃ upari, taṃ uparito paṭṭhāya bhuñjantassa āpatti. Hatthaṃ pana anto pavesetvā paṭhamanimantanato ekampi kabaḷaṃ uddharitvā bhuttakālato paṭṭhāya yathā tathā vā bhuñjantassa anāpatti. Sacepi tattha khīraṃ vā rasaṃ vā ākiranti, yena ajjhotthataṃ bhattaṃ ekarasaṃ hoti, koṭito paṭṭhāya bhuñjantassa anāpattīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vuttaṃ – ‘‘khīrabhattaṃ vā rasabhattaṃ vā labhitvā nisinnassa tattheva aññepi khīrabhattaṃ vā rasabhattaṃ vā ākiranti, khīraṃ vā rasaṃ vā pivato anāpatti. Bhuñjantena pana paṭhamaṃ laddhamaṃsakhaṇḍaṃ vā bhattapiṇḍaṃ vā mukhe pakkhipitvā koṭito paṭṭhāya bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sappipāyāsepi eseva nayo’’ti.
一位大居士邀请比丘,比丘来到他家时,居士的子女、妻子、兄弟、姐妹等也各自拿出自己那份食物放入钵中。若比丘不吃居士最初所给的食物,而吃后来得到的,依《大注释》所说“无犯”,而《古伦达注释》则说“允许”。《大护持》中说:“如果各自分别烹煮,从自己所煮的食物中拿来布施,在此情况下,先吃后来送到的食物者,犯波逸提。但若所有人是同一锅煮的,则不构成辗转食。”大居士邀请后请比丘坐下,另一个人来拿钵时,不应给予食物。“尊者,为什么不给呢?”“居士,我们不是受您邀请的吗?”“没关系,尊者,你们得到什么就吃什么吧。”这样说了之后,便可以吃。《古伦达》中说,当他人拿来食物布施时,即使询问后也可以吃。显示巴利原文
Mahāupāsako bhikkhuṃ nimanteti, tassa kulaṃ upagatassa upāsakopi tassa puttadārabhātikabhaginiādayopi attano attano koṭṭhāsaṃ āharitvā patte pakkhipanti, upāsakena paṭhamaṃ dinnaṃ abhuñjitvā pacchā laddhaṃ bhuñjantassa ‘‘anāpattī’’ti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ ‘‘sace pāṭekkaṃ pacanti, attano attano pakkabhattato āharitvā denti, tattha pacchā āhaṭaṃ paṭhamaṃ bhuñjantassa pācittiyaṃ. Yadi pana sabbesaṃ ekova pāko hoti, paramparabhojanaṃ na hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. Mahāupāsako nimantetvā nisīdāpeti, añño manusso pattaṃ gaṇhāti, na dātabbaṃ. Kiṃ bhante na dethāti? Nanu upāsaka tayā nimantitamhāti! Hotu bhante, laddhaṃ laddhaṃ bhuñjathāti vadati, bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Aññena āharitvā bhatte dinne āpucchitvāpi bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatīti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ.
比丘随喜后将要离去时,那些希望听闻佛法的人都邀请说:“尊者,明天也请再来吧。”次日再来后,无论得到什么食物都可以食用。为什么呢?因为是被所有人邀请的。若一位比丘在托钵乞食时得到了食物,另一居土邀请他并让他在家中坐下,而食物尚未备好。若该比丘食用了托钵所得的食物,则犯戒。若他未进食而坐着,被问:“尊者,您为何不吃呢?”他答道:“我是受您邀请而来。”居士便说:“尊者,您得到什么就请吃什么吧。”这样劝请后而进食,是许可的。显示巴利原文
Anumodanaṃ katvā gacchantaṃ dhammaṃ sotukāmā ‘‘svepi bhante āgaccheyyāthā’’ti sabbe nimantenti, punadivase āgantvā laddhaṃ laddhaṃ bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Kasmā? Sabbehi nimantitattā. Eko bhikkhu piṇḍāya caranto bhattaṃ labhati, tamañño upāsako nimantetvā ghare nisīdāpeti, na ca tāva bhattaṃ sampajjati. Sace so bhikkhu piṇḍāya caritvā laddhabhattaṃ bhuñjati, āpatti. Abhutvā nisinne ‘‘kiṃ bhante na bhuñjasī’’ti vutte ‘‘tayā nimantitattā’’ti vatvā laddhaṃ laddhaṃ bhuñjatha bhante’’ti vutto bhuñjati, vaṭṭati.
“由全村”的意思是:当全村人共同聚集并邀请时,比丘无论在哪里受用都无犯。对于团体也是如此。当被邀请时,比丘说“我将去乞食”——即当有人邀请“请接受食物”时,他说:“我不需要你的食物,我要去乞食。”对此,大莲花长老说:“这样说话的人,在此学处中能够做到不接受邀请,但既然已为进食开了缘,便既不免于聚众食之罪,也不免于行乞食之罪。”大善长老说:“从他能做到不接受邀请之时起,就既非聚众食,也非行乞食了。”其余内容容易理解。显示巴利原文
Sakalena gāmenāti sakalena gāmena ekato hutvā nimantitasseva yattha katthaci bhuñjato anāpatti. Pūgepi eseva nayo. Nimantiyamāno bhikkhaṃ gahessāmīti bhaṇatīti ‘‘bhattaṃ gaṇhā’’ti nimantiyamāno ‘‘na mayhaṃ tava bhattenattho, bhikkhaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti vadati. Ettha pana mahāpadumatthero āha – ‘‘evaṃ vadanto imasmiṃ sikkhāpade animantanaṃ kātuṃ sakkoti, bhuñjanatthāya pana okāso kato hotīti neva gaṇabhojanato na cārittato muccatī’’ti. Mahāsumatthero āha – ‘‘yadaggena animantanaṃ kātuṃ sakkoti, tadaggena neva gaṇabhojanaṃ na cārittaṃ hotī’’ti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
迦提那衣的起源——从身与语生起,也从身、语与意生起。在此,有作与无作:进食是有作,不分别是无作;此非想解脱,非无心,是施设罪;属于身业与语业,通于三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyākiriyaṃ ettha hi bhojanaṃ kiriyā, avikappanaṃ akiriyā, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
四、迦那母学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Kāṇamātāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
230 第四学处中——“迦那母”意为迦那的母亲。据说,她的女儿容貌秀美,凡是见到她的人,都因贪爱而变得盲目,也就是成为贪欲之盲。因此,由于能使他人盲目,她以“迦那”之名而广为人知。由于她,其母亦被称为“迦那母”。“来”指到来。“像什么似的”意为像什么样的情形,此处指犹如令人羞惭之事。“空手而去”——在此行中手是空的,即称为空手,像这样空手而去,据说是像令人羞惭之事。“耗尽了”指那位优婆夷是圣弟子,见到比丘们后,有物而不能不给,因此一直布施,直至一切耗尽。“以法语开示”在此处,迦那也一同闻法,为母亲而听受开示,在开示结束时证得须陀洹果。“从座而起离去”指从座位起身后离去。那个人听说“据说导师去了迦那母的住处”后,便将迦那带回,安置在原来的地方。显示巴利原文
230. Catutthasikkhāpade – kāṇamātāti kāṇāya mātā. Sā kirassā dhītā abhirūpā ahosi, ye ye taṃ passanti, te te rāgena kāṇā honti, rāgandhā hontīti attho. Tasmā paresaṃ kāṇabhāvakaraṇato ‘‘kāṇā’’ti vissutā ahosi. Tassā vasena mātāpissā ‘‘kāṇamātā’’ti pākaṭā jātā. Āgatanti āgamanaṃ. Kismiṃ viyāti kīdisaṃ viya; lajjanakaṃ viya hotīti adhippāyo. Rittahatthaṃ gantunti rittā hatthā asmiṃ gamane tadidaṃ rittahatthaṃ, taṃ rittahatthaṃ gamanaṃ gantuṃ lajjanakaṃ viya hotīti vuttaṃ hoti. Parikkhayaṃ agamāsīti upāsikā ariyasāvikā bhikkhū disvā santaṃ adātuṃ na sakkoti, tasmā tāva dāpesi, yāva sabbaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Dhammiyā kathāyāti ettha kāṇāpi mātu atthāya desiyamānaṃ dhammaṃ suṇantī desanāpariyosāne sotāpannā ahosi. Uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti āsanato uṭṭhahitvā gato. Sopi puriso ‘‘satthā kira kāṇamātāya nivesanaṃ agamāsī’’ti sutvā kāṇaṃ ānetvā pakatiṭṭhāneyeva ṭhapesi.
231 然而,当此事件刚发生、学处尚未制定时,路粮事缘便出现了。为紧接显示此事,经中才说“然而,在那时”等语。而那位居士作为圣弟子,便把一切都施舍了,因此说“消耗殆尽”。显示巴利原文
231. Imasmiṃ pana vatthusmiṃ uppannamatte appaññatteyeva sikkhāpade pātheyyavatthu udapādi, tasmā anantarameva cetaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tena kho pana samayenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sopi ca upāsako ariyasāvakattā sabbameva dāpesi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘parikkhayaṃ agamāsī’’ti.
233 所谓“凡为赠礼所备”,是指为作礼品而准备的任何食物,诸如特制糖丸、饼片等,在此都归入“饼”的范畴。所谓“凡为路粮所备”,是指为旅行者途中准备的任何食物,诸如炒面、非炒面、芝麻、米等,在此都归入“炒面”的范畴。“若超过此量”:即使他取了第三钵满堆,仍按饼的计数法,犯波逸提。显示巴利原文
233.Yaṃkiñci paheṇakatthāyāti paṇṇākāratthāya paṭiyattaṃ yaṃkiñci atirasakamodakasakkhalikādi sabbaṃ idha pūvotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Yaṃkiñcipātheyyatthāyāti maggaṃ gacchantānaṃ antarāmaggatthāya paṭiyattaṃ yaṃkiñci baddhasattuabaddhasattutilataṇḍulādi sabbaṃ idha manthotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tato ce uttarinti sacepi tatiyaṃ pattaṃ thūpīkataṃ gaṇhāti, pūvagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ.
“接受了两三满钵后”:是指取用了满至钵口下缘线齐平的钵后。“在那里我取了两三满钵”一句:如果取了两钵,应说:“我在此取了两满钵,你可以取一钵。”他见到其他人后,也应说:“先来者取了两满钵,我取了一钵,你不要取。”对于先取一钵的人,在辗转告知时也依此法。若有人自己取了三钵,见到他人后,只应说:“不要在此接受。”“带到集会处”:是指带到座堂。前往座堂时,不应去已废弃的殿堂,应去大比丘僧团的坐处。然而,《大护持》中说:“应去离得食处最近的座堂。不得以‘我要给与自己的知交、亲友或同部派者’为由而去别处。但如果他有固定的坐处,去远处也是可以的。”显示巴利原文
Dvattipattapūre paṭiggahetvāti mukhavaṭṭiyā heṭṭhimalekhāya samapūre patte gahetvā. Amutra mayā dvattipattapūrāti ettha sace dve gahitā, ‘‘atra mayā dve pattapūrā paṭiggahitā, tvaṃ ekaṃ gaṇheyyāsī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Tenāpi aññaṃ passitvā ‘‘paṭhamaṃ āgatena dve pattapūrā gahitā, mayā eko, mā tvaṃ gaṇhī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Yena paṭhamaṃ eko gahito, tassāpi paramparārocane eseva nayo. Yena pana sayameva tayo gahitā, tena aññaṃ disvā ‘‘mā kho ettha paṭiggaṇhi’’ cceva vattabbaṃ. Paṭikkamanaṃ nīharitvāti āsanasālaṃ haritvā, āsanasālaṃ gacchantena ca chaḍḍitasālā na gantabbā. Yattha mahā bhikkhusaṅgho nisīdati, tattha gantabbaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘yā laddhaṭṭhānato āsannā āsanasālā, tattha gantabbaṃ. Attano ‘sandiṭṭhānaṃ vā sambhattānaṃ vā ekanikāyikānaṃ vā dassāmī’ti aññattha gantuṃ na labbhati. Sace panassa nibaddhanisīdanaṭṭhānaṃ hoti, dūrampi gantuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti.
“应当分配”——若取了三满钵,应为自己留一钵,两钵施与比丘僧团。若取了两钵,应为自己留一钵,一钵施与僧团。然而不得随意分给朋友。若只取了一钵,便不必勉强施与任何物品,可随自意而行。显示巴利原文
Saṃvibhajitabbanti sace tayo pattapūrā gahitā, ekaṃ attano ṭhapetvā dve bhikkhusaṅghassa dātabbā. Sacce dve gahitā, ekaṃ attano ṭhapetvā eko saṅghassa dātabbo, yathāmittaṃ pana dātuṃ na labbhati. Yena eko gahito, na tena kiñci akāmā dātabbaṃ, yathāruci kātabbaṃ.
235 “当行程取消时”——指在途中见有危险,或因不再想去而说“我们现在不派人去,也不去了”,行程如此被取消、中断。“亲属的邀请”——接受这些亲属即使给与许多物品也不犯。然而注释书中说:“对他们而言,仅限于为路粮和赠礼所准备的分量才是许可的。”其余内容易解。显示巴利原文
235.Gamane paṭippassaddheti antarāmagge upaddavaṃ vā disvā anatthikatāya vā ‘‘mayaṃ idāni na pesissāma, na gamissāmā’’ti evaṃ gamane paṭippassaddhe upacchinne. Ñātakānaṃ pavāritānanti etesaṃ bahumpi dentānaṃ paṭiggaṇhantassa anāpatti. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘‘tesampi pātheyyapaheṇakatthāya paṭiyattato pamāṇameva vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
六种起源——有作,非想解脱,无心,施设罪,身业,语业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
五、第一劝食满足学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Paṭhamapavāraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
236 第五学处——「比丘已食、已遮止」:婆罗门以「尊者,请随意取用」的方式,作了尽其所欲的遮止;而比丘又以「贤友,够了,请只给少许」的方式,作了拒绝的遮止。因此,他们成为「已遮止者」。「邻居」指居住在邻近房舍的人。显示巴利原文
236. Pañcamasikkhāpade – bhikkhū bhuttāvī pavāritāti brāhmaṇena ‘‘gaṇhatha, bhante, yāva icchathā’’ti evaṃ yāvadatthapavāraṇāya, sayañca ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, thokaṃ thokaṃ dehī’’ti evaṃ paṭikkhepapavāraṇāya pavāritā. Paṭivissaketi sāmantagharavāsike.
237 「乌鸦叫声」是指乌鸦的叫声,亦即它们聚集后共同鸣叫的声音。「alametaṃ sabbaṃ(这一切都够了)」:在此处,不应插入ti音,只说「alametaṃ sabbaṃ」这些词即可。显示巴利原文
237.Kākoravasaddanti kākānaṃ oravasaddaṃ; sannipatitvā viravantānaṃ saddaṃ. Alametaṃ sabbanti ettha tikāraṃ avatvāva ‘‘alametaṃ sabbaṃ’’ ettakaṃ vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
238-9 「已食者」即已食之人。在此,只要吞咽一粒米,无论是否咀嚼,都算作「已食者」,因此它的句分解中说:「已食者,即对五种食物而言」等。「已遮止者」指已作遮止、已拒绝之人。然而,并非仅凭拒绝就成「已遮止者」,尚需具足五支,故其句分解中说:「已遮止者,即座席可见者」等。其中,「座席可见」本指进食尚未完毕者,在此却被称为「已遮止者」。而进食未完毕者中,有的已食,有的未食;就已食的部分而言,他也属于「已食者」。因此,我们并未见到「已食者」一词另有别义。然而,如同「二夜三夜」「六语五语」等中的「二夜」等词一样,应知此处是为了文句的流畅,而作为「已遮止」一词的附属来说的。显示巴利原文
238-9.Bhuttāvīti bhuttavā. Tattha ca yasmā yena ekampi sitthaṃ saṅkhāditvā vā asaṅkhāditvā vā ajjhoharitaṃ hoti, so ‘‘bhuttāvī’’ti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati, tenassa padabhājane ‘‘bhuttāvī nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Pavāritoti katapavāraṇo, katapaṭikkhepo. Sopi ca yasmā na paṭikkhepamattena, atha kho pañcaṅgavasena, tenassa padabhājane ‘‘pavārito nāma asanaṃ paññāyatī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yasmā ‘‘asanaṃ paññāyatī’’ti iminā vippakatabhojano, ‘‘pavārito’’ti vutto. Yo ca vippakatabhojano, tena kiñci bhuttaṃ, kiñci abhuttaṃ, yañca bhuttaṃ; taṃ sandhāya ‘‘bhuttāvī’’tipi saṅkhyaṃ gacchati, tasmā bhuttāvīvacanena visuṃ kañci atthasiddhiṃ na passāma. ‘‘Dirattatirattaṃ, chappañcavācāhī’’tiādīsu (pāci. 61-62) pana dirattādivacanaṃ viya pavāritapadassa parivārakabhāvena byañjanasiliṭṭhatāya cetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“座席可见”等中,指见到正在进食而未毕者,即此人尚在进食。“食物可见”指见到足以遮止的食物,也就是米饭等中任何一种应被拒绝的食物。“立于手距”指施者持足以遮止的食物,站在二肘半的范围内。“递送”指该施者亲身将食物递来。“拒绝可见”指见到拒绝的行为;若该比丘以身或语拒绝被递送的食物,则依这五支成为“已遮止者”。此义也曾说——显示巴利原文
Asanaṃ paññāyatītiādīsu vippakatabhojanaṃ dissati, bhuñjamāno ceso puggalo hotīti attho. Bhojanaṃ paññāyatīti pavāraṇappahonakabhojanaṃ dissati. Odanādīnaṃ ce aññataraṃ paṭikkhipitabbaṃ bhojanaṃ hotīti attho. Hatthapāse ṭhitoti pavāraṇappahonakaṃ bhojanaṃ gaṇhitvā dāyako aḍḍhateyyahatthappamāṇe okāse hotīti attho. Abhiharatīti so ce dāyako tassa taṃ bhattaṃ kāyena abhiharatīti attho. Paṭikkhepo paññāyatīti paṭikkhepo dissati; tañce abhihaṭaṃ so bhikkhu kāyena vā vācāya vā paṭikkhipatīti attho. Evaṃ pañcannaṃ aṅgānaṃ vasena pavārito nāma hotīti. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
“优波离,由五种相可了知遮止:座席可见,食物可见,立于手距,施者递送,拒绝可见。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Pañcahi upāli ākārehi pavāraṇā paññāyati – asanaṃ paññāyati, bhojanaṃ paññāyati, hatthapāse ṭhito, abhiharati, paṭikkhepo paññāyatī’’ti (pari. 428).
此处作如下决断——首先,在“座席”等中,凡是所食之物,以及凡是由立于手距之人所递送并被拒绝的食物,须知唯是“米饭、粥、炒面、鱼、肉”中的某一种。其中,米饭是以稻、粳、大麦、小麦、粟、稗、穇七类谷物的米粒所成。此中,“稻”指以野生稻为下限的一切稻类。“粳”包括一切粳类。“大麦与小麦”不再细分。“粟”包含白、红、黑等一切粟类。“稗”包括以稗草为下限的一切白色稗类。“穇”则涵盖黑穇、流穇以及穇米等一切草谷之类。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – ‘‘asana’’ntiādīsu tāva yañca asnāti yañca bhojanaṃ hatthapāse ṭhitena abhihaṭaṃ paṭikkhipati, taṃ ‘‘odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsa’’nti imesaṃ aññatarameva veditabbaṃ. Tattha odano nāma – sāli, vīhi, yavo, godhumo, kaṅgu, varako, kudrūsakoti sattannaṃ dhaññānaṃ taṇḍulehi nibbatto. Tattha ‘‘sālī’’ti antamaso nīvāraṃ upādāya sabbāpi sālijāti. ‘‘Vīhī’’ti sabbāpi vīhijāti. ‘‘Yavagodhumesu’’ bhedo natthi. ‘‘Kaṅgū’’ti setarattakāḷabhedā sabbāpi kaṅgujāti. ‘‘Varako’’ti antamaso varakacorakaṃ upādāya sabbā setavaṇṇā varakajāti. ‘‘Kudrūsako’’ti kāḷako dravo ceva sāmākādibhedā ca sabbāpi tiṇadhaññajāti.
此处,野生稻与稗草被称为“随顺谷物”。无论是谷物还是随顺谷物,取这七种如上所述谷物的米粒,不论是为了煮饭、煮粥,或是煮酸粥、乳粥等其中的某一种而煮,若在食用时,无论冷热,于取食处可见块状,则属于饭食类,能生遮止;若不见块状,则属于粥类,不能生遮止。显示巴利原文
Nīvāravarakacorakā cettha ‘‘dhaññānulomā’’ti vadanti. Dhaññāni vā hontu dhaññānulomāni vā, etesaṃ vuttappabhedānaṃ sattannaṃ dhaññānaṃ taṇḍule gahetvā ‘‘bhattaṃ pacissāmā’’ti vā ‘‘yāguṃ pacissāmā’’ti vā ‘‘ambilapāyāsādīsu aññataraṃ pacissāmā’’ti vā yaṃkiñci sandhāya pacantu, sace uṇhaṃ sītalaṃ vā bhuñjantānaṃ bhojanakāle gahitagahitaṭṭhāne odhi paññāyati, odanasaṅgahameva gacchati, pavāraṇaṃ janeti. Sace odhi na paññāyati, yāgusaṅgahaṃ gacchati, pavāraṇaṃ na janeti.
又如,若是乳粥,或是混有树叶、果实、笋的酸粥,刚从灶上取下时还很烫,可以吹着喝,以手取食时也不见块状,则不能生遮止。但若热气消散,冷却后变得浓稠,可见块状,则又能生遮止。先前的稀薄状态不能保持。即使加入酪、酸浆等,放入许多树叶、果实、笋,并放入哪怕一把米粒,若食用时可见块状,也能生遮止。在并非以粥为对象的邀请中,说“我们施粥”,而在饭中掺入水、米汤、乳等后说“请取粥”,虽然稀薄,也能生遮止。但若放入沸水等中煮熟后给予,则只归入粥类。即使归入粥类,在其中或别处放入鱼肉,若可见哪怕芥子大小的鱼肉块或筋,则能生遮止。显示巴利原文
Yopi pāyāso vā paṇṇaphalakaḷīramissakā ambilayāgu vā uddhanato otāritamattā abbhuṇhā hoti, āvajjitvā pivituṃ sakkā, hatthena gahitokāsepi odhiṃ na dasseti, pavāraṇaṃ na janeti. Sace pana usumāya vigatāya sītalībhūtā ghanabhāvaṃ gacchati, odhiṃ dasseti, puna pavāraṇaṃ janeti. Pubbe tanubhāvo na rakkhati. Sacepi dadhitakkādīni āropetvā bahupaṇṇaphalakaḷīre pakkhipitvā muṭṭhimattāpi taṇḍulā pakkhittā honti, bhojanakāle ce odhi paññāyati, pavāraṇaṃ janeti. Ayāguke nimantane ‘‘yāguṃ dassāmā’’ti bhatte udakakañjikakhīrādīni ākiritvā ‘‘yāguṃ gaṇhathā’’ti denti. Kiñcāpi tanukā honti, pavāraṇaṃ janetiyeva . Sace pana pakkuthitesu udakādīsu pakkhipitvā pacitvā denti, yāgusaṅgahameva gacchati. Yāgusaṅgahaṃ gatepi tasmiṃ vā aññasmiṃ vā yattha macchamaṃsaṃ pakkhipanti, sace sāsapamattampi macchamaṃsakhaṇḍaṃ vā nhāru vā paññāyati, pavāraṇaṃ janeti.
然而,单一的滋味本身并不生起“浓粥”的遮止。除前述谷物的米粒之外,用其他如竹米等,或用任何块根、块茎、果实所做的饭食,也不生起遮止,浓粥更不待说。但若在其中放入鱼肉,则生起遮止。《大护持》中说:“为花而作的饭食也生起遮止。”所谓“为花而作的饭食”,是指为了制作花食,将米放入沸水中蒸煮而成的蒸米。然而,若将这些米晒干后食用,是允许的;它们既不算作“粉食”,也不算作“饭食”。但若再用它们做成饭,则生起遮止。若将这些米用酥油等煮,或做成糕点,则不生起遮止。用它们所做的爆米,或用它们所做的粉食、饭食等,也不生起遮止。显示巴利原文
Suddharasako pana rasakayāgu vā na janeti. Ṭhapetvā vuttadhaññānaṃ taṇḍule aññehi veṇutaṇḍulādīhi vā kandamūlaphalehi vā yehi kehici kataṃ bhattampi pavāraṇaṃ na janeti, pageva ghanayāgu. Sace panettha macchamaṃsaṃ pakkhipanti, janeti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ ‘‘pupphaatthāya bhattampi pavāraṇaṃ janetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Pupphiatthāya bhattaṃ nāma pupphikhajjakatthāya kuthitatūdake pakkhipitvā seditataṇḍulā vuccanti. Sace pana te taṇḍule sukkhāpetvā khādanti, vaṭṭati; neva sattusaṅkhyaṃ na bhattasaṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Puna tehi katabhattaṃ pavāretiyeva. Te taṇḍule sappitelādīsu vā pacanti, pūvaṃ vā karonti, na pavārenti. Puthukā vā tāhi katasattubhattādīni vā na pavārenti.
“酸粥”,是指用大麦所做的酸粥。而用绿豆等其他谷物所做的酸粥,则不导致遮止。“炒粉”,是指用稻米、稻谷、大麦所做的炒粉。稗子、varaka、kudrūsaka等谷物,也是经过烘烤、稍加捣碎、去除谷壳后,再用力捣碎制成粉末。即使该粉末因湿润而结成一整块,也仍属“炒粉”的范畴。将烘烤得过硬的稻谷之米捣碎后给予,其粉末仍属“炒粉”的范畴。然而,烘烤得适中的稻谷,或稻谷谷壳的米,或仅是烘烤过的米,这些本身不导致遮止;但这些米等的粉末,则导致遮止。烘烤得过硬的稻谷碎米,也导致遮止。而烘烤得适中的碎米,或晒干的碎米,则不导致遮止。爆米,或用它们所做的饭、炒粉等,也不导致遮止。任何烘烤的面粉,或者任何单纯的嚼食,也不导致遮止。然而,填有鱼肉的嚼食,或者炒粉团,则导致遮止。鱼和肉的情况是显而易见的。但此处有一差别:即使在喝粥时,若仅给予如粥粒般大小的两块鱼肉或肉块,无论放在同一容器还是不同容器中,如果他不咀嚼它们而拒绝了其他任何能构成遮止的食物,则不导致遮止;若他吃下其中一块,另一块……显示巴利原文
Kummāso nāma yavehi katakummāso. Aññehi pana muggādīhi katakummāso pavāraṇaṃ na janeti. Sattu nāma sālivīhiyavehi katasattu. Kaṅguvarakakudrūsakasīsānipi bhajjitvā īsakaṃ koṭṭetvā thuse palāpetvā puna daḷhaṃ koṭṭetvā cuṇṇaṃ karonti. Sacepi taṃ allattā ekābaddhaṃ hoti, sattusaṅgahameva gacchati. Kharapākabhajjitānaṃ vīhīnaṃ taṇḍule koṭṭetvā denti, tampi cuṇṇaṃ sattusaṅgahameva gacchati. Samapākabhajjitānaṃ pana vīhīnaṃ vā vīhipalāpānaṃ vā taṇḍulā bhajjitataṇḍulā eva vā na pavārenti. Tesaṃ pana taṇḍulādīnaṃ cuṇṇaṃ pavāreti. Kharapākabhajjitānaṃ vīhīnaṃ kuṇḍakampi pavāreti. Samapākabhajjitānaṃ pana ātapasukkhānaṃ vā kuṇḍakaṃ na pavāreti. Lājā vā tehi katabhattasattuādīni vā na pavārenti. Bhajjitapiṭṭhaṃ vā yaṃkiñci suddhakhajjakaṃ vā na pavāreti. Macchamaṃsapūritakhajjakaṃ pana sattumodako vā pavāreti. Maccho maṃsañca pākaṭameva. Ayaṃ pana viseso – sacepi yāguṃ pivantassa yāgusitthamattāneva dve macchakhaṇḍāni vā maṃsakhaṇḍāni vā ekabhājane vā nānābhājane vā denti, tāni ce akhādanto aññaṃ yaṃkiñci pavāraṇappahonakaṃ paṭikkhipati , na pavāreti. Tato ekaṃ khāditaṃ, ekaṃ hatthe vā patte vā hoti, so ce aññaṃ paṭikkhipati, pavāreti. Dvepi khāditāni honti, mukhe sāsapamattampi avasiṭṭhaṃ natthi, sacepi aññaṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti.
正在吃如法肉时,拒绝如法肉,则导致遮止。正在吃如法肉时,拒绝不如法肉,则不导致遮止。为什么呢?因为没有所依事——因为,只有比丘拒绝可以食用的食物时,才发生遮止。然而,他明知是不如法而拒绝,或者即使不知,他所拒绝的食物也确实属于应被拒绝之物,因此不导致遮止。若正在吃不如法肉时,却拒绝如法肉,则导致遮止。为什么呢?因为有所依事——他所拒绝的,正是遮止的所依事;而他所吃的虽也属应被拒绝之列,但在被吃用时并未失却肉的特性,因此导致遮止。正在吃不如法肉时,拒绝不如法肉,依前所述之理,则不导致遮止。无论正在吃如法肉还是不如法肉,拒绝五种食物中的任何一种如法食物,则导致遮止。拒绝由败坏家族、行医、示现上人法、暗示所得金钱等佛陀所呵斥的、由邪命所得的不如法食物,则不导致遮止。无论正在吃如法食物还是不如法食物,若拒绝如法食物,则导致遮止;若拒绝不如法食物,则不导致遮止——此中的道理,一切处都应依前所述之理来理解。显示巴利原文
Kappiyamaṃsaṃ khādanto kappiyamaṃsaṃ paṭikkhipati, pavāreti. Kappiyamaṃsaṃ khādanto akappiyamaṃsaṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Kasmā? Avatthutāya. Yañhi bhikkhuno khādituṃ vaṭṭati, taṃyeva paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā hoti. Idaṃ pana jānanto akappiyattā paṭikkhipati, ajānantopi paṭikkhipitabbaṭṭhāne ṭhitameva paṭikkhipati nāma, tasmā na pavāreti. Sace pana akappiyamaṃsaṃ khādanto kappiyamaṃsaṃ paṭikkhipati, pavāreti. Kasmā? Vatthutāya. Yañhi tena paṭikkhittaṃ, taṃ pavāraṇāya vatthu. Yaṃ pana khādati, taṃ kiñcāpi paṭikkhipitabbaṭṭhāne ṭhitaṃ, khādiyamānaṃ pana maṃsabhāvaṃ na jahati, tasmā pavāreti. Akappiyamaṃsaṃ khādanto akappiyamaṃsaṃ paṭikkhipati, purimanayeneva na pavāreti. Kappiyamaṃsaṃ vā akappiyamaṃsaṃ vā khādanto pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ yaṃkiñci kappiyabhojanaṃ paṭikkhipati, pavāreti. Kuladūsakavejjakammauttarimanussadhammārocanasāditarūpiyādīhi nibbattaṃ buddhapaṭikuṭṭhaṃ anesanāya uppannaṃ akappiyabhojanaṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Kappiyabhojanaṃ vā akappiyabhojanaṃ vā bhuñjantopi kappiyabhojanaṃ paṭikkhipati, pavāreti. Akappiyabhojanaṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāretīti sabbattha vuttanayeneva kāraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ.
如此,在“食”等之中,凡是食用者,以及拒绝由站在手边范围内者所呈递的食物时,即构成遮止。了知此义后,为了解其如何构成,今有如下判别:“‘食物、饮食’——在此,首先,凡吞咽了哪怕一粒饭者,若在钵、口、手任何一处存在五种主食中的任何一种时,却拒绝其他五种主食中的任何一种,即构成遮止。若某处并无食物,仅闻到食物的气味,则不构成遮止。若口中与手中无食物,钵中有食物,但他不想在此座上食用,想进入住所后再食用,或想给予他人,在此期间若拒绝食物,则不构成遮止。为什么呢?因为未完成的用餐状态已中断。即使他想去别处食用,在口咽下饭后,拿着剩余食物在途中拒绝其他食物,对他也不构成遮止。”此说载于《大护持》。如同钵中,手中也是如此。或者,若口中尚有现存的饭食,若他不欲吞咽,而在那时拒绝其他食物,也不构成遮止。因为在一处所说的特征,应当于一切处了知。而且,在《库伦达》中,此理也已显示。其中说:“口中咽下饭,手中食物想给予食残者,钵中食物想给予比丘,若在那时拒绝,不构成遮止。”在此,“站在手边范围内者”——若比丘坐着,则从座的后缘……显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ‘‘asana’’ntiādīsu yañca asnāti, yañca bhojanaṃ hatthapāse ṭhitena abhihaṭaṃ paṭikkhipanto pavāraṇaṃ āpajjati, taṃ ñatvā idāni yathā āpajjati, tassa jānanatthaṃ ayaṃ vinicchayo – ‘‘‘asanaṃ bhojana’nti ettha tāva yena ekasitthampi ajjhohaṭaṃ hoti, so sace pattamukhahatthānaṃ yattha katthaci pañcasu bhojanesu ekasmimpi sati aññaṃ pañcasu bhojanesu ekampi paṭikkhipati, pavāreti. Katthaci bhojanaṃ natthi, āmisagandhamattaṃ paññāyati, na pavāreti. Mukhe ca hatthe ca bhojanaṃ natthi, patte atthi, tasmiṃ pana āsane na bhuñjitukāmo, vihāraṃ pavisitvā bhuñjitukāmo, aññassa vā dātukāmo, tasmiṃ ce antare bhojanaṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Kasmā? Vippakatabhojanabhāvassa upacchinnattā. Yopi aññatra gantvā bhuñjitukāmo mukhe bhattaṃ gilitvā sesaṃ ādāya gacchanto antarāmagge aññaṃ bhojanaṃ paṭikkhipati, tassāpi pavāraṇā na hotī’’ti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Yathā ca patte; evaṃ hatthepi. Mukhepi vā vijjamānabhojanaṃ sace anajjhoharitukāmo hoti, tasmiñca khaṇe aññaṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Ekasmiñhi pade vuttalakkhaṇaṃ sabbattha veditabbaṃ hoti. Apica kurundiyaṃ esa nayo dassitoyeva. Vuttañhi tattha ‘‘mukhe bhattaṃ gilitaṃ, hatthe bhattaṃ vighāsādassa dātukāmo, patte bhattaṃ bhikkhussa dātukāmo, sace tasmiṃ khaṇe paṭikkhipati, na pavāretī’’ti. Hatthapāse ṭhitoti ettha pana sace bhikkhu nisinno hoti, āsanassa pacchimantato paṭṭhāya, sace ṭhito, paṇhiantato paṭṭhāya, sace nipanno, yena passena nipanno, tassa pārimantato paṭṭhāya, dāyakassa nisinnassa vā ṭhitassa vā nipannassa vā ṭhapetvā pasāritahatthaṃ yaṃ āsannataraṃ aṅgaṃ, tassa orimantena paricchinditvā aḍḍhateyyahattho ‘‘hatthapāso’’ti veditabbo. Tasmiṃ ṭhatvā abhihaṭaṃ paṭikkhipantasseva pavāraṇā hoti, na tato paraṃ.
所谓“呈递”,是指站在伸手可及范围内的人,为了让对方接受而将食物递上。然而,若紧邻而坐的比丘并未将手中、膝上或托盘上的钵递出,只是说“请取饭”,拒绝此语者不构成请罪。将饭篮取来放在面前地上后说“请取”,也是同样的道理。但如果将钵稍稍提起或移开后说“请取”,拒绝者则构成请罪。长老坐在长老座上,将钵递给远处坐着的年轻比丘后说:“从这里取饭。”年轻比丘取了饭食后离开,默然站立,当他说“我够了”而拒绝时,不构成请罪。何以故?因为长老身在远处,且递送者并未实际呈递食物。然而,若取来饭食的比丘说“请取此饭”,拒绝者则构成请罪。显示巴利原文
Abhiharatīti hatthapāsabbhantare ṭhito gahaṇatthaṃ upanāmeti. Sace pana anantaranisinnopi bhikkhu hatthe vā ūrūsu vā ādhārake vā ṭhitapattaṃ anabhiharitvāva ‘‘bhattaṃ gaṇhā’’ti vadati, taṃ paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā natthi. Bhattapacchiṃ ānetvā purato bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘gaṇhāhī’’ti vuttepi eseva nayo. Īsakaṃ pana uddharitvā vā apanāmetvā vā ‘‘gaṇhathā’’ti vutte paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā hoti. Therāsane nisinno thero dūre nisinnassa daharabhikkhussa pattaṃ pesetvā ‘‘ito odanaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadati, gaṇhitvā pana gato tuṇhī tiṭṭhati, daharo ‘‘alaṃ mayha’’nti paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Kasmā? Therassa dūrabhāvato dūtassa ca anabhiharaṇatoti. Sace pana gahetvā āgato bhikkhu ‘‘idaṃ bhattaṃ gaṇhā’’ti vadati, taṃ paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā hoti.
在分食时,一人一手持饭篮,一手持勺,为比丘们分食。若此时另一人过来说:“我来拿篮子,你给饭。”对方仅仅做出取接的动作,实际上仍是分食者拿着篮子,则那食物仍然属于已被呈递。若分食者带着给予之心递食,而接受者加以拒绝,则构成请罪。然而,若食物只是被分食者碰触过,而由另一人拿着,此时分食者以给予之心递食,拒绝接受者不构成请罪。但是,用勺子舀起的饭食若遭拒绝,则构成请罪,因为勺子的递送即是其呈递。两人共同持物时,拒绝者也构成请罪,此说载于《大护持》。当食物正递给紧邻的比丘时,另一比丘用手遮住自己的钵,不构成请罪。何以故?因为他所拒绝的是呈递给别人的食物。显示巴利原文
Parivesanāya eko ekena hatthena odanapacchiṃ ekena kaṭacchuṃ gahetvā bhikkhū parivisati, tatra ce añño āgantvā ‘‘ahaṃ pacchiṃ dhāressāmi, tvaṃ odanaṃ dehī’’ti vatvā gahitamattakameva karoti, parivesako eva pana taṃ dhāreti, tasmā sā abhihaṭāva hoti. Tato dātukāmatāya gaṇhantaṃ paṭikkhipantassa pavāraṇā hoti. Sace pana parivisakena phuṭṭhamattāva hoti, itarova naṃ dhāreti, tato dātukāmatāya gaṇhantaṃ paṭikkhipantassa pavāraṇā na hoti. Kaṭacchunā uddhaṭabhatte pana hoti. Kaṭacchuabhihāroyeva hi tassa abhihāro. Dvinnaṃ samabhārepi paṭikkhipanto pavāretiyevāti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Anantarassa bhikkhuno bhatte diyyamāne itaro pattaṃ hatthehi pidahati, pavāraṇā natthi. Kasmā? Aññassa abhihaṭe paṭikkhittattā.
“拒绝被了知”的意思是:在此,若以言语拒绝通过言语呈递的食物,不构成请罪。然而,对于通过身体呈递的食物,若以身体或言语加以拒绝,则构成请罪,应如此了知。显示巴利原文
Paṭikkhepo paññāyatīti ettha vācāya abhihaṭaṃ paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā natthi. Kāyena abhihaṭaṃ pana kāyena vā vācāya vā paṭikkhipantassa pavāraṇā hotīti veditabbo.
其中,以身拒绝,是指摇动手指、手、拂子或衣角,或扬眉示意,或怒目而视;以语拒绝,是指说“够了”、“我不取”、“别倒”、“走开”等。如此,无论以任何方式,以身或以语加以拒绝,便构成请罪。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāyena paṭikkhepo nāma aṅguliṃ vā hatthaṃ vā macchikabījaniṃ vā cīvarakaṇṇaṃ vā cāleti, bhamukāya vā ākāraṃ karoti, kuddho vā oloketi, vācāya paṭikkhepo nāma ‘‘ala’’nti vā, ‘‘na gaṇhāmī’’ti vā, ‘‘mā ākirā’’ti vā, ‘‘apagacchā’’ti vā vadati; evaṃ yena kenaci ākārena kāyena vā vācāya vā paṭikkhitte pavāraṇā hoti.
有一比丘,于食物已呈递时,因畏惧请罪而将手缩回,却对一再往钵中倒饭的人说:“倒,倒,捣实装满。”此处如何判?大须摩长老首先说:“因其为不令倒掉而说,故构成请罪。”然而大莲华长老说:“对说‘倒,装满’者,哪有请罪?此说不构成请罪。”另一比丘见到有比丘呈递食物后,便说:“贤友,你还要从这里取些什么吗?我给你一些。”对此,大须摩长老说:“因其说了‘这样就不会再来了’,故构成请罪。”然而大莲华长老说:“对说‘你还要取吗’者,哪有请罪?此说不构成请罪。”显示巴利原文
Eko abhihaṭe bhatte pavāraṇāya bhīto hattha apanetvā punappunaṃ patte odanaṃ ākirantaṃ ‘‘ākira ākira koṭṭetvā pūrehī’’ti vadati, ettha kathanti? Mahāsumatthero tāva ‘‘anākiraṇatthāya vuttattā pavāraṇā hotī’’ti āha. Mahāpadumatthero pana ‘‘‘ākira pūrehī’ti vadantassa nāma ‘kassaci pavāraṇā atthī’ti vatvā ‘na pavāretī’’’ti āha. Aparo bhattaṃ abhiharantaṃ bhikkhuṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘kiṃ āvuso itopi kiñci gaṇhissasi, dammi te kiñcī’’ti āha. Tatrāpi ‘‘‘evaṃ nāgamissatī’ti vuttattā ‘pavāraṇā hotī’’’ti mahāsumatthero āha. Mahāpadumatthero pana ‘‘‘gaṇhissasī’ti vadantassa nāma ‘kassaci pavāraṇā atthī’ti vatvā ‘na pavāretī’’’ti āha.
有人呈上带肉的汁,并说“请取汁”,闻此而拒绝,不构成请罪。若说“鱼汁、肉汁”,拒绝者便构成请罪;若说“请取这个”,也构成请罪。若将肉分出后说“请取肉汁”,而其中哪怕有芥子大小的肉块,拒绝者即构成请罪。然而,若是已过滤的,无畏长老说:“可以。”显示巴利原文
Eko samaṃsakaṃ rasaṃ abhiharitvā ‘‘rasaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, taṃ sutvā paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā natthi. ‘‘Maccharasaṃ maṃsarasa’’nti vutte paṭikkhipato hoti, ‘‘idaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vuttepi hotiyeva. Maṃsaṃ visuṃ katvā ‘‘maṃsarasaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, tattha ce sāsapamattampi maṃsakhaṇḍaṃ atthi , taṃ paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā hoti. Sace pana parissāvito hoti, ‘‘vaṭṭatī’’ti abhayatthero āha.
有比丘以肉汁为由请问,大长老说:“请稍等片刻”,然后说:“贤友,请拿钵来。”这里该如何理解?大善见长老首先说:“因为送食者的行程先被中断了,因此他是在邀请。”然而大莲花长老说:“这人要去哪里?他的行程是怎样的?即使正在取食的人,也有所谓的邀请吗?”接着又说:“这不算是邀请。”当人们把肉与咖喱菠萝蜜等混合烹煮后,取来时若说“请取咖喱汤”、“请取菠萝蜜菜肴”,这样也不构成邀请。为什么呢?因为这是以不应被邀请之物的名称而说。但如果他们说“鱼汤、肉汤”或“请取这个”,则构成邀请。有一种名为“肉粥”的食物,即使施与者说“请取粥”,这也是允许的,不构成邀请。但如果说了“肉粥”或“这个”,则构成邀请。这一原则适用于所有混杂鱼、肉的食物。显示巴利原文
Maṃsarasena āpucchantaṃ mahāthero ‘‘muhuttaṃ āgamehī’’ti vatvā ‘‘thālakaṃ āvuso āharā’’ti āha. Ettha kathanti? Mahāsumatthero tāva ‘‘abhihārakassa gamanaṃ paṭhamaṃ upacchinnaṃ, tasmā pavāretī’’ti āha. Mahāpadumatthero pana ‘‘ayaṃ kuhiṃ gacchati, kīdisaṃ etassa gamanaṃ, gaṇhantassāpi nāma pavāraṇā atthī’’ti vatvā ‘‘na pavāretī’’ti āha. Kaḷīrapanasādīhi missetvā maṃsaṃ pacanti, taṃ gahetvā ‘‘kaḷīrasūpaṃ gaṇhatha, panasabyañjanaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadanti, evampi na pavāreti. Kasmā? Apavāraṇārahassa nāmena vuttattā. Sace pana ‘‘macchasūpaṃ maṃsasūpa’’nti vā ‘‘imaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vā vadanti, pavāreti. Maṃsakarambako nāma hoti, taṃ dātukāmopi ‘‘karambakaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, vaṭṭati; na pavāreti. ‘‘Maṃsakarambaka’’nti vā ‘‘ida’’nti vā vutte pana pavāreti. Eseva nayo sabbesu macchamaṃsamissakesu.
然而,若有人正受邀用餐,面对送来的肉,心想“这是特地为我做的”而拒绝,据《大护持》所说,他便成了已受邀请者。关于混合物的讨论,《库伦达》中说得很善巧。其中这样说道:一位托钵乞食的比丘,拿着混有饭的粥来,说“请取粥”,这不构成邀请。如果说“请取饭”,则构成邀请。为什么?因为所问及的那个东西是存在的。此处意图为:如果说“请取混有粥的饭食”,其中粥多或两者相等,则不构成邀请;若粥少饭多,则构成邀请。这一结论因所有注释书都如此说,故不可否定,但其中的理由却难以看清。如果说“请取混有饭的食物”,无论饭多、相等还是少,都构成邀请。如果不具体指明饭或粥,而说“请取混合物”,则若其中饭较多或相等,便构成邀请;若饭较少,则不构成邀请。然而,这不能与“粥”的情况等同。因为粥有混肉的,也有不混肉的,所以说“粥”时,不存在邀请。而这里只是混有饭的食物,在此情况下,方才依上述方式构成邀请。在菜肴丰富的饭食中,若有人将菜肴、多乳的牛乳、多酥油的乳粥中的酥油分离……显示巴利原文
Yo pana nimantane bhuñjamāno maṃsaṃ abhihaṭaṃ ‘‘uddissa kata’’nti maññamāno paṭikkhipati, pavāritova hotīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Missakakathā pana kurundiyaṃ suṭṭhu vuttā. Evañhi tattha vuttaṃ – piṇḍapātacāriko bhikkhu bhattamissakaṃ yāguṃ āharitvā ‘‘yāguṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, na pavāreti. ‘‘Bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vutte pavāreti. Kasmā? Yenāpucchito, tassa atthitāya. Ayamettha adhippāyo – ‘‘yāgumissakaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, tatra ce yāgu bahutarā vā hoti samasamā vā, na pavāreti. Yāgu mandā, bhattaṃ bahutaraṃ, pavāreti. Idañca sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu vuttattā na sakkā paṭikkhipituṃ, kāraṇaṃ panettha duddasaṃ. ‘‘Bhattamissakaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, bhattaṃ bahukaṃ vā samaṃ vā appataraṃ vā hoti, pavāretiyeva. Bhattaṃ vā yāguṃ vā anāmasitvā ‘‘missakaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, tatra ce bhattaṃ bahutaraṃ vā samakaṃ vā hoti, pavāreti. Appataraṃ na pavāreti. Idañca karambakena na samānetabbaṃ. Karambako hi maṃsamissakopi hoti amaṃsamissakopi, tasmā ‘‘karambaka’’nti vutte pavāraṇā natthi. Idaṃ pana bhattamissakameva. Ettha vuttanayeneva pavāraṇā hoti. Bahurase bhatte rasaṃ, bahukhīre khīraṃ bahusappimhi ca pāyāse sappiṃ gaṇhathāti visuṃ katvā deti, taṃ paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā natthi.
若比丘于行走时作邀请,便可边走边吃。若遇泥泞或积水,停下后应作残食法。若中途河流涨满,应沿河岸绕行而食。若有船或桥,登上后亦当边走边吃,不可中断行程。坐在车乘、象背、马背、月轮座或日轮座上作邀请的比丘,直至正午,即使这些载具仍在移动,他亦应坐着而食。站着作邀请者,应站着吃;坐着作邀请者,应坐着吃。若欲改变这些姿势,应作残食法。蹲坐而作邀请者,应蹲坐着吃。但应在下方铺置草垫或某种坐具。坐在凳上作邀请者,可不移动座位,转身朝向四方而食。坐于床上作邀请者,不得左右移动。但若有人连床将他抬起移至他处,这是允许的。躺卧而作邀请者,应躺卧着吃。翻身时,不应超逾原来躺卧的那一侧的范围。显示巴利原文
Yo pana gacchanto pavāreti, so gacchantova bhuñjituṃ labhati. Kaddamaṃ vā udakaṃ vā patvā ṭhitena atirittaṃ kāretabbaṃ. Sace antarā nadī pūrā hoti, nadītīre gumbaṃ anupariyāyantena bhuñjitabbaṃ. Atha nāvā vā setu vā atthi, taṃ abhiruhitvāpi caṅkamantenava bhuñjitabbaṃ, gamanaṃ na upacchinditabbaṃ. Yāne vā hatthiassapiṭṭhe vā candamaṇḍale vā sūriyamaṇḍale vā nisīditvā pavāritena yāva majjhanhikaṃ, tāva tesu gacchantesupi nisinneneva bhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo ṭhito pavāreti, ṭhiteneva, yo nisinno pavāreti, nisinneneva bhuñjitabbaṃ. Taṃ taṃ iriyāpathaṃ kopentena atirittaṃ kāretabbaṃ. Yo ukkuṭiko nisīditvā pavāreti, tena ukkuṭikeneva bhuñjitabbaṃ. Tassa pana heṭṭhā palālapīṭhaṃ vā kiñci vā nisīdanakaṃ dātabbaṃ. Pīṭhake nisīditvā pavāritena āsanaṃ acāletvāva catasso disā parivattantena bhuñjituṃ labbhati. Mañce nisīditvā pavāritena ito vā etto vā saṃsarituṃ na labbhati. Sace pana naṃ saha mañcena ukkhipitvā aññatra nenti, vaṭṭati. Nipajjitvā pavāritena nipanneneva bhuñjitabbaṃ. Parivattantena yena passena nipanno, tassa ṭhānaṃ nātikkametabbaṃ.
“非残食”的意思即不是残食,也不是额外的。然而,由于它或是未依如法制作等七种律仪行为而作成,或对病者来说并非额外,因此在分别句中说了“不如法制作”等。其中,“不如法制作”是指:凡是那水果或根茎等,未以五种沙门如法方式作成如法者;以及不如法的肉或不如法的食物,这便名为不如法。应知,即使将这种不如法之物以“所有这些都够了”的方式作成残食,也仍是“不如法制作”。“未受持而作”是指:比丘对未受持的食物,依前述方式作成残食。“未举起而作”是指:前来令人作如法食物的比丘,对食物丝毫未举起或未移近而作。“在伸手范围外而作”是指:站在前来令人作如法食物者的伸手范围之外而作。“由未食者而作”是指:那个说“所有这些都够了”而作残食的人,自己尚未吃够足以构成邀请的食物。“由已食、已受邀请、已离座者而作”——这是显而易见的。“未说‘所有这些都够了’”是指:没有发出言语这样说。因此,应知:凡通过这七种律仪行为,残食未被作成如法者,以及不是病者残食者,这两者都称为“非残食”。显示巴利原文
Anatirittanti na atirittaṃ; na adhikanti attho. Taṃ pana yasmā kappiyakatādīhi sattahi vinayakammākārehi akataṃ vā gilānassa anadhikaṃ vā hoti, tasmā padabhājane ‘‘akappiyakata’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha akappiyakatanti yaṃ tattha phalaṃ vā kandamūlādi vā pañcahi samaṇakappehi kappiyaṃ akataṃ; yañca akappiyamaṃsaṃ vā akappiyabhojanaṃ vā, etaṃ akappiyaṃ nāma. Taṃ akappiyaṃ ‘‘alametaṃ sabba’’nti evaṃ atirittaṃ katampi akappiyakatanti veditabbaṃ. Appaṭiggahitakatanti bhikkhunā appaṭiggahitaṃyeva purimanayeneva atirittaṃ kataṃ. Anuccāritakatanti kappiyaṃ kārāpetuṃ āgatena bhikkhunā īsakampi anukkhittaṃ vā anapanāmitaṃ vā kataṃ. Ahatthapāse katanti kappiyaṃ kārāpetuṃ āgatassa hatthapāsato bahi ṭhitena kataṃ. Abhuttāvinā katanti yo ‘‘alametaṃ sabba’’nti atirittaṃ karoti, tena pavāraṇappahonakaṃ bhojanaṃ abhuttena kataṃ. Bhuttāvinā pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena katanti idaṃ uttānameva. Alametaṃ sabbanti avuttanti vacībhedaṃ katvā evaṃ avuttaṃ hoti. Iti imehi sattahi vinayakammākārehi yaṃ atirittaṃ kappiyaṃ akataṃ, yañca na gilānātirittaṃ, tadubhayampi anatirittanti veditabbaṃ.
然而,“残食”应依其对立面的方式来了知。此处还应了知:若由已食者所作——即坐在旁边的同分比丘,从其钵中即使只吃了一粒饭或一片肉筋,也是已食者所作。关于“未从座起”,为免混淆,有如下判定:两位比丘早晨正在进食,已作拒绝。其中一位应就座于该处,另一位取来常施食或筹食,将一半倒入那位比丘的钵中,洗手后,剩余的食物应由那位比丘令作净后食用。何以故?因为附着在他手上的,是不净的。然而,若先坐下的比丘自己用手从那位比丘的钵中取食,则无需洗手。若如此令作净后进食时,又有人将一些菜肴或嚼食倒入钵中,先前已作净者不得再作净。未作者应作净。“未作者”,是指由其他比丘——即先前未作净者——来作净。而所谓“未作净者”,是指先前已作净者,对于未作净的部分也应作净。然而,不得在第一个容器中作净,因为在那里作净会与先前已作净的混同。其意趣是允许在另一个容器中作净。如此作净后,那位比丘可以与先前已作净的食物一同食用。显示巴利原文
Atirittaṃ pana tasseva paṭipakkhanayena veditabbaṃ. Apicettha bhuttāvinā kataṃ hotīti anantare nisinnassa sabhāgassa bhikkhuno pattato ekampi sitthaṃ vā maṃsahīraṃ vā khāditvā katampi bhuttāvināva kataṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Āsanā avuṭṭhitenāti ettha pana asammohatthaṃ ayaṃ vinicchayo – dve bhikkhū pātova bhuñjamānā pavāritā honti – ekena tattheva nisīditabbaṃ, itarena niccabhattaṃ vā salākabhattaṃ vā ānetvā upaḍḍhaṃ tassa bhikkhuno patte ākiritvā hatthaṃ dhovitvā sesaṃ tena bhikkhunā kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjitabbaṃ. Kasmā? Yañhi tassa hatthe laggaṃ, taṃ akappiyaṃ hoti. Sace pana paṭhamaṃ nisinno bhikkhu sayameva tassa pattato hatthena gaṇhāti, hatthadhovanakiccaṃ natthi. Sace pana evaṃ kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjantassa puna kiñci byañjanaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā patte ākiranti, yena paṭhamaṃ kappiyaṃ kataṃ, so puna kātuṃ na labhati. Yena akataṃ, tena kātabbaṃ. Yañca akataṃ, taṃ kātabbaṃ. ‘‘Yena akata’’nti aññena bhikkhunā yena paṭhamaṃ na kataṃ, tena kātabbaṃ. ‘‘Yañca akata’’nti yena paṭhamaṃ kappiyaṃ kataṃ, tenāpi yaṃ akataṃ taṃ kātabbaṃ. Paṭhamabhājane pana kātuṃ na labbhati. Tattha hi kariyamānaṃ paṭhamaṃ katena saddhiṃ kataṃ hoti, tasmā aññasmiṃ bhājane kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti adhippāyo. Evaṃ kataṃ pana tena bhikkhunā paṭhamaṃ katena saddhiṃ bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
作净者不仅应在钵中作净,也可在罐中、篮中或任何置于面前且倾斜的容器中作净。即使有百位比丘已作拒绝,所有人皆可食用,未作拒绝者亦可食用。然而,作净者本人不得食用。若一位比丘已作拒绝后入村托钵,有人取去其钵,并强行让他在喜庆宴请中坐下,则他必须令人作残食后方可食用。若彼处无其他比丘,应将钵送至座堂或寺院,令人作净。作净者不应在未受具足戒者手持物品时作净。若座堂中的比丘不知如何作净,他应亲自前往,令作净后带回食用。显示巴利原文
Kappiyaṃ karontena ca na kevalaṃ patteyeva, kuṇḍepi pacchiyampi yattha katthaci purato ṭhapetvā onāmitabhājane kātabbaṃ. Taṃ sacepi bhikkhusataṃ pavāritaṃ hoti, sabbesaṃ bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, appavāritānampi vaṭṭati. Yena pana kappiyaṃ kataṃ, tassa na vaṭṭati. Sacepi pavāretvā piṇḍāya paviṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ pattaṃ gahetvā avassaṃ bhuñjanake maṅgalanimantane nisīdāpenti, atirittaṃ kāretvāva bhuñjitabbaṃ. Sace tattha añño bhikkhu natthi, āsanasālaṃ vā vihāraṃ vā pattaṃ pesetvā kāretabbaṃ. Kappiyaṃ karontena pana anupasampannassa hatthe ṭhitaṃ na kātabbaṃ. Sace āsanasālāyaṃ abyatto bhikkhu hoti, sayaṃ gantvā kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā ānetvā bhuñjitabbaṃ.
“病者残食”:此处不仅指病者食后所余之食为病者残食,凡是特为病者持来——无论今日、明日或随时欲食即食——的一切食物,皆应知为“病者残食”。所谓于夜分药等中,每吞咽即犯恶作,此乃就未混杂情况而言。显示巴利原文
Gilānātirittanti ettha na kevalaṃ yaṃ gilānassa bhuttāvasesaṃ hoti, taṃ gilānātirittaṃ; atha kho yaṃkiñci gilānaṃ uddissa ajja vā sve vā yadā vā icchati, tadā khādissatīti āhaṭaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ ‘‘gilānātiritta’’nti veditabbaṃ. Yaṃ yāmakālikādīsu ajjhohāre ajjhohāre dukkaṭaṃ, taṃ asaṃsaṭṭhavasena vuttaṃ. Sace pana āmisasaṃsaṭṭhāni honti, āhāratthāyapi anāhāratthāyapi paṭiggahetvā ajjhoharantassa pācittiyameva.
241 “因缘存在时”:口渴时,为解渴而用夜分药;各自应调伏的疾病存在时,为调伏该病而用七日药与尽形寿药。如此受用者无犯。其余此处易明。显示巴利原文
241.Sati paccayeti yāmakālikaṃ pipāsāya sati pipāsacchedanatthaṃ, sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikañca tena tena upasametabbake ābādhe sati tassa upasamanatthaṃ paribhuñjato anāpatti. Sesamettha uttānameva.
咖提那衣的等起:由身与语、由身语与意生起,是作与非作,非无想解脱,非无心的,是制罪,是身业、语业,三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyākiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
六、第二足食学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Dutiyapavāraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
242 第六学处——“行非行”:违犯制戒。“怀恨”:生起怨恨,将己之忿怒系缚于彼人;即一再生起嗔恚之义。“怀恨比丘”:已生起怨恨的比丘。显示巴利原文
242. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpade – anācāraṃ ācaratīti paṇṇattivītikkamaṃ karoti. Upanandhīti upanāhaṃ janento tasmiṃ puggale attano kodhaṃ bandhi; punappunaṃ āghātaṃ janesīti attho. Upanaddho bhikkhūti so janitaupanāho bhikkhu.
243 “持来劝请”:持来后如此劝请:“来,比丘,请咀嚼或啖食。”在分别句中,为显示持来劝请的一般含义,未引述“来,比丘”等语,而说“随你所欲,取用多少”。“知”:了知已作拒绝之状。因其了知有三种方式,故分别句中依“知者,即自知,或由他人告知”等方式而说。“期望讥嫌”:期望讥嫌、指责、令其蒙羞的状态。显示巴利原文
243.Abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyāti abhiharitvā ‘‘handa bhikkhu khāda vā bhuñja vā’’ti evaṃ pavāreyya. Padabhājane pana ‘‘handa bhikkhū’’tiādiṃ anuddharitvā sādhāraṇameva abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāraṇāya atthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yāvatakaṃ icchasi tāvatakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vuttaṃ. Jānanti pavāritabhāvaṃ jānanto. Taṃ panassa jānanaṃ yasmā tīhākārehi hoti, tasmā ‘‘jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānātī’’tiādinā nayena padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Āsādanāpekkhoti āsādanaṃ codanaṃ maṅkukaraṇabhāvaṃ apekkhamāno.
“受者犯恶作”:当被持与者接受时,持与的比丘犯恶作。其余罪过的分类已于第一学处中说明,而在此学处中,当知一切罪过皆属持与者。余事已如第一学处所说,故不难明了。显示巴利原文
Paṭiggaṇhātiāpatti dukkaṭassāti yassa abhihaṭaṃ tasmiṃ paṭiggaṇhante abhihārakassa bhikkhuno dukkaṭaṃ. Itarassa pana sabbo āpattibhedo paṭhamasikkhāpade vutto, imasmiṃ pana sikkhāpade sabbā āpattiyo abhihārakasseva veditabbā. Sesaṃ paṭhamasikkhāpade vuttanayattā pākaṭameva.
此罪有三种生起方式:从身与意、从语与意、从身语与意共同生起;它是行作,是有想解脱,是有心的,是世间罪,是身业、语业,是不善心,感受为苦受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
七、非时食学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
247 247. 第七学处:“山顶集会”指在山上的盛大集会,或是在山的最顶处举行的集会。据说这集会将于第七日举行,城中发布公告,于是大众聚集在城外平坦地带的山荫处。那里上演种种戏剧、歌舞,人们为观看而搭起高低不同的床座。十七群比丘在戒尚未制定时便年少受具足戒,他们说:“友,我们去看戏吧”,便一起去了那里。那时,他们的亲属见到后欢喜地想:“我们的尊者来了”,于是为他们沐浴、涂油、供养食物,并把其他饼果等放在他们手中。正是因此事而说:“众人见到十七群比丘后……”等语。显示巴利原文
247. Sattamasikkhāpade – giraggasamajjoti girimhi aggasamajjo, girissa vā aggadese samajjo. So kira sattame divase bhavissatīti nagare ghosanā kariyati, nagarassa bahiddhā same bhūmibhāge pabbatacchāyāya mahājanakāyo sannipatati, anekappakārāni naṭanāṭakāni pavattanti, tesaṃ dassanatthaṃ mañcātimañce bandhanti. Sattarasavaggiyā apaññatte sikkhāpade daharāva upasampannā, te ‘‘nāṭakāni āvuso passissāmā’’ti tattha agamaṃsu. Atha nesaṃ ñātakā ‘‘amhākaṃ ayyā āgatā’’ti tuṭṭhacittā nhāpetvā vilimpetvā bhojetvā aññampi pūvakhādanīyādiṃ hatthe adaṃsu. Te sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘manussā sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū passitvā’’tiādi.
248-9 “非时”即时间已过。“时”意为比丘的进食时间,其最末的界限是正午,超过正午便称为“非时”,这是此处所指。因此,在词语解释中说道:“非时,即正午过后,直至破晓。”即使仍处于正午那一刻,也归入“时”的范围。而从正午过后开始,便不能咀嚼或吞咽任何食物,但允许迅速饮用,不过心中不应生起疑虑。为明了时间的界限,应设立时柱,并应在适当的时间内完成食事。显示巴利原文
248-9.Vikāleti vigate kāle. Kāloti bhikkhūnaṃ bhojanakālo adhippeto, so ca sabbantimena paricchedena majjhanhiko, tasmiṃ vītivatteti adhippāyo. Tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘vikālo nāma majjhanhike vītivatte yāva aruṇuggamanā’’ti vuttaṃ, ṭhitamajjhanhikopi kālasaṅgahaṃ gacchati. Tato paṭṭhāya pana khādituṃ vā bhuñjituṃ vā na sakkā, sahasā pivituṃ sakkā bhaveyya, kukkuccakena pana na kattabbaṃ. Kālaparicchedajānanatthañca kālatthambho yojetabbo, kālantareva bhattakiccaṃ kātabbaṃ.
“剩余的嚼食”:在此,凡由米糕、糖果等谷物所成者,于此原本无可争议。而凡是以林根等为类别、属于荤食性质者,即如下所列:根嚼食、块茎嚼食、藕根嚼食、茎顶嚼食、枝干嚼食、树皮嚼食、叶嚼食、花嚼食、果嚼食等。这便是荤食嚼食的分类。显示巴利原文
Avasesaṃkhādanīyaṃ nāmāti ettha yaṃ tāva sakkhalimodakādipubbaṇṇāparaṇṇamayaṃ, tattha vattabbameva natthi. Yampi vanamūlādippabhedaṃ āmisagatikaṃ hoti, seyyathidaṃ – mūlakhādanīyaṃ kandakhādanīyaṃ mūḷālakhādanīyaṃ matthakakhādanīyaṃ khandhakhādanīyaṃ tacakhādanīyaṃ pattakhādanīyaṃ pupphakhādanīyaṃ phalakhādanīyaṃ aṭṭhikhādanīyaṃ piṭṭhakhādanīyaṃ niyyāsakhādanīyanti, idampi khādanīyasaṅkhyameva gacchati.
在此,为了辨别荤食性质,仅举其要:于根嚼食中,首先,萝卜根、芥菜根、葛根、铜色根、谷精草根、圆叶根、金刚藤根、姜黄根等,这些可作汤用的叶根类,皆属荤食性质。其中,金刚藤根的老硬部分会被切除丢弃,那部分属于终身药。其余类似者,也应依此理了知。然而,对于萝卜、芥菜及姜黄等根,据说其老硬部分也属于荤食性质。显示巴利原文
Tattha pana āmisagatikasallakkhaṇatthaṃ idaṃ mukhamattanidassanaṃ – mūlakhādanīye tāva mūlakamūlaṃ khārakamūlaṃ caccumūlaṃ tambakamūlaṃ taṇḍuleyyakamūlaṃ vatthuleyyakamūlaṃ vajakalimūlaṃ jajjharīmūlanti evamādīni sūpeyyapaṇṇamūlāni āmisagatikāni. Ettha ca vajakalimūle jaraṭṭhaṃ chinditvā chaḍḍenti, taṃ yāvajīvikaṃ hoti. Aññampi evarūpaṃ eteneva nayena veditabbaṃ. Mūlakakhārakajajjharīmūlānaṃ pana jaraṭṭhānipi āmisagatikānevāti vuttaṃ. Yāni pana pāḷiyaṃ –
“诸比丘,我允许这些根作药:姜黄、生姜、菖蒲、白菖蒲、阿提毗沙、苦味龙胆、香根草、白芥子,以及任何其他根药,这些根药既不作为嚼食之用,也不作为啖食之用。”(《大品》263)显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi , bhikkhave, mūlāni bhesajjāni haliddiṃ siṅgiveraṃ vacaṃ vacattaṃ ativisaṃ kaṭukarohiṇiṃ usīraṃ bhaddamuttakaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi mūlāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharantī’’ti (mahāva. 263) –
凡此种种,皆是开许的,属于终生药。若以小五根、大五根等方式计算,其种类不可胜数。然而,它们的特点恰恰在于不充当嚼食与啖食之用。因此,不论何种根,若于各地域随顺惯常的饮食方式,对人们起嚼食或啖食的作用,那便是时药;其余者,应知为终生药。纵然对诸根广泛宣说,最终仍须归于此一特征。若仅依名称概念而论,对于不了知那些名称的人,只会徒增迷惑,故不重于名相,唯显其特征。显示巴利原文
Vuttāni, tāni yāvajīvikāni. Tesaṃ cūḷapañcamūlaṃ mahāpañcamūlantiādinā nayena gaṇiyamānānaṃ gaṇanāya anto natthi. Khādanīyatthaṃ bhojanīyatthañca pharaṇābhāvoyeva pana tesaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ. Tasmā yaṃkiñci mūlaṃ tesu tesu janapadesu pakatiāhāravasena manussānaṃ khādanīyatthaṃ bhojanīyatthañca pharati, taṃ yāvakālikaṃ; itaraṃ yāvajīvikanti veditabbaṃ. Tesu bahuṃ vatvāpi hi imasmiṃyeva lakkhaṇe ṭhātabbaṃ. Nāmasaññāsu pana vuccamānāsu taṃ taṃ nāmaṃ ajānantānaṃ sammohoyeva hoti, tasmā nāmasaññāya ādaraṃ akatvā lakkhaṇameva dassitaṃ.
如对根的判别方式,对于块茎等,亦应依据所阐明的特征来作抉择。至于巴利圣教中所说的姜黄等八种,其茎、皮、花、果,悉皆属于终生药。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca mūle; evaṃ kandādīsupi yaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ dassitaṃ, tasseva vasena vinicchayo veditabbo. Yañca taṃ pāḷiyaṃ haliddādi aṭṭhavidhaṃ vuttaṃ, tassa khandhatacapupphaphalampi sabbaṃ yāvajīvikanti vuttaṃ.
可作嚼食的块茎有两种:长块茎与圆块茎。长者如莲藕、甄叔迦块茎等;圆者如青莲花、白莲花的球茎等,亦有称作“结节”的。于此处,所有块茎中已老熟坚硬的部分、外皮以及细根,皆为终生药。其新生柔嫩、美味可口者,如:沙拉卡良尼幼块茎、甄叔迦幼块茎、余甘子块茎、林投块茎、玛鲁瓦块茎、名为莲藕的莲花与白莲块茎、毕那鲁、玛萨鲁等,以及乳蔓块茎、薯蓣块茎、辣木块茎、棕榈块茎、青莲花、红莲花、白睡莲、香睡莲的块茎、香蕉块茎、竹块茎、卡色鲁卡块茎等——凡此种种块茎,若于各地域随顺惯常的饮食方式,对人们起嚼食或啖食之用,俱属时药。显示巴利原文
Kandakhādanīye duvidho kando – dīgho ca rasso ca bhisakiṃsukakandādi vaṭṭo uppalakaserukakandādi, yaṃ ‘‘gaṇṭhī’’tipi vadanti. Tattha sabbesaṃ kandānaṃ jiṇṇajaraṭṭhānañca challi ca sukhumamūlāni ca yāvajīvikāni. Taruṇo pana sukhakhādanīyo, sālakalyāṇīpotakakando kiṃsukapotakakando ambāṭakakando ketakakando māluvakando bhisasaṅkhāto padumapuṇḍarīkakando piṇḍālumasāluādayo ca khīravallikando āluvakando siggukando tālakando nīluppalarattuppalakumudasogandhikānaṃ kandā kadalikando veḷukando kaserukakandoti evamādayo tesu tesu janapadesu pakatiāhāravasena manussānaṃ khādanīyatthañca bhojanīyatthañca pharaṇakakandā yāvakālikā.
乳蔓的块茎,未清洗时为终生药,清洗后则为时药。而乳味卡科里、吉维卡、乌萨巴、拉苏那等块茎,属于终生药。这些在圣典中,皆由“或其他任何存在的根药”这一根药的总括而涵盖。显示巴利原文
Khīravallikando adhoto yāvajīviko, dhoto yāvakāliko. Khīrakākolījīvikausabhakalasuṇādikandā pana yāvajīvikā. Te pāḷiyaṃ – ‘‘yāni vā panaññānipi atthi mūlāni bhesajjānī’’ti evaṃ mūlabhesajjasaṅgaheneva saṅgahitā.
在藕根嚼食中,莲花的藕与白莲藕相同。埃拉卡根、坎杜拉根等,在各地依平常的饮食习惯,凡对人起到嚼食或啖食作用的藕根,属于时药。而姜黄、生姜、马卡奇、四棱豆、林投、棕榈、海因塔拉、昆塔拉、椰子、槟榔等树木的藕根,则为终生药。这一切在圣典中,皆由“或其他任何存在的根药”(《大品》263)这一根药的总括而包含。显示巴利原文
Mūḷālakhādanīye pana padumamūḷālaṃ puṇḍarīkamuḷālasadisameva. Erakamūlaṃ kandulamūlanti evamādi tesu tesu janapadesu pakatiāhāravasena manussānaṃ khādanīyatthañca bhojanīyatthañca pharaṇakamuḷālaṃ yāvakālikaṃ. Haliddisiṅgiveramakacicaturassavalliketakatālahintālakuntālanāḷikerapūgarukkhādimuḷālaṃ pana yāvajīvikaṃ, taṃ sabbampi pāḷiyaṃ – ‘‘yāni vā panaññānipi atthi mūlāni bhesajjānī’’ti (mahāva. 263) evaṃ mūlabhesajjasaṅgaheneva saṅgahitaṃ.
在嫩芽嚼食中,棕榈、海因塔拉、昆塔拉、林投、椰子、槟榔、枣椰、藤、埃拉卡、香蕉等称为嫩茎的嫩芽,以及竹笋、芦笋、甘蔗苗、萝卜苗、芥菜苗、天门冬苗、七种谷物的苗等,在各地依平常的饮食习惯,凡对人起到嚼食或啖食作用的树木、藤蔓等嫩芽,属于时药。而姜黄、生姜、菖蒲、马卡奇、拉苏那的嫩芽,以及棕榈、海因塔拉、昆塔拉、椰子等嫩芽被砍下后掉落的老硬部分,属于终生药。显示巴利原文
Matthakakhādanīye tālahintālakuntālaketakanāḷikerapūgarukkhakhajjūrīvettaerakakadalīnaṃ kaḷīrasaṅkhātā matthakā veṇukaḷīro naḷakaḷīro ucchukaḷīro mūlakakaḷīro sāsapakaḷīro satāvarikaḷīro sattannaṃ dhaññānaṃ kaḷīrāti evamādi tesu tesu janapadesu pakatiāhāravasena manussānaṃ khādanīyatthaṃ bhojanīyatthañca pharaṇako rukkhavalliādīnaṃ matthako yāvakāliko. Haliddisiṅgiveravacamakacilasuṇānaṃkaḷīrā tālahintālakuntālanāḷikerakaḷīrānañca chinditvā pātito jaraṭṭhabundo yāvajīviko.
在可嚼食的茎类中,生于地下的沙拉卡良尼茎、甘蔗茎,以及蓝莲、红莲、白睡莲、香睡莲的茎等,随各地通常的饮食习惯,成为人们嚼食或啖食的茎,这些属于时药。而莲花类的叶柄、所有的莲茎、卡兰达卡茎等,及此外一切茎,皆为尽形寿药。显示巴利原文
Khandhakhādanīye antopathavīgato sālakalyāṇīkhandho ucchukhandho nīluppalarattuppalakumudasogandhikānaṃ khandhakāti evamādi tesu tesu janapadesu pakatiāhāravasena manussānaṃ khādanīyatthaṃ bhojanīyatthañca pharaṇako khandho yāvakāliko. Uppalajātīnaṃ paṇṇadaṇḍako padumajātīnaṃ sabbopi daṇḍako kāravindakadaṇḍādayo ca avasesasabbakhandhā yāvajīvikā.
在可嚼食的皮类中,唯甘蔗皮为时药,且须带汁。其余一切皮类皆为尽形寿药。然而,其中的树梢皮、树干皮和树根皮这三者,应知在律藏中归于涩药。因如是说:显示巴利原文
Tacakhādanīye ucchutacova eko yāvakāliko, sopi saraso. Seso sabbo yāvajīviko. Tesaṃ pana matthakakhandhatacānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ pāḷiyaṃ kasāvabhesajjena saṅgaho veditabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“诸比丘,我允许诸涩药:苦楝涩汁、止泻木涩汁、苦瓜涩汁、可食格树涩汁、无患子涩汁,以及其他任何存在的涩药,他们既不用作硬食,亦不用作软食。”(《大品》263)显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kasāvāni bhesajjāni nimbakasāvaṃ, kuṭajakasāvaṃ, paṭolakasāvaṃ, phaggavakasāvaṃ nattamālakasāvaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi kasāvāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharantī’’ti (mahāva. 263).
在此,这些(皮类)亦被包含。应知,凡所提及的涩药,皆是允许的。显示巴利原文
Ettha hi etesampi saṅgaho sijjhati. Vuttakasāvāni ca sabbāni kappiyānīti veditabbāni.
可嚼食的叶类中,萝卜叶、苦菜叶、枣叶、烟草叶、芋叶、紫矿叶、圆叶、瓦迦利叶、贾迦利叶、色卢叶、辣木叶、卡萨曼陀叶、亚麻叶、中国绿豆叶、绿豆叶、王豆叶,除大扁豆外的其余扁豆叶,以及阿耆尼曼陀叶、水苋菜叶、白瓦罗那叶、水芹叶、地上生的碱蓬叶等:这些叶子,以及其他类似的、在各地作为人们日常食物而被用作硬食或软食的叶子,皆是时药。然而,另一种大如指甲盖的叶碱,生长在树和灌木上,其叶是尽形寿药。假马齿苋叶,锡兰岛居民说是时药。芒果嫩叶是时药,但无忧树嫩叶是尽形寿药。显示巴利原文
Pattakhādanīye mūlakaṃ khārako caccu tambako taṇḍuleyyako papunnāgo vatthuleyyako vajakali jajjharī sellu siggu kāsamaddako ummā cīnamuggo māso rājamāso ṭhapetvā mahānipphāvaṃ avasesanipphāvo aggimantho sunisannako setavaraṇo nāḷikā bhūmiyaṃ jātaloṇīti etesaṃ pattāni aññāni ca evarūpāni tesu tesu janapadesu pakatiāhāravasena manussānaṃ khādanīyatthaṃ bhojanīyatthañca pharaṇakāni pattāni ekaṃsena yāvakālikāni. Yā panaññā mahānakhapiṭṭhimattā paṇṇaloṇi rukkhe ca gacche ca ārohati, tassā pattaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ. Brahmīpattañca yāvakālikanti dīpavāsino vadanti. Ambapallavaṃ yāvakālikaṃ, asokapallavaṃ pana yāvajīvikaṃ.
至于其他叶类,显示巴利原文
Yāni vā panaññāni pāḷiyaṃ –
诸比丘,我允许诸叶类药:苦楝叶、止泻木叶、苦瓜叶、罗勒叶、棉叶,以及其他凡不属于硬食或软食的任何叶类药。显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṇṇāni bhesajjāni nimbapaṇṇaṃ kuṭajapaṇṇaṃ paṭolapaṇṇaṃ sulasipaṇṇaṃ kappāsakapaṇṇaṃ yāni vā panaññānipi atthi paṇṇāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharantī’’ti (mahāva. 263) –
上述所许诸叶,皆为尽形寿药。不单是叶,他们之花、果等亦属尽形寿药。至于叶类,如可食格树叶、羊角拗叶、疏柔毛罗勒叶、苦瓜叶、槟榔叶、莲叶等,若以名目计数,实则无量。显示巴利原文
Vuttāni, tāni yāvajīvikāni. Na kevalañca paṇṇāniyeva tesaṃ pupphaphalādīnipi yāvajīvikāni. Paṇṇānaṃ phaggavapaṇṇaṃ ajjukapaṇṇaṃ phaṇijjakapaṇṇaṃ paṭolapaṇṇaṃ tambūlapaṇṇaṃ paduminipaṇṇanti evaṃ gaṇanavasena anto natthi.
于可嚼食之花中,萝卜花、苦菜花、枣花、烟草花、瓦迦利花、贾迦利花、小扁豆花、大扁豆花、甘蔗穗花、椰子、扇椰与露兜树之嫩花、白瓦罗那花、辣木花、青莲花、红莲花、茉莉花等,及仅有花蕊之无香花、竹笋花、吉万提花等,凡于各处为世人日常用作硬食或软食之花,皆为时药。然而,无忧树、巴库拉树、库尤卡树、紫矿树、黄兰、迦那维罗、迦尼迦罗、君陀、那瓦摩利迦、摩利迦等之花,则为尽形寿药,其数亦无量。然于律中,当知他们皆归入涩药之类。显示巴利原文
Pupphakhādanīye mūlakapupphaṃ khārakapupphaṃ caccupupphaṃ tambakapupphaṃ vajakalipupphaṃ jajjharīpupphaṃ cūḷanipphāvapupphaṃ mahānipphāvapupphaṃ kaserukapupphaṃ nāḷikeratālaketakānaṃ taruṇapupphāni setavaraṇapupphaṃ siggupupphaṃ uppalapadumajātikānaṃ pupphāni kaṇṇikamattaṃ agandhikapupphaṃ kaḷīrapupphaṃ jīvantīpupphanti evamādi tesu tesu janapadesu pakatiāhāravasena manussānaṃ khādanīyatthaṃ bhojanīyatthañca pharaṇakapupphaṃ yāvakālikaṃ. Asokabakulakuyyakapunnāgacampakajātikaṇavīrakaṇikārakundanavamālikamallikādīnaṃ pana pupphaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ tassa gaṇanāya anto natthi. Pāḷiyaṃ panassa kasāvabhesajjeneva saṅgaho veditabbo.
于嚼食果类中,波罗蜜、面包果、扇椰、椰子、芒果、阎浮果、野芒果、酸角、枸橼、木苹果、葫芦、南瓜、苦瓜、酸橙、茄子、香蕉、莫查果、摩度迦果等,世间各地人们依日常饮食,无论用作嚼食或啖食,一切皆为时药。若依名称计,其数不可限量。然于律中:显示巴利原文
Phalakhādanīye panasalabujatālanāḷikeraambajambūambāṭakatintiṇikamātuluṅgakapitthalābukumbhaṇḍapussaphalatimbarūsakatipusavātiṅgaṇacocamocamadhukādīnaṃ phalāni yāni loke tesu tesu janapadesu pakatiāhāravasena manussānaṃ khādanīyatthaṃ bhojanīyatthañca pharanti, sabbāni tāni yāvakālikāni. Nāmagaṇanavasena nesaṃ na sakkā pariyantaṃ dassetuṃ. Yāni pana pāḷiyaṃ –
“诸比丘,我听许诸果药:毕朗伽果、长胡椒、胡椒、诃子、毗鞞得迦、余甘子、牛胆果,以及其他不作嚼食、不为啖食的任何果药。”(《大品》263)显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, phalāni bhesajjāni – bilaṅgaṃ, pipphaliṃ, maricaṃ, harītakaṃ, vibhītakaṃ, āmalakaṃ, goṭṭhaphalaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi phalāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharantī’’ti (mahāva. 263) –
上述所许果药,乃是尽形寿药。即使就其未成熟者而言,如阿耆婆果、频婆果、瓦罗那果、露兜树果、阿湿摩利果等,以及肉豆蔻、苦果、小豆蔻、达迦罗果等,若依名列举,亦不能穷尽其数。显示巴利原文
Vuttāni, tāni yāvajīvikāni. Tesampi aparipakkāni acchiva bimbavaraṇaketakakāsmarīādīnaṃ phalāni jātiphalaṃ kaṭukaphalaṃ eḷā takkolanti evaṃ nāmavasena na sakkā pariyantaṃ dassetuṃ.
在可嚼食的核类中,波罗蜜核、面包果核、野芒果核、沙罗核、枣椰核、露兜树核、酸橙嫩果核、酸角核、频婆果核,以及青莲花、红莲花、茉莉花等的莲蓬核——凡此种种,在各地作为人们日常食物,用作嚼食或啖食的核,皆为时药。摩度迦核、紫矿核、诃子等的核、白芥子核、黑芥子核等,则为尽形寿药。在律典中,这些应知属于果药一类。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhikhādanīye labujaṭṭhi panasaṭṭhi ambāṭakaṭṭhi sālaṭṭhi khajjūrīketakatimbarūsakānaṃ taruṇaphalaṭṭhi tintiṇikaṭṭhi bimbaphalaṭṭhi uppala padumajātīnaṃ pokkharaṭṭhīti evamādīni tesu tesu janapadesu manussānaṃ pakatiāhāravasena khādanīyatthaṃ bhojanīyatthañca pharaṇakāni aṭṭhīni yāvakālikāni. Madhukaṭṭhi punnāgaṭṭhi harītakādīnaṃ aṭṭhīni siddhatthakaṭṭhi rājikaṭṭhīti evamādīni aṭṭhīni yāvajīvikāni. Tesaṃ pāḷiyaṃ phalabhesajjeneva saṅgaho veditabbo.
在可嚼食的粉类中,七种谷物、准谷物及豆类的粉,以及波罗蜜粉、面包果粉、野芒果粉、沙罗粉、水洗扇椰粉、乳藤粉等——这些在各地作为人们日常食物,用作嚼食或啖食的粉,均为时药。未水洗的扇椰粉、乳藤粉、阿湿犍陀等粉,则为尽形寿药。在律典中,这些应知归入涩药、根药、果药之类。显示巴利原文
Piṭṭhakhādanīye sattannaṃ tāva dhaññānaṃ dhaññānulomānaṃ aparaṇṇānañca piṭṭhaṃ panasapiṭṭhaṃ labujapiṭṭhaṃ ambāṭakapiṭṭhaṃ sālapiṭṭhaṃ dhotakatālapiṭṭhañca khīravallipiṭṭhañcāti evamādīni tesu tesu janapadesu pakatiāhāravasena manussānaṃ khādanīyatthaṃ bhojanīyatthañca pharaṇakāni piṭṭhāni yāvakālikāni. Adhotakaṃ tālapiṭṭhaṃ khīravallipiṭṭhaṃ assagandhādipiṭṭhāni ca yāvajīvikāni. Tesaṃ pāḷiyaṃ kasāvehi ca mūlaphalehi ca saṅghaho veditabbo.
在可嚼食的树胶类中,唯有甘蔗糖浆是七日药。其余的树胶,如律典中所说:“诸比丘,我允许用诸树胶为药:阿魏、阿魏胶、阿魏脂、达迦、达迦叶、达迦叶汁、紫矿胶,以及其他任何存在的树胶药。”(《大品》263)这些是尽形寿药。其中,以“其他任何”一语所包含的芒果胶、迦尼迦罗胶等,名称多至不可胜数。因此,在这些可嚼食的根等类别中,凡为时药者,在此义中都归入“其余名为可嚼食”之列。显示巴利原文
Niyyāsakhādanīye eko ucchuniyyāsova sattāhakāliko. Sesā ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, jatūni bhesajjāni – hiṅguṃ hiṅgujatuṃ hiṅgusipāṭikaṃ takaṃ takapattiṃ takapaṇṇiṃ sajjulasaṃ yāni vā panaññānipi atthi jatūni bhesajjānī’’ti (mahāva. 263) evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ vuttaniyyāsā yāvajīvikā. Tattha yevāpanakavasena saṅgahitānaṃ ambaniyyāso kaṇikāraniyyāsoti evaṃ nāmavasena na sakkā pariyantaṃ dassetuṃ. Evaṃ imesu mūlakhādanīyādīsu yaṃkiñci yāvakālikaṃ, sabbampi imasmiṃ atthe ‘‘avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāmā’’ti saṅgahitaṃ .
所谓“主食”,即“五种食物”等文首处已经说明过的内容,此处不再赘述。若比丘心想“我将嚼食、我将啖食”而接受,意思是任何比丘于非时接受此类嚼食或主食,在接受时即犯恶作罪。其余内容,此处清楚易了。显示巴利原文
Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanānītiādimhi yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ vuttameva. Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmīti, paṭiggaṇhātīti yo bhikkhu vikāle etaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyañca paṭiggaṇhāti, tassa paṭiggahaṇe tāva āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sesamettha uttānameva.
羊毛学处的生起:此学处由身以及身心而生起,属作业,非想解脱,非属无心犯,是施设罪,是身业,有三心,有三受。显示巴利原文
Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyato ca kāyacittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
八、贮存食学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
252 第八条学处——“贝拉特西沙”,是千位结发外道中的大长老。他住于森林,即祇园精舍附近精勤房中的一所住所。所谓“干饭”,是指没有羹汤和菜肴的米饭。据说,他先在村内用餐,然后才外出托钵,带回这样的米饭;这仅是出于少欲,并非贪求资具。据说长老以七日为期入灭尽定而住,出定后用水把那钵饭浸湿而食,随后再入定七日。他便这样过了两个、三个乃至四个七日,然后才进入村庄托钵。因此有言:“他很久才入村托钵。”显示巴利原文
252. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpade – belaṭṭhasīso nāma jaṭilasahassabbhantaro mahāthero. Araññe viharatīti jetavanassa avidūre padhānaghare ekasmiṃ āvāse vasati. Sukkhakuranti asūpabyañjanaṃ odanaṃ. So kira antogāme bhuñjitvā pacchā piṇḍāya caritvā tādisaṃ odanaṃ āharati, tañca kho appicchatāya, na paccayagiddhatāya. Thero kira sattāhaṃ nirodhasamāpattiyā vītināmetvā samāpattito vuṭṭhāya taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ udakena temetvā bhuñjati, tato puna sattāhaṃ samāpattiyā nisīdati. Evaṃ dvepi tīṇipi cattāripi sattāhāni vītināmetvā gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘cirena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisatī’’ti.
253 “Kāro”即“karaṇaṃ”,即行为,意义相同;具有储存行为者,称为“有储存行为”;“有储存行为”本身即指“储存食”。这是对接受后已过一夜之物的称呼。因此,在其分别中这样说:“所谓‘储存食’,即今日接受,翌日(食用)。”显示巴利原文
253. Kāro karaṇaṃ kiriyāti atthato ekaṃ, sannidhikāro assāti sannidhikāraṃ; sannidhikārameva sannidhikārakaṃ. Paṭiggahetvā ekarattaṃ vītināmitassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tenevassa padabhājane vuttaṃ – ‘‘sannidhikārakaṃ nāma ajja paṭiggahitaṃ aparajjū’’ti.
“接受即犯恶作罪”:如此,对于任何已作储存之物,无论是时药还是夜分药,若以欲食用之心执取,在接受时即犯恶作罪。而在食用时,每一口吞咽即犯波逸提罪。即使钵已洗过,但若用手指摩擦时仍现出痕迹,或有节瘤钵的节瘤缝隙中渗入了油脂,加热烘烤时渗出,或盛热粥时可见,在这样的钵中于次日食用,也犯波逸提罪。因此,应先洗净钵,再倒入清水,或用手指摩擦,以确认无油腻状态。若水中现出油腻,或钵上显现指痕,则是未洗净。然而,在油色钵上显现的指痕,则不予计较。若比丘们无所顾念地舍弃给沙弥们,而沙弥们将其储存后再给予,则一切皆可。因为自己接受后未舍弃之物,在第二天即不可用。由此,即使吞咽一粒饭,也犯波逸提罪。显示巴利原文
Paṭiggaṇhāti āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ sannidhikataṃ yaṃkiñci yāvakālikaṃ vā yāmakālikaṃ vā ajjhoharitukāmatāya gaṇhantassa paṭiggahaṇe tāva āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhoharato pana ekamekasmiṃ ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ. Sacepi patto duddhoto hoti, yaṃ aṅguliyā ghaṃsantassa lekhā paññāyati, gaṇṭhikapattassa vā gaṇṭhikantare sneho paviṭṭho hoti, so uṇhe otāpentassa paggharati, uṇhayāguyā vā gahitāya sandissati, tādise pattepi punadivase bhuñjantassa pācittiyaṃ. Tasmā pattaṃ dhovitvā puna tattha acchodakaṃ vā āsiñcitvā aṅguliyā vā ghaṃsitvā nisnehabhāvo jānitabbo. Sace hi udake vā snehabhāvo patte vā aṅgulilekhā paññāyati, duddhoto hoti. Telavaṇṇapatte pana aṅgulilekhā paññāyati, sā abbohārikā. Yaṃ bhikkhū nirapekkhā sāmaṇerānaṃ pariccajanti, tañce sāmaṇerā nidahitvā denti, sabbaṃ vaṭṭati. Sayaṃ paṭiggahetvā apariccattameva hi dutiyadivase na vaṭṭati. Tato hi ekasitthampi ajjhoharato pācittiyameva.
在不适当的肉类中,人肉以偷兰遮罪加上波逸提罪,其余肉类以恶作罪加上。夜分药在有因缘时食用,犯波逸提罪。为食物目的而食用,以恶作罪加上波逸提罪。若已受请食后,食用未作残食法者,对于通常食物犯两个波逸提罪,对于人肉以偷兰遮罪加上两个,对于其余不适当肉类以恶作罪加上,夜分药在有因缘时以杂食之口食用犯两个,以非杂食之口食用则仅犯一个。为食物目的而食用,在两种情况下恶作罪都增加。若非时食用,对于通常食物,因储存的因缘和非时食的因缘犯两个波逸提罪,对于不适当肉类偷兰遮罪和恶作罪增加。在夜分药中,因非时的因缘无罪,但因未作残食法的因缘,在非时的一切情况下都无罪。显示巴利原文
Akappiyamaṃsesu manussamaṃse thullaccayena sadviṃ pācittiyaṃ, avasesesu dukkaṭena saddhiṃ. Yāmakālikaṃ sati paccaye ajjhoharato pācittiyaṃ. Āhāratthāya ajjhoharato dukkaṭena saddhiṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sace pavārito hutvā anatirittakataṃ ajjhoharati, pakatiāmise dve pācittiyāni, manussamaṃse thullaccayena saddhiṃ dve, sesaakappiyamaṃse dukkaṭena saddhiṃ, yāmakālikaṃ sati paccaye sāmisena mukhena ajjhoharato dve, nirāmisena ekameva. Āhāratthāya ajjhoharato vikappadvayepi dukkaṭaṃ vaḍḍhati. Sace vikāle ajjhoharati, pakatibhojane sannidhipaccayā ca vikālabhojanapaccayā ca dve pācittiyāni, akappiyamaṃsesu thullaccayañca dukkaṭañca vaḍḍhati. Yāmakālikesu vikālapaccayā anāpatti, anatirittapaccayā pana vikāle sabbavikappesu anāpatti.
255 七日药与尽寿药若作为食物而受持:为食物目的而受持时,仅此受持因缘即犯恶作;若食用时,该药未与食物掺杂,则每一吞咽均犯恶作。若受持后存放的是已与食物掺杂者,则依事相犯波逸提。显示巴利原文
255.Sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāyāti āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhato paṭiggahaṇapaccayā tāva dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhoharato pana sace nirāmisaṃ hoti, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre dukkaṭaṃ. Atha āmisasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitaṃ hoti, yathāvatthukaṃ pācittiyameva.
256 “无罪”等:在非时食学处中所说的嚼食与噉食,由于可在名为正午的时限内食用,故称时药。八种饮料及其随顺饮料,由于可在名为后夜分的时限内饮用,其时限为夜分,故称夜分药。酥油等五种药,可储存七日,其时限为七日,故称七日药。除水之外的其余一切,可终生持守,有因缘时即可使用,故称尽寿药。显示巴利原文
256.Anāpatti yāvakālikantiādimhi vikālabhojanasikkhāpade niddiṭṭhaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ yāva majjhantikasaṅkhāto kālo, tāva bhuñjitabbato yāvakālikaṃ. Saddhiṃ anulomapānehi aṭṭhavidhaṃ pānaṃ yāva rattiyā pacchimayāmasaṅkhāto yāmo, tāva paribhuñjitabbato yāmo kālo assāti yāmakālikaṃ. Sappiādi pañcavidhaṃ bhesajjaṃ sattāhaṃ nidhetabbato sattāho kālo assāti sattāhakālikaṃ. Ṭhapetvā udakaṃ avasesaṃ sabbampi yāvajīvaṃ pariharitvā sati paccaye paribhuñjitabbato yāvajīvakanti vuccati .
这其中,于黎明时分受持的时药,即使再三储藏,只要未过时药时限,即可食用;夜分药可储存一昼夜;七日药可储存七夜;其余尽寿药只要因缘具足,纵使终生受用,亦皆无罪。此处其余内容显而易见。而诸注释书中,于此则详尽阐明了饮料论、随顺适宜论,如“时药与夜分药是否适宜”等论,以及适宜地论。我们将在相关处再作解说。显示巴利原文
Tattha aruṇodayeva paṭiggahitaṃ yāvakālikaṃ satakkhattumpi nidahitvā yāvakālo nātikkamati tāva, yāmakālikaṃ ekaṃ ahorattaṃ, sattāhakālikaṃ sattarattaṃ, itaraṃ sati paccaye, yāvajīvampi paribhuñjantassa anāpatti. Sesamettha uttānameva. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana imasmiṃ ṭhāne pānakathā kappiyānulomakathā ‘‘kappati nu kho yāvakālikena yāmakālika’’ntiādikathā ca kappiyabhūmikathā ca vitthāritā, taṃ mayaṃ āgataṭṭhāneyeva kathayissāma.
羊毛学处的起源:此学处从身与身心生起;是作业;非想解脱;无心罪;属施设罪;是身业;具三心;有三受。显示巴利原文
Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyato ca kāyacittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
九、胜妙食学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
257 第九学处中,“胜妙食”指最上等的食物。“谁得圆满而会觉得不可意?”意思是,具足圆满者,谁会不喜爱呢?“美味”即味道甘美。显示巴利原文
257. Navamasikkhāpade – paṇītabhojanānīti uttamabhojanāni. Kassa sampannaṃ na manāpanti sampattiyuttaṃ kassa na piyaṃ. Sādunti surasaṃ.
259 “若比丘无病,为自己乞求并食用如是胜妙食”句中,若乞求并食用纯酥等,不犯波逸提,但犯众学法中乞求汤饭的恶作;然而若乞求并食用杂有米饭的胜妙食,则犯波逸提。应知此处的意趣即是如此。正因如此,经中不说“胜妙”,而说“胜妙食”。若说“胜妙”,则唯独指熟酥等;若说“胜妙食”,则指以七种谷物作成、杂有胜妙物的食物,此义由此得以显明。显示巴利原文
259.Yo pana bhikkhu evarūpāni paṇītabhojanāni agilāno attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjeyyāti ettha suddhāni sappiādīni viññāpetvā bhuñjanto pācittiyaṃ nāpajjati, sekhiyesu sūpodanaviññattidukkaṭaṃ āpajjati, odanasaṃsaṭṭhāni pana viññāpetvā bhuñjanto pācittiyaṃ āpajjatīti veditabbo, ayaṃ kirettha adhippāyo. Teneva ca ‘‘paṇītānī’’ti avatvā ‘‘paṇītabhojanānī’’ti sutte vuttaṃ. ‘‘Paṇītānī’’ti hi vutte sappiādīnaṃyeva gahaṇaṃ hoti, ‘‘paṇītabhojanānī’’ti vutte pana paṇītasaṃsaṭṭhāni sattadhaññanibbattāni bhojanāni paṇītabhojanānīti ayamattho paññāyati.
关于“于努力乞求时犯恶作”等,其判断如下:若乞求者说“请给与带熟酥的饭”“请给与浇上熟酥的饭”“请做成混有熟酥的饭给与”“请连同熟酥一起给与”“请给与熟酥和饭”,于乞求时犯恶作,于接受时犯恶作,于吞咽时犯波逸提。然而,若只说“请给与熟酥饭”,由于如同“米饭”那样,并没有一个名为“熟酥饭”的实物单独存在,因此应知唯犯乞求汤饭的恶作。显示巴利原文
Idāni viññāpeti payoge dukkaṭantiādīsu ayaṃ vinicchayo – ‘‘sappinā bhattaṃ dehi, sappiṃ ākiritvā dehi, sappimissakaṃ katvā dehi, sahasappinā dehi, sappiñca bhattañca dehī’’ti viññāpentassa viññattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ. ‘‘Sappibhattaṃ dehī’’ti vutte pana yasmā sālibhattaṃ viya sappibhattaṃ nāma natthi; tasmā sūpodanaviññattidukkaṭameva veditabbaṃ.
然而,若说“请给与带熟酥的饭”,对方给了饭后,又说“做成熟酥而食用”,而给与生酥、乳或酪,乃至给与根本物,说“以此获取熟酥而食用”,则随其实际情况而定。若说“请给与带牛熟酥的饭”,则或者给与牛熟酥;若没有牛熟酥,便依前述方式给与牛生酥等,或者直接给与牛,说“以此做成熟酥而食用”,亦随其实际情况而定。但若乞求牛熟酥,却给与山羊熟酥等,便是错乱。如此,所求之物与所给之物不同,故无犯。此理亦适用于“请给与山羊熟酥”等。显示巴利原文
Sace pana ‘‘sappinā bhattaṃ dehī’’ti vutte bhattaṃ datvā ‘‘sappiṃ katvā bhuñjā’’ti navanītaṃ vā khīraṃ vā dadhiṃ vā deti, mūlaṃ vā pana deti, ‘‘iminā sappiṃ gahetvā bhuñjā’’ti yathāvatthukameva. ‘‘Gosappinā bhattaṃ dehī’’ti vutte pana gosappinā vā detu, gosappimhi asati, purimanayeneva gonavanītādīni vā gāviṃyeva vā detu ‘‘ito sappinā bhuñjā’’ti yathāvatthukameva. Sace pana gosappinā yācito ajiyā sappiādīhi deti, visaṅketaṃ. Evañhi sati aññaṃ yācitena aññaṃ dinnaṃ nāma hoti, tasmā anāpatti. Esa nayo ajiyā sappinā dehīti ādīsupi.
若说“请给与如法熟酥”,却给与不如法熟酥,即是错乱。若说“不如法熟酥”而给与不如法熟酥,于接受时与受用时皆犯恶作。若没有不如法熟酥,依前述方式给与不如法生酥等,说“做成熟酥而食用”,则成为以不如法熟酥所给与。若说“不如法熟酥”却给与如法熟酥,即是错乱。若只说“熟酥”,而在其余生酥等中以某一种给与,亦是错乱。此理亦适用于“请给与生酥”等。因为无论以何种方式乞求,只要得到该物或其根本物,即算获得该物。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kappiyasappinā dehī’’ti vutte akappiyasappinā deti, visaṅketameva. ‘‘Akappiyasappināti vutte akappiyasappinā deti, paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi dukkaṭameva. Akappiyasappimhi asati purimanayeneva akappiyanavanītādīni deti ‘‘sappiṃ katvā bhuñjā’’ti akappiyasappināva dinnaṃ hoti. ‘‘Akappiyasappinā’’ti vutte kappiyena deti, visaṅketaṃ. ‘‘Sappinā’’ti vutte sesesu navanītādīsu aññatarena deti, visaṅketameva. Esa nayo navanītena dehītiādīsupi. Yena yena hi viññatti hoti, tasmiṃ vā tassa mūle vā laddhe, taṃ taṃ laddhameva hoti.
然而,若给与律藏已收录或未收录的其他物品,即属错乱。若以律藏已收录的生酥等之外的、其他种类的生酥等而乞求,犯恶作。正如说“请给与熟酥饭”时,由于并没有像米饭那样的“熟酥饭”存在,故说唯犯乞求汤饭的恶作。在“请给与生酥饭”等中也是如此。即使一一详加解说,所要说的也仅是此义,而此义简略即可了知,何必详尽?因此说:“此理亦适用于‘请给与生酥’等。”显示巴利原文
Sace pana aññaṃ pāḷiyā āgataṃ vā anāgataṃ vā denti, visaṅketaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ āgatanavanītādīni ṭhapetvā aññehi navanītādīhi viññāpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Yathā ca ‘‘sappibhattaṃ dehī’’ti vutte sālibhattassa viya sappibhattassa abhāvā sūpodanaviññattidukkaṭameva hotīti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ navanītabhattaṃ dehītiādīsupi. Paṭipāṭiyā ekamekaṃ vitthāretvā vuccamānepi hi ayamevattho vattabbo siyā, so ca saṅkhepenapi sakkā ñātuṃ, kiṃ tattha vitthārena? Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘esa nayo navanītena dehītiādīsupī’’ti.
然而,若以所有熟酥等物,或于一处或于多处乞求而得,置于同一容器中混成同一味道,然后以草尖蘸取一滴置于舌端而吞咽,则犯九个波逸提。此义亦于《附随》中说:显示巴利原文
Sace pana sabbehipi sappiādīhi ekaṭṭhāne vā nānāṭṭhāne vā viññāpetvā paṭiladdhaṃ ekabhājane ākiritvā ekarasaṃ katvā tato kusaggenāpi jivhagge binduṃ ṭhapetvā ajjhoharati, nava pācittiyāni āpajjati. Vuttampi cetaṃ parivāre –
是身业所犯,非语业所犯,
一切皆事缘各异;
非前非后,一时俱犯,
此问乃善巧者所思惟。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāyikāni na vācasikāni, Sabbāni nānāvatthukāni; Apubbaṃ acarimaṃ āpajjeyya ekato, Pañhāmesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 481);
261 “无病而有病想”一句:此处,即使心存病想,若为药用的目的而乞求五种药,应依摩诃男学处处理;若乞求九种胜妙食,则应依此学处处理。对于比丘尼,这些属于悔过法的事缘;在乞求汤饭方面,两者皆唯犯众学法所制的恶作。其余内容甚为明了。显示巴利原文
261.Agilānogilānasaññīti ettha sace gilānasaññīpi hutvā bhesajjatthāya pañca bhesajjāni viññāpeti, mahānāmasikkhāpadena kāretabbo . Nava paṇītabhojanāni viññāpento pana iminā sikkhāpadena kāretabbo. Bhikkhunīnaṃ pana etāni pāṭidesanīyavatthūni honti, sūpodanaviññattiyaṃ ubhayesampi sekhapaṇṇattidukkaṭameva. Sesamettha uttānameva.
四种等起:由身、由身语、由身心,以及由身语心而生起。显示巴利原文
Catusamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyato kāyavācato kāyacittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti,
此为作业,非想解脱,非无心,是制戒罪,属身业、语业,有三心,有三受。显示巴利原文
Kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇativajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
十、齿木学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Dantaponasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
263 第十条学处:对于四种资具,乃至齿木,一切都唯是粪扫衣,因此称为“一切粪扫衣者”。据说他居于冢墓间,只以丢弃的钵为钵,以那里丢弃的破布为衣,只取用那里丢弃的床座而受用。“阿耶所弃物”中,“阿耶”指已故的祖父、曾祖父等先人;“所弃物”指为了他们而丢弃在冢墓等处的嚼食与啖食。据说,人们为了忆念已故的亲属,将他们在世时所喜爱的东西在冢墓等处做成团状,放置在那里,心想:“愿我们的亲属受用。”那位比丘便取来食用;即使有人供养其他精良的食物,他也不想要。因此说:“在冢墓、树下、门槛处,自己取用阿耶所弃物而受用。”“长老”意指坚固、身体紧密结实。“粗壮”指肥胖,意谓这位比丘既肥胖又身体结实。人们以为他在吃人肉,意思是“我们觉得他好像在吃人肉”——因为吃人肉者会有这样的相貌,这是他们的想法。显示巴利原文
263. Dasamasikkhāpade – catūsu paccayesu antamaso dantakaṭṭhampi sabbaṃ paṃsukūlameva assāti sabbapaṃsukūliko. So kira susāne chaḍḍitabhājanameva pattaṃ katvā tattha chaḍḍitacoḷakeheva cīvaraṃ katvā tattha chaḍḍitamañcapīṭhakāniyeva gahetvā paribhuñjati. Ayyavosāṭitakānīti ettha ayyā vuccanti kālaṅkatā pitipitāmahā. Vosāṭitakāni vuccanti tesaṃ atthāya susānādīsu chaḍḍitakāni khādanīyabhojanīyāni; manussā kira kālaṅkate ñātake uddissa yaṃ tesaṃ sajīvakāle piyaṃ hoti, taṃ etesu susānādīsu piṇḍaṃ piṇḍaṃ katvā ‘‘ñātakā no paribhuñjantūti ṭhapenti. So bhikkhu taṃ gahetvā bhuñjati, aññaṃ paṇītampi diyyamānaṃ na icchati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘susānepi rukkhamūlepi ummārepi ayyavosāṭitakāni sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjatī’’ti. Theroti thiro ghanabaddho. Vaṭharoti thūlo; thūlo ca ghanasarīro cāyaṃ bhikkhūti vuttaṃ hoti. Manussamaṃsaṃ maññe khādatīti manussamaṃsaṃ khādatīti naṃ sallakkhema; manussamaṃsaṃ khādantā hi īdisā bhavantīti ayaṃ tesaṃ adhippāyo.
264 在“对净水及齿木生疑悔”一句中,诸比丘未能正确领会“未授与的食物不得送入口中”这一句的确切含义,因而生起疑悔。世尊则如父亲教导孩子一般,根据所发生的事缘令诸比丘明白,并制定了随戒。显示巴利原文
264.Udakadantapone kukkuccāyantīti ettha te bhikkhū ‘‘adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhareyyā’’ti padassa sammā atthaṃ asallakkhetvā kukkuccāyisuṃ, bhagavā pana yathāuppannassa vatthussa vasena pitā viya dārake te bhikkhū saññāpento anupaññattiṃ ṭhapesi.
265 “未授与”是指:对于以身体、身体所系物或舍离的方式拿取者,未以其中任何一种方式给予。正是针对此义,在分别中说:“未授与者,称为未受持”。而在第二条波罗夷中则说:“未授与者,称为他人所有之物”。“已授与”则是为显示与“未授与”相反的特征而举出。在其解释中说:“以身体、或身体所系物、或以舍离的方式而给予”。当他人如此给予时,“若立于伸手可及之处,以身体或身体所系物接受,如此所给予的,乃至微如车尘,若依前述特征,立于伸手可及之处以身体或身体所系物接受而受持,即称为已授与”。并非仅以“你拿这个,这个给你”等言语施舍便成为已授与。显示巴利原文
265.Adinnanti kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā gaṇhantassa kāyakāyapaṭibaddhanissaggiyānaṃ aññataravasena na dinnaṃ. Etadeva hi sandhāya padabhājane ‘‘adinnaṃ nāma appaṭiggahitakaṃ vuccatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Dutiyapārājike pana ‘‘adinnaṃ nāma parapariggahitakaṃ vuccatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Dinnanti idaṃ pana tasseva adinnassa paṭipakkhavasena lakkhaṇadassanatthaṃ uddhaṭaṃ. Niddese cassa ‘‘kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā dente’’ti evaṃ aññasmiṃ dadamāne ‘‘hatthapāse ṭhito kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā paṭiggaṇhātīti taṃ evaṃ diyyamānaṃ antamaso rathareṇumpi sace pubbe vuttalakkhaṇe hatthapāse ṭhito kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā paṭiggaṇhāti, etaṃ evaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ dinnaṃ nāma vuccati. Na ‘‘idaṃ gaṇha, idaṃ tava hotū’’tiādivacanena nissaṭṭhaṃ.
其中,“以身体”是指以手等任何一个身体部分;乃至以脚趾给予,也名为以身体给予,接受时道理亦同。因为凡以任何一个身体部分拿取,即是以身体拿取。即使是以鼻管给予,无病者以鼻孔或口接受,此处唯以作意为准,这是《大护持》中所说的道理。“以身体所系物”是指以匙等任何一种工具给予,即名为以身体所系物给予,接受时道理亦同。凡以任何一个身体所系物,如钵、盘等拿取,即是以身体所系物拿取。“以舍离的方式”是指脱离身体及身体所系物,对于立于伸手可及处者,以身体或身体所系物投掷之物,通过舍离的运用而给予,即名为以舍离的方式给予。以上是圣典注释。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāyenāti hatthādīsu yena kenaci sarīrāvayavena; antamaso pādaṅguliyāpi diyyamānaṃ kāyena dinnaṃ nāma hoti, paṭiggahaṇepi eseva nayo. Yena kenaci hi sarīrāvayavena gahitaṃ kāyena gahitameva hoti. Sacepi natthukaraṇiyā diyyamānaṃ nāsāpuṭena akallako vā mukhena paṭiggaṇhāti. Ābhogamattameva hi ettha pamāṇanti ayaṃ nayo mahāpaccariyaṃ vutto. Kāyapaṭibaddhenāti kaṭacchuādīsu yena kenaci upakaraṇena dinnaṃ kāyapaṭibaddhena dinnaṃ nāma hoti. Paṭiggahaṇepi eseva nayo. Yena kenaci sarīrapaṭibaddhena pattathālakādinā gahitaṃ kāyapaṭibaddhena gahitameva hoti. Nissaggiyenāti kāyato ca kāyapaṭibaddhato ca mocetvā hatthapāse ṭhitassa kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā pātiyamānampi nissaggiyena payogena dinnaṃ nāma hoti. Ayaṃ tāva pāḷivaṇṇanā.
此处是圣典之外的抉择:以五支成就受持。即中等体力男子伸手可及之处被认知,递送被认知,天、人或畜生以身体、或身体所系物、或以舍离的方式给予,比丘以身体或身体所系物接受——如此五支具足,受持便成就。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha pāḷimuttakavinicchayo – pañcaṅgehi paṭiggahaṇaṃ ruhati – thāmamajjhimassa purisassa uccāraṇamattaṃ hoti, hatthapāso paññāyati, abhihāro paññāyati, devo vā manusso vā tiracchānagato vā kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā deti, taṃ ce bhikkhu kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā paṭiggaṇhāti. Evaṃ pañcahaṅgehi paṭiggahaṇaṃ ruhati.
其中,站立、坐着、躺卧者的伸手可及处,应按自恣学处中所说的方法来理解。但是,如果施者与受者一人在空中、一人在平地,除开平地者以头、空中者伸手给予或拿取的情况外,应以两者中较近肢体的内侧边缘来确定伸手可及处的范围。如果一人在井中、一人在井边,或一人在树上、一人在平地,也应按所说的方法确定伸手可及处的范围。在这样的伸手可及处站立时,即使鸟用喙、或象用鼻摘取花或果给予,受持也能成就。若坐在高达七肘半的象肩上,以象鼻接受所施之物,也是可以的。显示巴利原文
Tattha ṭhitanisinnanipannānaṃ pavāraṇasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva hatthapāso veditabbo. Sace pana dāyakapaṭiggāhakesu eko ākāse hoti, eko bhūmiyaṃ, bhūmaṭṭhassa ca sīsena ākāsaṭṭhassa ca ṭhapetvā dātuṃ vā gahetuṃ vā pasāritahatthaṃ, yaṃ āsannataraṃ aṅgaṃ, tassa orimantena hatthapāsappamāṇaṃ paricchinditabbaṃ. Sacepi eko kūpe hoti, eko kūpataṭe, eko vā pana rukkhe, eko pathaviyaṃ, vuttanayeneva hatthapāsappamāṇaṃ paricchinditabbaṃ. Evarūpe hatthapāse ṭhatvā sacepi pakkhī mukhatuṇḍakena vā hatthī vā soṇḍāya gahetvā pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā deti, paṭiggahaṇaṃ ruhati. Sace pana addhaṭṭhamaratanassāpi hatthino khandhe nisinno, tena soṇḍāya diyyamānaṃ gaṇhāti, vaṭṭatiyeva.
若一人将许多盛放食物菜肴的器皿顶在头上,来到比丘跟前,站着说‘请拿’,此时递送尚未显现,因此不应拿取。但如果他稍微俯身,比丘应伸手,即使只触碰到最下面器皿的一小部分,也要接受。这样,所有的器皿便都成为已受持。从此以后,无论取下或打开,想取用其中任何食物都可以。像盛饭的竹篮等单一件器皿,就更不必说了。用扁担挑饭者,若将扁担放低给予,也是可以的。若有一根三十肘长的竹子,一端绑着糖蜜罐,一端绑着酥油罐,接受此物时,则全部成为已受持。若有人说‘请取从榨蔗机槽中流出的汁’,由于递送未显现,不应拿取。但如果除去了残渣,用手一次次舀起给予,则是可以的。显示巴利原文
Eko bahūni bhattabyañjanabhājanāni sīse katvā bhikkhussa santikaṃ āgantvā ṭhitakova gaṇhathāti vadati, na tāva abhihāro paññāyati, tasmā na gahetabbaṃ. Sace pana īsakampi onamati, bhikkhunā hatthaṃ pasāretvā heṭṭhimabhājanaṃ ekadesenāpi sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. Ettāvatā sabbabhājanāni paṭiggahitāni honti, tato paṭṭhāya oropetvā vā ugghāṭetvā vā yaṃ icchati, taṃ gahetvā bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sabhattapacchiādimhi pana ekabhājane vattabbameva natthi, kājena bhattaṃ harantopi sace kājaṃ onāmetvā deti, vaṭṭati. Tiṃsahattho veṇu hoti, ekasmiṃ ante guḷakumbho baddho, ekasmiṃ sappikumbho, tañce paṭiggaṇhāti, sabbaṃ paṭiggahitameva. Ucchuyantadoṇito paggharantameva rasaṃ gaṇhathāti vadati, abhihāro na paññāyatīti na gahetabbo. Sace pana kasaṭaṃ chaḍḍetvā hatthena ussiñcitvā ussiñcitvā deti, vaṭṭati.
许多钵放置在床、凳、高架、槽或木板上,若施者处于伸手可及之处,受者站在该处,以接受之想,用手指触碰床等物,无论站立、坐着或躺着,凡在这些钵中所给的,都算是已接受了。即使心想“我将接受”而登上床等坐下,也是可以的。若用手拿起床等,再坐在床上,那更不必说。显示巴利原文
Bahū pattā mañce vā pīṭhe vā kaṭasārake vā doṇiyaṃ vā phalake vā ṭhapitā honti, yattha ṭhitassa dāyako hatthapāse hoti, tattha ṭhatvā paṭiggahaṇasaññāya mañcādīni aṅguliyāpi phusitvā ṭhitena vā nisinnena vā nipannena vā yaṃ tesu pattesu diyyati, taṃ sabbaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ hoti. Sacepi paṭiggahessāmīti mañcādīni āruhitvā nisīdati, vaṭṭatiyeva . Sace pana mañcādīni hatthena gahetvā mañce nisīdati, vattabbameva natthi.
然而,若钵放置在地上,即使它们一个紧挨一个地靠着,只要坐着用手指或针触碰其中任何一个,凡在所触碰之处给予的,就算已接受。所谓“在置于大高架、手敷布等处的钵中,接受不成立”,应知这是针对超出伸手可及范围而说的。若在伸手可及范围内,则除了就地所生之物外,任何地方都可以。显示巴利原文
Pathaviyaṃ pana sacepi kucchiyā kucchiṃ āhacca ṭhitā honti, yaṃ yaṃ aṅguliyā vā sūciyā vā phusitvā nisinno hoti, tattha tattha diyyamānameva paṭiggahitaṃ hoti. ‘‘Yattha katthaci mahākaṭasārahatthattharaṇādīsu ṭhapitapatte paṭiggahaṇaṃ na ruhatī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ hatthapāsātikkamaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Hatthapāse pana sati yattha katthaci vaṭṭati aññatra tatthajātakā.
但是,在就地所生之物上,如莲叶或紫矿叶等,则不可以。因为它不计为身体所系属之物。如同在就地所生之物上一样,在绑于木桩上的床等、不可移动的木板或石头上,接受也不成立,因为它们也归于就地所生之物的范畴。在铺于地面的细小酸豆叶等上,接受也不成立,因为它们没有承托能力。不过,在大莲叶等大叶子上,则成立。若施者站在伸手可及范围之外,用长柄勺给食,应对他说:“过来给。”如果他没有听见或不理会,而直接把食物倒入钵中,则应重新接受。对于站在远处投掷饭团的情形,道理也一样。显示巴利原文
Tatthajātake pana paduminipaṇṇe vā kiṃsukapaṇṇādimhi vā na vaṭṭati. Na hi taṃ kāyapaṭibaddhasaṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Yathā ca tatthajātake; evaṃ khāṇuke bandhitvā ṭhapitamañcādimhi asaṃhārime phalake vā pāsāṇe vā na ruhatiyeva, tepi hi tatthajātakasaṅkhepupagā honti. Bhūmiyaṃ atthatesu sukhumesu tintiṇikādipaṇṇesupi paṭiggahaṇaṃ na ruhati, na hi tāni sandhāretuṃ samatthānīti. Mahantesu pana paduminipaṇṇādīsu ruhati. Sace hatthapāsaṃ atikkamma ṭhito dīghadaṇḍakena uḷuṅkena deti, āgantvā dehīti vattabbo. Vacanaṃ asutvā vā anādiyitvā vā patte ākiratiyeva, puna paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Dūre ṭhatvā bhattapiṇḍaṃ khipantepi eseva nayo.
若从钵袋中取出钵时,钵上沾有染料粉末,有水时应当洗净;无水时,应当先把染料粉末拂去,接受之后再出去乞食。若乞食时有灰尘落入,应接受后再取食物。若不接受而取,则犯恶作。但重新接受后再食用,则无犯。若已说“请在接受之后再给”,而对方没听到或不加理会,仍直接给食,则无恶作,但应当重新接受后,再取其他食物。显示巴利原文
Sace pattatthavikato nīhariyamāne patte rajanacuṇṇāni honti, sati udake dhovitabbo, asati rajanacuṇṇaṃ pucchitvā paṭiggahetvā vā piṇḍāya caritabbaṃ. Sace piṇḍāya carantassa rajaṃ patati, paṭiggahetvā bhikkhā gaṇhitabbā. Appaṭiggahetvā gaṇhato vinayadukkaṭaṃ. Taṃ pana puna paṭiggahetvā bhuñjato anāpatti. Sace pana ‘‘paṭiggahetvā dethā’’ti vutte vacanaṃ asutvā vā anādiyitvā vā bhikkhaṃ dentiyeva, vinayadukkaṭaṃ natthi, puna paṭiggahetvā aññā bhikkhā gahetabbā.
若大风吹来各处灰尘,无法取得食物,可作此念:“我将给与未受具足戒者”,以清净心而取用。如此乞食后,回到寺院或食堂,将食物给与未受具足戒者,然后再接受他所给的,或依亲厚想而接受后食用,这是可以的。显示巴利原文
Sace mahāvāto tato tato rajaṃ pāteti, na sakkā hoti bhikkhaṃ gahetuṃ, ‘‘anupasampannassa dassāmī’’ti suddhacittena ābhogaṃ katvā gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati. Evaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā vihāraṃ vā āsanasālaṃ vā gantvā taṃ anupasampannassa datvā puna tena dinnaṃ vā tassa vissāsena vā paṭiggahetvā bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
若在乞食时,有人将有灰尘的钵递给比丘,应对他说:“你接过这个后,再去取食物,或者食用。”他应照做。若灰尘浮在表面,可倒掉酸粥,食用剩下的部分。若灰尘已进入内部,则应当重新接受。若无未受具足戒者在场,而不能从手中放下,应带到有未受具足戒者的地方,再作接受。干食上沾有灰尘,除去后可以食用。若灰尘极为微细,应连同沾着的食物一同除去,或接受后再食用。若将粥或汤放在面前搅拌,有液滴从容器溅出、落入钵中,应当重新接受此钵。显示巴利原文
Sace bhikkhācāre sarajaṃ pattaṃ bhikkhussa deti, so vattabbo – ‘‘imaṃ paṭiggahetvā bhikkhaṃ vā gaṇheyyāsi, paribhuñjeyyāsi vā’’ti tena tathā kātabbaṃ. Sace rajaṃ upari uppilavati, kañjikaṃ pavāhetvā sesaṃ bhuñjitabbaṃ. Sace anto paviṭṭhaṃ hoti, paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Anupasampanne asati hatthato amocentena, yattha anupasampanno atthi tattha netvā paṭiggahetabbaṃ . Sukkhabhatte patitarajaṃ apanetvā bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace atisukhumaṃ hoti, uparibhattena saddhiṃ apanetabbaṃ, paṭiggahetvā vā bhuñjitabbaṃ. Yāguṃ vā sūpaṃ vā purato ṭhapetvā ālulentānaṃ bhājanato phusitāni uggantvā patte patanti, patto paṭiggahetabbo.
当用勺舀取食物施与时,先从勺中滴落少许在钵中,这是善落的;因为是已奉上的,故无过失。即便从锅中盛饭时,有锅灰或炭屑落入钵中,因为是已奉上的,也无过失。当施与邻近比丘时,食物从钵中溅出而落入另一比丘的钵中,这也是善落的,因为那食物已是已接受之物。显示巴利原文
Uḷuṅkena āharitvā dentānaṃ paṭhamataraṃ uḷuṅkato thevā patte patanti, supatitā, abhihaṭattā doso natthi. Sacepi carukena bhatte ākiriyamāne carukato masi vā chārikā vā patati, abhihaṭattā nevatthi doso. Anantarassa bhikkhuno diyyamānaṃ pattato uppatitvā itarassa patte patati, supatitaṃ. Paṭiggahitameva hi taṃ hoti.
若人们劈开迦迦利树枝等施与一位比丘时,从树枝上溅出的汁滴落入另一比丘的钵中,那位比丘应重新接取钵。若是在某比丘钵的上方劈开,汁滴落入其钵中,由于是以施与的意图而奉上,故无过失。若有人将盛满乳糜的钵施与,因太热而无法从下方接取,也可以从钵口边缘接取。若这样仍不能接取,则应用托器接取。显示巴利原文
Sace jajjharisākhādiṃ phāletvā ekassa bhikkhuno dentānaṃ sākhato phusitāni aññassa patte patanti, patto paṭiggahetabbo. Yassa pattassa upari phālenti, tassa patte patitesu dātukāmatāya abhihaṭattā doso natthi. Pāyāsassa pūretvā pattaṃ denti, uṇhattā heṭṭhā gahetuṃ na sakkoti, mukhavaṭṭiyāpi gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace tathāpi na sakkoti, ādhārakena gaṇhitabbo.
在食堂中,持钵而坐的比丘睡着了,既不知有食物被送来,也不知有食物被施与,这不算是已接受。但若他先作意而后坐,则是允许的。即便他手放开了托器,用脚踩着入睡,也是允许的。然而,用脚踩住托器而接受者,即使是醒着的,也属于不恭敬的接受,因此不应做。有人说,像这样用托器接受,名为‘以身体所系属之物的所系属物接受’,因此不可以。那不过是他们的言说罢了。从义理上说,这一切都是身体所系属的。在身体接触中,这个道理也已显示。比丘被给予的食物若掉落,也可以自己取来食用。关于此,有如下经文——显示巴利原文
Āsanasālāya pattaṃ gahetvā nisinno bhikkhu niddaṃ okkanto hoti, neva āhariyamānaṃ na diyyamānaṃ jānāti, appaṭiggahitaṃ hoti. Sace pana ābhogaṃ katvā nisinno hoti, vaṭṭati. Sacepi so hatthena ādhārakaṃ muñcitvā pādena pelletvā niddāyati, vaṭṭatiyeva. Pādena ādhārakaṃ akkamitvā paṭiggaṇhantassa pana jāgarantassapi anādarapaṭiggahaṇaṃ hoti, tasmā na kātabbaṃ. Keci evaṃ ādhārakena paṭiggahaṇaṃ kāyapaṭibaddhapaṭibaddhena paṭiggahaṇaṃ nāma hoti, tasmā na vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Taṃ tesaṃ vacanamattameva. Atthato pana sabbampetaṃ kāyapaṭibaddhameva hoti. Kāyasaṃsaggepi cesa nayo dassitova. Yampi bhikkhussa diyyamānaṃ patati, tampi sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tatridaṃ suttaṃ –
“诸比丘,我允许:凡在施与时掉落之物,可自取受用。诸比丘,那物施主们实已舍出。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yaṃ diyyamānaṃ patati, taṃ sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjituṃ pariccattaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, dāyakehī’’ti (cūḷava. 273).
然而,这部经是应解其义而说的。因此,此处的意趣应如是了知:当所施之物从施者手中滑落,掉在洁净的地面,或莲叶、布、席等上时,可自取受用。若掉在有尘垢的地面,则应拂去灰尘,或洗净,或先受持之后方可受用。若滚到其他比丘跟前,那位比丘也可以让人取回。若那位比丘说:‘你自己吃吧’,他也可以吃。但若未经吩咐,则不应取用。在《库伦迪》中说,即使未经吩咐,心想‘我将取给那位’而取用,也是可以的。为何其他比丘不可取用?因为世尊未曾开许。当世尊说‘自取受用’时,只开许了被施之物掉落于谁前,谁便可取用及受用,纵然那物未经受持。而‘诸比丘,施主们已舍弃了它’这句话,则表明它已非他人所有。因此,他人不可自取受用,但经他吩咐则可以。据说,这就是此处的意趣。显示巴利原文
Idañca pana suttaṃ neyyatthaṃ. Tasmā evamettha adhippāyo veditabbo – yaṃ diyyamānaṃ dāyakassa hatthato parigaḷitvā suddhāya vā bhūmiyā paduminipaṇṇavatthakaṭasārakādīsu vā patati, taṃ sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana sarajāya bhūmiyā patati, taṃ rajaṃ puñchitvā vā dhovitvā vā paṭiggahetvā vā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Sace pana pavaṭṭantaṃ aññassa bhikkhuno santikaṃ gacchati, tena āharāpetumpi vaṭṭati. Sace taṃ bhikkhuṃ vadati ‘‘tvaṃyeva khādā’’ti tassāpi khādituṃ vaṭṭati. Anāṇattena pana tena na gahetabbaṃ. Anāṇattenāpi ‘‘itarassa dassāmī’’ti gahetuṃ vaṭṭatīti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Kasmā panetaṃ itarassa bhikkhuno gahetuṃ na vaṭṭatīti? Bhagavatā ananuññātattā. Bhagavatā hi ‘‘sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjitu’’nti vadantena yasseva taṃ diyyamānaṃ patati, tassa appaṭiggahitakampi taṃ gahetvā paribhogo anuññāto. ‘‘Pariccattaṃ taṃ bhikkhave dāyakehī’’ti vacanena panettha parasantakābhāvo dīpito. Tasmā aññassa sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati, tassa pana āṇattiyā vaṭṭatīti ayaṃ kirettha adhippāyo.
又因那是由于未经受持而被开许的,所以,即便依原样放置,未用手触摸而以某物覆盖保存,第二天也仍可受用,不犯蓄藏之过。若已作受持,则必须受用。要知道,仅在当天,才开许他自取受用,而非在此之后。据说,这也是此处的意趣。显示巴利原文
Yasmā ca taṃ appaṭiggahitakattā anuññātaṃ, tasmā yathāṭhitaṃyeva anāmasitvā kenaci pidahitvā ṭhapitaṃ dutiyadivasepi paribhuñcituṃ vaṭṭati, sannidhipaccayā anāpatti. Paṭiggahetvā pana paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Taṃdivasaṃyeva hi tassa sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhogo anuññāto, na tato paranti ayampi kirettha adhippāyo.
今说无罪过(无过失)的法则:当比丘进食时,牙齿磨损,指甲磨损,钵的颜色磨损,这一切皆属无罪过。若用刀削甘蔗等物时,出现污垢,这称为新产生的,应作持后方可受用。若洗净刀后再削,则不见污垢,仅有铁味,此亦无罪过。若取刀而携带,由它所削之物,道理亦同,因为他们并非为了受用而携带此刀。在捣碎或舂研药根等物时,研石、研杵、臼、杵等物会磨损;将所携带的刀烧热后,为药用目的而放入酪或乳中,那里会现出蓝色。此事的判定与前述关于刀的情况相同。然而,比丘不可自己将刀等放入生酪等中。若放入,则不能免除自煮的过失。显示巴利原文
Idāni abbohārikanayo vuccati – bhuñjantānañhi dantā khiyyanti, nakhā khiyyanti, pattassa vaṇṇo khiyyati, sabbaṃ abbohārikaṃ. Yampi satthakena ucchuādīsu phālitesu malaṃ paññāyati, etaṃ navasamuṭṭhitaṃ nāma paṭiggahetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Satthakaṃ dhovitvā phālitesu malaṃ na paññāyati, lohagandhamattaṃ hoti, taṃ abbohārikaṃ. Yampi satthakaṃ gahetvā pariharanti, tena phālitepi eseva nayo. Na hi taṃ paribhogatthāya pariharantīti. Mūlabhesajjādīni pisantānaṃ vā koṭṭentānaṃ vā nisadanisadapotakaudukkhalamusalādīni khiyyanti, pariharaṇakavāsiṃ tāpetvā bhesajjatthāya takke vā khīre vā pakkhipanti, tattha nīlikā paññāyati. Satthake vuttasadisova vinicchayo. Āmakatakkādīsu pana sayaṃ na pakkhipitabbā. Pakkhipati ce, sāmapākato na muccati.
下雨时,入村托钵乞食者,从身上或衣上流下污水落入钵中,应作持后食用。在树下等处进食时,若有污水落入钵中,道理亦同。然而,若连下了七天雨,水是干净的,或是从露天之处落下的,则可以用。给沙弥饭时,应不触碰他钵中的饭而给与。或者,应受持他的钵后再给。若在未受持的情况下触碰了饭,然后再取饭到自己的钵中,那饭便成为已作持之物。显示巴利原文
Deve vassante piṇḍāya carantassa sarīrato vā cīvarato vā kiliṭṭhaudakaṃ patte patati, taṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Rukkhamūlādīsu bhuñjantassa patitepi eseva nayo. Sace pana sattāhaṃ vassante deve suddhaṃ udakaṃ hoti, abbhokāsato vā patati, vaṭṭati. Sāmaṇerassa odanaṃ dentena tassa pattagataṃ acchupanteneva dātabbo. Patto vāssa paṭiggahetabbo. Appaṭiggahite odanaṃ chupitvā puna attano patte odanaṃ gaṇhantassa uggahitako hoti.
然而,若有人心生欲施,说:‘沙弥,把钵拿来,取些饭去。’对方推辞说:‘我不用了。’纵使施者再说:‘这个我已经舍给你了。’对方仍然说:‘我不需要这个。’此时当知,即便施者舍予百次,只要食物还在他自己手中,它就仍然是已作持之物。显示巴利原文
Sace pana dātukāmo hutvā ‘‘āhara sāmaṇera pattaṃ, odanaṃ gaṇhā’’ti vadati, itaro ca ‘‘alaṃ mayha’’nti paṭikkhipati, puna tavevetaṃ mayā pariccatta’’nti ca vuttepi ‘‘na mayhaṃ etenattho’’ti vadati. Satakkhattumpi pariccajatu, yāva attano hatthagataṃ paṭiggahitameva hoti.
然而,若有人无执着地将食物放在托盘上,说“拿去吧”,则应重新受持。若他将钵有意放在托盘上,对沙弥说“从这里拿饼或饭吧”,沙弥洗手后,即使拿取一百次,只要不碰到自己钵中食物而放入自己钵中,便无需再作受持。但若触碰到自己钵中食物后再从中拿取,则与沙弥的食物相混合,应重新受持。有人说:“即便拿取时食物断裂、掉落在那里,也应重新受持。”应当知道,这是针对有明确限定而说的情况,例如“拿一团饭”“拿一个饼”“拿这块糖团的一部分”。然而在此处并无此种限定,因此凡是掉落在沙弥钵中的食物便失去了受持。不过,只要沙弥未说“够了”而放手,或比丘未加阻止,手中之物仍属于比丘,故不失受持。显示巴利原文
Sace pana ādhārake ṭhitaṃ nirapekkho ‘‘gaṇhā’’ti vadati, puna paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sāpekkho ādhārake pattaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘etto pūvaṃ vā bhattaṃ vā gaṇhā’’ti sāmaṇeraṃ vadati, sāmaṇero hatthaṃ dhovitvā sacepi satakkhattuṃ gahetvā attano pattagataṃ aphusantova attano patte pakkhipati, puna paṭiggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi. Yadi pana attano pattagataṃ phusitvā tato gaṇhāti, sāmaṇerasantakena saṃsaṭṭhaṃ hoti, puna paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘sacepi gayhamānaṃ chijjitvā tattha patati, puna paṭiggahetabba’’nti vadanti. Taṃ ‘‘ekaṃ bhattapiṇḍaṃ gaṇha, ekaṃ pūvaṃ gaṇha, imassa guḷapiṇḍassa ettakaṃ padesaṃ gaṇhā’’ti evaṃ paricchinditvā vutte veditabbaṃ. Idha pana paricchedo natthi. Tasmā yaṃ sāmaṇerassa patte patati, tadeva paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahati. Hatthagataṃ pana yāva sāmaṇero vā ‘‘ala’’nti na oramati, bhikkhu vā na vāreti, tāva bhikkhusseva santakaṃ, tasmā paṭiggahaṇaṃ na vijahati.
若为自己或其他比丘准备,将饭放入煮粥的容器时,应说:“沙弥,把手放在容器上方。”然后将饭放入他手中。因为,从他手中落入容器的饭,由于已被舍弃,不会使容器在第二天成为不净。若不这样做而直接将饭放入,则应像处理钵那样,将容器作无食物处理后,方可受用。施者们放置粥罐后离去,年幼的沙弥无法令人受持,比丘便递过钵来,沙弥将罐颈置于钵口边缘上倾倒,落入钵中的粥便已是受持之物。或者,比丘将手放在地上,沙弥将罐滚动,把粥倒在他手上,这样也是可以的。对于饼篮、饭篮、甘蔗捆等,道理相同。显示巴利原文
Sace attano vā bhikkhūnaṃ vā yāgupacanakabhājane kesañci atthāya odanaṃ pakkhipati, ‘‘sāmaṇera, bhājanassa upari hatthaṃ karohī’’ti vatvā tassa hatthe pakkhipitabbaṃ, tassa hatthato bhājane patitañhi dutiyadivase bhājanassa akappiyabhāvaṃ na karoti, pariccattattā. Sace evaṃ akatvā pakkhipati, pattamiva bhājanaṃ nirāmisaṃ katvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Dāyakā yāgukuṭaṃ ṭhapetvā gatā, taṃ daharasāmaṇero paṭiggaṇhāpetuṃ na sakkoti, bhikkhu pattaṃ upanāmeti, sāmaṇero kuṭassa gīvaṃ pattassa mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ ṭhapetvā āvajjeti, pattagatā yāgu paṭiggahitāva hoti. Atha vā bhikkhu bhūmiyaṃ hatthaṃ ṭhapeti, sāmaṇero pavaṭṭetvā tattha āropeti, vaṭṭati. Pūvapacchibhattapacchiucchubhārādīsupi eseva nayo.
若两三位沙弥递送可受持的重物,由一位力大者举起来,再由两三位比丘接取,这是允许的。若在床或椅的脚上悬挂油罐、糖浆罐或生酥罐,比丘坐在该床或椅上,也是允许的。这不名为“举起重物”。显示巴利原文
Sace paṭiggahaṇūpagaṃ bhāraṃ dve tayo sāmaṇerā denti, ekena vā balavatā ukkhittaṃ dve tayo bhikkhū gaṇhanti, vaṭṭati. Mañcassa vā pīṭhassa vā pāde telaghaṭaṃ vā phāṇitaghaṭaṃ vā navanītaghaṭaṃ vā laggenti, bhikkhussa mañcepi pīṭhepi nisīdituṃ vaṭṭati. Uggahitakaṃ nāma na hoti.
若有两油罐悬挂于象牙钩或挂钩上,上面的是已受持的、下面的是未受持的,可取用上面的。若下面的是已受持的、上面的是未受持的,若取了上面的再取另一个,则上面的成为‘举起重物’。在下层床上有一未受持的油钵,若扫地时以扫帚触碰到它,不构成‘举起重物’。若心想‘我要取已受持的’却拿了未受持的,察觉后即放回,不构成‘举起重物’。若拿到外面后才察觉,不应留置外面,应拿回原处安放,如此无罪。但若先前已打开放置的,不应再盖上;应保持先前放置的原样。若已放在外面,之后则不应再碰触。显示巴利原文
Nāgadantake vā aṅkusake vā dve telaghaṭā laggitā honti, upari paṭiggahitako heṭṭhā appaṭiggahitako, uparimaṃ gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Heṭṭhā paṭiggahitako upari appaṭiggahitako, uparimaṃ gahetvā itaraṃ gaṇhato uparimo uggahitako hoti. Heṭṭhāmañce appaṭiggahitakaṃ telathālakaṃ hoti, taṃ ce sammajjanto sammuñjaniyā ghaṭṭeti, uggahitakaṃ na hoti. Paṭiggahitakaṃ gaṇhissāmīti appaṭiggahitakaṃ gahetvā ñatvā puna ṭhapeti, uggahitakaṃ na hoti. Bahi nīharitvā sañjānāti, bahi aṭṭhapetvā haritvā tattheva ṭhapetabbaṃ, natthi doso. Sace pana pubbe vivaritvā ṭhapitaṃ na pidahitabbaṃ; yathā pubbe ṭhitaṃ tatheva ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace bahi ṭhapeti, puna na chupitabbaṃ.
从楼下殿堂下来时,在楼梯中间察觉,因地方狭窄,应向上或向下移动后放置。在已受持的油等中,若表面结皮,或在生姜等中结成硬块,此即所谓‘同所生’,无需再次受持。显示巴利原文
Heṭṭhāpāsādaṃ orohanto nisseṇimajjhe sañjānāti, anokāsattā uddhaṃ vā adho vā haritvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Paṭiggahitake telādimhi kaṇṇakaṃ uṭṭheti, siṅgiverādimhi ghanacuṇṇaṃ, taṃsamuṭṭhānameva nāmetaṃ, puna paṭiggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi.
若有人爬上棕榈树或椰子树,用绳子将果串吊下,自己在树上说‘你们接取’,则不应接取。若有另一人站在地上,抓住绳结举起后递与,则允许。若将带果的大枝条作净后受持,果实即成为已受持,可随意食用。显示巴利原文
Tālaṃ vā nāḷikeraṃ vā āruḷho yottena phalapiṇḍiṃ otāretvā upari ṭhitova gaṇhathāti vadati, na gahetabbaṃ. Sace añño bhūmiyaṃ ṭhito yottapāsake gahetvā ukkhipitvā deti, vaṭṭati. Saphalaṃ mahāsākhaṃ kappiyaṃ kāretvā paṭiggaṇhāti, phalāni paṭiggahitāneva honti, yathāsukhaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
站在园内,砍断篱笆后递出甘蔗或枣子,若在伸手可及的范围内,便允许。取用未经碰触而从篱笆条中伸出的,允许。碰触后伸出的,注疏中未说有过失;然而依我们推断,果实是从被碰触之处自行掉落的。即便不站在该处而走动,也是合理的,犹如从关卡滚落而掉在外面的货物。若越过篱笆或墙递送,如果墙不宽,且墙内与墙外之人手所能及,即使向上伸手高达百手而采得,也允许。显示巴利原文
Antovatiyaṃ ṭhatvā vatiṃ chinditvā ucchuṃ vā timbarūsakaṃ vā denti, hatthapāse sati vaṭṭati. Vatidaṇḍakesu appaharitvā niggataṃ gaṇhantassa vaṭṭati. Paharitvā niggate aṭṭhakathāsu doso na dassito. Mayaṃ pana yaṃ ṭhānaṃ pahaṭaṃ, tato sayaṃpatitameva hotīti takkayāma. Tasmimpi aṭṭhatvā gacchante yujjati, suṅkaghātato pavaṭṭetvā bahipatitabhaṇḍaṃ viya. Vatiṃ vā pākāraṃ vā laṅghāpetvā denti, sace pana na puthulo pākāro, antopākāre ca bahipākāre ca ṭhitassa hatthapāso pahoti, hatthasatampi uddhaṃ gantvā sampattaṃ gahetuṃ vaṭṭati.
比丘以肩膀背负生病的沙弥,沙弥见到果实后取来,坐在肩上递予,这是允许的。另一人背负比丘,将果实递予坐在肩上的比丘,同样是允许的。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhu gilānaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ khandhena vahati, so phalāphalaṃ disvā gahetvā khandhe nisinnova deti, vaṭṭati. Aparo bhikkhuṃ vahanto khandhe nisinnassa bhikkhuno deti, vaṭṭatiyeva.
比丘为了遮荫而持带果实的枝条行走,若心中生起想吃果实的念头,令人作净而受持后,即可食用。若为驱蝇而作净受持,想吃时,只需最初那次受持,食用时并无过失。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhu phaliniṃ sākhaṃ chāyatthāya gahetvā gacchati, phalāni khādituṃ citte uppanne paṭiggahāpetvā khādituṃ vaṭṭati. Macchikavāraṇatthaṃ kappiyaṃ kāretvā paṭiggaṇhāti, khāditukāmo ce hoti, mūlapaṭiggahaṇameva vaṭṭati, khādantassa natthi doso.
比丘把应受持的物品放在在家人的车上赶路,车陷入泥泞,一位年轻者抓住车轮将车抬起,这是允许的,不称为‘举起重物’。若把物品放在船上,用桨划船或用手拉船,也是允许的;在筏上也是如此。若把物品放在瓮中或糠中,让未受具足戒者拿着,同时抓住那位未受具足戒者的手臂渡水,允许;即便没有那样的物品,让未受具足戒者拿着,再抓住他的手臂渡水,也属允许。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhu paṭiggahaṇārahaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ manussānaṃ yāne ṭhapetvā maggaṃ gacchati, yānaṃ kaddame laggati, daharo cakkaṃ gahetvā ukkhipati, vaṭṭati, uggahitakaṃ nāma na hoti. Nāvāya ṭhapetvā nāvaṃ arittena vā pājeti, hatthena vā kaḍḍhati, vaṭṭati. Uḷumpepi eseva nayo. Cāṭiyaṃ kuṇḍake vā ṭhapetvāpi taṃ anupasampannena gāhāpetvā anupasampannaṃ bāhāyaṃ gahetvā tarituṃ vaṭṭati. Tasmimpi asati anupasampannaṃ gāhāpetvā taṃ bāhāyaṃ gahetvā tarituṃ vaṭṭati.
居士们为将要出行的比丘们备好了路粮米。沙弥们拿了比丘们的米之后,便无法再拿自己的米,于是比丘们就替他们拿了米。等到沙弥们自己所持的米吃完后,就用剩下的米煮粥,把比丘们的钵依次排好,将粥倒入。聪明的沙弥会把自己的钵换给长老,把长老的钵换给下座比丘,如此轮换所有的钵,这样大家所食用的便都是沙弥所有之物,这是允许的。显示巴利原文
Upāsakā gamikabhikkhūnaṃ pātheyyataṇḍule denti. Sāmaṇerā bhikkhūnaṃ taṇḍule gahetvā attano taṇḍule gahetuṃ na sakkonti, bhikkhū tesaṃ taṇḍule gaṇhanti. Sāmaṇerā attanā gahitataṇḍulesu khīṇesu itarehi taṇḍulehi yāguṃ pacitvā sabbesaṃ pattāni paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapetvā yāguṃ ākiranti. Paṇḍito sāmaṇero attano pattaṃ gahetvā therassa deti, therassa pattaṃ anutherassāti evaṃ sabbāni parivatteti, sabbehi sāmaṇerassa santakaṃ bhuttaṃ hoti, vaṭṭati.
即便沙弥不够聪明,开始径自喝自己钵中的粥,长老们按次第乞求说:‘贤友,把你的粥给我吧’,这样乞求后饮用,也是允许的。所有人所食用的都是沙弥所有之物,既不犯‘举起重物’之缘,也不犯‘储存’之缘。不过,在此若为父母等送去油等物品,以及为了遮阴等目的而携带树枝等物,这些情况与此也没有差别。因此应当审察其理由。显示巴利原文
Sacepi sāmaṇero apaṇḍito hoti, attano patte yāguṃ sayameva pātuṃ ārabhati, ‘‘āvuso tuyhaṃ yāguṃ mayhaṃ dehī’’ti evaṃ therehi paṭipāṭiyā yācitvāpi pivituṃ vaṭṭati, sabbehi sāmaṇerassa santakameva bhuttaṃ hoti, neva uggahitapaccayā na sannidhipaccayā vajjaṃ phusanti. Ettha pana mātāpitūnaṃ telādīni chāyādīnaṃ atthāya sākhādīni ca harantānaṃ imesañca viseso na dissati. Tasmā kāraṇaṃ upaparikkhitabbaṃ.
沙弥想煮饭,洗了米却无法沥干。比丘应将米和容器一并受持,将米洗净、沥干后,把容器端上灶台,不应生火。待饭熟时,应打开盖子查看煮熟的程度。若未熟透,为了煮熟而盖上盖子,则不允许。为了防止灰尘或灰烬落入而盖上,则是允许的。饭煮熟后,将其放回灶上以及食用,都是允许的,无需再次受持。显示巴利原文
Sāmaṇero bhattaṃ pacitukāmo taṇḍule dhovitvā niccāletuṃ na sakkoti. Bhikkhunā taṇḍule ca bhājanañca paṭiggahetvā taṇḍule dhovitvā niccāletvā bhājanaṃ uddhanaṃ āropetabbaṃ, aggi na kātabbo, pakkakāle vivaritvā pakkabhāvo jānitabbo. Sace duppakkaṃ hoti, pākatthāya pidahituṃ na vaṭṭati. Rajassa vā chārikāya vā apatanatthāya vaṭṭati, pakkakāle āropetumpi bhuñjitumpi vaṭṭati, puna paṭiggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi.
沙弥有能力煮饭,但无暇停留,想去别处。比丘应受持装有米和水的容器,放上灶台,生火后说:‘你去吧。’此后,一切皆可按前述方法进行。显示巴利原文
Sāmaṇero paṭibalo pacituṃ, khaṇo panassa natthi, katthaci gantukāmo. Bhikkhunā sataṇḍulodakabhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā uddhanaṃ āropetvā aggiṃ jāletvā gacchāhīti vattabbo. Tato paraṃ purimanayeneva sabbaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati.
比丘为煮粥而将干净的容器放上灶台烧水,这是允许的。待水热时,沙弥放入米,从那时起,比丘不应再生火。受持煮好的粥后,可以饮用。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhu yāguatthāya suddhaṃ bhājanaṃ āropetvā udakaṃ tāpeti, vaṭṭati. Tatte udake sāmaṇero taṇḍule pakkhipati, tato paṭṭhāya bhikkhunā aggi na kātabbo. Pakkayāguṃ paṭiggahetvā pātuṃ vaṭṭati.
沙弥正在煮粥时,一位好动手的比丘嬉戏地触碰锅具、触碰锅盖,并把浮起的泡沫撇去拿走,仅对该比丘而言此粥不可饮用,这称为“劣亲近”。然而,若他拿起汤匙或长柄勺,未提起而搅动,则对所有人都不许可,这既成为“自煮食”,也是“劣亲近”。若他提起(汤匙等),则成为“受持食”。显示巴利原文
Sāmaṇero yāguṃ pacati, hatthakukkuccako bhikkhu kīḷanto bhājanaṃ āmasati, pidhānaṃ āmasati , uggataṃ pheṇaṃ chinditvā harati, tasseva pātuṃ na vaṭṭati, durupaciṇṇaṃ nāma hoti. Sace pana dabbiṃ vā uḷuṅkaṃ vā gahetvā anukkhipanto āluḷeti, sabbesaṃ na vaṭṭati, sāmapākañceva hoti durupaciṇṇañca. Sace ukkhipati, uggahitakampi hoti.
比丘托钵乞食后,将钵放在钵架上。若此时有其他贪玩的比丘嬉戏地触碰钵、触碰钵盖,则仅对该触碰的比丘而言,从彼处所得的食物不许可。然而,若他将钵拿起后放下,则对所有人都不许可。若他抓住树枝或藤蔓摇晃树上自然成熟的果实,则仅对他而言,从彼处所得的果实不许可,并犯“劣亲近”的恶作。但若为了支撑果树,或在树上绑刺以防动物,则是许可的,不成为劣亲近——这是《大护持》中所说。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhunā piṇḍāya caritvā ādhārake patto ṭhapito hoti, tatra ce añño lolabhikkhu kīḷanto pattaṃ āmasati, pattapidhānaṃ āmasati, tasseva tato laddhaṃ bhattaṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace pana pattaṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhapeti, sabbesaṃ na vaṭṭati. Tatthajātakaphalāni sākhāya vā valliyā vā gahetvā cāleti, tasseva tato laddhaṃ phalaṃ na vaṭṭati, durupaciṇṇadukkaṭañca āpajjati. Phalarukkhaṃ pana apassayituṃ vā tattha kaṇḍake vā bandhituṃ vaṭṭati, durupaciṇṇaṃ na hotīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ.
在森林中见到掉落的芒果等果实,心想“我要给沙弥”而取来给予,是许可的。见到狮子吃剩的食物等,心想“我要给沙弥”,无论是否已受持,取来给予,是许可的。然而,若他能净化心念,那么从彼处所得的食物即使食用也是许可的,既不会因接受生肉而犯过,也不会因受持食而犯过。显示巴利原文
Araññe patitaṃ pana ambaphalādiṃ disvā sāmaṇerassa dassāmīti āharitvā dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Sīhavighāsādiṃ disvāpi sāmaṇerassa dassāmīti paṭiggahetvā vā appaṭiggahetvā vā āharitvā dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana sakkoti vitakkaṃ sodhetuṃ, tato laddhaṃ khāditumpi vaṭṭati, neva āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇapaccayā na uggahitakapaccayā vajjaṃ phusati.
比丘为父母的利益而携带油等物品出行,中途患病时,此时不论需要何物,都可以接受并受用。然而,若这些物品在出发地便已被受持,就无需再次受持。他将米取来交给父母,父母用这些米煮好粥等再回施给他,如此是可以的,既无储存之过,也无受持食之过。显示巴利原文
Mātāpitūnaṃ atthāya telādīni gahetvā gacchato antarāmagge byādhi uppajjati, tato yaṃ icchati, taṃ paṭiggahetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana mūlepi paṭiggahitaṃ hoti, puna paṭiggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi. Mātāpitūnaṃ taṇḍule āharitvā deti, te tatoyeva yāguādīni sampādetvā tassa denti, vaṭṭati sannidhipaccayā vā uggahitakapaccayā vā doso natthi.
比丘盖好容器后烧水,在烧尽之前都可以使用。但如果此时有灰烬落入,则必须重新受持。用长钳夹着小锅烧油时,若有灰烬落入,必须在不松手的情况下,烧好后取下,然后进行受持。如果炭火或木柴是在受持后才被放入火中,那么最初的受持仍然有效。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhu pidahitvā udakaṃ tāpeti, yāva parikkhayā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace panettha chārikā patati, paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Dīghasaṇḍāsena thālakaṃ gahetvā telaṃ pacantassa chārikā patati, hatthena amuñcanteneva pacitvā otāretvā paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace aṅgārāpi dārūni vā paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitāni, mūlapaṭiggahaṇameva vaṭṭati.
比丘正在嚼甘蔗,沙弥说:“请也给我一些。”比丘说:“从这里折断拿去吧。”沙弥便拿取了。剩下的部分无需再次受持。嚼食糖块的比丘,作法也是同样。因为从被指定之处折断取走后,所剩余的部分,仍是未被舍弃的受持食。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhu ucchuṃ khādati, sāmaṇero ‘‘mayhampi dethā’’ti vadati. ‘‘Ito chinditvā gaṇhā’’ti vutto gaṇhāti, avasese puna paṭiggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi. Guḷapiṇḍakaṃ khādantassāpi eseva nayo. Vuttokāsato chinditvā gahitāvasesañhi ajahitapaṭiggahaṇameva hoti.
比丘在分发糖时,先受持后再分成份。比丘与沙弥们前来,每人一次取一份,取后所余部分依旧属于已受持。若有轻躁沙弥,取而复放,放而复取,则经他取过的剩余部分便成为未受持。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhu guḷaṃ bhājento paṭiggahetvā koṭṭhāse karoti, bhikkhūpi sāmaṇerāpi āgantvā ekagahaṇeneva ekamekaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ gaṇhanti , gahitāvasesaṃ paṭiggahitameva hoti. Sace lolasāmaṇero gaṇhitvā gaṇhitvā puna ṭhapeti, tassa gahitāvasesaṃ appaṭiggahitakaṃ hoti.
比丘受持烟卷后吸烟,口与咽喉如同涂了雌黄一般。此时他仍可于(当日)时限内进食。时限食与终生药相接触,并无过失。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhu dhūmavaṭṭiṃ paṭiggahetvā dhūmaṃ pivati, mukhañca kaṇṭho ca manosilāya litto viya hoti, yāvakālikaṃ bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, yāvakālikena yāvajīvikasaṃsagge doso natthi.
煮钵或煮染料时,烟气由耳孔、鼻孔、口缝进入;因病而嗅花香或果香,以非执取故,不犯。饭食的嗳气冲触上颚,仅于内部回入,因不在(舌识)范围故,不犯。然而,若已入口中而吞咽,于非时则犯戒。牙缝中所夹残食,其汁若流入(喉中),亦犯。若食物极为细微,汁液不明显,则属非执取范畴。显示巴利原文
Pattaṃ vā rajanaṃ vā pacantassa kaṇṇanāsamukhacchiddehi dhūmo pavisati, byādhipaccayā pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā upasiṅghati, abbohārikattā vaṭṭati. Bhattuggāro tāluṃ āhacca antoyeva pavisati, avisayattā vaṭṭati. Mukhaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ pana ajjhoharato vikāle āpatti. Dantantare laggassa āmisassa raso pavisati, āpattiyeva. Sace sukhumaṃ āmisaṃ hoti, raso na paññāyati, abbohārikapakkhaṃ bhajati.
临近非时时分,于无水处用完饭、漱口后,吐出两三口唾沫,再到有水处清洗口腔。已受持放置的生姜等若长出芽,则无需再次受持。若无盐,可以海水代替盐。已受持放置的盐水,若变成盐,或盐变成水,或汁液变成糖浆,或糖浆变成汁液,最初的受持依然有效。冰雹属于水之类。用旅行者携带的滤水石使水澄清,那是非执取性的,可以与食物一同使用。用属于食物类的木苹果等使水澄清,则只能在食前使用。显示巴利原文
Upakaṭṭhe kāle nirudakaṭṭhāne bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā kakkhāretvā dve tayo kheḷapiṇḍe pātetvā udakaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā mukhaṃ vikkhāletabbaṃ. Paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitasiṅgiverādīnaṃ aṅkurā nikkhamanti, puna paṭiggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi. Loṇe asati samuddodakena loṇakiccaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitaṃ loṇodakaṃ loṇaṃ hoti, loṇaṃ vā udakaṃ hoti, raso vā phāṇitaṃ hoti, phāṇitaṃ vā raso hoti, mūlapaṭiggahaṇameva vaṭṭati. Himakarakā udakagatikā eva. Parihārikena katakaṭṭhinā udakaṃ pasādenti, taṃ abbohārikaṃ, āmisena saddhiṃ vaṭṭati. Āmisagatikehi kapitthaphalādīhi pasāditaṃ purebhattameva vaṭṭati.
池塘等处的水,若很浑浊,是可以使用的。但若沾在嘴和手上,则不可,必须受持后使用。耕作过的田地里,水若浑浊,必须受持。若水流动后进入溪谷等并汇入河流,则允许。若有天然洼地、水坑等,水面被树上落下的花所覆盖,花汁不明显则无需受持;若水很少而汁液明显,则必须受持。对于山间溪谷等处,水面被黑色落叶覆盖的情形,也依此同理处理。显示巴利原文
Pokkharaṇīādīsu udakaṃ bahalaṃ hoti, vaṭṭati. Sace pana mukhe ca hatthe ca laggati, na vaṭṭati, paṭiggahetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Khettesu kasitaṭṭhāne bahalaṃ udakaṃ hoti, paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace sanditvā kandarādīni pavisitvā nadiṃ pūreti, vaṭṭati. Kakudhasobbhādayo honti, rukkhato patitehi pupphehi sañchannodakā, sace puppharaso na paññāyati, paṭiggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi. Parittaṃ udakaṃ hoti, raso paññāyati, paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Pabbatakandarādīsu kāḷavaṇṇapaṇṇasañchannaudakepi eseva nayo.
水瓶中有散落的白色薄膜或乳汁状液体,或有花朵被放入,应当受取;或者,受取花朵后应当放入。若放入的是芭蕉花、瞻波花、茉莉花,仅留香气,此则不犯;第二天与食物一同使用也适宜。比丘放置的以花熏香之水,沙弥取水饮用后,将剩余部分倒回原处,应当受取。在莲花、红莲等之中,水为花粉所铺展,用瓶拨开后取水是适宜的。若制作了净物、受取后放置的齿木,若想饮其汁液,仅根本受取即适宜。未受取而放置者,应当受取。不知情者即使汁液入口,也有罪,因为此学处是无心也犯的。显示巴利原文
Pānīyaghaṭe sareṇukāni vā savaṇṭakhīrāni vā pupphāni pakkhittāni honti, paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Pupphāni vā paṭiggahetvā pakkhipitabbāni. Pāṭalicampakamallikā pakkhittā honti , vāsamattaṃ tiṭṭhati taṃ abbohārikaṃ, dutiyadivasepi āmisena saddhiṃ vaṭṭati. Bhikkhunā ṭhapitapupphavāsitakapānīyato sāmaṇero pānīyaṃ gahetvā pītāvasesaṃ tattheva ākirati, paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Padumasarādīsu udakaṃ santharitvā ṭhitaṃ pupphareṇuṃ ghaṭena vikkhambhetvā udakaṃ gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ hoti, sace tassa rasaṃ pivitukāmo, mūlapaṭiggahaṇameva vaṭṭati. Appaṭiggahetvā ṭhapitaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Ajānantassa rase paviṭṭhepi āpattiyeva. Acittakañhi idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ.
关于大种所成之物,哪些适宜,哪些不适宜?首先,乳是适宜的,无论是净肉的乳还是不净肉的乳,饮用者皆无罪。泪、唾液、鼻涕、尿、粪、痰、牙垢、眼屎、耳屎、身上产生的盐——这一切都是适宜的。然而,若这些从其所落之处掉入钵中或手中,则应受取。指尖上的,即算已受取。食用热粥时,汗水顺着手指流下,连成一片落于粥中;或乞食时,从手上、钵沿或钵底滴落——在这些情况下,无需受取。对经烧煮的大种所成物,没有所谓‘此不适宜’者,但凡故意烧焦的,则不适宜。烧煮得当的,纵使人骨磨成粉末加入舔食中,也是适宜的。显示巴利原文
Mahābhūtesu kiṃ vaṭṭati, kiṃ na vaṭṭatīti? Khīraṃ tāva vaṭṭati, kappiyamaṃsakhīraṃ vā akappiyamaṃsakhīraṃ vā hotu, pivantassa anāpatti. Assu kheḷo siṅghāṇikā muttaṃ karīsaṃ semhaṃ dantamalaṃ akkhigūthako kaṇṇagūthako sarīre uṭṭhitaloṇanti idaṃ sabbaṃ vaṭṭati. Yaṃ panettha ṭhānato cavitvā patte vā hatthe vā patati, taṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Aṅgalaggaṃ paṭiggahitakameva. Uṇhaṃpāyāsaṃ bhuñjantassa sedo aṅgulianusārena ekābaddhova hutvā pāyāse santiṭṭhati, piṇḍāya vā carantassa hatthato pattassa mukhavaṭṭiṃto vā pattatalaṃ orohati, ettha paṭiggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi. Jhāmamahābhūtesu idaṃ nāma na vaṭṭatīti natthi, dujjhāpitaṃ pana na vaṭṭati. Sujjhāpitaṃ manussaṭṭhimpi cuṇṇaṃ katvā lehe upanetuṃ vaṭṭati.
四种大可厌物,若无净人,自己取用受食也是适宜的。其中,即使是不顺从者或无能力者,也仅视同无净人的情形。若无灰,可焚烧干木取灰。若无干木,即便从树上砍下湿木来做,也是适宜的。然而,这四种大可厌物,名为‘时限药’,仅在遭毒蛇咬伤之际方为适宜。其余在此显而易见。显示巴利原文
Cattāri mahāvikaṭāni asati kappiyakārake sāmampi gahetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Ettha ca dubbacopi asamatthopi kappiyakārako asantapakkheyeva tiṭṭhati. Chārikāya asati sukkhadāruṃ jhāpetvā chārikā gahetabbā. Sukkhadārumhi asati alladāruṃ rukkhato chinditvāpi kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Idaṃ pana catubbidhampi mahāvikaṭaṃ kālodissaṃ nāma sappadaṭṭhakkhaṇeyeva vaṭṭati. Sesamettha uttānameva.
其生起源类似羊毛:从身及身心而生起;属作用,非无想解脱;无心;是施设罪;是身业;具三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyato ca kāyacittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ , tivedananti.
第五 裸行者品显示巴利原文
5. Acelakavaggo
1. 裸行者学处之解释显示巴利原文
1. Acelakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
269 裸行者品第269节中关于第一学处——‘施食’:指施食的场所。‘已得游方者身份’:指已受出家。‘给予’:犯波逸提。若以一次动作给予满平钵的粥,则犯一个波逸提;若断断续续地给予,每一动作皆犯波逸提。此理亦适用于糕饼、正餐等。‘对外道有外道想’:即使母亲或父亲于外道中出家,若对他们以父母想而给予,也犯波逸提。‘令给’:指令未受具足戒者给予。显示巴利原文
269. Acelakavaggassa 9 paṭhamasikkhāpade – parivesananti parivisanaṭṭhānaṃ. Paribbājakasamāpannoti pabbajjaṃ samāpanno. Deti āpatti pācittiyassāti samatittikaṃ yāgupattaṃ ekapayogena deti, ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Avacchinditvā avacchinditvā deti, payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ. Eseva nayo pūvabhattādīsu. Titthiye atitthiyasaññīti mātā vā pitā vā titthiyesu pabbajati, tesaṃ mātāpitusaññāya dentassāpi pācittiyameva hoti. Dāpetīti anupasampannena dāpeti.
273 ‘放置后给予’:指将食物置于如法的容器中,然后将该容器放在他们附近的地上而给予;或令他们放置容器后,在其中给予;或将钵放在支架上或地上,再告诉对方‘从此取’,此法适宜。若外道说‘这是我的所有物,不要倒在这里’,则应倒入那容器。因为是他们的所有物,故亲手给予不成为施舍。其余于此显而易见。显示巴利原文
273.Upanikkhipitvā detīti tathārūpe bhājane ṭhapetvā taṃ bhājanaṃ tesaṃ santike bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā deti, tesaṃ vā bhājanaṃ nikkhipāpetvā tattha deti, pattaṃ ādhārake vā bhūmiyaṃ vā ṭhapetvāpi ‘‘ito gaṇhathā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace titthiyo vadati ‘‘mayhaṃ nāma idaṃ santakaṃ, idha na ākirathā’’ti ākiritabbaṃ. Tassa santakattā sahatthā dānaṃ nāma na hoti. Sesamettha uttānameva.
此属羊毛类起源:是行作,非无想解脱,无有心,是制定罪,是身业,具三心与三受。显示巴利原文
Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
2. 遣离学处之解释显示巴利原文
2. Uyyojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
274 274. 第二学处:‘于返回处’,亦指在座堂中。‘放下食事’,即饭食之事。‘未预期’,即未到达。显示巴利原文
274. Dutiyasikkhāpade – paṭikkamanepīti āsanasālāyampi. Bhattavissagganti bhattakiccaṃ. Na sambhāvesīti na pāpuṇi.
276 ‘非行’:即前述之外的身语门违犯。‘未离见处或闻处’:在此,若站立或坐着遣离他人,被遣离者离开了,则被遣离者无罪。然而,当被遣离者离开时,遣离者实际上也已离开,因此遣离者犯此罪。其中,若在见处范围内仍有一只脚,则犯恶作;若越出界限,则犯波逸提。此处,露地处所见范围之量为十二肘,听闻范围亦然。然而,若有墙、门、围墙等隔阻,即为障碍所遮而超越见处,应依此了知犯戒。‘无其他任何原因’:即除了上述方式的非行外,再无任何其他原因。显示巴利原文
276.Anācāranti vuttāvasesaṃ kāyavacīdvāravītikkamaṃ. Dassanūpacāraṃ vā savanūpacāraṃ vāvijahantassāti ettha yadi ṭhito vā nisinno vā uyyojeti; yo uyyojito, so vijahati, tassa ca āpatti nāma natthi. Tasmiṃ pana vijahantepi atthato itarena vijahitameva hoti. Tasmā yo uyyojeti, tassevāyaṃ āpatti. Tattha sace upacārabbhantare eko pādo hoti, dukkaṭaṃ. Sīmātikkame pācittiyaṃ. Ettha ca dassanūpacārassa abbhokāse dvādasahatthappamāṇaṃ, tathā savanūpacārassa. Sace pana antarā kuṭṭadvārapākārādayo honti, tehi antaritabhāvo dassanūpacārātikkamo, tassa vasena āpatti veditabbā. Na añño koci paccayo hotīti ṭhapetvā vuttappakāramanācāraṃ aññaṃ kiñci kāraṇaṃ na hoti.
277 ‘施以败亡之教令’:‘败亡’即忿怒;将忿怒的教令强加于人,即施加忿怒的命令。以忿怒之力,在站立、坐下等姿态中挑出过失,然后说出如此令人不悦之语:‘诸位请看此人的站立、坐下、前视、旁视——站立如树桩,坐下如狗,东张西望如猴子。’心想:‘说不定他也会因此被逼走。’其余文义显而易见。显示巴利原文
277.Kalisāsanaṃ āropetīti ‘‘kalī’’ti kodho; tassa sāsanaṃ āropeti; kodhassa āṇaṃ āropeti; kodhavasena ṭhānanisajjādīsu dosaṃ dassetvā ‘‘passatha bho imassa ṭhānaṃ, nisajjaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ khāṇuko viya tiṭṭhati, sunakho viya nisīdati, makkaṭo viya ito cito ca viloketī’’ti evaṃ amanāpavacanaṃ vadati ‘‘appeva nāma imināpi ubbāḷho pakkameyyā’’ti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
三起源——从身与心、语与心,以及身语与心生起;属作业;属想解脱;属有心;属世间罪;是身业、语业;是不善心;有三受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.
3. 有食学处之解释显示巴利原文
3. Sabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
279 第三学处——‘卧所’即寝室。‘尊者的食物是从那里施与的’意为:‘食物既是从那里施与的,你们来时该得的已经得到了;走吧。’‘被缠缚’即被贪欲所缠缚;意指以淫欲为目的。显示巴利原文
279. Tatiyasikkhāpade – sayanighareti sayaniyaghare. Yato ayyassa bhikkhā dinnāti yasmā bhikkhā dinnā, yaṃ āgatena laddhabbaṃ taṃ vo laddhaṃ; gacchathāti adhippāyo. Pariyuṭṭhitoti rāgapariyuṭṭhito; methunādhippāyoti attho.
280 ‘与两者共处’即‘有伴’;在此有伴的情况下。或者,‘有伴’可理解为有受用对象。因为对于被贪欲所缠缚的男子,女子即为受用对象;对于女子,男子亦然。因此,其分别句中说到:‘既有女人,也有男人’等。‘在大房屋中’是指在大寝室中。‘离开后墙的一臂范围’是说,离开那寝室中房间后墙一臂可及之处;即坐在卧处内部的近处。这样的寝室,存在于大四柱屋等建筑中。‘越过屋脊’以此表示越过中间。因此,对于任何方式建造的小寝室,当越过其中间时,应知为有犯。其余在此处容易理解。显示巴利原文
280. Saha ubhohi janehīti sabhojanaṃ; tasmiṃ sabhojane. Atha vā sabhojaneti sabhoge. Rāgapariyuṭṭhitassa hi purisassa itthī bhogo itthiyā ca puriso. Tenevassa padabhājane – ‘‘itthī ceva hoti puriso cā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Mahallake ghareti mahallake sayanighare. Piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvāti tassa sayanighare gabbhassa yo piṭṭhasaṅghāṭo, tassa hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā; antosayanassa āsanne ṭhāne nisīdatīti attho. Īdisañca sayanigharaṃ mahācatussālādīsu hoti. Piṭṭhivaṃsaṃ atikkamitvāti iminā majjhātikkamaṃ dasseti. Tasmā yathā vā tathā vā katassa khuddakassa sayanigharassa majjhātikkame āpatti veditabbā. Sesamettha uttānameva.
第一波罗夷的起源方式——是造作,非以想解脱,有思,属世间罪,为身业,以不善心生起,有二种受。显示巴利原文
Paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dvivedananti.
284 在第四、第五学处中,所应说的内容,一切都依照二不定法中所阐述的方法。而且,如同有伴学处一样,这些也同样是第一波罗夷的起源方式。显示巴利原文
284. Catutthapañcamasikkhāpadesu yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ sabbaṃ aniyatadvaye vuttanayameva. Yathā ca sabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ , evametānipi paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānānevāti.
6. 行筹学处解释显示巴利原文
6. Cārittasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
294 在第六学处中——“贤友,请给食物”:据说那时食物已被带来,所以他们这样说。但若食物未被带来,则不能这样说,否则便构成以言辞指使。显示巴利原文
294. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpade – dethāvuso bhattanti ettha taṃ kira bhattaṃ abhihaṭaṃ ahosi, tasmā evamāhaṃsu. Anabhihaṭe pana evaṃ vattuṃ na labbhati, payuttavācā hoti.
295 “诸比丘,既然如此,接受后便放下吧”——世尊为护持信众的净信而说此话。如果他说:“分着吃吧”,人们可能会退失净信。“被移开”即被拿走;意思是他们拿着它直接回家了。显示巴利原文
295.Tena hi bhikkhave paṭiggahetvā nikkhipathāti idaṃ pana bhagavā kulassa saddhānurakkhaṇatthāya āha. Yadi ‘‘bhājetvā khādathā’’ti vadeyya, manussānaṃ pasādaññathattaṃ siyā. Ussāriyitthāti paṭihariyittha; gharaṃyeva naṃ gahetvā agamaṃsūti vuttaṃ hoti.
298 “有比丘在”:此处,怎样算“在”,怎样算“不在”?在精舍内,当比丘生起前往诸家亲近之心,从那时起,凡于面前或当面见到的、能用平常言语告知的,此名为“在”。对此,无须四处寻告。凡须四处寻告的,便正是“不在”。再者,在内院界内看见比丘后,若心想“我要告辞”而去,就应向在那里见到的比丘告辞;若不见,则称为未向不在的比丘告辞而进入。显示巴利原文
298.Santaṃ bhikkhunti ettha kittāvatā santo hoti, kittāvatā asantoti? Antovihāre yattha ṭhitassa kulāni payirupāsanacittaṃ uppannaṃ, tato paṭṭhāya yaṃ passe vā abhimukhe vā passati, yassa sakkā hoti pakativacanena ārocetuṃ, ayaṃ santo nāma. Ito cito ca pariyesitvā ārocanakiccaṃ nāma natthi. Yo hi evaṃ pariyesitabbo, so asantoyeva. Apica antoupacārasīmāya bhikkhuṃ disvā āpucchissāmīti gantvā tattha yaṃ passati, so āpucchitabbo. No ce passati, asantaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā paviṭṭho nāma hoti.
302 “内园”:即村内的寺院,他前往那里。“供养家”:即被邀请的人家,或施与筹食等食物的施主之家。“在危难时”:指当生命或梵行遇到障碍时,可以前往。其余此处易解。显示巴利原文
302.Antarārāmanti antogāme vihāro hoti, taṃ gacchati. Bhattiyagharanti nimantitagharaṃ vā salākabhattādidāyakānaṃ vā gharaṃ. Āpadāsūti jīvitabrahmacariyantarāyesu sati gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Sesamettha uttānameva.
咖提那的生起方式——从身与语生起,也从身、语、意生起;它是造业与不造业,非想解脱,无心,属制罪,是身业、语业,具三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyākirayaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
7. 大名学处解释显示巴利原文
7. Mahānāmasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
303 在第七学处中——大名是世尊的叔父之子,年长约一个月,是立于二果的圣弟子。‘药物很多’意为从市场买来存放的酥油很多。显示巴利原文
303. Sattamasikkhāpade – mahānāmo nāma bhagavato cūḷapituputto māsamattena mahallakataro dvīsu phalesu patiṭṭhito ariyasāvako. Bhesajjaṃ ussannaṃ hotīti vajato āharitvā ṭhapitasappi bahu hoti.
306 ‘应接受’:若当时无病,不应拒绝;若有病,应默许并想‘我将提出请求’。‘我以这些药物邀请’:依名称,如酥、油等,可说二种或三种;依数量,如钵、那利、阿罗迦等。‘请求其他药物’:若被以酥邀请而请求油;或被以阿罗迦邀请而请求东那。‘非以药物为必要’:即便以混合的食物也能维生,则不称为以药物为必要。显示巴利原文
306.Sāditabbāti tasmiṃ samaye rogo natthīti na paṭikkhipitabbā; roge sati viññāpessāmīti adhivāsetabbā. Ettakehi bhesajjehi pavāremīti nāmavasena sappitelādīsu dvīhi tīhi vā parimāṇavasena patthena nāḷiyā āḷhakenāti vā.Aññaṃ bhesajjaṃ viññāpetīti sappinā pavārito telaṃ viññāpeti, āḷhakena pavārito doṇaṃ. Na bhesajjena karaṇīyenāti missakabhattenapi ce yāpetuṃ sakkoti, na bhesajjakaraṇīyaṃ nāma hoti.
310 ‘已受邀请者’:指那些以个人名义被邀请者。对这些,作出与邀请相应的请求,无犯。若是以僧团名义被邀请者,则应善加衡量其限量。其余容易理解。显示巴利原文
310.Pavāritānanti ye attano puggalikāya pavāraṇāya pavāritā; tesaṃ pavāritānurūpena viññattiyā anāpatti. Saṅghavasena pavāritesu pana pamāṇaṃ sallakkhetabbamevāti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
六种起源:有作、非想解脱、无心、制罪、身业、语业、三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
8. 观军学处解释显示巴利原文
8. Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
311 第八:‘已出击’即已向前进军,意为‘我将面朝敌军’而从城中出发。‘已出发’即已作启程,意为已从村落出发。显示巴利原文
311. Aṭṭhame – abbhuyyātoti abhiuyyāto; parasenaṃ abhimukho gamissāmīti nagarato niggatoti attho. Uyyuttanti katauyyogaṃ; gāmato nikkhantanti attho.
314 ‘十二人象’:有四名骑乘者,每条象腿各有两名护卫,如此共有十二人。‘三人马’:有一名骑乘者,两名护蹄者,如此共有三人。‘四人车’:有一名御者,一名战士,两名轮轴护卫,如此共有四人。‘四名持弓人’即四名手持武器之人——这便是最低限度具足四支的军队。前往观看这样的军队,每迈一步恶作。‘视野受限’:被某物遮挡,或下行至低处而不能看见;在此处站立无法看见,心想‘去那边看’而举步前行,每迈一步波逸提。显示巴利原文
314.Dvādasapuriso hatthīti cattāro ārohakā ekekapādarakkhakā dve dveti evaṃ dvādasapuriso hoti. Tipuriso assoti eko ārohako dve pādarakkhakāti evaṃ tipuriso hoti. Catupuriso rathoti eko sārathi eko yodho dve āṇirakkhakāti evaṃ catupuriso hoti. Cattāro purisā sarahatthāti āvudhahatthā cattāro purisāti ayaṃ pacchimakoṭiyā caturaṅgasamannāgatā senā nāma. Īdisaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gacchato pade pade dukkaṭaṃ. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvāti kenaci antaritā vā ninnaṃ oruḷhā vā na dissati; idha ṭhatvā na sakkā daṭṭhunti aññaṃ ṭhānaṃ gantvā passato payoge payoge pācittiyanti attho.
315 ‘逐一’:在象、马、车、步四支中,逐支称之;乃至仅有一人骑乘的象,或仅有一名持弓的战士,亦复如是。‘随行’:国王前往园林或河流时,即称为随行。显示巴利原文
315.Ekamekanti hatthiādīsu catūsu aṅgesu ekamekaṃ; antamaso ekapurisāruḷhakahatthimpi ekampi sarahatthaṃ purisaṃ. Anuyyuttā nāma rājā uyyānaṃ vā nadiṃ vā gacchati; evaṃ anuyyuttā hoti.
316 316.“在灾难时”是指:当生命或梵行的障碍出现时,心想“我去那里便能解脱”而去者,无犯。此处其余内容容易理解。其生起方式与羊毛学处相同——是造作、非无想解脱、无意识、世间罪、身业、不善心、三受。显示巴利原文
316.Āpadāsūti jīvitabrahmacariyantarāyesu sati ettha gato muñcissāmīti gacchato anāpatti. Sesamettha uttānameva. Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.
九、军中住宿学处之解释显示巴利原文
9. Senāvāsasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
319 319.第九——‘日落后住于军中’是指:无论站立、坐下或躺卧,即使以神通在空中保持某种威仪,也犯波逸提。‘军队被敌军阻截’是指交通被切断,如此被阻截。‘被障碍’是指被仇敌或权贵所阻。其余内容容易理解。其生起方式与羊毛学处相同——是造作、非无想解脱、无意识、制限罪、身业、三心、三受。显示巴利原文
319. Navame – atthaṅgate sūriye senāya vasatīti tiṭṭhatu vā nisīdatu vā sayatu vā sacepi ākāse iddhiyā kañci iriyāpathaṃ kappeti, pācittiyameva. Senā vā paṭisenāya ruddhā hotīti yathā sañcāro chijjati; evaṃ ruddhā hoti. Palibuddhoti verikena vā issarena vā ruddho. Sesaṃ uttānameva. Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
十、战场学处之解释显示巴利原文
10. Uyyodhikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
322 322.第十——‘战场’是指人们一次次出来在其中战斗之处,这是交战处的别名。‘军力计算处’是指在此了知军力之最,意为计算军力之处。‘军阵’是指军队的阵列,这是军营的别名。‘三头象’是指最后方的象军,即先前所说的十二人象,以此象计为三头象。其余各处亦同此理。其余内容应与出征军学处中所说的方法一同了知,包括生起方式等。显示巴利原文
322. Dasame – uggantvā uggantvā ettha yujjhantīti uyyodhikaṃ; sampahāraṭṭhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Balassa aggaṃ jānanti etthāti balaggaṃ; balagaṇanaṭṭhānanti attho. Senāya viyūhaṃ senābyūhaṃ; senānivesassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tayo hatthī pacchimaṃ hatthānīkanti yo pubbe vutto dvādasapuriso hatthīti tena hatthinā tayo hatthī. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Sesaṃ uyyuttasenāsikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.
6. 饮酒品显示巴利原文
6. Surāpānavaggo
一、饮酒学处之解释显示巴利原文
1. Surāpānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
326 酒品第一学处——‘跋陀瓦提’是一村庄,因有跋提迦的围墙而得名。‘旅人’指行路人。‘以自身威光对抗龙王威光’:即以自己的威光、神力对抗龙王的威光。‘鸽色’:指如鸽足般的红润光泽。‘清澄’是酒上清液的别名。‘诸比丘,对沙伽陀来说是不适宜的’:意为对于具足五神通者,饮酒便称为不适宜。显示巴利原文
326. Surāpānavaggassa paṭhamasikkhāpade – bhaddavatikāti eko gāmo, so bhaddikāya vatiyā samannāgatattā etaṃ nāma labhi. Pathāvinoti addhikā. Tejasā tejanti attano tejasā ānubhāvena nāgassa tejaṃ. Kāpotikāti kapotapādasamavaṇṇarattobhāsā. Pasannāti surāmaṇḍassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ananucchaviyaṃ bhikkhave sāgatassāti pañcābhiññassa sato majjapānaṃ nāma na anucchaviyanti vuttaṃ hoti.
328 花酒:以摩度迦花等之汁制成。果酒:将葡萄等果实捣碎,取其汁制成。蜜酒:以葡萄的自生汁制成;据说也有以蜂蜜酿造的。糖酒:以甘蔗等制成。酒是指加入粉麹制成的;据说以椰子等的汁液制成的也算作酒。若取其加入粉麹后的上清液,则算作末罗耶酒。乃至以草尖沾取而饮——这是指从种子阶段开始,即使仅以草尖沾取酒或末罗耶酒而饮,也犯波逸提。然而,以一次加行而饮多口者,犯一罪。若断断续续而饮,则依加行次数而得罪。显示巴利原文
328.Pupphāsavo nāma madhukapupphādīnaṃ rasena kato. Phalāsavo nāma muddikaphalādīni madditvā tesaṃ rasena kato. Madhvāsavo nāma muddikānaṃ jātirasena kato; makkhikamadhunāpi kariyatīti vadanti. Guḷāsavo nāma ucchurasādīhi kariyati. Surā nāma piṭṭhakiṇṇapakkhittā; nāḷikerādīnampi rasena katā surātveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati, tassāyeva kiṇṇapakkhittāya maṇḍe gahite merayotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti vadanti. Antamaso kusaggenapi pivatīti etaṃ suraṃ vā merayaṃ vā bījato paṭṭhāya kusaggena pivatopi pācittiyanti attho. Ekena pana payogena bahumpi pivantassa ekā āpatti. Vicchinditvā vicchinditvā pivato payogagaṇanāya āpattiyo.
329 若非酒而具有酒的色泽、酒的香气、酒味,如咸酸粥或醋等。放入汤中调味——为取其香气而放入少许酒煮汤,于此无犯。煮肉亦同此理。然而,为治疗风病而将油与酒同煮,若酒未超过限量,于此无犯;若酒已超过限量,且酒的色、香、味可辨,则有犯。非酒之阿利他——若该阿利他非酒,于此无犯。据说阿利他是仅以余甘子等汁液制成的,虽有酒色、酒香、酒味,但并非酒;这是就此而说的。然而,若加入了配料,则成为酒,从种子阶段起便不适宜。其余于此易解。其生起方式与羊毛学处相同——是身业、有想解脱、无意识、世间罪、身业、不善心、三受。此处,因不知事由而为无意识,因唯以不善心可饮而为世间罪。显示巴利原文
329.Amajjañca hoti majjavaṇṇaṃ majjagandhaṃ majjarasanti loṇasovīrakaṃ vā suttaṃ vā hoti. Sūpasampāketi vāsagāhāpanatthaṃ īsakaṃ majjaṃ pakkhipitvā sūpaṃ pacanti, tasmiṃ anāpatti. Maṃsasampākepi eseva nayo. Telaṃ pana vātabhesajjatthaṃ majjena saddhiṃ pacanti, tasmimpi anatikkhittamajjeyeva anāpatti, yaṃ pana atikkhittamajjaṃ hoti, ettha majjassa vaṇṇagandharasā paññāyanti, tasmiṃ āpattiyeva. Amajjaṃ ariṭṭhanti yo ariṭṭho majjaṃ na hoti, tasmiṃ anāpatti. Āmalakādīnaṃyeva kira rasena ariṭṭhaṃ karonti, so majjavaṇṇagandharasoyeva hoti, na ca majjaṃ; taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Yo pana sambhārapakkhitto, so majjaṃ hoti, bījato paṭṭhāya na vaṭṭati. Sesamettha uttānameva. Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti. Vatthuajānanatāya cettha acittakatā veditabbā, akusaleneva pātabbatāya lokavajjatāti.
二、指戳学处之解释显示巴利原文
2. Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
330 第二——‘以手指戳’是指以手指触碰腋下等处。‘惊恐’是指因大笑而疲惫。‘窒息’是指呼吸的出入被阻断。‘以身触未受具足者之身’——此处,比丘尼亦处于未受具足者之位,若以嬉戏之意触彼,亦犯恶作。其余于此易解。显示巴利原文
330. Dutiye – aṅgulipatodakenāti aṅgulīhi upakacchakādighaṭṭanaṃ vuccati. Uttasantoti atihāsena kilamanto. Anassāsakoti upacchinnaassāsapassāsasañcāro hutvā. Anupasampannaṃ kāyena kāyanti ettha bhikkhunīpi anupasampannaṭṭhāne ṭhitā, tampi khiḍḍādhippāyena phusantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Sesamettha uttānameva.
其生起方式与第一波罗夷相同——是身业、有想解脱、有意识、世间罪、身业、不善心、二受。显示巴利原文
Paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dvivedananti.
三、戏笑法学处之解释显示巴利原文
3. Hasadhammasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
335 “不知已制者”:指不知世尊所制、所立者,这是其含义。显示巴利原文
335. Tatiye – appakataññunoti yaṃ bhagavatā pakataṃ paññattaṃ, taṃ na jānantīti attho.
336 水戏,指水中嬉戏。上至脚踝,指在脚踝以上的高度。以嬉戏为意图,即以游戏为意图。关于“沉入”等:若以沉入为目的而进入水中,每迈一步犯恶作;在沉入与浮出的每一个动作中犯波逸提。沉入后仅在水下行走者,每一次手与脚的动作皆犯波逸提。“浮行”指游泳:以手游泳者,每一次手部动作犯波逸提;以脚亦同此理。以任何肢体游泳,其每一动作犯波逸提。从岸边或树上跳入水中,亦犯波逸提。“以船游戏”:指用桨或舵等划船,或将船推上岸边而游戏,犯恶作。显示巴利原文
336.Udake hasadhammeti udakakīḷikā vuccati. Uparigopphaketi gopphakānaṃ uparibhāgappamāṇe. Hasādhippāyoti kīḷādhippāyo. Nimujjati vātiādīsu nimujjanatthāya orohantassa padavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ. Nimujjanummujjanesu payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ. Nimujjitvā antoudakeyeva gacchantassa hatthavārapadavāresu sabbattha pācittiyaṃ. Palavatīti tarati. Hatthehi tarantassa hatthavāre hatthavāre pācittiyaṃ. Pādesupi eseva nayo. Yena yena aṅgena tarati, tassa tassa payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ. Tīrato vā rukkhato vā udake patati, pācittiyameva. Nāvāya kīḷatīti phiyārittādīhi nāvaṃ pājento vā tīre ussārento vā nāvāya kīḷati, dukkaṭaṃ.
“以手”等:每一动作犯恶作。有人说以手将石子抛入水中,在石子落下又弹起的每一次中犯恶作,此不应采纳,因为那是单一动作,故唯有一恶作。再者,除了上文于“上至脚踝”处所说的浮出等之外,以任何其他方式,无论入水或未入水,在任何处所,取静止之水乃至一滴而作抛掷游戏者,皆犯恶作。然而,为阐明义理而书写文字是允许的,这是此处的结论。其余易解。显示巴利原文
Hatthena vātiādīsupi payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Keci hatthena udake khittāya kathalāya patanuppatanavāresu dukkaṭaṃ vadanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Tattha hi ekapayogattā ekameva dukkaṭaṃ, apica uparigopphake vuttāni ummujjanādīni ṭhapetvā aññena yena kenaci ākārena udakaṃ otaritvā vā anotaritvā vā yattha katthaci ṭhitaṃ udakaṃ antamaso binduṃ gahetvā khipanakīḷāyapi kīḷantassa dukkaṭameva, atthajotakaṃ pana akkharaṃ likhituṃ vaṭṭati, ayamettha vinicchayo. Sesamettha uttānameva.
第一波罗夷犯缘——行为、非想解脱、有心、性罪、身业、不善心、三受。显示巴利原文
Paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.
4. 不恭敬学处的解释显示巴利原文
4. Anādariyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
342 342. 第四条——‘此教法可能失传’,意谓‘此法如何’的传统可能失传。‘或不愿学此’,指对于所制之戒,不愿学习所制。‘非所制定’,指经或阿毗达摩中所说。显示巴利原文
342. Catutthe – kathāyaṃ nasseyyāti kathaṃ ayaṃ dhammo tanti paveṇī nasseyya. Taṃ vā na sikkhitukāmoti yena paññattena vuccati, taṃ paññattaṃ na sikkhitukāmo. Apaññattenāti sutte vā abhidhamme vā āgatena.
344 344. ‘我们的老师传承如此’,此处应受谴责的师承不应采纳;唯由传统而来的师承才应采纳。然而《Kurundiya》中说:‘于性罪,师承不适用;于遮罪,则适用。’《大筏》中说:‘经及随经的传承,唯以已学师承为准则,不知者之言说则非准则。’这些皆归于传统而来者。余下易解。显示巴利原文
344.Evaṃamhākaṃ ācariyānaṃ uggahoti ettha gārayho ācariyuggaho na gahetabbo; paveṇiyā āgato ācariyuggahova gahetabbo. Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘‘lokavajje ācariyuggaho na vaṭṭati, paṇṇattivajje pana vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ ‘‘suttaṃ suttānulomañca uggahitakānaṃyeva ācariyānaṃ uggaho pamāṇaṃ, ajānantānaṃ kathā appamāṇanti vuttaṃ. Taṃ sabbaṃ paveṇiyā āgatesamodhānaṃ gacchati. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti.
三种生起方式——从身与心、从语与心、从身语与心而生起;此是作,非想解脱,有心,是世间罪,属身业、语业,依不善心,伴苦受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
5. 恐吓学处的解释显示巴利原文
5. Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
345 345. 第五项——色等破坏,应如对人趣有情的解说那样了知。其余内容显而易见。生起等与不恭敬学处相似。显示巴利原文
345. Pañcame – rūpūpahārādayo manussaviggahe vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Sesaṃ uttānameva. Samuṭṭhānādīni anādariyasadisānevāti.
6. 火学处的解释显示巴利原文
6. Jotisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
350 350. 第六——‘跋伽’,是国名。‘桑苏摩罗山’,是城名。‘毗舍迦罗林’,是依附该城的森林名。然而,因为该林是为诸鹿安适居住而施设,故称为鹿野苑。‘集严’指点燃。‘令堕’指追逐。显示巴利原文
350. Chaṭṭhe – bhaggāti janapadassa nāmaṃ. Saṃsumāragiranti nagarassa. Bhesakaḷāvananti tannissitavanassa. Taṃ pana migānaṃ phāsuvihāratthāya dinnattā migadāyoti vuccati. Samādahitvāti jāletvā. Paripātesīti anubandhi.
352 “于灯火”:指灯烛燃烧时。“于火事”:指为钵煮、汗疗等工作而生火。“因如是之缘”:指以灯火等为缘。显示巴利原文
352.Padīpepīti padīpujjalanepi. Jotikepīti pattapacanasedakammādīsu jotikaraṇe. Tathārūpapaccayāti padīpādipaccayā.
354-5 “自己点燃”:此指出于想点火的意图,从安放火钻开始,直至火焰尚未生起,其间一切动作均犯恶作。“拾起已燃之薪”:指拾起正在燃烧而掉落的燃薪,重新放回原处,这是其含义。同样地,拾起未燃烧的薪柴投入火中者,唯犯恶作;若拾起已燃者再令其燃烧,则犯波逸提。显示巴利原文
354-5.Sayaṃ samādahatīti ettha jotiṃ samādahitukāmatāya araṇisaṇṭhapanato paṭṭhāya yāva jālā na uṭṭhahati, tāva sabbapayogesu dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilātaṃ ukkhipatīti dayhamānaṃ alātaṃ patitaṃ ukkhipati, puna yathāṭhāne ṭhapetīti attho. Evaṃ avijjhātaṃ ukkhipitvā pakkhipantasseva dukkaṭaṃ, vijjhātaṃ puna jālāpentassa pācittiyameva.
356 “因如是之缘”:除灯火等之外,以其他类似之缘而点火者,无犯。“于灾厄时”:当有恶兽、恶人造成灾厄时,于该处点火亦无犯。其余则容易理解。六种发起方式:是行为,非想解脱,无心,制定罪,身业,语业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
356.Tathārūpapaccayāti ṭhapetvā padīpādīni aññenapi tathārūpena paccayena samādahantassa anāpatti. Āpadāsūti duṭṭhavāḷamigaamanussehi upaddavo hoti, tattha samādahantassāpi anāpatti. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti. Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
7. 沐浴学处之解释显示巴利原文
7. Nahānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
364 第七条——‘以粉或以泥’:在此,从准备粉或泥之时开始,于一切操作中皆犯恶作。显示巴利原文
364. Sattame – cuṇṇena vā mattikāya vāti ettha cuṇṇamattikānaṃ abhisaṅkharaṇakālato paṭṭhāya sabbapayogesu dukkaṭaṃ.
366 ‘往彼岸而洗浴’:此处,即使在干涸的河中,拨开沙土形成坑洼,也可在其中洗浴。‘于灾厄时’:指被蜂等追逐者,可潜入水中。其余易解。与羊毛学处相同的起源——是身业,非想解脱,无有心,源于制戒,身表业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
366.Pāraṃ gacchanto nhāyatīti ettha sukkhāya nadiyā vālikaṃ ukkiritvā kataāvāṭakesupi nhāyituṃ vaṭṭati. Āpadāsūti bhamarādīhi anubaddhassa udake nimujjituṃ vaṭṭatīti. Sesamettha uttānameva. Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
8. 作恶色学处之解释显示巴利原文
8. Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
368-9 第八条——在“比丘因获得新衣”中,此处“获得”即所得;所得本身即是获得。获得了什么?衣。何等衣?新衣。如此,本应说“因获得新衣”,但未作鼻音省略,而说成“因获得新衣”;意为“已获得新衣”。而“pana”是位于中间两个词之后的助词。“比丘”一词,是标示获得者的例子。在词语解释中,不以字面形式取义,为显示所获得之物,而说“衣者,指六种衣”等。所谓“衣”,在此处应知为任何可用于下覆或上覆之物。正因如此,未说“最后可作净施的衣”。“铜蓝”即制革匠所用的蓝色。“大普说”中则说:“铁垢、铜垢,这称为铜蓝。”“叶蓝”指任何蓝色的叶汁。应取作坏色,这是针对点净而说的,并非指用蓝色等将整件衣作坏色。而且,在作那种净法时,应将衣染妥后,在四个角、或三个角、或两个角、或一个角上,取如孔雀眼圈大小或如疣背大小的点。在“大普说”中说:“在钵上或结上是不允许的。”但在“大注释”中则说:“是允许的。”然而,巴利圣典中的穗须净、耳环净等,在任何地方都是被禁止的,因此,除了一个圆点之外,不应以任何其他形式作净。显示巴利原文
368-9. Aṭṭhame – navaṃ pana bhikkhunā cīvaralābhenāti ettha alabhīti labho; labhoyeva lābho. Kiṃ alabhi? Cīvaraṃ. Kīdisaṃ? Navaṃ. Iti ‘‘navacīvaralābhenā’’ti vattabbe anunāsikalopaṃ akatvā ‘‘navacīvaralābhenā’’ti vuttaṃ; paṭiladdhanavacīvarenāti attho. Majjhe ṭhitapadadvaye panāti nipāto. Bhikkhunāti yena laddhaṃ tassa nidassanaṃ. Padabhājane pana byañjanaṃ anādiyitvā yaṃ laddhaṃ taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Cīvaranti ettha yaṃ nivāsetuṃ vā pārupituṃ vā sakkā hoti, tadeva veditabbaṃ. Teneva ‘‘vikappanupagapacchima’’nti na vuttaṃ. Kaṃsanīlanti cammakāranīlaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘ayomalaṃ lohamalaṃ etaṃ kaṃsanīlaṃ nāmā’’ti vuttaṃ. Palāsanīlanti yo koci nīlavaṇṇo paṇṇaraso. Dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṃ ādātabbanti etaṃ kappabinduṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ; na nīlādīhi sakalacīvarassa dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṃ. Tañca pana kappaṃ ādiyantena cīvaraṃ rajitvā catūsu vā koṇesu tīsu vā dvīsu vā ekasmiṃ vā koṇe morassa akkhimaṇḍalamattaṃ vā maṅkulapiṭṭhimattaṃ vā ādātabbaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ ‘‘patte vā gaṇṭhiyaṃ vā na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘vaṭṭatiyevā’’ti vuttaṃ. Pāḷikappakaṇṇikakappādayo pana sabbattha paṭisiddhā, tasmā ṭhapetvā ekaṃ vaṭṭabinduṃ aññena kenacipi vikārena kappo na kātabbo.
371 于“门闩等”中,这些门闩等物,是后来附加在已作净的衣上的,并无作净的作用。其余内容浅显易懂。羊毛起源——是造作非造作,非想解脱,无心,施设罪;是身业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
371.Aggaḷetiādīsu etāni aggaḷādīni kappakatacīvare pacchā āropetvā kappakaraṇakiccaṃ natthi. Sesaṃ uttānameva. Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyākiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ; kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
9. 净施学处之解释显示巴利原文
9. Vikappanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
374 第九条——“或他未给的”:指衣的主人说了“你受用吧,或舍弃吧,或随因缘处理吧”之后,却未给与。“或他不信任的”:指对那被作了羯磨的人,由于不信任他。然而,若受用他所给的,或出于信任他而受用,则无犯。此处其余内容,因在三十事注释中已述,故浅显易懂。咖提那起源——从身、语生起,亦从身、语、心生起,是造作非造作,非想解脱,无心,施设罪,身业,语业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
374. Navame – tassa vā adinnanti cīvarasāmikassa ‘‘paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti evaṃ vatvā adinnaṃ. Tassa vā avissasantoti yena vinayakammaṃ kataṃ, tassa avissāsena vā. Tena pana dinnaṃ vā tassa vissāsena vā paribhuñjantassa anāpatti. Sesamettha tiṃsakavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayattā uttānamevāti. Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyākiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
十、藏匿衣学处的注释显示巴利原文
10. Cīvarāpanidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
377-81 第十条——“藏匿”:指移开后藏起来。“有笑望者”:指以笑为目的。“其他资具”:指巴利圣典中未提到的钵袋等物。“说了法语之后”:指说了“作为沙门,不应有未妥善安置的资具”这样的法语后,心想“我会给他”而放置者,无犯。此处其余内容浅显易懂。三起源——造作,想解脱,有心,世间罪,身业,语业,不善心,三受。显示巴利原文
377-81. Dasame – apanidhentīti apanetvā nidhenti. Hasāpekkhoti hasādhippāyo. Aññaṃ parikkhāranti pāḷiyā anāgataṃ pattatthavikādiṃ. Dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvāti ‘‘samaṇena nāma anihitaparikkhārena bhavituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti evaṃ dhammakathaṃ kathetvā dassāmīti nikkhipato anāpatti. Sesamettha uttānameva. Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.
第七 有虫品显示巴利原文
7. Sappāṇakavaggo
一、故意杀生学处的注释显示巴利原文
1. Sañciccapāṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
382 有虫品第一学处中:‘是射手’:指在俗家时是教导弓术的老师。‘剥夺生命’:指与生命分离。显示巴利原文
382. Sappāṇakavaggassa paṭhamasikkhāpade – issāso hotīti gihikāle dhanuggahācariyo hoti. Jīvitā voropitāti jīvitā viyojitā.
在学处中,‘若剥夺’即‘使分离’。然而,这只是世俗的表达。因为并不像头饰被分离后头还单独存在那样,在生命被剥夺时,有情中还有一个名为‘命’的东西单独存在——它只是完全消失而已。因此,为了显示这一意义,在词语分解中说‘断绝命根’等。又,在此学处中,应知只有畜生才是‘有情’。无论杀害小的还是大的,其罪过并无差别。但在大的有情上,由于加行大,不善也大。‘对有情有有情想’:即便在清扫床榻时,对木虫卵生起有情想,若无悲悯心而将其弄破、移除,犯波逸提。因此,在这样的场合,应生起悲悯,以不放逸行事。其余内容,连同起源等,应依于人分身中已说的方式来了知。显示巴利原文
Sikkhāpadepi voropeyyāti viyojeyya. Yasmā pana vohāramattamevetaṃ; na hettha kiñci viyojite sīsālaṅkāre sīsaṃ viya jīvitā voropite pāṇepi jīvitaṃ nāma visuṃ tiṭṭhati, aññadatthu antaradhānameva gacchati, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ padabhājane ‘‘jīvitindriyaṃ upacchindatī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Imasmiñca sikkhāpade tiracchānagatoyeva ‘‘pāṇo’’ti veditabbo. Taṃ khuddakampi mahantampi mārentassa āpattinānākaraṇaṃ natthi. Mahante pana upakkamamahantattā akusalamahattaṃ hoti. Pāṇe pāṇasaññīti antamaso mañcapīṭhaṃ sodhento maṅgulabījakepi pāṇasaññī nikkāruṇikatāya taṃ bhindanto apaneti, pācittiyaṃ. Tasmā evarūpesu ṭhānesu kāruññaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā appamattena vattaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sesaṃ manussaviggahe vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.
二、含有生物之水学处的注释显示巴利原文
2. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
387 第二条——“有虫”:指那些因受用而死的虫,由于那些虫而成为有虫。若明知是那样的水而受用,每一动作便犯波逸提。即便一次不间断地饮满钵量,也只犯一罪。用那样的水洗带有食物的钵,或用那样的水冷却热粥的钵,或用手、用瓢以那样的水洗浴,每一动作都犯波逸提。进入水槽或池塘后,为了出去而激起波浪,也犯波逸提。清理水槽或池塘的人,从那里取出的水,只应倒回水中。若附近没有水,应将八罐或十罐净水倒在一个能让水停留的适当之处,再把水倒在那里。不应将水倒在热石上,心想“它会流到水里”。若用净水将石头冷却后再倒,则是允许的。此处其余内容浅显易懂。显示巴利原文
387. Dutiye – sappāṇakanti ye pāṇakā paribhogena maranti, tehi pāṇakehi sappāṇakaṃ, tādisañhi jānaṃ paribhuñjato payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ. Pattapūrampi avicchinditvā ekapayogena pivato ekā āpatti. Tādisena udakena sāmisaṃ pattaṃ āviñchitvā dhovatopi tādise udake uṇhayāgupattaṃ nibbāpayatopi taṃ udakaṃ hatthena vā uḷuṅkena vā gahetvā nhāyatopi payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ. Udakasoṇḍiṃ vā pokkharaṇiṃ vā pavisitvā bahinikkhamanatthāya vīciṃ uṭṭhāpayatopi. Soṇḍiṃ vā pokkharaṇiṃ vā sodhentehi tato gahitaudakaṃ udakeyeva āsiñcitabbaṃ. Samīpamhi udake asati kappiyaudakassa aṭṭha vā dasa vā ghaṭe udakasaṇṭhānakappadese āsiñcitvā tattha āsiñcitabbaṃ. ‘‘Pavaṭṭitvā udake patissatī’’ti uṇhapāsāṇe udakaṃ nāsiñcitabbaṃ. Kappiyaudakena pana pāsāṇaṃ nibbāpetvā āsiñcituṃ vaṭṭati. Sesamettha uttānameva.
语业、三心、三受。在此应知:虽知飞蛾等虫会跌落,但因心清净,如同点燃灯盏;虽知水中有虫,但取水想而使用,故不犯制罪。显示巴利原文
Vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti. Ettha ca paṭaṅgapāṇakānaṃ patanaṃ ñatvāpi suddhacittatāya dīpajālane viya sappāṇakabhāvaṃ ñatvāpi udakasaññāya paribhuñjitabbato paṇṇattivajjatā veditabbāti.
3. 翻案学处解释显示巴利原文
3. Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
392 392. 第三学处——“翻案”:即前往各位比丘面前,说“所作非法”等语,从中煽动,令其不能依既定状态而确立。显示巴利原文
392. Tatiyasikkhāpade – ukkoṭentīti tassa tassa bhikkhuno santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘akataṃ kamma’’ntiādīni vadantā uccālenti; yathāpatiṭṭhitabhāvena patiṭṭhātuṃ na denti.
393 393. ‘如法’:即为了平息某诤事所开示的法,也就是以该法而平息。‘已断诤事’:指已被断决的诤事,依导师所说的法而得到平息。显示巴利原文
393.Yathādhammanti yo yassa adhikaraṇassa vūpasamanāya dhammo vutto, teneva dhammenāti attho. Nihatādhikaraṇanti nihataṃ adhikaraṇaṃ; satthārā vuttadhammeneva vūpasamitaṃ adhikaraṇanti attho.
395 395. ‘于如法羯磨有羯磨想’:若以此羯磨平息了某诤事,且此羯磨确实如法,对此如法羯磨,若该比丘仍持‘此是如法羯磨’之想而翻案,即犯波逸提。以此类推,其余诸句亦应了知。以上为略说,广说则如‘此四种诤事有多少种翻案’等方式,在《附随》中说明。在诸义注中已全部引用并解释了其义。然而,我们将于彼处再作解释;若在此处引用解释,恐更增混乱,故暂不解释。其余内容在此易于了知。三因生起:身业、语业、意业;无行为、想解脱、有心、世间罪、身业、语业、不善心、苦受。显示巴利原文
395.Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññīti yena kammena taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamitaṃ, tañce dhammakammaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ dhammakamme ayampi dhammakammasaññī hutvā yadi ukkoṭeti, pācittiyaṃ āpajjatīti attho. Etena nayena sesapadānipi veditabbāni. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ‘‘imesaṃ catunnaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ kati ukkoṭanā’’tiādinā nayena parivāre vutto. Aṭṭhakathāsu taṃ sabbaṃ āharitvā tassevattho vaṇṇito. Mayaṃ pana taṃ tattheva vaṇṇayissāma. Idha āharitvā vaṇṇiyamāne hi suṭṭhutaraṃ sammoho bhaveyyāti na vaṇṇayimha. Sesamettha uttānameva. Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
4. 粗恶学处解释显示巴利原文
4. Duṭṭhullasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
399 399. 第四学处——‘粗恶罪’:此处,为举要而显示了四波罗夷,但实际意指桑喀地谢沙罪,覆藏此罪者犯波逸提。‘仅放下责任’:即放下责任的那一刹那。若放下责任后再告知,则不构成覆藏;仅在放下责任的那一刻即犯波逸提。若如此放下责任后,为了覆藏而告知另一人,那人又告知另一人,以此辗转,乃至百位比丘、千位比丘,只要相续不断,皆犯此罪。何时相续断绝?大须摩长老说:‘犯罪者告知一人,那人又返回告知原告知者,此相续便断绝。’大莲华长老则说:‘此指当事者。犯罪者告知一位比丘,此比丘告知另一人,那人又返回告知最初告知者;如此,当第三人告知第二人时,相续即告断绝。’显示巴利原文
399. Catutthe – duṭṭhullā nāma āpattīti ettha cattāri pārājikāni atthuddhāravasena dassitāni, saṅghādisesāpatti pana adhippetā, taṃ chādentassa pācittiyaṃ. Dhuraṃ nikkhittamatteti dhure nikkhittamatte. Sacepi dhuraṃ nikkhipitvā pacchā āroceti, na rakkhati; dhuraṃ nikkhittamatteyeva pācittiyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Sace pana evaṃ dhuraṃ nikkhipitvā paṭicchādanatthameva aññassa āroceti, sopi aññassāti etenupāyena samaṇasatampi samaṇasahassampi āpattiṃ āpajjatiyeva tāva, yāva koṭi na chijjati. Kadā pana koṭi chijjatīti? Mahāsumatthero tāva vadati – ‘‘āpattiṃ āpanno ekassa āroceti, so paṭinivattitvā tasseva āroceti; evaṃ koṭi chijjatī’’ti. Mahāpadumatthero panāha – ‘‘ayañhi vatthupuggaloyeva. Āpattiṃ āpanno pana ekassa bhikkhuno āroceti, ayaṃ aññassa āroceti, so paṭinivattitvā yenassa ārocitaṃ, tasseva āroceti; evaṃ tatiyena puggalena dutiyassa ārocite koṭi chinnā hotī’’ti.
400 400. ‘非粗恶罪’:指其余的五罪聚。‘对未受具戒者说粗恶或非粗恶的邪行’:在此,对未受具戒者而言,泄精与身触,这称为粗恶邪行。其余在此的皆易解。放下责任为生起因——由身、语、意生起;是无行为、由想解脱、有心、属世间罪,为身业、语业、不善心、苦受。显示巴利原文
400.Aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattinti avasese pañcāpattikkhandhe. Anupasampannassa duṭṭhullaṃ vā aduṭṭhullaṃ vā ajjhācāranti ettha anupasampannassa sukkavissaṭṭhi ca kāyasaṃsaggo cāti ayaṃ duṭṭhullaajjhācāro nāma. Sesamettha uttānamevāti. Dhuranikkhepasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācācittato samuṭṭhāti, akiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ , dukkhavedananti.
五、未满二十岁学处之解释显示巴利原文
5. Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
402 402. 第五学处——‘手指会痛’:心想,书写文字的人手指会痛。‘胸会痛’:学习计数的人必须多加思虑,他们想,因此他的胸会痛。‘眼会痛’:学习色线的人必须反复翻转金币来观察,他们想,因此他的眼会痛。关于蚊虻等:‘蚊’指黄色的苍蝇。‘苦’:指正在受苦。‘剧烈’:指严重。‘粗硬’:指尖锐。‘辛辣’:指粗涩;或因不可意而类似辛辣味。‘不可意’:指不甜美。‘夺命’:指夺取生命。显示巴利原文
402. Pañcamasikkhāpade – aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissantīti akkharāni likhantassa aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissantīti cintesuṃ. Urassa dukkhoti gaṇanaṃ sikkhantena bahuṃ cintetabbaṃ hoti, tenassa uro dukkho bhavissatīti maññiṃsu. Akkhīni dukkhā bhavissantīti rūpasuttaṃ sikkhantena kahāpaṇā parivattetvā parivattetvā passitabbā honti, tenassa akkhīni dukkhāni bhavissantīti maññiṃsu. Ḍaṃsādīsu ḍaṃsāti piṅgalamakkhikāyo. Dukkhānanti dukkhamānaṃ. Tibbānanti bahalānaṃ. Kharānanti tikhiṇānaṃ. Kaṭukānanti pharusānaṃ; amanāpatāya vā kaṭukarasasadisānaṃ. Asātānanti amadhurānaṃ. Pāṇaharānanti jīvitaharānaṃ.
404 404. ‘划定界’:指建立新界。然而在《库伦达》中,即使是以洒水来划定界限,也说犯恶作。‘满二十岁’:从结生心开始算起,年满二十岁;因为胎中二十岁,也算作是满二十岁。如说——显示巴利原文
404.Sīmaṃ sammannatīti navaṃ sīmaṃ bandhati. Kurundiyaṃ pana udakukkhepaparicchindanepi dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Paripuṇṇavīsativassoti paṭisandhiggahaṇato paṭṭhāya paripuṇṇavīsativasso; gabbhavīsopi hi paripuṇṇavīsativassotveva saṅkhye gacchati. Yathāha –
那时,尊者童迦叶是在母胎中住满二十岁后受具足戒的。当时,尊者童迦叶心生此念:“世尊制定:未满二十岁之人不应受具足戒。我是在母胎中住满二十岁后受的具足戒。我算得具足戒了呢,还是没有得具足戒呢?”比丘们将此事禀告了世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,在母胎中最初心生起、最初识显现的那一刻,便是他的出生。诸比丘,我允许在母胎中住满二十岁者受具足戒。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā kumārakassapo gabbhavīso upasampanno hoti. Atha kho āyasmato kumārakassapassa etadahosi – ‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ, na ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabboti. Ahañcamhi gabbhavīso upasampanno. Upasampanno nukhomhi, nanu kho upasampanno’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yaṃ bhikkhave mātukucchimhi paṭhamaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ, paṭhamaṃ viññāṇaṃ pātubhūtaṃ tadupādāya sāvassa jāti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gabbhavīsaṃ upasampādetu’’nti (mahāva. 124).
其中,若有人住母胎十二个月,于大自恣之日出生,则从那时起,至第十九次大自恣过后,于次日应受具足戒。依此方法,可了知年岁的增减。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo dvādasamāse mātukucchismiṃ vasitvā mahāpavāraṇāya jāto, so tato paṭṭhāya yāva ekūnavīsatime vasse mahāpavāraṇā, taṃ atikkamitvā pāṭipade upasampādetabbo. Etenupāyena hāyanavaḍḍhanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
然而,古代的诸长老在十九岁之后,过了自恣日,于新月的第一日授予具足戒。这是为什么呢?答曰:一年中有六次十四日布萨。如此一来,二十年中便少了四个月。国王们每三年增加一个闰月,这样一来,十八年中便增加了六个月。从中扣除因布萨而少的四个月,还剩两个月。将此两个月计入,二十年便圆满具足。因此,他们无有疑惑,在过了自恣日后,于新月的第一日授予具足戒。但此处所说的“十九岁”,是针对自恣后即将满二十岁的人而言的。因此,若有人在母胎中住了十二个月,他便是二十一岁。若住了七个月,他便是二十岁又七个月。然而,住胎六个月而生者,不能存活。显示巴利原文
Porāṇakattherā pana ekūnavīsativassaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ nikkhamanīyapuṇṇamāsiṃ atikkamma pāṭipadadivase upasampādenti, taṃ kasmāti? Vuccate – ekasmiṃ vasse cha cātuddasikauposathā honti. Iti vīsatiyā vassesu cattāro māsā parihāyanti. Rājāno tatiye tatiye vasse vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhanti. Iti aṭṭhārasasu vassesu cha māsā vaḍḍhanti, tato uposathavasena parihīne cattāro māse apanetvā dve māsā avasesā honti, te dve māse gahetvā vīsativassāni paripuṇṇāni hontīti nikkaṅkhā hutvā nikkhamanīyapuṇṇamāsiṃ atikkamma pāṭipade upasampādenti. Ettha pana yo pavāretvā vīsativasso bhavissati, taṃ sandhāya ‘‘ekūnavīsativassa’’nti vuttaṃ. Tasmā yo mātukucchismiṃ dvādasamāse vasi, so ekavīsativasso hoti. Yo sattamāse vasi, so sattamāsādhikavīsativasso. Chamāsajāto pana na jīvati.
406 406.“未满二十岁而以为已满二十岁者,无犯”——在此处,虽然授予具足戒者无犯,但这人本身仍未得具足戒。然而,若他于十年后为他人授具足戒,且除他之外人数足以成僧团,则所授者为善受具足戒。而他自己,只要尚未知晓此事,便既无碍于生天,亦无障于解脱;一旦知晓,则应重新受具足戒。其余文义,浅显易明。显示巴利原文
406.Anāpatti ūnavīsativassaṃ paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññīti ettha kiñcāpi upasampādentassa anāpatti, puggalo pana anupasampannova hoti. Sace pana so dasavassaccayena aññaṃ upasampādeti, tañce muñcitvā gaṇo pūrati, sūpasampanno. Sopi ca yāva na jānāti, tāvassa neva saggantarāyo na mokkhantarāyo, ñatvā pana puna upasampajjitabbaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
三源起——是作业,是知觉解脱,是有心,是制戒所遮,是身业,显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ,
是语业,是三心,是三受。显示巴利原文
Vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
六、伴盗贼学处之解释显示巴利原文
6. Theyyasatthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
407 407.“第六”——“paṭiyālokaṃ”意为面向日光,即指西方。“kammiyā”是指在税关的官员。显示巴利原文
407. Chaṭṭhe – paṭiyālokanti sūriyālokassa paṭimukhaṃ; pacchimadisanti attho. Kammiyāti suṅkaṭṭhāne kammikā.
409 “偷盗国王”——即偷取、欺骗国王,或拿了属于国王的某些财物后,声言“我们现在不还给他了”而离去。显示巴利原文
409.Rājānaṃ vā theyyaṃ gacchantīti rājānaṃ vā thenetvā vañcetvā rañño santakaṃ kiñci gahetvā idāni na tassa dassāmāti gacchanti.
411 “非约定”——指在时间上未约定、在日期上未约定而行,无犯。然而,若在路途上或在森林中约定而行,则有犯。此处其余内容,因在比丘尼品中已述其理,其义自明。伴盗贼学处——其源起:由身与心,或由身、语与心而生起;是作业,是知觉解脱,是有心,是制戒所遮;是身业,是语业;是三心,是三受。显示巴利原文
411.Visaṅketenāti kālavisaṅketena divasavisaṅketena ca gacchato anāpatti. Maggavisaṅketena pana aṭavivisaṅketena vā āpattiyeva. Sesamettha bhikkhunivagge vuttanayattā uttānatthameva. Theyyasatthasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
七、约定学处之解释显示巴利原文
7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
412 第七——“padhūpento nisīdī”意为忧愁而坐,即独自忧恼、自责地坐着。“Nāyyo so bhikkhu maṃ nippātesī”意为“这位尊贵的比丘没有驱逐我”,即他没有带走我便离去了。此处其余内容,应依与比丘尼共相约学处中所说的方法,连同其源起等来理解。显示巴利原文
412. Sattame – padhūpento nisīdīti pajjhāyanto attānaṃyeva paribhāsanto nisīdi. Nāyyo so bhikkhu maṃ nippātesīti ayyo ayaṃ bhikkhu maṃ na nikkhāmesi; na maṃ gahetvā agamāsīti attho. Sesamettha bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhānasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.
8. 阿利德学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
417 第八则:“gaddhe bādhayiṃsū”意为曾折磨秃鹫者,即“gaddhabādhino”(折磨秃鹫者);“gaddhabādhino pubbapurisā assā”意为其先祖是折磨秃鹫者,故称“gaddhabādhipubbo”(以折磨秃鹫为先祖者),即此人出身于以杀秃鹫为业的家族。显示巴利原文
417. Aṭṭhame – gaddhe bādhayiṃsūti gaddhabādhino; gaddhabādhino pubbapurisā assāti gaddhabādhipubbo, tassa gaddhabādhipubbassa gijjhaghātakakulappasutassāti attho.
能障碍生天与解脱的,称为“障碍法”。这些障碍依业、烦恼、果报、诽谤、违犯教令分为五种。其中,五无间业称为业障。同样,污辱比丘尼之业亦属业障,但此业仅障碍解脱,不障碍生天。决定邪见称为烦恼障。黄门、畜生、两性人的结生称为果报障。诽谤圣者称为诽谤障,然而此障仅持续到向圣者忏悔为止,之后便不再是障。故意犯下的罪称为违犯教令障,此障也仅持续到仍自称比丘、不出罪、不发露为止,之后便不再是障。显示巴利原文
Saggamokkhānaṃ antarāyaṃ karontīti antarāyikā. Te kammakilesavipākaupavādaāṇāvītikkamavasena pañcavidhā. Tattha pañcānantariyakammā kammantarāyikā nāma. Tathā bhikkhunīdūsakakammaṃ, taṃ pana mokkhasseva antarāyaṃ karoti, na saggassa. Niyatamicchādiṭṭhidhammā kilesantarāyikā nāma. Paṇḍakatiracchānagataubhatobyañjanakānaṃ paṭisandhidhammā vipākantarāyikā nāma. Ariyūpavādā upavādantarāyikā nāma, te pana yāva ariye na khamāpenti tāvadeva, na tato paraṃ. Sañcicca āpannā āpattiyo āṇāvītikkamantarāyikā nāma, tāpi yāva bhikkhubhāvaṃ vā paṭijānāti, na vuṭṭhāti vā na deseti vā tāvadeva, na tato paraṃ.
此处,有一位比丘多闻善说法,他了解其他障碍,但由于不精通律,不知违犯制戒所成之障。他独处时这样思惟:“这些在家人享受五种欲乐,尚能成为须陀洹、斯陀含乃至阿那含;比丘们也观看可意、眼所识的色……乃至……感受可意、身所识的触,享用柔软的被褥衣服等,这一切都是被允许的。为何唯独女色……乃至……与女人的触不被允许?这些也应被允许。”如此,他将有味著的受用与无味著的受用混为一谈,如同用粗绳来搓合极细的线,如同用芥子去比拟须弥山,生起邪见,心想:“世尊为何要像束缚大海那样,以巨大的努力来制定第一波罗夷?这其中并无过患。”他如此违背一切知智,断绝了堪能者的希望,打击了胜者的教令之轮。因此,他说:“我如此理解世尊所宣说的法……”等等。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ bhikkhu bahussuto dhammakathiko sesantarāyike jānāti, vinaye pana akovidattā paṇṇattivītikkamantarāyike na jānāti, tasmā rahogato evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘ime āgārikā pañca kāmaguṇe paribhuñjantā sotāpannāpi sakadāgāminopi anāgāminopi honti, bhikkhūpi manāpikāni cakkhuviññeyyāni rūpāni passanti…pe… kāyaviññeyye phoṭṭhabbe phusanti, mudukāni attharaṇapāvuraṇādīni paribhuñjanti, etaṃ sabbaṃ vaṭṭati. Kasmā itthirūpā…pe… itthiphoṭṭhabbā eva na vaṭṭanti, etepi vaṭṭantī’’ti. Evaṃ rasena rasaṃ saṃsanditvā sacchandarāgaparibhogañca nicchandarāgaparibhogañca ekaṃ katvā thūlavākehi saddhiṃ atisukhumasuttaṃ ghaṭento viya sāsapena saddhiṃ sineruṃ upasaṃharanto viya pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppādetvā ‘‘kiṃ bhagavatā mahāsamuddaṃ bandhantena viya mahatā ussāhena paṭhamapārājikaṃ paññattaṃ, natthi ettha doso’’ti sabbaññutaññāṇena saddhiṃ paṭivirujjhanto bhabbapuggalānaṃ āsaṃ chindanto jinassa āṇācakke pahāramadāsi. Tenāha – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmī’’tiādi.
“骨锁之喻”等——其中,“骨锁之喻”是取少味之义;“肉块之喻”是取多人共有之义;“草炬之喻”是取燃烧之义;“火坑之喻”是取大热恼之义;“梦之喻”是取短暂现前之义;“借物之喻”是取暂时之义;“树果之喻”是取摧残一切肢节之义;“刀砧之喻”是取剁切之义;“枪矛之喻”是取穿刺之义;“蛇头之喻”是取有危险、可怖畏之义。此是此处之概要。详细内容应取自《破除迷执》(中部注释书)中。如上解说,即此而已。此处其余内容,因前已明其理,文义浅显。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamātiādimhi aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā appassādaṭṭhena. Maṃsapesūpamā bahusādhāraṇaṭṭhena. Tiṇukkūpamā anudahanaṭṭhena. Aṅgārakāsūpamā mahābhitāpanaṭṭhena. Supinakūpamā ittarapaccupaṭṭhānaṭṭhena. Yācitakūpamā tāvakālikaṭṭhena. Rukkhaphalūpamā sabbaṅgapaccaṅgapalibhañjanaṭṭhena. Asisūnūpamā adhikuṭṭanaṭṭhena. Sattisūlūpamā vinivijjhanaṭṭhena. Sappasirūpamā sāsaṅkasappaṭibhayaṭṭhenāti ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthāro pana papañcasūdaniyaṃ majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (ma. ni. 1.234 ādayo; 2.42 ādayo) gahetabbo. Evaṃ byākhoti evaṃ viya kho. Sesamettha pubbe vuttanayattā uttānameva.
桑喀地谢沙等起——由身、语、意而生起;非业行;依想解脱;有心;世间罪;属身业、语业;以不善心;伴随苦受。显示巴利原文
Samanubhāsanasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācācittato samuṭṭhāti, akiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
9. 与被举者共同学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
424-5 第九——‘未作随法者’:‘随法’是指,对于因不见罪、或不忏悔罪、或不舍恶见而被举者,见到其随顺行法后,依于法、律、师教而作之解举。此解举即称为随法。若未作此随法者,即名‘未作随法者’,意为与如此之人共住。因此,在其分别说中说:‘未作随法者,即是被举而未获解举者。’显示巴利原文
424-5. Navame – akaṭānudhammenāti anudhammo vuccati āpattiyā adassane vā appaṭikamme vā pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge vā dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena ukkhittakassa anulomavattaṃ disvā katā osāraṇā; so osāraṇasaṅkhāto anudhammo yassa na kato, ayaṃ akaṭānudhammo nāma, tādisena saddhinti attho. Tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘akaṭānudhammo nāma ukkhitto anosārito’’ti vuttaṃ.
“给予或接受”:以一次努力,即使给予或接受多物,也唯犯一波逸提。若断断续续地给予与接受,则按努力的次数犯波逸提。此处其余内容显而易见。三种生起:是作业、依想解脱、有心、为制罪;属身业、语业;具三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Deti vā paṭiggaṇhāti vāti ekapayogena bahumpi dadato vā gaṇhato vā ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Vicchinditvā vicchinditvā dentassa ca gaṇhantassa ca payogagaṇanāya pācittiyāni . Sesamettha uttānameva. Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
10. 刺学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
428 第十条——“生起恶见”:如同阿利吒比丘,这位比丘也因不如理作意而生起了恶见。“应灭摈”:此处有三种灭摈——共住灭摈、形相灭摈、罚业灭摈。其中,因不见罪等而作的举罪,称为共住灭摈。“应灭摈污家者”“应灭摈梅提亚比丘尼”,这称为形相灭摈。“从今日起,贤友沙弥,你不得称彼世尊为师”,这称为罚业灭摈。此处所指正是此义。故说:“诸比丘,应如此灭摈……灭去。”其中,“行”意为去。“你”意为他人、无归属者。“灭去”意为消失,去到我们看不见的地方。显示巴利原文
428. Dasame – diṭṭhigataṃ uppannanti ariṭṭhassa viya etassāpi ayoniso ummujjantassa uppannaṃ. Nāsetūti ettha tividhā nāsanā – saṃvāsanāsanā, liṅganāsanā, daṇḍakammanāsanāti. Tattha āpattiyā adassanādīsu ukkhepanā saṃvāsanāsanā nāma. ‘‘Dūsako nāsetabbo (pārā. 66) mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethā’’ti (pārā. 384) ayaṃ liṅganāsanā nāma. ‘‘Ajjatagge te āvuso samaṇuddesa na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo’’ti ayaṃ daṇḍakammanāsanā nāma. Ayaṃ idha adhippetā. Tenāha – ‘‘evañca pana bhikkhave nāsetabbo…pe… vinassā’’ti. Tattha carāti gaccha. Pireti para amāmaka. Vinassāti nassa; yattha te na passāma, tattha gacchāti.
429 “应亲近”:意为结交。“应侍奉”:意为令其为自己服务。其余内容,连同生起等,应按阿利吒学处所说的方法来了知。显示巴利原文
429.Upalāpeyyāti saṅgaṇheyya. Upaṭṭhāpeyyāti tena attano upaṭṭhānaṃ kārāpeyya. Sesaṃ ariṭṭhasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.
8. 同法品显示巴利原文
8. Sahadhammikavaggo
1. 同法学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Sahadhammikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
434 同法品第一学处——‘于此学处’:于此学处中所说者,我尚不学。‘犯波逸提’:此处应知,随每语即犯一罪。‘诸比丘,比丘应学’:以头面受持教诫,唯愿修学而应了知、应问、应审察。此处其余内容,依难调学处所述方式,从词义上了知。于决断,则易明了。显示巴利原文
434. Sahadhammikavaggassa paṭhamasikkhāpade – etasmiṃ sikkhāpadeti etasmiṃ sikkhāpade yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ na tāva sikkhissāmi. Āpatti pācittiyassāti ettha pana vācāya vācāya āpatti veditabbā. Sikkhamānena bhikkhave bhikkhunāti ovādaṃ sirasā sampaṭicchitvā sikkhitukāmeneva hutvā ājānitabbañceva pucchitabbañca upaparikkhitabbañca. Sesamettha dubbacasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva padatthato veditabbaṃ. Vinicchayato uttānameva.
三因起——作业,想解脱,有心,世间罪,身业,语业,不善心,苦受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
2. 涂抹学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Vilekhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
438 第二:‘说律论’:律论,是说关于净与不净、罪与非罪、防护与断除的相关之论。‘称赞律’:律的称赞,是依五罪聚或七罪聚列出论母,以分别说作注释,而作称赞。‘称赞律之学习’:称赞学习律典之人,说明以律典学习为根本的称赞、功德与利益。持律者依律典学习为根本,获得五种乃至十一种利益。说此一切,即是其义。何等为五种利益?即自身戒蕴之善护等。此中已说——显示巴利原文
438. Dutiye – vinayakathaṃ kathetīti vinayakathā nāma kappiyākappiyaāpattānāpattisaṃvarapahānapaṭisaṃyuttakathā, taṃ katheti. Vinayassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti vinayassa vaṇṇo nāma pañcannampi sattannampi āpattikkhandhānaṃ vasena mātikaṃ nikkhipitvā padabhājanena vaṇṇanā, taṃ bhāsati. Vinayapariyattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇantānaṃ vinayapariyattimūlakaṃ vaṇṇaṃ guṇaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ bhāsati. Vinayadharo hi vinayapariyattimūlake pañcānisaṃse chānisaṃse sattānisaṃse aṭṭhānisaṃse navānisaṃse dasānisaṃse ekādasānisaṃse ca labhati te sabbe bhāsatīti attho. Katame pañcānisaṃse labhatīti? Attano sīlakkhandhasuguttiādike . Vuttañhetaṃ –
诸比丘,持律者具足五种利益:自身戒蕴善加守护、善加防护;为生悔者之依止;于僧众中无畏陈述;能以正法善巧折伏对手;为令正法久住而践行。显示巴利原文
‘‘Pañcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā vinayadhare puggale – attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito, kukkuccapakatānaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti, visārado saṅghamajjhe voharati, paccatthike sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggaṇhāti, saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hotī’’ti (pari. 325).
如何是自身戒蕴善加守护、善加防护?在此,有比丘以六种行相犯戒:无惭、无知、心怀悔恼、于不净起净想、于净起不净想、失念。显示巴利原文
Kathamassa attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito? Idhekacco bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjanto chahākārehi āpajjati – alajjitā, aññāṇatā, kukkuccapakatatā, akappiye kappiyasaññitā, kappiye akappiyasaññitā, satisammosāti.
如何以无惭而犯戒?明知是不应作的,却依然违犯。此亦曾如是说:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ alajjitāya āpattiṃ āpajjati? Akappiyabhāvaṃ jānantoyeva madditvā vītikkamaṃ karoti. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
故意犯戒,覆藏其过;
又行于非道——这样的人,即名为无惭者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sañcicca āpattiṃ āpajjati, āpattiṃ parigūhati; Agatigamanañca gacchati, ediso vuccati alajjipuggalo’’ti. (pari. 359);
如何以无知而违犯?无知之人,愚钝、迷惑,不知应作与不应作,作不应作,舍应作;如此即以无知而违犯。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ aññāṇatāya āpajjati? Aññāṇapuggalo hi mando momūho kattabbākattabbaṃ ajānanto akattabbaṃ karoti, kattabbaṃ virādheti; evaṃ aññāṇatāya āpajjati.
如何以作悔而违犯?于净与不净生起悔恼,询请教律者后,若净则应作,若不净则不应作,然而此人认为“可行”便强行违犯;如此即以作悔而违犯。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ kukkuccapakatatāya āpajjati? Kappiyākappiyaṃ nissāya kukkucce uppanne vinayadharaṃ pucchitvā kappiyañce kattabbaṃ siyā, akappiyañce na kattabbaṃ, ayaṃ pana ‘‘vaṭṭatī’’ti madditvā vītikkamatiyeva; evaṃ kukkuccapakatatāya āpajjati.
如何以于不净作净想而违犯?食熊肉而想为猪肉,食豹肉而想为鹿肉,食不净食而想为净食,非时食而想为时食,饮不净饮料而想为净饮料;如此即以于不净作净想而违犯。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ akappiye kappiyasaññitāya āpajjati? Acchamaṃsaṃ sūkaramaṃsanti khādati, dīpimaṃsaṃ migamaṃsanti khādati, akappiyabhojanaṃ kappiyabhojananti bhuñjati, vikāle kālasaññāya bhuñjati, akappiyapānakaṃ kappiyapānakanti pivati; evaṃ akappiye kappiyasaññitāya āpajjati.
如何是由于对如法事生起不如法想而犯戒?例如:吃猪肉时心想是熊肉,吃鹿肉时心想是豹肉,食用如法食物时心想是不如法食物,在适宜时间进食却心想是非时进食,饮用如法饮料却心想是不如法饮料。如此,便是因于如法事生起不如法想而犯戒。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ kappiye akappiyasaññitāya āpajjati? Sūkaramaṃsaṃ acchamaṃsanti khādati, migamaṃsaṃ dīpimaṃsanti khādati, kappiyabhojanaṃ akappiyabhojananti bhuñjati, kāle vikālasaññāya bhuñjati, kappiyapānakaṃ akappiyapānakanti pivati; evaṃ kappiye akappiyasaññitāya āpajjati.
如何是由于失念而犯戒?因为共宿、离衣、药物、衣时逾越等缘而犯戒,也因失念而犯戒。有比丘即以此六种方式犯戒。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ satisammosāya āpajjati? Sahaseyyacīvaravippavāsabhesajjacīvarakālātikkamanapaccayā āpattiñca satisammosāya āpajjati; evamidhekacco bhikkhu imehi chahākārehi āpattiṃ āpajjati.
然而,持律者并不以这六种方式犯戒。如何是由于有惭而不犯戒?他为了保护自己免遭这样的指责——“瞧,这个人明知如法与不如法,却故意违犯制戒”,因而避免犯戒。如此,便因有惭而不犯戒。即使忽然犯戒,对于可悔之罪,他也如法发露忏悔;对于可出罪之罪,他则如法出罪,而后安住于清净。由此……显示巴利原文
Vinayadharo pana imehi chahākārehi āpattiṃ nāpajjati. Kathaṃ lajjitāya nāpajjati? So hi ‘‘passatha bho, ayaṃ kappiyākappiyaṃ jānantoyeva paṇṇattivītikkamaṃ karotī’’ti imaṃ parūpavādaṃ rakkhantopi nāpajjati; evaṃ lajjitāya nāpajjati. Sahasā āpannampi desanāgāminiṃ desetvā vuṭṭhānagāminiyā vuṭṭhahitvā suddhante patiṭṭhāti. Tato –
不故意犯戒,也不覆藏所犯之戒;
亦不行于邪道。如此之人,名为有惭者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sañcicca āpattiṃ na āpajjati, āpattiṃ na parigūhati; Agatigamanañca na gacchati, ediso vuccati lajjipuggalo’’ti. (pari. 359)
他便安住于这有惭的状态之中。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ lajjibhāve patiṭṭhitova hoti.
如何因有智而不犯戒?他了知如法与不如法,因此唯作如法,不作不如法。如此因有智而不犯戒。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ ñāṇatāya nāpajjati? So hi kappiyākappiyaṃ jānāti, tasmā kappiyameva karoti, akappiyaṃ na karoti; evaṃ ñāṇatāya nāpajjati.
如何因无恶作而不犯戒?当于如法与不如法生起恶作时,他观察事由,观察本母、分别、中间罪、犯与不犯后,若是如法则作,若是不如法则不作。如此因无恶作而不犯戒。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ akukkuccapakatatāya nāpajjati? So hi kappiyākappiyaṃ nissāya kukkucce uppanne vatthuṃ oloketvā mātikaṃ padabhājanaṃ antarāpattiṃ āpattiṃ anāpattiñca oloketvā kappiyañce hoti karoti, akappiyañce na karoti; evaṃ akukkuccapakatatāya nāpajjati.
如何因不如法等想而不犯戒?他了知如法与不如法,因此于不如法不执为如法想,于如法不执为不如法想;他的念住善巧安立,应决意者便决意,应别众者便别众。如此以此六种方式不犯戒。不犯戒者即为无缺戒、清净戒;如此,他自己的戒蕴即得善守护、善保护。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ akappiyādisaññitāya nāpajjati? So hi kappiyākappiyaṃ jānāti, tasmā akappiye kappiyasaññī na hoti, kappiye akappiyasaññī na hoti; suppatiṭṭhitā cassa sati hoti, adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ adhiṭṭheti, vikappetabbaṃ vikappeti. Iti imehi chahākārehi āpattiṃ nāpajjati. Āpattiṃ anāpajjanto akhaṇḍasīlo hoti parisuddhasīlo; evamassa attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito.
如何成为有恶作者之依怙?若比丘于他国、他境生起恶作,听闻“某寺有持律者住”,即便远道而来,至其处请问恶作。持律者观察他们所行之事由,辨明犯、不犯、重、轻等差别后,令其发露所应忏悔之罪,出离所应出离之过,安立于清净。如是,便成为有恶作者之依怙。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ kukkuccapakatānaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti? Tiroraṭṭhesu tirojanapadesu ca uppannakukkuccā bhikkhū ‘‘asukasmiṃ kira vihāre vinayadharo vasatī’’ti dūratopi tassa santikaṃ āgantvā kukkuccaṃ pucchanti, so tehi katassa kammassa vatthuṃ oloketvā āpattānāpattigarukalahukādibhedaṃ sallakkhetvā desanāgāminiṃ desāpetvā vuṭṭhānagāminiyā vuṭṭhāpetvā suddhante patiṭṭhāpeti; evaṃ kukkuccapakatānaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti.
于僧众中无畏而说——不持律者于僧众中说法时,怖畏与怯懦便会生起;持律者则无此事。何以故?因其了知“如此说者有过,如此说则无过”而说故。显示巴利原文
Visārado saṅghamajjhe voharatīti avinayadharassa hi saṅghamajjhe kathentassa bhayaṃ sārajjaṃ okkamati, vinayadharassa taṃ na hoti. Kasmā? ‘‘Evaṃ kathentassa doso hoti; evaṃ na doso’’ti ñatvā kathanato.
以正法善摧伏敌者而摧伏之——此处,敌者有二种:自敌者与教敌者。其中,弥提耶、怖魔迦诸比丘及跋陀罗离车,以无根毁谤举最重罪,这些名为自敌者。乃至其余一切恶戒、恶法者,皆为自敌者。执持颠倒见者,如阿利吒比丘、甘达迦沙弥、毘舍离之跋耆子等,妄执“非佛教”为“佛教”而努力者,以及大众部等执持加害、无知、疑、他度等论者,名为教敌者。以正法、具足理由之言说,令他们不能安立其非法,如是善摧伏已而降伏他们一切敌者。显示巴利原文
Paccatthike sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggaṇhātīti ettha dvidhā paccatthikā nāma – attapaccatthikā ca sāsanapaccatthikā ca. Tattha mettiyabhummajakā ca bhikkhū vaḍḍho ca licchavī amūlakena antimavatthunā codesuṃ, ime attapaccatthikā nāma. Ye vā panaññepi dussīlā pāpadhammā, sabbe te attapaccatthikā. Viparītadassanā pana ariṭṭhabhikkhukaṇṭakasāmaṇeravesālikavajjiputtakā parūpahāraaññāṇakaṅkhāparavitaraṇādivādā mahāsaṅghikādayo ca abuddhasāsanaṃ ‘‘buddhasāsana’’nti vatvā katapaggahā sāsanapaccatthikā nāma. Te sabbepi sahadhammena sakāraṇena vacanena yathā taṃ asaddhammaṃ patiṭṭhāpetuṃ na sakkonti, evaṃ suniggahitaṃ katvā niggaṇhāti.
“为令正法久住而修行”一句中,正法有三种:教法、行道、证得。其中,三藏佛语名为教法正法。十三头陀功德、十四犍度仪则、八十二大仪则,此名为行道正法。四道与四果,此名为证得正法。显示巴利原文
Saddhammaṭṭhitiyāpaṭipanno hotīti ettha pana tividho saddhammo pariyattipaṭipattiadhigamavasena. Tattha tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ pariyattisaddhammo nāma. Terasa dhutaṅgaguṇā cuddasa khandhakavattāni dveasīti mahāvattānīti ayaṃ paṭipattisaddhammo nāma. Cattāro maggā ca phalāni cāti ayaṃ adhigamasaddhammo nāma.
有些长老依据此经——“阿难,我为汝等所说所制的法与律,于我灭后即为汝等之师”——而说“教理是教法的根本”。有些长老依据此经——“须跋陀,若这些比丘能正住,世间便不空无阿罗汉”——而说“行道是教法的根本”,并说“只要有五比丘正行道而存在,教法便得安立”。然而,其他长老则说“教法隐没时,虽善行道者亦无证法”。若有五比丘守护四波罗夷,他们令具信善男子出家,于边地授与具足戒,成就十众僧团,于中国亦授与具足戒;以此方便,成就二十众僧团,亦为己作出罪羯磨,令教法增长、增广、广大。如是,此持律者为令三种正法久住而修行。应知此持律者以此方式获得这五种利益。显示巴利原文
Tattha keci therā ‘‘yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.216) iminā suttena ‘‘sāsanassa pariyatti mūla’’nti vadanti. Keci therā ‘‘ime ca subhadda bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.214) iminā suttena ‘‘sāsanassa paṭipattimūla’’nti vatvā ‘‘yāva pañca bhikkhū sammā paṭipannā saṃvijjanti, tāva sāsanaṃ ṭhitaṃ hotī’’ti āhaṃsu. Itare pana therā pariyattiyā antarahitāya suppaṭipannassapi dhammābhisamayo natthī’’ti āhaṃsu. Sace pañca bhikkhū cattāri pārājikāni rakkhaṇakā honti, te saddhe kulaputte pabbājetvā paccantime janapade upasampādetvā dasavaggaṃ gaṇaṃ pūretvā majjhime janapadepi upasampadaṃ karissanti, etenupāyena vīsativaggagaṇaṃ saṅghaṃ pūretvā attanopi abbhānakammaṃ katvā sāsanaṃ vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ gamayissanti. Evamayaṃ vinayadharo tividhassāpi saddhammassa ciraṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hotīti evamayaṃ vinayadharo ime tāva pañcānisaṃse paṭilabhatīti veditabbo.
他获得哪六种利益?布萨、自恣、僧羯磨、出家、具足戒皆依他而行;他给与依止,并令沙弥承事。显示巴利原文
Katame cha ānisaṃse labhatīti? Tassādheyyo uposatho, pavāraṇā, saṅghakammaṃ, pabbajjā, upasampadā, nissayaṃ deti sāmaṇeraṃ upaṭṭhāpeti.
所谓十四日布萨、十五日布萨、和合布萨、僧中布萨、众中布萨、个人布萨、诵经布萨、清净布萨、决意布萨——此九种布萨,悉属持律者所摄。显示巴利原文
Ye ime cātuddasiko, pannarasiko, sāmaggiuposatho, saṅghe uposatho, gaṇe puggale uposatho, suttuddeso, pārisuddhi, adhiṭṭhānauposathoti nava uposathā, sabbe te vinayadharāyattā.
又,此十四日自恣、十五日自恣、和合自恣、僧中自恣、众中自恣、人对人自恣、三语自恣、二语自恣、同腊自恣——如是九种自恣,亦悉属持律者所摄,为其所有,彼乃诸自恣之主。显示巴利原文
Yāpi ca imā cātuddasikā pannarasikā, sāmaggipavāraṇā, saṅghe pavāraṇā gaṇe puggale pavāraṇā, tevācikā, dvevācikā, samānavassikā pavāraṇāti nava pavāraṇāyo, tāpi vinayadharāyattā eva, tassa santakā, so tāsaṃ sāmī.
又,若此白羯磨、白二甘马、白四甘马——此四种僧羯磨,亦悉属持律者所摄。显示巴利原文
Yānipi imāni apalokanakammaṃ ñattikammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ ñatticatutthakammanti cattāri saṅghakammāni, tāni vinayadharāyattāni.
再者,作为戒师而为善男子们举行出家与具足戒,此事亦唯持律者所能掌握。即使通达二部藏者,也不得为此事。唯有他能授予依止、摄受沙弥。其他人既不能授予依止,也不能摄受沙弥。然而,若有人期望摄受沙弥,则须在持律者面前求得戒师后,学习其中义务与行持。在此,授予依止与摄受沙弥,实属同一分位。显示巴利原文
Yāpi cāyaṃ upajjhāyena hutvā kulaputtānaṃ pabbajjā ca upasampadā ca kātabbā, ayampi vinayadharāyattāva. Na hi añño dvipiṭakadharopi etaṃ kātuṃ labhati. So eva nissayaṃ deti, sāmaṇeraṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Añño neva nissayaṃ dātuṃ labhati, na sāmaṇeraṃ upaṭṭhāpetuṃ. Sāmaṇerūpaṭṭhānaṃ paccāsīsanto pana vinayadharassa santike upajjhaṃ gāhāpetvā vattapaṭipattiṃ sādituṃ labhati. Ettha ca nissayadānañceva sāmaṇerūpaṭṭhānañca ekamaṅgaṃ.
应知,于此六种利益中,结合一种则前五即成六,结合两种即成七,结合三种即成八,结合四种即成九,结合五种即成十,与全部结合即成十一。持律者个人能获得五、六、七、八、九、十以及十一种利益,当如是了知。应知世尊如此开示这些利益,乃在赞叹律教的学习。显示巴利原文
Iti imesu chasu ānisaṃsesu ekena saddhiṃ purimā pañca cha honti, dvīhi saddhiṃ satta, tīhi saddhiṃ aṭṭha, catūhi saddhiṃ nava, pañcahi saddhiṃ dasa, sabbehi petehi saddhiṃ ekādasāti evaṃ vinayadharo puggalo pañca cha satta aṭṭha nava dasa ekādasa ca ānisaṃse labhatīti veditabbo. Evaṃ bhagavā ime ānisaṃse dassento vinayapariyattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti veditabbo.
“Ādissaādissā”意为反复确定,一一分别。赞叹尊者优波离,即是依律教而宣说优波离长老的功德,称扬、赞美、歌颂。何以故?或许诸比丘听闻我的赞颂后,便会思惟:“应向优波离跟前学习律藏、掌握律藏。”如此,此教法便能久住世间,延续五千年。显示巴利原文
Ādissaādissāti punappunaṃ vavatthapetvā visuṃ visuṃ katvā. Āyasmato upālissa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya upālittherassa guṇaṃ bhāsati thometi pasaṃsati. Kasmā? Appeva nāma mama vaṇṇanaṃ sutvāpi bhikkhū upālissa santike vinayaṃ uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ, evamidaṃ sāsanaṃ addhaniyaṃ bhavissati, pañcavassasahassāni pavattissatīti.
“众多比丘”是指那些听闻世尊这般赞叹后,心想“这些功德利益既非经师也非论师所能获得”,为了证得所赞叹的功德利益而生起精勤的众多比丘,包括长老、新学和中腊,都到尊者优波离座前学习律藏——这就是此处之义,而“于此”仅是语助词。显示巴利原文
Tedha bahū bhikkhūti te imaṃ bhagavato vaṇṇanaṃ sutvā ‘‘ime kirānisaṃse neva suttantikā na ābhidhammikā labhantī’’ti yathāparikittitānisaṃsādhigame ussāhajātā bahū bhikkhū therā ca navā ca majjhimā ca āyasmato upālissa santike vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇantīti ayamettha attho. Idhāti nipātamattameva.
439-40 439-40.“正在教授时”是指师长对弟子教授之时。不过,因为当师长随自己的意愿教授,或者弟子请求师长而令其教授时,只要他持诵,并在复习时,就称为“正在教授”,所以在注释书中说“正在教授时,或令教授时,或复习时”。“小随小学处”是指微细和随顺的学处。“唯至于”是说明界限的用语,用于显示持续的范围。这就是说:凡是教授、令教授或复习这些学处的人,他的这种状态会一直持续,直到像“这允许吗?这不允吗?”这样由追悔、恼害、疑惑所摄的内心扰动生起为止。或者,“唯至于”是表示极点的词,与“持续”相连,意思是“持续直至追悔、恼害、扰乱极度生起”。“对已受具足戒者诽谤律”,是指在已受具足戒者面前,为了让他对律产生疑惑而诽谤律、非难、指责。其余的内容在此处容易了知。显示巴利原文
439-40.Uddissamāneti ācariyena antevāsikassa uddissamāne, so pana yasmā ācariye attano ruciyā uddisante vā ācariyaṃ yācitvā antevāsikena uddisāpente vā yo naṃ dhāreti, tasmiṃ sajjhāyaṃ karonte vā uddissamāno nāma hoti, tasmā ‘‘uddisante vā uddisāpente vā sajjhāyaṃ vā karonte’’ti padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Khuddānukhuddakehīti khuddakehi ca anukhuddakehi ca. Yāvadevāti tesaṃ saṃvattanamariyādaparicchedavacanaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – etāni hi ye uddisanti, uddisāpenti sajjhāyanti vā, tesaṃ tāva saṃvattanti yāva ‘‘kappati nu kho, na kappati nu kho’’ti kukkuccasaṅkhāto vippaṭisāro vihesā vicikicchāsaṅkhāto manovilekho ca uppajjatiyeva. Atha vā yāvadevāti atisayavavatthāpanaṃ; tassa saṃvattantīti iminā sambandho, kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya ativiya saṃvattantiyevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Upasampannassa vinayaṃ vivaṇṇetīti upasampannassa santike tassa tasmiṃ vimatiṃ uppādetukāmo vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti nindati garahati. Sesamettha uttānameva.
三因生起:是造作,是知觉解脱,是有知觉,是世间罪,是身业,是语业,是不善心,是苦受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
3. 愚弄学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Mohanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
444 第三——“每半月”指按次第在每个半月;但因它是在布萨日诵出,故义注说为“每布萨”。“正在诵出时”指正在被诵出时;然而,当布萨诵出者正在诵出时,它即名为正在被诵出,故义注说“正在诵出时”。而于彼处所犯之罪,即指在那种非行中所犯之罪。应如法处置:因其无知而犯,彼罪本无解脱,然而须依如法与律所建立的方式来处置。若犯的是可忏悔罪,应令其忏悔;若是可出罪,应令其出罪,这是其义。“善”即很好地。“作意”指作殷重之状态,意为成为殷重者。显示巴利原文
444. Tatiye – anvaddhamāsanti anupaṭipāṭiyā addhamāse addhamāse; yasmā pana so uposathadivase uddisiyati, tasmā ‘‘anuposathika’’nti padabhājane vuttaṃ. Uddissamāneti uddisiyamāne . Yasmā pana so pātimokkhuddesake uddisante uddisiyamāno nāma hoti, tasmā ‘‘uddisante’’ti padabhājane vuttaṃ. Yañca tattha āpattiṃ āpannoti tasmiṃ anācāre ciṇṇe yaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Yathādhammo kāretabboti aññāṇena āpannattā tassā āpattiyā mokkho natthi, yathā pana dhammo ca vinayo ca ṭhito, tathā kāretabbo. Desanāgāminiñce āpanno hoti, desāpetabbo, vuṭṭhānagāminiñce, vuṭṭhāpetabboti attho. Sādhukanti suṭṭhu. Aṭṭhiṃkatvāti atthikabhāvaṃ katvā; atthiko hutvāti vuttaṃ hoti.
447 “如法羯磨”等中,意指愚弄羯磨。其余内容在此很明显。三因生起——是作业,知觉解脱,有知觉,世间罪,身业,语业,不善心,苦受。显示巴利原文
447.Dhammakammetiādīsu mohāropanakammaṃ adhippetaṃ. Sesamettha uttānameva. Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
4. 击打学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Pahārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
449 第四——“给予打击”指说了“贤友,请铺设坐具,请拿来洗脚水”等语之后,对不那样做的人给予打击。显示巴利原文
449. Catutthe – pahāraṃ dentīti ‘‘āvuso pīṭhakaṃ paññapetha, pādadhovanaṃ āharathā’’tiādīni vatvā tathā akarontānaṃ pahāraṃ denti.
451 “打人,波逸提。”此处,若怀着想打的动机而施加击打,即使对方因此致死,也仅是波逸提。若因击打而致手或脚骨折,或头破,同样只是波逸提。若怀着“我要让他在僧团中黯然失色”这样毁损容貌的意图,割其耳或鼻,则犯恶作。显示巴利原文
451.Pahāraṃ deti āpatti pācittiyassāti ettha paharitukāmatāya pahāre dinne sacepi marati pācittiyameva. Pahārena hattho vā pādo vā bhijjati, sīsaṃ vā bhinnaṃ hoti, pācittiyameva. ‘‘Yathāyaṃ saṅghamajjhe na virocati, tathā naṃ karomī’’ti evaṃ virūpakaraṇādhippāyena kaṇṇaṃ vā nāsaṃ vā chindati, dukkaṭaṃ.
452 “对未受具足戒者”是指:对在家者、出家者、女人、男人,乃至畜生施加击打,犯恶作。然而,若以染污心击打女人,则犯桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
452.Anupasampannassāti gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā itthiyā vā purisassa vā antamaso tiracchānagatassāpi pahāraṃ deti, dukkaṭaṃ. Sace pana rattacitto itthiṃ paharati, saṅghādiseso.
453 “被任何方式恼害”指被人或畜生所恼害。“以解脱为意图”指希望自己从中脱身。“给予击打”指以身体、身附属物或可投掷物中的某一种进行击打,无犯。若于途中见有盗贼或怨敌意图加害,便说:“优婆塞,请留步,莫再向前!”对方不听劝止而上前,便说:“走开!”并以木杖或刀击打后离去,纵使其因该击打而死,仍无犯。对凶恶的野兽,道理亦同。此处其余文义易解。其等起等与第一波罗夷相似,唯此为苦受。显示巴利原文
453.Kenaciviheṭhiyamānoti manussena vā tiracchānagatena vā viheṭhiyamāno. Mokkhādhippāyoti tato attano mokkhaṃ patthayamāno. Pahāraṃ detīti kāyakāyapaṭibaddhanissaggiyānaṃ aññatarena pahāraṃ deti, anāpatti. Sacepi antarāmagge coraṃ vā paccatthikaṃ vā viheṭhetukāmaṃ disvā ‘‘upāsaka, ettheva tiṭṭha, mā āgamī’’ti vatvā vacanaṃ anādiyitvā āgacchantaṃ ‘‘gaccha re’’ti muggarena vā satthakena vā paharitvā yāti, so ce tena pahārena marati, anāpattiyeva. Vāḷamigesupi eseva nayo. Sesamettha uttānameva. Samuṭṭhānādīni panassa paṭhamapārājikasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
5. 掌击学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Talasattikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
454 第四百五十四条。第五项中,“举起手掌或武器”:指作出击打的姿态,并举起身体或身体相系之物。“他们因惯受击打而哭泣”:指他们过去也曾遭受击打,现在以为又要挨打而哭泣,这是其含义。也有诵本作“pahārassa muccitā”,此处意为“惧怕击打”。显示巴利原文
454. Pañcame – talasattikaṃ uggirantīti pahāradānākāraṃ dassetvā kāyampi kāyapaṭibaddhampi uccārenti. Te pahārasamuccitā rodantīti te pahāraparicitā pubbepi laddhapahārattā idāni ca pahāraṃ dassantīti maññamānā rodantīti attho. ‘‘Pahārassa muccitā’’tipi sajjhāyanti, tattha ‘‘pahārassa bhītā’’ti attho.
457 第四百五十七条。“举起”犯波逸提:此处,若举起后失误而击打落下,因其无法稳固把持,击打突然坠下,并非出于欲击打之意而施与,故为恶作。若因该击打导致手等任何部位损伤,仍仅为恶作。显示巴利原文
457.Uggirati āpatti pācittiyassāti ettha sace uggiritvā viraddho pahāraṃ deti, avassaṃ dhāretuṃ asakkontassa pahāro sahasā patati, na paharitukāmatāya dinnattā dukkaṭaṃ. Tena pahārena hatthādīsu yaṃkiñci bhijjati, dukkaṭameva.
458 第四百五十八条。“以解脱为意图而举起手掌或武器”:此处,于先前所述种种情形中,依前说方式,若以解脱为意图而举起手掌或武器者,无犯。即使失误而击打落下,也无犯。其余,连同等起等,皆与前文相似。显示巴利原文
458.Mokkhādhippāyo talasattikaṃ uggiratīti ettha pubbe vuttesu vatthūsu purimanayeneva talasattikaṃ uggirantassa anāpatti. Sacepi virajjhitvā pahāraṃ deti, anāpattiyeva. Sesaṃ purimasadisameva saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.
6. 无根学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Amūlakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
459 第四百五十九条。第六项中:“不毁损”:据说他们自己因为过失众多,心想“这样比丘们就不会举发我们、不会令我们忆念”,为了保护自己,便预先以无根的桑喀地谢沙罪举发比丘。其余部分,由于十三事中的无根学处已说明其道理,故此处文义易明。显示巴利原文
459. Chaṭṭhe – anuddhaṃsentīti te kira sayaṃ ākiṇṇadosattā ‘‘evaṃ bhikkhū amhe neva codessanti, na sāressantī’’ti attaparittāṇaṃ karontā paṭikacceva bhikkhū amūlakena saṅghādisesena codenti. Sesamettha terasakamhi amūlakasikkhāpade vuttanayattā uttānameva.
三种等起:行作、知觉解脱、有心、世间罪、身业、语业、不善心、苦受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
7. 故意学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Sañciccasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
464 第四百六十四条。第七项中:“令生起”:即产生。“令生起疑悔,犯波逸提”,是指每一语即有一罪。“对未受具足戒者”,指沙弥。如果以“我想你与女人在屏处共坐、共卧、共食、共饮,在僧团中做了如此这般的事”等方式,令对方生起疑悔,那么每一语即犯一恶作。其余部分文义已明,其等起等也与无根学处相似。显示巴利原文
464. Sattame – upadahantīti uppādenti. Kukkuccaṃ upadahati āpatti pācittiyassāti vācāya vācāya āpatti. Anupasampannassāti sāmaṇerassa . Mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho maññe tayā nisinnaṃ nipannaṃ bhuttaṃ pītaṃ, saṅghamajjhe idañcidañca katantiādinā nayena kukkuccaṃ upadahati, vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. Sesamettha uttānameva. Samuṭṭhānādīnipi amūlakasadisānevāti.
8. 窃听学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Upassutisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
471 第四百七十一·第八项:‘已生起的诤事’——即由这些争吵等所生起的纷争诤事。‘窃听’:靠近而听,即站在能听到他们谈话之处。‘前往,犯恶作’:此处每迈一步即犯恶作。‘正在商议’:指与他人共议他事;或读作‘mantente’,其义亦同。显示巴利原文
471. Aṭṭhame – adhikaraṇajātānanti etehi bhaṇḍanādīhi uppannavivādādhikaraṇānaṃ. Upassutinti sutisamīpaṃ; yattha ṭhatvā sakkā hoti tesaṃ vacanaṃ sotuṃ, tatthāti attho. Gacchati āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha padavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ. Mantentanti aññena saddhiṃ aññasmiṃ mantayamāne; ‘‘mantente’’ti vā pāṭho, ayamevattho.
473 ‘我将平息’:即‘我将归于寂止’,义为‘我不再起争论’。‘我将解脱自身’:即说明自己并非当事者,以此解脱自身。其余文义易明。显示巴利原文
473.Vūpasamissāmīti upasamaṃ gamissāmi, kalahaṃ na karissāmi. Attānaṃ parimocessāmīti mama akārakabhāvaṃ kathetvā attānaṃ mocessāmi. Sesamettha uttānameva.
贼队的等起:由身与意、及由身、语、意等起;或为造作——因欲听闻而前往;或为非造作——来到站立之处,对正在商议者不令其知晓。‘金银、异语、窃听’此三学处同属一个分界;是知觉解脱、有心、世间罪、身业、语业、不善心、苦受。显示巴利原文
Theyyasatthasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, siyā kiriyaṃ sotukāmatāya gamanavasena, siyā akiriyaṃ ṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā mantayamānānaṃ ajānāpanavasena, rūpiyaṃ aññavādakaṃ upassutīti imāni hi tīṇi sikkhāpadāni ekaparicchedāni, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
9. 阻碍羯磨学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Kammapaṭibāhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
474 第四百七十四条。第九项:“若我们知”:意即“若我们知晓”,“ca”字仅为小品词。“如法”:因依于法、依于律、依于师教而作,这些羯磨具法,故称如法;指如法的四种僧羯磨。“讥嫌,犯波逸提”:此处每出一言即犯一波逸提。其余文义易懂。三种等起:行作、知觉解脱、有心、世间罪、身业、语业、不善心、苦受。显示巴利原文
474. Navame – sace ca mayaṃ jāneyyāmāti sace mayaṃ jāneyyāma; cakāro pana nipātamattameva. Dhammikānanti dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena katattā dhammā etesu atthīti dhammikāni; tesaṃ dhammikānaṃ catunnaṃ saṅghakammānaṃ. Khiyyati āpatti pācittiyassāti ettha vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ . Sesaṃ uttānameva. Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
10. 不给予欲而前往学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Chandaṃadatvāgamanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
481 第四百八十一条。第十项:“事已告知”:指举罪者与被举罪者已各自陈述,并且调查者已被任命,至此便称作事已告知。其余文义易懂。显示巴利原文
481. Dasame – vatthu vā ārocitanti codakena ca cuditakena ca attano kathā kathitā, anuvijjako sammato, ettāvatāpi vatthumeva ārocitaṃ hoti. Sesamettha uttānameva.
舍弃责任等起:由身、语、意等起;行作与非行作,知觉解脱,有心,世间罪,身业、语业,不善心,苦受。显示巴利原文
Dhuranikkhepasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācācittato samuṭṭhāti, kiriyākiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ , akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
11. 弱小学处注释显示巴利原文
11. Dubbalasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
484 第四百八十四条。第十一项——“随友”:即随友而行;无论谁是其友,便施与谁,此即所说之义。此理通于一切处。其余之处,因在讥嫌等中已明其理,故文义自显。显示巴利原文
484. Ekādasame – yathāmittatāti yathāmittatāya; yo yo mitto, tassa tassa detīti vuttaṃ hoti. Esa nayo sabbapadesu. Sesaṃ ujjhāpanakādīsu vuttanayattā uttānatthameva.
三因所生——是业所作,有想解脱,有心,世间所遮,身业、语业、不善心,属苦受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
12. 回向学处注释显示巴利原文
12. Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
489 第四百八十九条。第十二学处——凡所应说,一切皆如三十事中回向学处所说之理。此处差别唯在:彼处因其回向自身,故为尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚;此处因其回向个人,故为净巴吉帝亚。显示巴利原文
489. Dvādasame – yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ sabbaṃ tiṃsake pariṇāmanasikkhāpade vuttanayameva. Ayameva hi viseso – tattha attano pariṇāmitattā nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, idha puggalassa pariṇāmitattā suddhikapācittiyanti.
三因生起——属于业行、有想解脱、有心、世间违犯、身业、语业、不善心、具三受。显示巴利原文
Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.
第九 宝品显示巴利原文
9. Ratanavaggo
1. 内宫学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Antepurasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
494 第494条 王品第一学处——‘orako’意为‘微小的’。‘uparipāsādavaragato’意为‘登上殊胜宫殿的顶层’。‘ayyānaṃ vāhasā’意为‘因尊者们之故’;由于他们令知,故说‘我知’。显示巴利原文
494. Rājavaggassa paṭhamasikkhāpade – orakoti parittako. Uparipāsādavaragatoti pāsādavarassa uparigato. Ayyānaṃ vāhasāti ayyānaṃ kāraṇā; tehi jānāpitattā jānāmīti vuttaṃ hoti.
497 ‘欲弑父’是指见到可乘之机便想加以杀害。‘王宫象群拥挤’等词中,因象群于此拥挤,故称‘象群拥挤’,意为象群拥挤之处。‘马车拥挤’等句理亦同此。有人读作‘sammatta’,此不应采纳。也有读作‘rañño antepure hatthisammadda’的,其意为象群拥挤,即在王宫中存在象群拥挤的情形。其余诸句亦同此理。‘rajanīyāni’则指该宫中此类色等。显示巴利原文
497.Pitaraṃ patthetīti antaraṃ passitvā ghātetuṃ icchati. Rājantepuraṃ hatthisammaddantiādīsu hatthīhi sammaddo etthāti hatthisammaddaṃ; hatthisambādhanti attho. Assarathasammaddapadepi eseva nayo. ‘‘Sammatta’’nti keci paṭhanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Rañño antepure hatthisammadda’’ntipi pāṭho, tattha hatthīnaṃ sammaddaṃ hatthisammaddanti attho, rañño antepure hatthisammaddo atthīti vuttaṃ hoti. Esa nayo sesapadesupi. Rajanīyānīti tasmiṃ antepure edisāni rūpādīni.
498 ‘muddhāvasittassa’意为‘已灌顶者’。‘anikkhanto rājā ito’谓国王尚未由此而出,故称‘anikkhantarājaka’,于‘anikkhantarājake’中,指的是在寝宫。‘ratana’指王后,‘niggata’意为已出,故‘aniggataṃ ratanaṃ ito’称为‘aniggataratanaka’,于‘aniggataratanake’中,同样指在寝宫。此处其余皆浅显易了。显示巴利原文
498.Muddhāvasittassāti muddhani avasittassa. Anikkhanto rājā itoti anikkhantarājakaṃ, tasmiṃ anikkhantarājake; sayanighareti attho. Ratanaṃ vuccati mahesī, niggatanti nikkhantaṃ, aniggataṃ ratanaṃ itoti aniggataratanakaṃ, tasmiṃ aniggataratanake; sayanighareti attho. Sesamettha uttānameva.
迦提那衣的生起因:它从身与语生起,也从身、语、意生起;是业行亦非业行;非有想解脱;无心;属施设违犯;为身业、语业;有三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyākiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
2. 宝学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Ratanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
502-3 502-3. 第二学处——‘vissaritvā’意为‘忘失后’。‘puṇṇapatta’名为常时的五迦哈波那。‘kyāhaṃ karissāmī’意为‘我当何为?’。‘ābharaṇaṃ omuñcitvā’意为‘解下名为大蔓、价值九俱胝的庄严具后’。显示巴利原文
502-3. Dutiye – vissaritvāti pamussitvā. Puṇṇapattaṃ nāma satato pañca kahāpaṇā. Kyāhaṃ karissāmīti kiṃ ahaṃ karissāmi. Ābharaṇaṃ omuñcitvāti mahālataṃ nāma navakoṭiagghanakaṃ alaṅkāraṃ apanetvā.
504 「内住弟子」者,即侍者之意。显示巴利原文
504.Antevāsīti paricārako.
506 506. ‘未围护处的近行处’——此处所谓近行处,指园林的两块土块掷距——‘而住所的近行处,则为箕掷距或杵掷距’,据《大灯论》所说。‘若受取,则犯巴吉帝亚’——此处,若为自己受取或令他人受取金银,则犯尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚;若为僧团、众、个人、塔庙或新工程而作为者,则犯恶作;其余珍珠等宝物,若为自己或僧团等受取或令受取,亦犯恶作。所许物及非所许物,乃至以管库者之头收藏在家者所有的母亲耳饰般棕榈叶,亦犯巴吉帝亚。显示巴利原文
506.Aparikkhittassa upacāroti ettha upacāro nāma ārāmassa dve leḍḍupātā – ‘‘āvasathassa pana suppapāto vā musalapāto vā’’ti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Uggaṇhāti āpatti pācittiyassāti ettha jātarūparajataṃ attano atthāya uggaṇhantassa vā uggaṇhāpentassa vā nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, saṅghagaṇapuggalacetiyanavakammānaṃ atthāya dukkaṭaṃ, avasesaṃ muttādiratanaṃ attano vā saṅghādīnaṃ vā atthāya uggaṇhantassa vā uggaṇhāpentassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Kappiyavatthu vā akappiyavatthu vā hotu, antamaso mātu kaṇṇapiḷandhanatāḷapaṇṇampi gihisantakaṃ bhaṇḍāgārikasīsena paṭisāmentassa pācittiyameva.
然而,若是父母所有、必须收藏的净物,则可以为自己取而收藏。若被说‘收藏此物后给我’,则应拒绝说‘不可’。若他们放下后说‘请收藏’便离去,即成障碍,可以收藏。在寺院做工的工匠等,或国王的宠臣等,若说‘请收藏我们的工具、物品或卧具后再给我们’,即使出于贪爱或怖畏,也不应为他们收藏,但可指示安全存放之处。若他们强行放下物品后离去,则可以收藏。显示巴利原文
Sace pana mātāpitūnaṃ santakaṃ avassaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ hoti, attano atthāya gahetvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ paṭisāmetvā dehī’’ti vutte pana ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace ‘‘paṭisāmehī’’ti pātetvā gacchanti, palibodho nāma hoti, paṭisāmetuṃ vaṭṭati. Vihāre kammaṃ karontā vaḍḍhakīādayo vā rājavallabhā vā attano upakaraṇabhaṇḍaṃ vā sayanabhaṇḍaṃ vā ‘‘paṭisāmetvā dethā’’ti vadanti, chandenapi bhayenapi na kātabbameva, guttaṭṭhānaṃ pana dassetuṃ vaṭṭati. Balakkārena pātetvā gatesu ca paṭisāmetuṃ vaṭṭati.
‘在寺院内或居住处内’:此处,若有如大寺一般的大园林,在围墙围绕的院落中,若心生‘比丘或沙弥将会取走’的疑虑,则应在这样的地方自己受取或令他人受取后放置。然而,在大菩提门、门楼、芒果庭院等众人往来之处,则不应当取,也不构成障碍。而《古伦地》中说:‘若一人行路,于无人处见某物,即使后来众人聚集,众人也只会怀疑该比丘,因此应离路而坐。待物主来时,应告知他。若不见物主,则应作适当处理。’显示巴利原文
Ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vāti ettha sace mahāvihārasadiso mahārāmo hoti, tattha pākāraparikkhitte pariveṇe yattha bhikkhūhi vā sāmaṇerehi vā gahitaṃ bhavissatīti saṅkā uppajjati, tādise eva ṭhāne uggaṇhitvā vā uggaṇhāpetvā vā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Mahābodhidvārakoṭṭhakaambaṅgaṇasadisesu pana mahājanasañcaraṇaṭṭhānesu na gahetabbaṃ, palibodho na hoti. Kurundiyaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘eko maggaṃ gacchanto nimanussaṭṭhāne kiñci bhaṇḍaṃ passati, ākiṇṇamanussepi jāte manussā tameva bhikkhuṃ āsaṅkanti, tasmā maggā okkamma nisīditabbaṃ. Sāmikesu āgatesu taṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. Sace sāmike na passati patirūpaṃ karissatī’’ti.
‘以色或形相作标记后’:此处,‘色’指袋内的物品;故应解开袋后计数,确定‘有若干金币或金银’。‘相’指标记等;故应确定袋上标记,如‘这是泥印’、‘这是虫胶印’,或者‘此袋由蓝布制成’、‘此袋由白布制成’等,一切情况皆应如此了知。显示巴利原文
Rūpena vā nimittena vā saññāṇaṃ katvāti ettha rūpaṃ nāma antobhaṇḍikāya bhaṇḍaṃ; tasmā bhaṇḍikaṃ muñcitvā gaṇetvā ettakā kahāpaṇā vā jātarūparajataṃ vāti sallakkhetabbaṃ. Nimittanti lañchanādi; tasmā lañchitāya bhaṇḍikāya mattikālañchananti vā lākhālañchananti vā nīlapilotikāya bhaṇḍikā katāti vā setapilotikāya katāti vā evamādi sabbaṃ sallakkhetabbaṃ.
“相称的比丘”,指有惭耻、谨慎者。若轻浮之人,则不可将财物托付于其手中。然而,若有人既不离开该住处,也不见物主,则不应将此财物变卖以充衣等资具;而应以此建造坚固的住所、塔庙或池塘。若长久之后物主前来,应告知:“居士,以此物建造了这些,请随喜。”若他随喜,则为善;若不随喜,反催索“还我财物”,则应劝募他人后偿还。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhū patirūpāti lajjino kukkuccakā. Lolajātikānañhi hatthe ṭhapetuṃ na labhati. Yo pana neva tamhā āvāsā pakkamati, na sāmike passati, tenāpi attano cīvarādimūlaṃ na kātabbaṃ; thāvaraṃ pana senāsanaṃ vā cetiyaṃ vā pokkharaṇī vā kāretabbā. Sace dīghassa addhuno accayena sāmiko āgacchati, ‘‘upāsaka tava santakena idaṃ nāma kataṃ, anumodāhī’’ti vattabbo. Sace anumodati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce anumodati, ‘‘mama dhanaṃ dethā’’ti codetiyeva, aññaṃ samādapetvā dātabbaṃ.
507 “取用被认可为宝物的信赖物”等句中,是就可触摸之物而言。不可触摸之物则绝对不许。其余此处易解。六种起源:是身业,非智解脱,非心,施设罪,身业,语业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
507.Ratanasammataṃvissāsaṃ gaṇhātītiādīsu āmāsameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Anāmāsaṃ na vaṭṭatiyeva. Sesamettha uttānameva. Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
三、非时入村学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Vikālagāmappavisanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
508 第三学处中:“畜生论”指障碍圣道的言论。“王论”指与国王相关的言论。“贼论”等也同理。显示巴利原文
508. Tatiye – tiracchānakathanti ariyamaggassa tiracchānabhūtaṃ kathaṃ. Rājakathanti rājapaṭisaṃyutta kathaṃ. Corakathādīsupi eseva nayo.
512 “有比丘在”一句中,所应说之义已于行仪学处中说明。若众多比丘因某种事务入村,应相互告知:“我告知非时入村。”若在该村中该事未完成而前往他村,纵有百村,也不需再作告知。但若他们平息了精进力而返回寺院,途中又想进入另一村,则仍需告知。显示巴利原文
512.Santaṃ bhikkhunti ettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ , taṃ cārittasikkhāpade vuttameva. Sace sambahulā kenaci kammena gāmaṃ pavisanti, ‘‘vikāle gāmappavesanaṃ āpucchāmī’’ti sabbehi aññamaññaṃ āpucchitabbaṃ. Tasmiṃ gāme taṃ kammaṃ na sampajjatīti aññaṃ gāmaṃ gacchanti, gāmasatampi hotu, puna āpucchanakiccaṃ natthi. Sace pana ussāhaṃ paṭippassambhetvā vihāraṃ gacchantā antarā aññaṃ gāmaṃ pavisitukāmā honti, puna āpucchitabbameva.
若于俗人家中或集会堂中用完餐后,欲为乞油或乞酥而行,若见有比丘在,应告知后前往;若无,则心中作意“没有”而前往。出到街道后见到比丘,无需告知,即便未告知亦可继续行乞。若道路穿过村中,沿路而行时,心中生起“我为乞油等事而行”的念头,若见有比丘在,应告知后行乞。然而,若不偏离道路而顺路行乞,则无需告知。未围村落的界域,应依“不与取”中所说之方法了知。显示巴利原文
Kulaghare vā āsanasālāya vā bhattakiccaṃ katvā telabhikkhāya vā sappibhikkhāya vā caritukāmo hoti, sace passe bhikkhu atthi, āpucchitvā gantabbaṃ. Asante natthīti gantabbaṃ. Vīthiṃ otaritvā bhikkhuṃ passati, āpucchanakiccaṃ natthi, anāpucchitvāpi caritabbameva. Gāmamajjhena maggo hoti, tena gacchantassa telādibhikkhāya carissāmīti citte uppanne sace passe bhikkhu atthi, āpucchitvā caritabbaṃ. Maggā anokkamma bhikkhāya carantassa pana āpucchanakiccaṃ natthi, aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāro adinnādāne vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
515 在“内园”等句中,不仅未告知,即便未系腰带、未搭僧伽梨而行,亦无犯。“于灾难时”指狮子或老虎前来、乌云骤起,或其他任何灾厄发生时,皆属无犯。在这些厄难时,从村外进入村内是允许的。其余在此,文义浅显易了。显示巴利原文
515.Antarārāmantiādīsu na kevalaṃ anāpucchā kāyabandhanaṃ abandhitvā saṅghāṭiṃ apārupitvā gacchantassapi anāpatti. Āpadāsūti sīho vā byaggho vā āgacchati, megho vā uṭṭheti, añño vā koci upaddavo uppajjati, anāpatti. Evarūpāsu āpadāsu bahigāmato antogāmaṃ pavisituṃ vaṭṭati. Sesamettha uttānameva.
咖提那的起源:由身、语而生,也从身、语、意生起;是业非业,非想解脱,无有心所,施设罪,身业,语业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyākiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
四、针匣学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Sūcigharasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
517-20 第四(学处)中:“可破坏的”即破坏本身;此物具有可破坏的性质,故称“可破坏的”。“阿兰尼”指取火用的燧木。“维德”指穿孔器。此处其余文句义理易明。六种起源:是业,非想解脱,无有心所,施设罪,身业,语业,三心,三受。显示巴利原文
517-20. Catutthe – bhedanameva bhedanakaṃ; taṃ assa atthīti bhedanakameva. Araṇiketi araṇidhanuke. Vidheti vedhake. Sesamettha uttānameva. Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
五、床学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Mañcasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
522 第五(学处)中:“应切割的”道理如前所述。显示巴利原文
522. Pañcame – chedanakaṃ vuttanayameva.
525 「切割后使用」一句中:若不想切割,可将其埋入地下,在上面标示尺寸;或将其翻转后使用;或举起后放在横梁接合处,做成平台后再使用——这一切都是允许的。此处其余部分容易理解。六种起源。显示巴利原文
525.Chinditvā paribhuñjatīti ettha sace na chinditukāmo hoti, bhūmiyaṃ nikhaṇitvā pamāṇaṃ upari dasseti, uttānaṃ vā katvā paribhuñjati, ukkhipitvā vā tulāsaṅghāṭe ṭhapetvā aṭṭaṃ katvā paribhuñjati, sabbaṃ vaṭṭati. Sesamettha uttānameva. Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
六、棉褥学处解释显示巴利原文
6. Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
526 第六学处中:「其中填塞了棉」即棉填塞物;指放入棉后,于上方用布片覆盖填塞。此处其余部分容易理解。六种起源。显示巴利原文
526. Chaṭṭhe – tūlaṃ onaddhametthāti tūlonaddhaṃ; tūlaṃ pakkhipitvā upari cimilikāya onaddhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha uttānameva. Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
七、坐具学处解释显示巴利原文
7. Nisīdanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
531-4 第七学处中:「坐具被允许」——在何处被允许?在衣犍度中,关于精致食物的因缘处。那里说道:「诸比丘,为护身、护衣、护坐卧处,我允许坐具。」(《大品》353)「譬如旧皮革工」意思是如同旧皮革匠。正如皮革匠为了将皮革展开,会在此处彼处刮削、拉伸;他对那坐具也是如此。因此世尊这样说:「所谓坐具,即称为有边的。」他将其铺展如敷具一般,在一端取一善逝搩手量、一搩手大小的区域,于两处切割,作成三条边,凭这些边而称为有边。此处其余部分容易理解。六种起源。显示巴利原文
531-4. Sattame – nisīdanaṃ anuññātaṃ hotīti kattha anuññātaṃ? Cīvarakkhandhake paṇītabhojanavatthusmiṃ. Vuttañhi tattha – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kāyaguttiyā cīvaraguttiyā senāsanaguttiyā nisīdana’’nti (mahāva. 353). Seyyathāpi purāṇāsikoṭṭhoti yathā nāma purāṇacammakāroti attho. Yathā hi cammakāro cammaṃ vitthataṃ karissāmīti ito cito ca samañchati, kaḍḍhati; evaṃ sopi taṃ nisīdanaṃ. Tena taṃ bhagavā evamāha – ‘‘nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccatī’’ti santhatasadisaṃ santharitvā ekasmiṃ ante sugatavidatthiyā vidatthimatte padese dvīsu ṭhānesu phāletvā tisso dasā kariyanti, tāhi dasāhi sadasaṃ nāma vuccati. Sesamettha uttānameva. Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
八、疥疮覆布学处解释显示巴利原文
8. Kaṇḍupaṭicchādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
537 第八学处中,“疥疮覆布已被开许”,是在何处开许的?在衣犍度中贝拉塔西沙缘。即于彼处说:“诸比丘,若有人患有疥、疮、流脓或粗癞等病,我允许其使用疥疮覆布。”(《大品》354)显示巴利原文
537. Aṭṭhame – kaṇḍupaṭicchādi anuññātā hotīti kattha anuññātā? Cīvarakkhandhake belaṭṭhasīsavatthusmiṃ. Vuttañhi tattha – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yassa kaṇḍu vā piḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchu vā ābādho tassa kaṇḍupaṭicchādi’’nti (mahāva. 354).
539 “下自肚脐、上至膝环”,即比丘脐以下、膝以上之处。“疥”即疥疮。“疹”即红尖疹、细疹。“流脓”即因痔疮、瘘管、恶臭、糖尿病等所流出的不净之物。“粗疥或病”,即大疹之病。此处其余内容显而易见。六种生起。显示巴利原文
539.Yassa adhonābhi ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalanti yassa bhikkhuno nābhiyā heṭṭhā jāṇumaṇḍalānaṃ upari. Kaṇḍūti kacchu. Piḷakāti lohitatuṇḍikā sukhumapiḷakā. Assāvoti arisabhagandaramadhumehādīnaṃ vasena asucipaggharaṇakaṃ. Thullakacchu vā ābādhoti mahāpiḷakābādho vuccati. Sesamettha uttānameva. Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
9. 雨浴衣学处之解释显示巴利原文
9. Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
542 第九学处中,“雨浴衣已被开许”,是在何处开许的?在衣犍度中毗舍佉缘。即于彼处说:“诸比丘,我允许雨浴衣。”(《大品》352)。此处其余内容显而易见。六种生起。显示巴利原文
542. Navame – vassikasāṭikā anuññātā hotīti kattha anuññātā? Cīvarakkhandhake visākhāvatthusmiṃ. Vuttañhi tattha – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vassikasāṭika’’nti (mahāva. 352). Sesamettha uttānameva. Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
10. 难德长老学处之解释显示巴利原文
10. Nandattherasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
547 第五四七条·第十——“四指宽”,意即不足四指之量。余者易解。六种生起。显示巴利原文
547. Dasame – caturaṅgulomakoti catūhi aṅgulehi ūnakappamāṇo. Sesaṃ uttānameva. Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
“已诵出”等句,义如前说。显示巴利原文
Uddiṭṭhā khotiādi vuttanayamevāti.